UNIVERSITY OF BOTSWANA OF UNIVERSITY UNDERGRADUATE CALENDER ACADEMIC

Undergraduate2010/2011 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2010/2011 undergraduate academic calendar 2010 The University of Botswana Vice Chancellor’s Office Public Affairs Office Student Mail Produced by Private Bag UB 0022 Private Bag UB 0022 Private Bag UB 0022 Private Bag UB 00709 Public Affairs Gaborone, Botswana Gaborone Botswana Gaborone Botswana Gaborone Botswana Tel: (+267) 355-0000 Tel: (+267) 395-2252 Tel: (+267) 355-2284 Tel: (+267) 391-3420 Design and layout by (Switchboard) Fax: (+267) 318-4747 Fax: (+267) 391-2420 (Direct Line) Kentse Bogatsu (+26) 355 + Extension E-mail: [email protected] Fax: (+267) 395-6591 Fax: (+267)395 -6591 Website: www.ub.bw contents

INTRODUCTION 4 FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES 104 Vision, Mission & Values 4 Department of Environmental Health 105 Principal Officers 5 School of Medicine 106 The Almanac 6 Department of Nursing Education 107 Department of Medical Sciences 109 GENERAL INFORMATION 8 Historical Note 9 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES 111 The University Organisation 9 Department of African Languages & Literature 113 Student Financial Procedures 10 Department of English 116 Student Admissions 10 Department of French 120 Schedule of Fees 11 Department of History 123 General Academic Regulations 13 Department of Library & Information Studies 128 General Education Courses 14 Department of Media Studies 132 Regulations for Awards & Fellowships 19 Department of Theology & Religious Studies 136 Examination Regulations 23 Department of Visual and Performing Arts 142 Academic Appeals and Procedures 25 FACULTY OF SCIENCE 148 FACULTY OF BUSINESS 27 Department of Biological Sciences 148149 Department of Accounting & Finance 28 Department of Chemistry 1150 Department of Management 31 Department of Computer Science 152 Department of Marketing 3832 Department of Environmental Science 154 Department of Tourism and Hospitality 33 Department of Geology 159 Department of Mathematics 161 FACULTY OF EDUCATION 35 Department of Physics 163 Department of Adult Education 36 Course Listings 165 Department of Educational Foundations 38 Department of Educational Technology 51 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 173 Department of Home Economics Education 51 Department of Economics 174 Department of Languages & Social Sciences Education 52 Department of Law 175 Department of Mathematics & Science Education 54 Department of Political & Administrative Studies Department of Physical Education 59 177 Department of Primary Education 60 Department of Population Studies 183 Department of Psychology 185 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY 65 Department of Social Work 187 Department of Architecture and Planning 68 Department of Sociology 189 Department of Civil Engineering 71 Department of Statistics 193 Department of Electrical Engineering 75 Department of Industrial Design & Technology 77 Department of Mechanical Engineering 79 UNIVERSITY ACT AND STATUTES 198 Course Listings 82 introduction

vision: To be a leading centre of academic excellence in Africa and the world.

The Mission of the University of Botswana is mission: to improve economic and social conditions for the Nation while advancing itself as a distinctively African university with a regional and international outlook. • Provide excellence in the delivery of learning to ensure Specifically, society is provided with talented, creative and confident graduates the University • Advance knowledge and understanding through excellence in research and its application will: • Improve economic and social development by high impact engagement with business, the professions, government and civil society values:

To achieve its Vision and fulfil its Mission the University of Botswana values the following:

• Students by creating a holistic environment and cultural heritage forms an social characteristics which ensures that learning is their important part of the academic and • Autonomy as an institution that is, through central focus, and by establishing and organisational life of the institution and its self-governing structures, independent developing a range of learning, social, reflects its distinctiveness as an African in action while being responsive to societal cultural and recreational opportunities that university needs will facilitate the full realisation of their • Internationalism through participation in • Public accountability by ensuring transparent potential for academic and personal growth the global world of scholarship, by being decision-making and open review as well as • Staff by fostering a University community receptive and responsive to issues within the full participation of stakeholders in the through encouraging, supporting, the international environment as well as development of the institution developing and empowering all individuals the recruitment of an international staff • Productivity through the setting and and groups to achieve the University’s and student body rewarding of high standards of performance Goals • Professional and ethical standards by underpinned by a dedication to quality, • Academic freedom by upholding the spirit upholding the highest professional and efficiency and effectiveness throughout the of free and critical thought and enquiry, ethical behaviour and through openness, institution through the tolerance of a diversity of honesty, tolerance and respect for the • Environmental Sustainability by deepening beliefs and understanding, as well as the individual awareness and ensuring environmental issues open exchange of ideas and knowledge • Social responsibility by promoting an are incorporated into student learning and • Academic integrity expressed in creativity, awareness of, and providing leadership in teaching and research, the development of objective analysis, experimentation, critical responding to, the issues and problems environmentally sustainable campuses and appraisal, independent thought, informed facing society through contributing to the environmental debate and intellectual honesty • Equity by ensuring equal opportunity sustainability agenda in Botswana and • Cultural authenticity by ensuring that and non-discrimination on the basis of beyond the diversity of Botswana’s individual values personal, ethnic, religious, gender or other University of Botswana Principal Officers

Chairman of Council Chancellor Vice Chancellor Mr E. W. M. J. Legwaila Sir Q. K. J. Masire Prof. B. K. Otlhogile

Deputy Vice Chancellor Deputy Vice Chancellor Deputy Vice Chancellor (Student Affairs) (Finance & Administration) (Academic Affairs) Prof. L. Nyati - Saleshando Mr D. B. Katzke Prof. F. Youngman academic year almanac 2010-2011

SEMESTER ONE 2010

DABS Registration Period 5-9 July Last Day to Drop a Course 13 August Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 8 July DE-Business Degrees Residential Session 1 (Level 1,2) 14-15 August Open Registration Ends for Undergraduate Students 9 July Last day to withdraw and receive a refund 27 August DABS Classes Begin 12 July DABS Mid-Semester Break 30 Aug-3 Sept New Student Orientation and Registration (New Undergraduates) 14-24 July Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 2 September DABS Last Day to Add a Course 16 July COUNCIL 3 September DABS Late Registration 16 July DE-Business Degrees Test 1 (level 3, 4, 5,) 4-5 September President’s Day 19 July DABS Classes Resume after Mid Semester Break 6 September Public Holiday 20 July Business Faculty Board 6 September DABS Last Day to Drop a Course 23 July Education Faculty Board 7 September Arrival and Registration (All Continuing Students) 26-30 July CCE Board 8 September DE-Diplomas Registration Period 27-30 July FET Faculty Board 8 September New Graduate Student Orientation 29 July Humanities Faculty Board 9 September DE-Diplomas New Students Orientation 30 July School of Graduate Studies Board 10 September Library Orientation for DE-Diploma New Students 30 July DE-Business Degrees Test 1 (level 1, 2) 11-12 September DE-Business Degrees- Introductory Session (All Levels) 31 Jul – 1 Aug Science Faculty Board 13 September DE-Diplomas Residential Session 1 31 Jul – 4 Aug Social Science Faculty Board 14 September Classes Begin 2 August Health Sciences Faculty Board 15 September Faculty Executive Committees 2 – 3 August DE-Diplomas Residential Session 2 & Test 22 September Late Registration and Course Add/Drop Period Begins 2 August Mid-Semester Break Begins 27 September Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 5 August Botswana Day 30 September University Research Committee 6 August Public Holiday 1 October Last Day to Add Course 6 August Classes Resume after Mid Semester Break 4 October Last Day of Late Registration 6 August Semester 2 Class Schedule Information due 4 October DE-Business Degrees Residential Session 1 (Level 3.4.5) 7-8 August Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 7 October SENATE 11 August University Research Committee 8 October

SEMESTER TWO 2010

University Reopens 3 January DE- Business Degrees- Residential Session 1 (Level 3, 4, 5) 5-6 February Faculty Executive Committees 3-4 January SENATE 9 February Registration Period 4-7 January DE-Business Degrees- Residential Session 1 (Level 1, 2) 12-13 February DE Registration Period 5-7 January DE-Business Degrees Test 1 (Level 3, 4, 5) ` 19-20 February Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 6 January DE-Business Degrees Test 1 (Level 1, 2) 26-27 February DE-Diplomas Residential Session 1 8-9 January Mid-Semester Break Begins 28 February DE Business Degrees- Introductory Session (Levels 1-5) 8-9 November DE-Diplomas Residential Session 2 and Test 28-4 February Classes Begin 10 January Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 3 March Late Registration and Course Add/Drop Period Begins 10 January COUNCIL 4 MARCH Social Science Faculty Board 10 January DE-Business Degrees Residential Session 2 (Level 3, 4, 5) ` 5-6 March Health Sciences Faculty Board 11 January DE-Business Degrees Residential Session 2 (Level 1, 2) 6-7 March SENATE EXECUTIVE 12 January Classes Resume after Semester Break 7 March Business Faculty Board 12 January 2 p.m. DABS Classes Resume after Mid-Semester Break 7 March Education Faculty Board 13 January Science Faculty Board 7 March Last Day to Add Course 14 January Social Science Faculty Board 8 March Last Day of Late Registration 14 January Health Sciences Faculty Board 9 March. CCE Board 14 January Busienss Faculty Board 10 March FET Faculty Board 17 January Education Faculty Board 11 March Humanities Faculty Board 18 January Semester 1 Class Schedule Information due 11 March Science Faculty Board 19 January DE-Business Degrees Residential Session 2 (Level 1, 2) 12-13 March School of Graduate Studies Board 20 January 2 p.m. CCE Board 14 March Last day to Drop Course 21 January FET Faculty Board 15 March Last day to withdraw and receive a refund 28 January Humanities FacultyBoard 16 March Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 3 February School of Graduate Studies 17 March University Research Committee 4 February DE- Business Degrees Test 1 (Level 3, 4, 5) 19-20 March Graduation Ceremony 9 October DE-Business Degrees- Examinations 22-29 November SENATE 13 October Final Examinations Period Ends 26 November DE - Business Degrees- Residential Session 2 (Level 3,4,5) 16-17 October Semester 1 Ends 26 November Social Science Faculty Board 18 October 2 p.m. Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 3 December Health Sciences Faculty Board 19 October Departmental Boards of Examiners/CCE Examiners Business Faculty Board 20 October Boards 6-8 December Education Faculty Board 21 October 9 a.m. Faculty Boards (Examination Results) 9-13 December FET Faculty Board 22 October Final Grades Due by 6 pm 13 December DE -Business Degrees Residential Session 2 (Level 1, 2) 23-24 October SENATE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 14 December CCE Board 25 October All Final Grades Published 14 December Humanities Faculty Board 26 October University Closes for Christmas 15 December School of Graduate Studies Board 27 October Science Faculty Board 28 October DE - Business Degrees Test 1 (level 1,2) 30-31 October Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 4 November DABS Classes End 5 November DABS Examination Days 6-7,13-14 November Open Registration for Semester 2 8-19 November Last Day of Classes 12 November COUNCIL 12 November Reading Days (No Classes, Assessments, Examinations Held) 13-14 November DE-Business Degrees Residential Session 3 (Level 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) 13-14 November DE-Diplomas Residential Session 3 15-16 November Final Examination Period Begins 15 November DE- Diplomas Examinations 17-19 November

University Research Committee 25 March Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 2 June DE-Business Degrees Test 1 (Level 1, 2) 26-27 March Council 3 June Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 7 April 8:30 DABS Examiners Board 6 June Open Registration for Semester 1 Begins 11 April DABS Grades Published 8 June SENATE 13 April Sir Seretse Khama Day 1 July DE -Business Degrees- Residential Session 3(Levels 5) 15-16 April Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 7 July DE- Diplomas Residential Session 3 17-18 April President’s Day 18 July DE- Diplomas Examination Session 19-23 April Public Holiday 19 July Last Day of Classes 21 April Winter Session Ends 22 July Good Friday (Public holiday) 22 April Readings Days (No Classes, Assessments, Examinations Held) 23-24 April Easter Monday (Public holiday) 25 April Final Examination Period Begins 26 April DABS Examination Period 30-1, 7-8 May Labour Day 1 May DE-Business Degrees Residential Session 3(Levels 5) 2-6 May Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 5 May Semester 2 Ends 6 May Final Examinations Period Ends 10 May Winter Session begins 11 May Departmental Boards of Examiners 16-18 May Faculty Boards (Examination Results) 19-24 May Final Grades Due by 6 pm 24 May Senate Executive Committee 25 May All Final Grades Published 26 May general information

Historical Note The opening of the University of Basutoland, University grew to 402 students in 1970, of Extra Mural Services and the School of Bechuanaland and Swaziland (UBBS) on whom 145 were from Lesotho, with lesser Education, and a small Short-Course Centre January 1st 1964 was the outcome of an numbers from Swaziland, Botswana, Rhodesia, built during 1969. With independence, the agreement reached in mid-1962 between the South Africa and elsewhere. UBLS conferred its three countries began to take a closer look at High Commission Territories and the Oblate of first degrees in April 1st 1967 after a the colonial inheritance of education, including Mary Immaculate of Pius XII Catholic transitional period during which the former their joint University, and began to identify University, Roma, Lesotho. Pius XII College of Pius XII College students continued to take the role of UBLS in higher and middle-level Roma, 35 kilometres from Maseru, was itself University of South Africa degrees. UBLS training. A series of academic planning reports the product of the desire for an institution of offered its own four-year undergraduate for UBLS produced after 1966 culminated in higher learning for Africans by the Catholic degrees and diplomas in Arts (including the second Alexander Report of 1970, which hierarchy in Southern Africa. It opened its Economics and Administration), Science and combined, ‘The major recommendations of doors to students in 1946, with five students Education, with Law students following a five- previous reports for the development of and five priest-lecturers. In 1950, it was taken year degree, including two years tuition at the university campuses in each country and the over by the Catholic Order of the Oblate of University of Edinburgh. Students seeking unified development of higher education and Mary Immaculate. By 1963 there were 180 specialised degrees in Medicine, Engineering, vocational and teacher training’. The report students, both men and women, and several etc, proceeded to other universities after recommended that Part I studies begin in buildings, including a science block, refectory, completing Part I (Years 1 and 2) studies in Botswana and Swaziland, with eventual administration complex and workshops. Science. The number of academic staff grew division of Part II (Year 2 and 4) studies among Courses followed at Pius XII College were from 31 in 1964 to 78 in 1970. Staff were the campuses, and the consideration of taught and examined under a special recruited from many countries, but the ‘polytechnic’ arrangements for technical and relationship entered into in 1955 with the University pursued an active localisation policy vocational courses. The second Alexander University of South Africa, which awarded from 1971. UBLS was equally funded by the Report was accepted by the University and by students its degrees and diplomas in Arts, Governments of Botswana, Lesotho and the Governments of Botswana, Lesotho and Science, Commerce and Education. Pius XII Swaziland, but had comparatively little Swaziland, at a meeting in October 1970, on College experienced difficulties over finance presence in Botswana and Swaziland in the the Luyengo campus. It heralded the second for the expanding institution and over racial first phase of its existence during 1964-1970. phase (1971-1976) of UBLS development. restrictions on student residence required by The only substantial ‘devolution’ of UBLS from Plans were immediately drawn up to spend the University of South Africa. Negotiations Roma Campus came towards the end of this about one million Rand for campus with the High Commission Territories to phase of University development and was the development in each of the three countries. In transform the University College into a fully association of the Swaziland Agricultural Botswana and Swaziland there were to be fledged University were therefore initiated College of Luyengo with the University, as the campuses respectively within the capital of during 1962. On June 13, 1963, a deed of Swaziland Agricultural College and University Gaborone, and at Kwaluseni adjacent to the cession and indemnity was signed by the Centre. This College, built for the Swaziland national high school of Matsapha. Funds were Oblates and the High Commissioner of Government with Oxfam and ‘Freedom from obtained from the United States, British, Basutoland, Bechuanaland and Swaziland. The Hunger’ funds, had been opened in 1966. In Canada, Danish and Netherlands Governments new University, with Ford Foundation and 1970, the Swaziland Government agreed to as well as from the Governments of UBLS British Government funds, purchased the hand over the College to UBLS, together with countries, the Anglo American Corporation assets of the Roma Campus for an indemnity the Research Division of the Ministry of and other bodies. Teaching of Part I began and of half of its value, in exchange for guarantees Agriculture and its experimental station at temporary accommodation at Gaborone and of a continuing Catholic presence on the Malkerns near Luyengo. From 1972, these Kwaluseni campuses became fully operational campus. UBBS became UBLS (The University of together constituted a new Faculty of in 1973. In Swaziland, the William Pitcher and Botswana, Lesotho and Swaziland) in 1966 on Agriculture. In Botswana, the UBLS presence Nazarene Teacher Training Colleges were the Independence of Botswana and Lesotho. was limited to the energies of the Division of affiliated to the local university centre, as were From a total of 188 students in 1964, the the Francistown, Lobatse and Serowe Teacher structure was dedicated to maintaining and Botswana and Swaziland were to continue to Training Colleges in Botswana. Plans for intensifying service to the ideals previously exchange students and to cooperate in certain specialised Part II and professional studies on laid out for UBLS by the Botswana and areas and to that end a consultative machinery each campus were dramatically advanced by Swaziland Governments. The ideals were set up to advise on how best to cooperate. the devolution of Part II Humanities teaching summed up in the Second National to Gaborone and Kwaluseni, as well as Roma, Development Plan of Swaziland, which saw The University Organisation in 1974. Further negotiations between the UBS as playing an ‘increasingly important role The University of Botswana was established three governments and the University resulted in National Development not only through on 1st July 1982 by an Act of Parliament. The in agreement on June 11, 1975, known as the providing the educated manpower needed, but University campus consists of that part of the ‘Luyengo Package’ which was accepted by all also through (the university’s) great potential two former universities (UBLS and UBS – see parties. Following student unrest at Roma, and as a focus for the academic and cultural Historical Note above) which was situated strained relations between the central UBLS activities of the nation.’ The ideals were also in Botswana and was sometimes referred to administration and the Lesotho government identified as the beginning of the devolution as the Gaborone Campus. The University is over implementation of the ‘Luyengo Package’, phase of UBLS development into Botswana closely involved in the national development the Roma campus was precipitately withdrawn and Swaziland by the then Chancellor, Seretse process of Botswana. In this regard the special from UBLS and constituted as the National Khama, in his graduation speech in May 1970, functions of the University are to engage in University of Lesotho (NUL) on Monday on the Luyengo campus. “The University must improving the quality and in expanding the October 20, 1975. This occurred at a time when be a committed institution, committed to the quantity of the human resources needed for a working group on further devolution of fulfillment of the ambitions and aspirations of development, and to act as the repository of UBLS into three University Colleges was the communities it was created to serve. One the collective knowledge and experience of preparing its report for the Council of the of these is rapid development, another is the nation and the world. The first of these University. The nationalization of all facilities, nonracialism, and the third is simply pride in functions is fulfilled through the teaching monies and files in Lesotho meant the central ourselves and in our past, which in turn would programmes offered by the University and its administration of UBLS could operate with lead to a greater degree of self-confidence, affiliated institutions, leading to the award only limited effectiveness from premises at which is one of the very basic ingredients of of degrees, diplomas and certificates. The Malkerns during 1975-1976, and considerable true independent nationhood.” The years 1976 second function is carried out individually autonomy was devolved onto the Botswana and 1982 saw both constituent Colleges of the and collectively by the staff of the University and Swaziland campuses. Students from University develop their physical resources and and its affiliated institutions, through the Botswana and Swaziland were immediately their academic programmes in close research and development, consultancies and withdrawn from the Roma campus on the cooperation with each other, with a view to information services which they undertake. appropriation of all UBLS property in Lesotho the eventual establishment of separate Like any other complex organisation, the by NUL. Part II teaching for students was national universities on the 1st July, 1982. The University has established certain patterns resumed within a few months in Botswana formal inauguration of the University of of authority and specialisation, systems, and (Economics and Social Studies and Science) Botswana was performed on 23rd October rules of procedure, in order to perform its and in Swaziland (Law). Following the 1982 by His Excellency Sir Ketumile Masire, functions in an orderly and effective manner. acceptance of the Hunter Report and further President of the Republic of Botswana. The These regulate day-today work within the negotiations between the University and the University of Botswana and Swaziland University. Governments of Botswana and Swaziland, the continued to cooperate for a further six University of Botswana, Lesotho and Swaziland months to 31 December 1982 for the purpose The Council (UBLS) became the University of Botswana and of examining and awarding degrees, diplomas The governing body of the University is the Swaziland (UBS), with two constituent and certificates. In terms of an agreement Council, which has the ultimate responsibility University Colleges of Botswana and Swaziland between the Governments of Botswana and for the work and progress of the University (UCB and UCS respectively). The new University Swaziland, the National Universities in towards the achievement of its goals. Its general information

membership includes leading figures from the and Technology, Humanities, Science, Social who withdraws from the University after the national and international community as well Sciences and the School of Graduate Studies. first 30 days shall be eligible for only 50% of as senior personnel within the University. The Detailed planning of the new Faculty of Health tuition fee refund up to mid semester and any Council has wide powers to make statutes, lay Sciences that was formally established on 1 student withdrawing from the University after down policy, approve programmes and plans, April 2006 is underway. Currently, the Faculty mid semester break of each semester shall not and to establish working procedures governing is envisaged as comprising the emerging be eligible for any refund of fees. the organisational life of the University. It also School of Medicine, a School of Nursing, a 2.28 Once a student has accepted an offer provides and controls the resources required School of Allied Health Professions and the to reside in any hostel and has been duly to support both the academic activities and existing Department of Environmental Health. registered for accommodation,(s)he shall the physical development and maintenance of In general, departments in the same Faculty remain so registered for the rest of the the University. But as a mainly policy-making work closely together in offering Degree, semester. Application or request to move out body the Council cannot, and should not, be Diploma and Certificate Programmes. In many of the hostel during the semester shall not be engaged in the day-to-day administration of cases there is a similar cooperation between acceded to. the University. Clearly it could not carry out Faculties. Faculties are headed by Deans, who Where a student moves out of the hostel on efficiently all its wide responsibilities by itself. represent the Faculty on other bodies and who their own accord no refund of accommodation On academic matters it consults the Senate; have general responsibility for coordinating fees shall be made irrespective of the period of on many other matters, while retaining overall the work of the Faculty. Faculties work hostel occupation. control and responsibility, it delegates much through their Faculty Boards and a variety Where a student is allocated hostel space during of the detailed work to the officers and of committees established by the Boards. the course of the semester accommodation committees. Proposals from departments are brought to fees shall be charged on a pro rata basis. Faculty Boards for discussion and may then The Senate be submitted to Senate and, when necessary, The chief academic authority of the University to Council. Decisions and directions are then Student Admissions is the Senate, whose membership includes the transmitted back to departments through the Prospective undergraduate applicants, may VC, DVCs, Faculty Deans, Faculty representatives same channels. obtain application forms and information from and Heads of academic support units as the University Admissions Office located in well as student representatives. Under the Block 210 on the Main Campus. The forms must Council, the Senate has the responsibility for Student Financial Information be returned directly to the Admissions Office the general control and direction of teaching Student Financial Procedures at the University. For graduate Programmers, and research activities, examinations, the 2.21 Reporting to the Finance Office is an admission applications are made direct to The conferment of degrees and award of diplomas integral part of registration; until financial Dean, School of Graduate Studies. It must be and certificates. Much of clearance has been obtained from the Finance stressed that application for a Government Office, registration will be deemed to be or other scholarship tenable at the University its statutory authority is exercised through its incomplete. does not take the place of application to the approval and, from time to time, amendment 2.22 All fees must be paid by the first day University for admission. However, prospective of various sets of academic regulations, all of of the semester. Sponsored students have to applicants need not wait until they are assured which are published for general information produce satisfactory evidence of the award of of a scholarship before applying for admission in the later sections of this Calendar. They sponsorship. to the University; the two applications can go include general and special academic 2.23 Where a scholarship includes a student’s forward in parallel. Similarly, students are free regulations, admissions and examination personal allowance, the University may to simultaneously apply to other universities procedures, degree structures, programmes of advance up to one half of it, at its discretion. or educational institutions. For the admission study, syllabuses, library regulations, etcetera. If a cherub is not honored, a student may be application to be processed, all the forms and Regulations in any organisation may appear to asked to cancel registration immediately. other requirements outlined in the Admission restrict freedom of action, but are necessary 2.24 Scholarships administered by the University Regulations must be submitted. for the orderly conduct of affairs. Additionally, shall be awarded on the understanding that in a University context, the regulations are the any monies received by the University and means by which the Senate ensures that the disbursed to or on behalf of the student, will Fees and Scholarships academic standards and quality of teaching be repayable by the student, should he or she It should be noted that statutory fees, and are acceptable not only to the University and withdraw during the course of the academic expenses do not include the costs of books, the nation, but also to the wider academic year without permission of the University. notebooks, stationery, personal laboratory community of the world. Senate also delegates 2.25 Students who damage University property equipment, medical attention, repair of much of its detailed work to committees, or equipment will be charged the cost of repair clothes, dry-cleaning and living expenses. reviewing the recommendations they bring or replacement of the item(s). An annual The cost of travel to and from the University forward for its approval. caution fee is held to cover any such charges is entirely the student’s responsibility. which are not otherwise settled upon demand. Many governments are prepared to offer Faculties and Departments Before registering for a subsequent academic scholarships or grants to prospective students; Below the level of the Vice Chancellor’s office, session, the caution fee must be restored. information about these scholarships should the University is divided broadly into three Unless an account for damage is settled be obtained from the appropriate authority types of specialised work: academic affairs, immediately a student may be requested to in the country concerned. Some industrial finance and administration, and student withdraw. trusts and corporations also offer awards, affairs. The academic side is represented by 2.26 Should a student leave the University usually through the appropriate government, the Senate, Faculties, Schools, Departments without having paid the prescribed fees, and information about these should be sought and Institutes. Specialisation and the best use including fines due, or without returning accordingly. Although every effort will be of staff expertise are achieved on the basis any library books, the academic results and made to ensure that no student is deprived of of the division of the academic areas into transcripts and/or final certification for the opportunity for study by lack of money, departments. Each department has a special which a student is otherwise qualified, shall acceptance by the University does not imply focus, involving it in teaching and research be withheld until such fees, library books or that a scholarship is available. in particular subjects or disciplines. These University property have been recovered. departments are responsible for the day-to-day 2.27 Any registered student who decides to teaching and research work of the University, withdraw from the University must give notice and they formulate the programmes of study. A of his/her intention to do so in writing to number of departments and similar or related the relevant Head of Department and Deans disciplines are grouped together to constitute Office. All students shall be eligible to get a Faculty. At present there are six established 100% refund if they withdraw within the first Faculties: Business, Education, Engineering 30 days each semester. Any registered student Fees 2010/2011

Full Time Programmes Estimated Fee for Part Time Programmes Annual Fee Undergraduate Programmes Annual Fee One Credit Diploma (DABS) 2 090 Certificates (Excluding book costs)

Science and Engineering International Student Fees Resident Students 19 300 643 Undergraduate/Postgraduate Non-Resident Students 38 600 1 287 Other Faculties Administration Fee Resident Students 14 500 483 Students from Africa 2 300 Non-Resident Students 29 000 967 Students from outside Africa 3 220

Diplomas Group Study Abroad Science and Engineering Students from Africa 580 Resident Students 19 300 643 Students from outside Africa 920 Non-Resident Students 38 600 1 287 Other Faculties Group Study Abroad (Special Service) =20% Resident Students 14 500 483 of the cost of activity Non-Resident Students 29 000 967 Other Fees Bachelors Application Fee Science and Engineering Resident Students 180 Resident Students 19 300 643 Non-Resident Students 360 Non-Resident Students 38 600 1 287 School of Medicine Late Application Fee Resident Students 21 280 Resident Students 260 Non-Resident Students 42 560 Non-Resident Students 530 Other Faculties Resident Students 14 500 483 Student Life Fee Non-Resident Students 29 000 967 Late Registration Fee/Day 70 (Maximum 14 Days) 100 Postgraduate Programmes Postgraduate Diplomas Late Registration Fee/Day (New Students) Resident Students 12 580 524 (Maximum 14 Days) 60 Non-Resident Students 18 870 786 Masters Programmes Transcript Fee 25 Science and Engineering Identity Card Fee 35 Resident Students 17 050 710 Non-Resident Students 25 575 1 066 Accomodation Fees MBA Resident Students 19 610 817 Undergraduate Full Time Student/Annum 4 000 Non-Resident Students 29 415 1 226 School of Medicine Undergraduate Hostel Fee 25 Resident Students 18 750 during Holidays/Day Non-Resident Students 28 125 Other Faculties Undergraduate Hostel Fee for non-students 140 Resident Students 13 550 565 during Holidays/Day Non-Resident Students 20 325 847 MPhil Science and Engineering Refectory Fees Undergraduate Students/ 8 970 Resident Students 17 050 710 Annum** Non-Resident Students 25 575 1 066 MPhil (Other Faculties) Graduate Hostels/Annum 6 760 Resident Students 13 550 565 Non-Resident Students 20 325 847 Graduate Hostels/Annum (including 9 660 PhD Science and Engineering holidays) Resident Students 11 970 499 Non-Resident Students Graduate Hostels Fee during Holidays/Day 60 PhD (Other Faculties) Resident Students 9 350 390 Graduate Hostels Fee for non-students 300 Non-Resident Students during Holidays/Day * Based on normal load of 30 credits for Laundry Fee/Annum undergraduates and 24 credits for post graduate **Fees subject to change during 2009/2010 430 students general information

Bank Payments and Procedures for onward transmission to the University as a Cashier’s Office for payment before submitting 1.Existing Students form of payment. application forms. This method of payment also avoids acquisition of post office Postal Orders 1.1University students may pay fees at any Bank Payments and Procedures for onward transmission to the University as a branch of First National Bank of Botswana to 1. Existing Students form of payment. University of Botswana bank account number 57110069096. To pay into this account a 1.1 University students may pay fees at any Travel and Residence University student needs a valid student ID branch of First National Bank of Botswana to International students accepted to the number. The University accounting system University of Botswana bank account number University of Botswana are required to be in has been interfaced with that of the bank so 57110069096. To pay into this account a possession of valid travel documents, visas and that immediately upon payment a student University student needs a valid student ID residence permits (where applicable) to enter will be un-blocked for registration at the number. The University accounting system the country. University. After paying your fees you may has been interfaced with that of the bank so proceed directly to your Faculty for academic that immediately upon payment a student Basic Entrance Qualifications registration [i.e. University students who pay will be un-blocked for registration at the 1. Admission Regulations fees in this manner need not queue again at University. After paying your fees you may Financial Services department for financial proceed directly to your Faculty for academic 1.1 Qualifications for Entry registration/clearance]. registration [i.e. University students who pay 1.1.1 The normal basic requirements for fees in this manner need not queue again at entrance to Undergraduate Degree and For international payments, students can pay Financial Services department for financial Diploma programmes shall be Botswana into our Standard Chartered Bank Account registration/clearance]. General Certificate of Secondary Education details of which are as follows: (BGCSE) with a grade C or better in English For international payments, students can pay Language, but other qualifications may be Account Name: University of Botswana into our Standard Chartered Bank Account accepted on their merit as alternatives. Entry Account Number: 0100110109600 details of which are as follows: into the Science Degree programmes shall be Branch code: 662167 on the basis of BGCSE Science and Mathematics Swift code: SCHBBWGX Account Name: University of Botswana aggregates and a grade D or better in English Account Number: 0100110109600 Language or equivalents. (For further details Copies of proof of payment, (with full student Branch code: 662167 see General Academic Regulations covering names and student number noted on them) Swift code: SCHBBWGX the programme in question.) must immediately be sent to the attention 1.1.2 For all programmes, only the results of Manager Student debtors at fax number 00 267 Copies of proof of payment, (with full student examinations taken before March 1st in the year 3959 390 or e-mailed to Studentpayments@ names and student number noted on them) of application will be considered in assessing mopipi.ub.bw must immediately be sent to the attention an applicant’s entrance qualifications. Manager Student debtors at fax number 00 267 1.1.3 Full particulars concerning qualifications 1.2. Students who are in receipt of sponsorship 3959 390 or e-mailed to Studentpayments@ must normally be available to the University letters must deliver copies of the same and mopipi.ub.bw before 1st March. It is the responsibility of get financial clearance from Student Debtors the applicant to ensure that all examination office before proceeding to their respective 1.2. Students who are in receipt of sponsorship results and other documents are forwarded to Faculties to complete registration. letters must deliver copies of the same and the Admissions Office before the deadline. get financial clearance from Student Debtors 1.1.4 Candidates who are awaiting the issue of a 2. Prospective Students office before proceeding to their respective certificate following results of an examination Faculties to complete registration. shall normally be required to provide legal 2.1 Candidates or Prospective students proof of qualification from an examining body, who wish to apply for admission may pay 2.Prospective Students stating the level of the subjects passed, before application fees at the following banks: an offer of admission is issued and registration 2.1 Candidates or Prospective students to programmes of the University is effected. •First National Bank of Botswana to who wish to apply for admission may pay Applicants admitted and registered under this University of Botswana bank account number application fees at the following banks: provision shall not normally be permitted to 62130787601 register for, or write final year examinations •Barclays Bank of Botswana to University of •First National Bank of Botswana to before submitting the certificate. Botswana bank account number 3761645 University of Botswana bank account number •Standard Chartered Bank of Botswana to 62130787601 1.2 Admission Applications University of Botswana bank account number •Barclays Bank of Botswana to University of 1.2.1 Unless other specific instructions are 0100110109604 Botswana bank account number 3761645 given, application forms are obtained from For payment of application fee from outside •Standard Chartered Bank of Botswana to and returned to: Botswana please deposit the fees into the University of Botswana bank account number The Undergraduate Admissions Office following account; Account name, University 0100110109604 University of Botswana of Botswana; Account number, 0100110109604; For payment of application fee from outside Private Bag 0022 Branch code, 662167; Swift Code, SCHBBWGX Botswana please deposit the fees into the Gaborone, Botswana following account; Account name, University 2.2 A copy of the deposit slip [with your of Botswana; Account number, 0100110109604; 1.2.2 Each application shall consist of: name & ID written on] should be attached to Branch code, 662167; Swift Code, SCHBBWGX i) The application form to be completed by the application forms when these are submitted applicant himself/herself, in ink, clearly and in or sent to Admissions Section of Academic 2.2 A copy of the deposit slip [with your capital letters; Services department. Applicants who pay fees name & ID written on] should be attached to ii) Academic transcripts; in this manner need not queue at University application forms when these are submitted iii) Certified copy of Secondary School Cashier’s Office for payment before submitting or sent to Admissions Section of Academic certificate; application forms. This method of payment also Services department. Applicants who pay fees iv) Appropriate application fee. avoids acquisition of post office Postal Orders in this manner need not queue at University 1.2.3 When returning the application form, the applicant must enclose a (non-refundable) 1.42 Academic Transcripts activities with content designed to meet application fee. An official transcript will be provided to each particular aims and objectives. Each course 1.2.4 Applications will not be considered until student free at the conclusion of his/her will normally be assessed within the semester the University has received the application studies. Extra copies thereafter shall be issued in which it is offered, except for a year-long form, relevant academic transcripts and at a cost to be determined by the University course, teaching practice, internship, industrial certificates, and the application fee. from time to time. training or any other attachments. 1.2.5 In addition, an applicant who has attended 00.215 Course Code: A course code is an another university or other postsecondary identification of a course with a prefix of three institution must submit a certificate of good General Academic Regulations capital letters followed by three digits. The first 2 00.0 General Provisions conduct, and a transcript, duly signed by the of the three letters shall normally be the same 00.1 Preamble competent officer of the issuing University. as the first letter of the subject, and the digits 00.11 Senate reserves the right to alter, 1.2.6 Unless an applicant is notified to the shall indicate the level, with 100 to 599 for amend, replace or cancel any of the Academic contrary, the closing date for the receipt of Bachelor’s Degrees, and Diploma programmes. Regulations and shall be the final authority for complete application forms and accompanying 00.216 Lecture Hour: A lecture hour is a period the interpretation of these regulations. documents will be the last working day of March of instruction of a duration of 50 minutes. 00.12 Senate has the power to exempt immediately preceding the commencement of 00.217 Lecture Hour Equivalent: One lecture any student from any of the Academic the academic year for which application is hour equivalent shall be equivalent to any of Regulations. made. (The academic year starts in August.) the following modes of teaching and learning: 00.13 In addition to these general academic One lecture hour; Two to three hours of regulations, special faculty and departmental 1.27 Graduate Degrees practical/laboratory work/activity defined by regulations, which must be approved by 1.271 Application procedures are as for the department; or any number between one Senate, shall also apply. undergraduate study (1.2.1 to 1.2.6 above). to four weeks of teaching practice, field work, 00.14 General regulations shall take precedence 1.272 Admission to a programme leading to industrial training or any other attachments or over special faculty and departmental a graduate degree must be approved by the other academic work outside the classroom. regulations unless Senate has otherwise School of Graduate Studies on the authority 00.218 Credit or Credit Value: The number provided of Senate. of credits (or credit value) is assigned to a 00.15 Faculty regulations shall take precedence 1.273 On receipt of the completed application course in relation to the work done. In any over departmental special regulations, unless forms, the Dean of the School of Graduate course, work entailing one lecture hour or one Senate has otherwise provided. Studies shall send one copy to the relevant lecture hour equivalent per week throughout a 00.16 Should a regulation, according to which Head of Department who shall submit his/ her semester shall have a credit value of 1. a programme has been compiled, be amended, recommendation to the Departmental Board for 00.219 Major Subject: A major subject shall a student who has started a programme under consideration. The Board shall in turn forward comprise courses where the subject is treated the old regulation and who has not interrupted the application with its recommendation to in depth during the entire programme of study; studies, may complete such a programme Senate via the Graduate Studies Board. and the workload shall depend on the type of in accordance with the old regulation on 1.274 Permission to pursue a graduate degree programme as defined in regulation 00.230. condition that a faculty board may formulate programme as a part-time student shall be A student shall normally register for a major special transitional requirements in order to granted only to persons who can show that subject either in the third or fifth semester. enable that student to complete studies in they are able to devote a reasonable proportion 00.220 Minor Subject: A minor subject shall accordance with the new regulation. of their time to the work prescribed. comprise courses where the workload shall 00.17 A student who has been admitted to 1.275 Registration for Master’s Degree have fewer credits than those of the major a programme and fails to register for such a programmes by coursework and dissertation subject as stated in regulation 00.232. programme in the ensuing two semesters; or is shall normally take place at the beginning 00.230 Types of Programmes: Possible re-admitted to such a programme, is deemed to of the first semester of each academic programme formats shall include single major, have interrupted studies and forfeits the right year but may, in special circumstances, and combined degree (major/minor, major/major, to continue studies under the old regulation. on the recommendation by the Graduate multidisciplinary). 00.18 Senate shall establish procedures for the Studies Board, take place at the beginning approval of all academic programmes of the of the semester following that in which the 00.231 Single Major: A single major is a university application is approved by the Senate. programme of study composed of core and 1.276 MPhil and PhD applicants may be optional courses from one subject (normally 00.2 Definitions of Key Terms accepted and register anytime during the chosen either in the third or fifth semester), In these regulations, the following terms shall academic year with permission of the relevant as well as electives and general education be used as indicated. Department/unit. courses. 00.211 Academic Year and Semester: The academic year shall comprise two semesters, 1.3 Notification of Acceptance 00.232 Combined Degree (major/minor): A each consisting of 14 teaching weeks, a one 1.31 The Admissions Office for undergraduate combined degree (major/minor) is a programme week mid-semester break, and two weeks for applicants and the School of Graduate Studies of study composed of core and optional courses examinations. for graduate applicants shall notify each from two subjects normally in the ratio of 00.212 Programme: A plan of study made applicant whether or not he/she has been major to minor of approximately 70:30, as well up of core, optional, electives, and general accepted for admission to the University. as electives and general education courses. A education courses, lasting over a specified 1.32 No applicant should come to the University student’s major and minor cannot be from the period, which leads to a Degree, or Diploma unless he or she has received a formal offer of same subject. qualification. admission. 00.213 Subject: A collection of core and 1.4 Conditions of Acceptance 00.233 Combined Degree (major/major): A optional courses in a given discipline of 1.41 Acceptance of an applicant by the combined degree (major/major) is a programme study that will constitute a major or minor University shall be on the understanding that of study composed of core and optional courses component of the programme. the applicant undertakes to be bound by and from two equally weighted major subjects 00.214 Course: For the purpose of teaching, to observe the policies and regulations of the which are independently studied, as well as each subject shall be divided into one or University. Acceptance to the University will electives and general education courses. more components called courses. A course is a be subject to the production of a satisfactory 00.234 Combined Degree (multidisciplinary): basic building block of teaching and learning medical certificate. A combined degree (multidisciplinary) is a general information

programme of study composed of core and earned in such a course. one who is registered with UB after transferring optional courses from more than two subjects 00.251 Attempted Credits: Attempted credits academic credits deemed to be equivalent (for example a combination of three equally are the total number of credits a student is to UB credits. Such credits may come from weighted subjects, or a series of individualised officially registered for in a given semester another recognised university or equivalent, or courses resulting in a programme constructed or in all years/levels of study. They exclude be the result of various articulation agreements by negotiation between a student and a audit courses, non - credit courses a student between UB and other institutions. Such a personal tutor, and approved by Heads of may take, and courses which a student has student can only transfer up to a maximum relevant Departments and Deans), as well as officially dropped. Attempted credits are used of one-half of the total credits required for electives and general education courses. in the calculation of the grade point average the programme, and must complete the (GPA). remaining one-half in the university. The total 00.240 Types of Courses: Types of courses credits transferred are subject to acceptance shall include core, optional, elective, general 00.252 Earned Credits: Earned credits are the by the relevant Department(s). Grade points education, pre-requisite, co-requisite, winter, total number of credit values of the courses are not transferable, and the cumulative GPA project, service and audit. a student has passed in a given semester or of transfer students will be computed on the 00.241 Core Courses: Core courses are those in all years/levels of study. Earned credits are basis of the work done at UB only. courses which must be taken in order to meet used in the determination of a student’s year/ the requirements of an award, that is, they are level of study and minimum number of credits 00.314 Visiting/Exchange/Audit Student: A compulsory or mandatory. required for graduation. Audit and non - credit visiting/exchange/audit student is one who 00.242 Optional Courses: Optional courses courses do not count in credits earned within a satisfies the university entrance requirements are those courses which may be selected particular programme. and is registered for a selected number of from an approved list of courses within a courses for credit or audit. Such students may subject of study and which count towards the 00.253 Academic Good Standing: Students are be from within the country, from abroad or requirements of an award. in academic good standing at the university under exchange programmes. when their cumulative grade point average is 00.243 Elective Courses: Elective courses are 2.00 or above. Such students are considered 00.315 Special Student: A special student those courses which may be selected from a to be making satisfactory progress toward a is one who satisfies the university entrance list of courses outside a subject of study and qualification. requirements, but does not have immediate which count towards the requirements of an plans to enter a programme and wants to take award. 00.254 Academic Warning: Students may courses with approval from the department. be placed on academic warning for failure Such a student shall be limited to register for to make satisfactory progress toward a a maximum of fifteen credits overall. 00.244 General Education qualification. Students whose cumulative Courses: grade point average is between 1.99 and 1.51 00.32 Responsibilities of Students General education courses are those courses (the actual lower limit is dependant on the 00.321 While the university strives to give taken for the purpose of broadening the number of attempted credits a student has as students proper academic advice, it is the knowledge of a student and count towards indicated in regulation 00.9) may be placed responsibility of the individual student to the overall credit requirement for the award, on academic warning for their subsequent know and follow all the regulations of the but are not part of the core courses of the semester of enrolment. Students on academic university. programme. warning may not enrol for more than 16 00.322 A student registered for a course is 00.245 Pre-requisite: A pre-requisite is a course semester credits. They are encouraged to seek expected to fulfil all requirements prescribed that must be taken and passed in preparation appropriate advice and services from relevant for that course. for another course. offices. 00.323 A student who is unable to attend classes due to illness should notify the Director 00.246 Co-requisite: A co-requisite is a 00.256 Academic Probation: Students may of Student Welfare of this fact within twenty course that must be taken concurrently with be placed on academic probation for failure one consecutive days from the day the student other courses to enhance learning in the to make satisfactory progress toward a misses classes. Certification from a recognised programme. qualification. Students whose cumulative health officer will be required in support. grade point average is between 1.90 and 1.21 Prior permission or supporting evidence will 00.247 Winter Course: A winter course is (the actual upper limit is dependant on the be necessary for circumstances other than ill that which is taken during the long vacation, number of attempted credits a student has as health. such as, teaching practice, industrial training, indicated in regulation 00.9) may be placed 00.324 A student who enters or returns to the field work, internships, and attachments. on academic probation for their subsequent university late shall not be entitled to extra The curriculum and methods of assessment semester of enrolment. Students on academic tuition. for these courses will be specified in special probation may not enrol for more than 14 00.325 A student may have access to their faculty and departmental regulations. semester credits. They should seek appropriate academic transcript and has the right of 00.248 Project Course: A project course may be advice and services from relevant offices. appeal on any matters concerning it, to Senate taken in a major subject and the requirements through their Faculty Board. of such a course and its method of assessment 00.3 Students will be specified in special departmental and 00.31 Registered Students 00.4 Exemptions, Credit Banking, Credit faculty regulations. A project course may be 00.311 Full-time Student: A full-time Transfer, and recognition of prior learning. taken as a semester course or as a year long undergraduate student is one who is registered project course. with the university and carries a minimum 00.41 Permission for exemptions shall be workload of 15 credits per semester, unless sought in all cases from the Director, Academic 00.249 Service Course: A service course is a officially exempted. Services, and exemption shall be subject to the course taken in a major or minor subject of approval of the relevant Head(s) of Department. one department but is taught by another 00.312 Part-time Student: A part-time Exemption from taking certain courses may be department. undergraduate student is one who is registered granted under the following conditions: with the University and normally carries a a) A student who has been registered at UB 00.250 Audit Course: An audit course is a workload of less than 15 credits per semester. can bank credits up to a maximum of ten course taken by a student, but no credit is 00.313 Transfer Student: A transfer student is consecutive semesters. Exemption may be given to a former UB student who subsequently 00.522 Subject to regulation 00.521, any Economy and Business Skills. rejoins UB if such a student has banked credits. additional entry requirements shall be 00.620 An undergraduate student must, Once such exemption has been granted, the specified in the appropriate special faculty and during their first two semesters at UB, register programme for which the student is currently departmental regulations. for at least four credits in level 100 general registered will be credited with the original 00.523 Subject to regulations 00.521 and education courses in each of Areas 1 and 2, marks obtained for the credit course(s) and the 00.522, a mature age applicant may use unless exempted. corresponding grade points. the direct entry route if such an applicant 00.621 In addition to the requirements of b) Exemption(s) may be given to a student possesses BGCSE or equivalent with grade B or general academic regulation 00.620, an if such a student took a course or courses at better in two subjects and grade C or better in undergraduate degree student must register another recognised university or institution four subjects. for a minimum of an additional twelve credits with which UB has a formal articulation of general education courses selected from at agreement, within ten semesters prior to 00.53 Transfer Students least two credits from Area 3, and the balance registration. Once such exemptions have 00.531 Transfer students from other recognised from at least two areas out of Areas 4, 5, 6 been granted, the student may transfer up to universities or institutions may be accepted for and 7 before completing their programme of a maximum of one-half of the total credits undergraduate studies if they have at least a study. Where there are problems of accessing required for the programme. However, grade cumulative GPA of 2.00 (on a five point scale) any of Areas 3 to 7 courses, a student shall points for such students are not transferable, or equivalent and are eligible to return to the fulfil the requirement by selecting optional or and the cumulative GPA shall be computed on university or institution last attended. elective courses. the basis of the work done at UB only. 00.532 Transfer students with a cumulative 00.622 The total number of credits earned by c) Exemption may be granted to a student GPA of less than 2.00 (on a five point scale) a student from elective and general education if such a student took a course or courses at or equivalent shall be subjected to the courses shall not exceed one third of the total another recognized University or institution provisions of general academic regulation credits gained in the entire programme. with which UB has no formal articulation 00.9 to determine their admissibility for 00.623 A Dean, on the recommendation agreement within ten semesters prior to undergraduate studies. Students admitted of a relevant department may cancel the registration. Such exemptions shall be based under such provisions will have an academic registration of a student or the registration on course to course articulation and once they probation status. for a course during a semester, if the student have been granted a student may transfer up does not meet the programme requirements or to a maximum of one third of the total credits 00.6 Registration prerequisite requirements for the course. required for the programme. However grade 00.611 The normal workload for a full-time 00.624 A registered student shall have access points for such students are not transferable, undergraduate student shall be 15 to18 credits to an official registration record printout and the cumulative GPA shall be computed on per semester. detailing the course(s) registered for. It is the the basis of work done at UB only. 00.612 A full-time undergraduate student may student’s responsibility to ensure that the (d) Exemption(s) may be given to a student carry 12 to 14 credits per semester if such a registration record is correct. Any registration for relevant work experience and recognised student has approved course exemptions or is record amendments should be made by the prior learning upon satisfactory performance on academic probation. end of the add/drop/late registration period. in assessments of their knowledge, skills and 00.613 Subject to the provisions of regulation 00.625 A student should not attend a course experience in the area as outlined in Section 00.912, a full-time undergraduate student may unless such a course is officially registered 6.0 of the policy organised by the Department. carry 19 to a maximum of 21 credits if such a for as indicated on the official registration A student who has performed such tests shall student has a cumulative GPA of at least 3.50. printout. be awarded an appropriate grade, and may 00.614 No student shall be registered for any 00.626 A student cannot earn credit for be exempted in the relevant courses up to a programme one week after the commencement a course unless such a course is officially maximum of one-sixth of the total credits of classes. Any exception to this regulation registered for as indicated on the official required for the programme. must have the written permission of the registration printout. 00.42 Articulation agreements between Dean of the Faculty who may consult with 00.627 Any registered for course which is UB and other institutions resulting in de the Head of Department and shall not extend abandoned or not attended will be recorded facto exemptions shall be applied to general beyond the end of the second week after the with a zero mark for any graded component admissions to diploma, higher diploma and commencement of classes. not taken. Such a course will be included in degree programmes as well as to satisfy 00.615 A student may register for a course the calculation of the student’s cumulative programme specific internal requirements only if the official class timetable allows the GPA. student to attend all the classes. 00.628 The minimum number of students 00.616 No student shall be allowed to add a re¬quired in order for an optional course to 00.5 Entrance Qualifications course or courses after the first week of the run is 15 students for levels 100 to 200 classes, 00.51 Normal Entry Scheme commencement of classes. and 8 students for classes above level 200 00.511 The normal requirement for entrance to 00.617 A student may drop a course or courses except as permitted by Senate. Diploma Programmes are specified in General up to the end of the second week of the 00.629 The maximum number of students Regulation 10.2. commencement of classes. permitted to be enrolled in each course shall 00.512 The normal requirements for entrance 00.618 A student who has been admitted to be determined by the Head of Department in to Bachelor’s Degree Programmes are specified the university can register for a core, optional, consultation with the Dean. in General Regulation 20.2. elective or general education course offered 00.630 Cancellation of Classes: If no class in any of the university programmes, subject cancellation notice is posted on the classroom 00.52 Mature Age Entry Scheme for to pre-requisites or any other approved door, classes are officially considered cancelled Undergraduate Programmes programme restrictions. if an instructor is 15 minutes late. All cases 00.521 Applicants of at least 25 years of age 00.619 An undergraduate student shall register of cancelled classes must be reported to the on the first day of the semester of entry for general education courses selected from the relevant Head of department. who have BGCSE with grade C or better in at following areas: Area 1: Communication and 00.631 A visiting/exchange/special/audit least three subjects and grade D or better in Study Skills; Area 2: Computer and Information student may register to take courses for credit English Language or equivalent but lack the Skills; Area 3: Modes of Inquiry and Critical or audit. An application to take courses for qualifications for entry into the undergraduate Thinking; Area 4: Physical Education, Health credit or audit should be made to the Director programmes may apply as a mature age and Wellness; Area 5: Science and Technology; of Academic Services. The application will be applicant. Area 6: World Civilisation; and Area 7: World subject to approval by the relevant Head(s) of general information

Department(s). reasons will normally incur penalties as 45 – 49.9 D+ 1.5 00.632 A student may, in addition to their prescribed in special faculty and departmental 40 – 44.9 D 1.0 normal academic programme, register to audit regulations. 35 – 39.9 D- 0.5 courses up to a maximum of three credits. 00.813 Progress Reports: Each faculty shall 0 – 34.9 E 0.0 00.633 A student on audit courses shall not report continuous assessment marks for all 00.843 When letter grades are used, they shall be subject to assessment, but such audited undergraduate stu¬dents by the end of the represent the following: course(s) shall be recorded on the student’s eighth week of classes. Progress reports are A+ Outstanding academic transcript. made available to students and to the students’ A Excellent 00.634 A visiting/exchange/special student who advisors through the computer system at UB. A- Excellent register for credit course(s) and subsequently B+ Very Good enrols in an academic programme of UB shall B Very Good have their courses treated in accordance with 00.82 Final Examinations B- Good general academic regulation 00.41 (b) on Where the assessment of a course includes C+ Good credit banking. final examinations, the following regulations C Satisfactory shall apply: C- Satisfactory 00.7 Withdrawal 00.821 All final examinations shall be held D+ Poor - Fail 00.711 Withdrawing refers to withdrawing from during the scheduled examination period at D Poor - Fail all courses for which a student is enrolled for the end of the semester in which the course D- Poor - Fail a given semester, and therefore the student is is taught. E Very Poor - Fail no longer enrolled. The withdrawal application 00.822 A paper in a final written examination I Incomplete should be lodged through the relevant Head of of a course shall be of one to three hours W Withdrawn Department and Dean’s office. duration. AUD Audit Course. No credit granted 00.712 A student may officially withdraw 00.823 Other forms of examination of a course from the university by voluntarily terminating shall be as prescribed in special faculty and 00.844 An Incomplete grade (I) may be enrolment during a semester which is in departmental regulations. awarded when some assigned work comprising progress. Such a student shall not receive any 00.824 A student must take final examinations continuous assessment, for example a project, credit for courses taken during the semester. at the scheduled times. Failure to do so without has not been completed with valid reasons. The If such a student subsequently enrols in the valid reasons will amount to a candidate I letter grade has no grade point. The I grade university the courses previously taken shall be being awarded a zero mark in that particular must be converted to an appropriate mark treated in accordance with regulation 00.41 examination. within the following twelve months; otherwise (b) on credit banking. 00.825 Special final examinations will be the incomplete work will be awarded a zero 00.713 A student who withdraws prior to the considered on an individual basis for students mark. end of the eighth week of a semester or who who miss scheduled final examinations due to 00.845 Passing a course means obtaining a withdraws after the eighth week of a semester exceptional and extenuating circumstances. mark of at least 50 percent. where there are documented acceptable 00.826 Once a student has sat for an 00.85 Completion of Credits in a Programme extenuating circumstances, will receive a grade examination, the student may not afterwards 00.851 A student shall only be awarded a of “W” (withdrawn) otherwise a zero mark will apply for a special examination on the basis of qualification after completing a minimum be recorded for any graded component not unforeseen circumstances or illness. number of credits in a given programme as taken. 00.827 In the week preceding the final follows: 00.714 If a student is obliged through illness examinations, all lectures and tutorials will a) A minimum of 60 credits in a Diploma or any other cause to be absent from classes continue, however, no assignment, test, programme with a duration of 4 semesters; or for a continuous period exceeding three examination, field trip, or any assessment work b) A minimum of 90 credits in a Higher Diploma weeks, the Dean, in consultation with relevant may be scheduled. programme with a duration of 6 semesters; or Departments and in light of an appropriate c) A minimum of 120 credits in Bachelors’ medical report, shall decide whether such a 00.83 Quality Assurance Degree programmes with a duration of 8 student shall be withdrawn from the university 00.831 Senate shall determine the system semesters; or for the duration of that semester. of quality assurance of programmes of the d) A minimum of 150 credits in Bachelors’ 00.715 A student who has withdrawn from university. Degree programmes with a duration of 10 the university may re-enter the programme semesters. subject to quota restrictions and compliance 00.84 Overall Course Grade 00.852 To be awarded a qualification, at least with existing programme requirements. (Applicable to undergraduates entering from two thirds of the total credits must come from The university does not guarantee to offer August 2010 deferred from August 2009) core and optional courses prescribed in the the same courses as at the time the student 00.841 In any course, the weighting between programme, and the total number of credits withdrew from the university. different components of assessment shall from elective courses shall not exceed one be specified in the special faculty and third of the total credits. Where there have 00.8 Assessment departmental regulations. been exemptions, general academic regulation 00.8 Assessment 00.842 Overall performance in a course shall 00.862 shall apply. 00.81 Continuous Assessment be assessed on a percentage scale, a letter 00.811 The continuous assessment component grade, and a grade point as follows: 00.86 Calculating Cumulative GPA of each course may include one or more of 00.861 Cumulative GPA associated with the following: written assignments, written Marks (%) Letter Grade Grade Point courses at UB at any time during the student’s tests, practicals, projects, research exercises, 90 – 100 A+ 5.0 programme is obtained as follows: essays, open book tests, independent study, 85 – 89.9 A 4.9 a) Identify the credits for the course; dissertations/theses, oral tests, plus other 80 – 84.9 A- 4.7 b) Identify the marks (%), corresponding letter forms of continuous assessment as shall be 75 – 79.9 B+ 4.5 grade and the grade point using the table in determined by the instructor and approved by 70 – 74.9 B 4.0 regulation 0.842; the Head of Department. 65 – 69.9 B- 3.5 c) Obtain the weighted score by multiplying 00.812 A student is required to fulfil all 60 – 64.9 C+ 3.0 the credits and the grade point for each requirements prescribed for continuous 55 – 59.9 C 2.5 course; assessment. Failure to do so without valid 50 – 54.9 C- 2.0 d) Obtain the total weighted score by adding the weighted scores for all the courses; discontinue status. FD Fail and Discontinue e) The cumulative GPA is given by the total 00.933 A student with any combination of FE Fail and Exclude weighted score divided by the total number of three (3) consecutive academic warnings and/ W Withdrawn with Permission credits. The cumulative GPA shall be computed or academic probations shall be put on a fail 00.98 Minimum Cumulative GPA Required for to two decimal places. and discontinue status. Graduation 00.862 Where there have been exemptions 00.934 A student who fails a course thrice 00.981 A student should attain a minimum for credits as per regulation 00.4, grade points shall be put on a fail and discontinue status, cumulative GPA of 2.00 to be considered for from other institutions are not transferable to even if the cumulative GPA is above 2.00. graduation. If the cumulative GPA is below UB, and the cumulative GPA shall be computed 00.935 A student on fail and discontinue 2.00 after passing the course retakes, the on the basis of the work done at UB only.. status may apply for readmission to the student shall take additional courses to bring programme after a lapse of at least one (1) the cumulative GPA to at least 2.00. 00.9 Progression from Semester to Semester semester. To return to the programme the 00.91 Proceed student must apply and be accepted for re- 01.0 Aegrotat Regulations 00.911 To remain in academic good standing, a entry/readmission. 01.01 If a student in the final semester of a student must pass at least half the attempted 00.936 A student on a fail and discontinue programme is prevented by illness, or other semester credits and attain a cumulative GPA status may apply to change to another sufficient cause, from undertaking some of of at least 2.00. programme for which the student qualifies the requirements for assessment (continuous 00.912 A student proceeding on academic and can enter in the subsequent semester(s). assessment or final examinations), Senate good standing who fails a core, prerequisite 00.94 Fail and Exclude may, upon written report of the Department(s) or co-requisite course must retake the course. 00.941 A student who is placed on fail and concerned, and upon any other evidence as Such a student shall carry a semester credit discontinue status twice in one programme it shall deem fit, recommend to assign an load not exceeding eighteen (18) credits. shall be placed on a fail and exclude (FE) aegrotat award. 00.913 To proceed on academic warning (AW) status. The student’s illness or incapacity must be or academic probation (AP) a student must 00.942 A student who has been unsuccessful reported to the office of the Director of pass at least half the attempted semester in two programmes shall be placed on fail and Academic Services within two weeks of the credits and attain a cumulative GPA of at exclude status. date on which the test(s) or examination(s) least 1.21. Such a student shall be subject to 00.943 A student placed on fail and exclude should have been written. regulation 00.92 below. status may apply for readmission to the 01.02 The aegrotat award shall be 00.92 Academic Warning and Academic university after a lapse of at least two (2) unclassified. Probation academic years. 00.921 A student must pass at least half the attempted semester credits and attain a 10. General Regulations for Undergraduate cumulative GPA of at least 1.21 for the status 00.95 Retaking Courses Diploma and Higher Diploma Programmes of academic warning or academic probation 00.951 A student shall not retake a course 10.1 Diploma Programmes to apply. already passed with a minimum grade of fifty 10.11 Diplomas 00.922 The status of academic warning shall (50 C-). Programme titles appear in Faculty and apply to a student whose cumulative GPA is 00.952 Subject to regulations on academic Departmental sections below. less than 2.00 but higher than the academic warning/probation, fail and discontinue, and probation level as indicated in regulation fail and exclude, a student may retake a failed 10.12 Higher Diplomas 00.923 below. course up to two (2) times. Programme titles appear in Faculty and 00.923 The status of academic probation 00.953 A student who has failed a core, Departmental sections below. shall apply to a student in accordance with prerequisite, co-requisite course or a core cumulative GPA performance levels as general education course must retake the 10.2 Entrance Qualifications indicated below: course. 10.21 The normal entry requirement for Attempted Academic Academic 00.954 A student who has failed an optional, Diploma programmes is at least six subjects Credits Warning Probation elective, a non-core general education course not below grade D in the BGCSE or equivalent. Up to 30 1.99 to 1.51 1.50 to 1.21 may retake the course or take a substitute English language shall be one of the required 31 to 60 1.99 to 1.61 1.60 to 1.21 course. subjects. Five subjects may be accepted. A 61 to 90 1.99 to 1.81 1.80 to 1.21 00.955 When a student retakes a course, the grade of C shall be required in at least three of More than 90 1.99 to 1.91 1.90 to 1.21 series of retakes with their grades shall appear the five or six subjects. on the student’s official academic record and 10.22 Other entry qualifications for entry to count in the cumulative GPA. However, in Diploma programmes may be accepted on 00.924 A student on academic warning status satisfying the minimum number of credits their own merit as alternatives. In particular, must retake any failed core, prerequisite and required for graduation the credits shall count attention is drawn to the regulations governing co-requisite course(s) when next offered. Such only once where a passing grade is recorded. mature age applicants in 00.52 and the a student shall carry a semester credit load not regulation in respect to recognition of prior exceeding sixteen (16) credits. 00.96 Prerequisite Courses learning general academic regulation 00.41. 00.925 A student on academic probation status 00.961 A student must achieve at least 10.23 Subject to regulation 10.21, any must retake any failed core, prerequisite and fifty (50 C-) in a prerequisite to enrol in the additional requirements shall be specified in co-requisite course(s) when next offered. Such specific course(s) for which the course is a appropriate special regulations. a student shall carry a semester credit load not prerequisite. 10.24 The entry requirements specified in 10.21, exceeding fourteen (14) credits. 10.22 and 10.23 do not guarantee admission. 00.97 Academic Standing 00.93 Fail and Discontinue 00.971 At end of each semester, a student’s 10.3 Programme Structure 00.931 A student who fails more than half academic standing shall be reported using the 10.31 Curriculum and Assessment the attempted semester credits or attains a following symbols: The curriculum and methods of assessment cumulative GPA of 1.20 or less shall be put on for the undergraduate Diploma programmes fail and discontinue (FD) status. P Proceed (Academic Good Standing) shall be specified in special faculty and 00.932 A student with two (2) consecutive AP Proceed (Academic Probation) departmental regulations. academic probations shall be put on a fail and AW Proceed (Academic Warning) general information

10.32 Duration of the Programme guarantee admission. General Education Courses. These courses 10.321 Diploma and Higher Diploma are taken for the purpose of broadening the Programmes 20.3 Programme Structure knowledge of a student and count towards The normal duration for Diploma or Higher 20.31 Curriculum and Assessment the overall credit requirement for the award, Diploma programmes shall be as follows: 4 The curriculum and methods of assessment but are not part of the core courses of the to 6 semesters on a full-time basis; 8 to 12 for Bachelor’s degree programmes shall be programme. The purpose of these courses is semesters on a part-time basis. specified in special faculty and departmental to enhance university education so that it regulations. is broadly based, promotes critical thinking, 10.4 Classification of Results intellectual growth, broader perspective in (Applicable to Undergraduates entering from 20.32 Duration of the Programme analysis of issues, and general skills for lifelong August 2010 deferred from August 2009) 20.321 The normal duration for Bachelor’s learning. 10.41 Subject to regulations 00.85 and 00.98, programmes shall be as follows: 8 to 10 b) The total number of credits from elective/ the overall result of the Diploma or Higher semesters full-time or up to 16 to 20 semesters general education courses shall not exceed Diploma shall be classified based on the part-time respectively. one third of the total credits gained in the cumulative GPA (computed to two decimal 20.322 A student may register for a combined entire programme. places) that includes all attempted credits as degree programme (major/major, major/ c) General Education Courses can be selected follows: minor or multidisciplinary) or single major from the following: Classification Cumulative GPA programme as shall be specified in special Area 1: Communication and Study Skills Distinction: 4.70 – 5.00 departmental and faculty regulations. Area 2: Computer and Information Skills Merit: 4.00 – 4.69 Area 3: Modes of Inquiry and Critical Thinking Credit: 3.00 – 3.99 20.4 Degree Classification Area 4: Physical Education, Health and Pass: 2.00 – 2.99 (Applicable to Undergraduates entering from Wellness August 2010 deferred from August 2009) Area 5: Sciences and Technology 20.41 Subject to regulations 00.85 and Area 6: World Civilisation 20. General Regulations for Bachelor’s Degree 00.98, the overall result of the Degree shall Programmes be classified based on the cumulative GPA Area 7: World Economy and Business Skills. (computed to two decimal places) that includes Each of the areas shall have a set of courses 20.1 Degree Programmes all attempted credits as follows: at different levels, and students from any Programme titles appear in Faculty and Classification Cumulative GPA Faculty can enrol in such courses. In addition Departmental sections below. First Class: 4.70 – 5.00 to courses in Area 3, all other courses must Second Class, Upper Division: 4.00 – 4.69 include critical inquiry and analytical skills. 20.2 Entrance Qualifications Second Class, Lower Division: 3.00 – 3.99 d) All undergraduate students must during 20.21 The normal entry requirement for Degree Pass: 2.00 – 2.99 their first two semesters at UB register for programmes shall be at least six subjects not at least four credits in 100 level courses in below grade D in the BGCSE or its equivalent. General Education Courses Areas 1 and 2, unless exempted. In addition, The grades obtained in five of the subjects shall 1. Overview all Bachelor’s Degree students must register be grade C or better from one examination In line with the University of Botswana for a minimum of an additional twelve credits sitting. Grades obtained from two (not more) Vision and Mission statements, the new of General Education Courses selected from at examination sittings are acceptable, provided semesterisation system incorporates several least two credits from Area 3, and the balance the applicant has grade B or better in two features into the University academic from at least two areas out of Areas 4, 5, 6 subjects and grade C or better in four subjects. programmes that will assist UB to become and 7 before completing their programme of English language must be grade C or better for a leading academic centre of excellence in study. non-Science based programmes and grade D Africa and the world. One important feature of e) Students taking General Education Courses or better in Science-based programmes. the new undergraduate academic programme shall be subject to assessment procedures 20.22 Other entry qualifications may be structure is the introduction of the General as specified in General, Special Faculty and accepted on their own merit as alternatives. In Education Courses (GECs). The GECs provide Departmental Regulations, and the marks particular, attention is drawn to the regulations more student determined choice and flexibility obtained shall count towards the semester’s governing mature age applicants in 00.52 and of programmes. They address such crosscutting assessment and the award of the qualification the regulation in respect to recognition of issues as employers’ expectations, competence for which the student is registered. prior learning general academic regulation in communication skills, IT and information 00.41. skills literacy, gender, HIV/AIDS, environment, 3. Coding the GECs 20.23 Applicants possessing an acceptable energy and globalisation. The GECs fall under In order to assist students and staff to identify Certificate qualification with grade C or better seven themes that have been approved by Gets, these courses have been given two kinds in at least 4 subjects and grade D in English Senate after extensive consultations. These of identification: Either: language in the BGCSE or equivalent may be areas of study have generally received support a) With the code GEC followed by three digits, considered for entry to Level 100 of a related from vital stakeholders such as the Ministry of with the first digit indicating level (1 to 4), bachelors programme. Education and various major companies and The second digit indicating area (1 to 7 as per 20.24 Where entry is on the basis of a Diploma organisations in the private sector. The concept Regulation 0.2124 (c) of the Revised Academic qualification, the Diploma shall normally be of General Education Courses is not new. Regulations), and the third digit (0 to 9) two years or more and one acceptable to UB. For many years now, UB has recognised the indicates the Faculty (or Faculties) offering Entry on the basis of a Diploma of less than importance of courses such as Communication the GEC; or: two years in duration may be considered if the and Study Skills and Computer Skills for all b) A Departmental code as per General applicant has a previous related Certificate students at the University. Thus the GECs are Regulation 00.25, and an indication that such qualification. an extension of this concept. A course has been declared as a GEC under one 20.25 Subject to regulation 20.21, any of Areas 1 to 7 as per Regulation 00.2124 (c). additional requirements shall be specified in 2. Regulations appropriate special faculty and departmental Regulations pertaining to the GECs are stated Area 1: Communication and Study Skills regulations. in Regulation 00.2124 of the General Academic Courses in Communication and Study Skills 20.26 The entry requirements specified in Regulations, stated as follows: are open to Certificate, Diploma and Degree 20.21, 20.22, 20.23, 20.24 and 20.25 do not a) Every undergraduate student shall take students. GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I and Control (3, Nursing Education) GEC271 Basic Cost Accounting and Control (2, CSSU) GEC248 Human Nutrition (3, Accounting and Finance) GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II (3, Biological Sciences) GEC272 Basic Finance and Taxation (2, CSSU) GEC249 Human Sexuality (3, Accounting and Finance) GEC210 Introduction to Legal Language (3, Biological Sciences) GEC371 Small Business Entrepreneurship (2, CSSU) GEC371 Personal Development and (3, Management) GEC211 Advanced Writing Skills (2, CSSU) GEC441 Special Education GEC275 Basic Concepts in Marketing GEC212 Advanced Oral Presentations (3, Biological Sciences) (3, Management) (2, CSSU) GEC276 Contemporary Economic Issues GEC213 Advanced Communication Skills Area 5: Science and Technology (3, Economics) (2, CSSU) Courses in this area of study will be offered by GEC277 Law and Society in Botswana (3, GEC312 Introduction to Rhetoric the Faculty of Science and the Faculty of Law) and Public Speaking (2, African Engineering and Technology. GEC278 Population and Society Languages and Literature) GEC250 Earth Processes, Mineral Resources (3, Population Studies) and Development (2, Geology) GEC279 e-Governance (2, Political and Area 2: Computer and Information Skills GEC251 Ground Water and Society Administrative Studies) The objectives of the GECs in Computer (2, Geology) GEC273 The State and Society and Information Skills are to promote the GEC252 Origins of the Universe (2, Physics) (2, Political and Administrative utilization of computers and Information GEC253 Energy and Society (2, Physics) Studies) Technology in University studies and to GEC254 The Environment: Our GEC372 Migration and Globalisation (2, provide vital life long skills. All Faculties are Home, Our Resource Population Studies) expected to offer courses in Computer and (2, Environmental Science) GEC441 Special Education (2) Information Skills, and coordination will be GEC350 Evironmental Change in Southern done by the Department of Computer Science. Africa (2, Environmental Science) The course introduces students to the field of These courses are open to Certificate, Diploma GEC255 Electrical Energy and Rural special education and equips them with and Degree students. Development (2,Electrical the skills to identify and assist learners with Engineering) different disabilities. GEC121 Computing and Information Skills GEC256 History of Technology Fundamentals I (2 Mechanical Engineering) Regulations for the Award of Fellowships, (2, Computer Science) GEC257 Ancient and Modern Structures Scholarships, Studentship, Exhibitions and GEC122 Computing and Information Skills (2, Civil Engineering) Prizes Fundamentals II (2, Computer GEC258 Art and Science of Design Science) (2, Technology and 0.10 General GEC221 Information Management Skills (2, Educational Studies) 90.11 The following Regulations are approved Computer Science) GEC355 Telecommunications in Society (2, as per Statute 42d. 9 GEC222 Problem-Solving with Spreadsheet Electrical Engineering) 90.12 Special Regulations shall be approved to (2, Computer Science) GEC356 Renewable Energy (2 credits govern each fellowship, scholarship, GEC223 Web Application Skills Mechanical Engineering) studentship, exhibition or other prize (2, Computer Science) GEC357 Advances in Technology (2 credits established as a result of a donation, bequest GEC322 Multimedia Information Technology and Educational or a financial convenant accepted by the Presentation Skills Studies) University Council. (2, Computer Science) 90.13 Special Regulations shall only be Area 6: World Civilisation (Humanities) amended with the written agreement of the Area 3: Modes of Inquiry and Critical Thinking The GECs in World Civilisation, offered by the donor or executor (unless the donor has since GEC232 Critical Thinking - A Life Tool Faculty of Humanities, will help to promote an died or after due search cannot be traced). (2, Theology and Religious Studies) understanding of the diversity and complexity 90.14 No award of a fellowship, scholarship, GEC233 Logic I: Introduction to Logic of different world cultures. studentship, exhibition or other prize shall be (2, Theology and Religious Studies) GEC261 The Languages of Botswana (2, made in any year in which the accumulated GEC330 Introduction to Research Methods African Languages and Literature) special funds for that award are less than the (3, All Faculties) GEC262 Introduction to Cultural Studies (2, annual value of the award. GEC333 Logic II: Logic and the Sciences (2, African Languages and Literature) Theology and Religious Studies) GEC263 The Politics of Gender (2, Theology GEC334 Epistemology: Theories of Truth (2, and Religious Studies) 90.20 Fellowships 90.21 Procedures for Instituting Fellowships Theology and Religious Studies) GEC264 Religion and Development (2, i) All proposals for the institution of GEC441 Introduction to Wetland Research Theology and Religious Studies) fellowships shall be forwarded to the GEC268 Literature of Liberation (2, English) Fellowships Committee. Area 4: Physical Education and Wellness GEC362 Africa and Its Past on Film ii) Proposals shall include the suggested name The purpose of the GECs in Physical Education, (2, History) of the fellowship, full reasons for making the Health and Wellness is to encourage students proposals and choosing the particular person, to develop a physically active way of living Area 7: World Economy and Business Skills and the conditions under which the fellowship and adopt positive attitudes to health so as to The GECs in World Economy and Business Skills may be awarded, including the composition of enrich the quality of life. will help to instill an appreciation of the Fellowship Selection Committee. how economic and business activities shape iii) If the proposed fellowship is to be named in GEC141 Fitness Through Physical Education human affairs, nationally, regionally and honour of a particular person or organisation, (2, Physical Education) internationally. They will be offered by the the donor should not inform the person(s) or GEC145 Introduction to Swimming (2, Faculty of Social Sciences and the Faculty of organisation he/she wishes to honour before Physical Education) Business. the Fellowships Committee has considered the GEC148 Health and Wellness (2, Physical GEC270 Accounting for Non- Business proposal. Education) Majors iv) Prospective donors of fellowships should GEC247 HIV/AIDS Education, Prevention (3, Accounting and Finance) general information

state the intended time span of the fellowship, the proposed recipient is on some aspect of This prize was established in 1982/83 as a result the amount of money they wish to donate Botswana culture. of an annual donation to the University by to the University, and the value of each iv) The recipient of the Fellowship shall Roderick Ross, a former visiting Registrar (1978) fellowship. be required to maintain a satisfactory to the then University College of Botswana, to v) As a general principle, current members of performance during the course of study. mark its attainment of full University status staff may not have fellowships named after v) The UB Alumni Fellowship Selection and to encourage studies in Administration. them. Committee shall include two representatives The prize may be awarded annually by the vi) When the Fellowships Committee has of the Alumni of the University of Botswana Senate to the student with the best marks in satisfied itself as to the suitability of the Development Trust (ALUBDEV). the final examinations in the subject Public proposed fellowship and its administration, it Administration for the BA Degree. The Senate shall make a recommendation to the Senate. 90.30 Scholarships may in any year award the prize jointly or, vii) Before making a recommendation to 90.40 Studentship exceptionally and on the recommendation of the Senate, the Fellowships Committee may 90.50 Exhibitions the Board of the Faculty of Social Sciences, request the prospective donor to supply more 90.60 Prizes make no award where an insufficiently high detailed information on the financing, nature 90.61 Procedures for Instituting Prizes standard has been achieved. The prize shall be of conditions for the fellowship, and may i) All proposals for the institution of prizes in books, chosen by the winner, to the value of advise the donor of the need to increase the shall be forwarded to the Director, Academic 15 Pounds in Pula. donation value of the award. Services. viii) On the recommendation of the Fellowships ii) Proposals shall include the suggested name 2. Isaac Schapera Prize Committee, the Senate shall review and set of the prize, full reasons for making the This prize was established in 1983/84 as a result the minimum amount which a donor shall be proposals and choosing the particular name, of a donation to the University of the royalties required to pay to the University in order to and the conditions under which the prize may accruing from the sale of the book “Land establish a fellowship. be awarded. Reform In The Making”, edited by R.P. Werbner. ix) A fellowship shall be established or iii) If the proposed prize is to be named in The prize, which is in honour of Professor Isaac terminated by the University Council on the honour of a particular person or group, the Schapera’s major contribution to the Social recommendation of the Senate. donor should not inform the person(s) he/ Sciences in Botswana, may be awarded, as she wishes to honour before the appropriate income permits, by the Senate to a final year 90.22 Procedures for the Award of a University authorities have considered the degree student with the best performance or Fellowship proposal. project in one of the following fields of the i) All proposals for the award of a fellowship iv) Prospective donors of prizes should state Social Sciences; Sociology, Environmental to any student shall first be made to the the intended time span of the prize, the Science, Law, Public Administration and Fellowship Selection Committee, which after amount of money they wish to donate, and Political Sciences. The Senate may award careful deliberation shall recommend the the value of each award of the prize. They may the prize jointly or, exceptionally and on the name(s) of the recipient(s) to the Fellowships also indicate the nature of the prize. recommendation of the Board of the Faculty Committee. v) As a general principle, current members of of Social Sciences, make no award where an ii) If the recommendation for an award of a staff may not have prizes named after them. insufficiently high standard has been achieved. fellowship is received and approved by the vi) When the Department or Faculty has The prize shall be in books worth P150 chosen Fellowships Committee, the Vice Chancellor satisfied itself as to the suitability of the by the successful candidate. may approve the award on behalf of the prize, it shall make a recommendation to the Senate. Senate. 3. Vice Chancellor’s Prize iii) No award of a fellowship may be approved vii) Before making a recommendation to This prize was established in 1989 as a result before the donor has paid to the University the Senate, the Department or Faculty may of a generous donation to the University the minimum amount required to establish a request the prospective donor to supply more of Botswana by the Honourable Mr D. N. fellowship. detailed information on the financing, nature Magang and his family. The prize may be iv) All awards of fellowships shall be made of conditions for the award of the prize, and awarded annually by the Senate to the most subject to the Special Regulations for the may advise the donor of the need to increase outstanding full-time first degree graduating individual fellowships. the donation value of the award. student(s). This student(s) should have made 90.23 Special Regulations for the University of a significant contribution to student life, Botswana Alumni Fellowship 90.62 Procedures for the Award of Prizes should be of good conduct and should have The Alumni Fellowship was established in i) A prospective donor may suggest a person consistently outstanding leadership qualities 1996/97 as a result of a donation by the Alumni who qualifies to receive an award for during his/her period as a student. The prize of the University of Botswana Development consideration by the Department or Faculty. will be in the form of the following: a miniature Trust (ALUBDEV) to promote Master’s Degree ii) Any proposal for the institution of a prize trophy on which the name of the recipient studies and research on some aspect of may include the composition of the awarding will be appropriately engraved, a scroll duly Botswana culture in any field of study. The committee. signed by the Vice Chancellor and the donor Alumni Fellowship will cover the following iii) All proposals for the award of a prize during his life time, and a shield on which the fees: tuition, book and caution fee, Identity to any student shall first be made to the name of the prize and the recipient’s name Card and fieldwork for both part and full-time awarding committee, which after careful will be inscribed. The shield will be placed at students. For full-time Students, residence, deliberation shall recommend the name(s) of a conspicuous place on the University Campus. refectory and laundry fees will also be covered the recipient(s). The Senate may award the prize jointly or by the fellowship. iv) Subject to the Special Regulations for make no award at all, if there is no candidate i) The Alumni Fellowship shall be tenable at the individual prizes, the award may be in cash qualified for the prize. University of Botswana and may be awarded by or in books to the value of the prize, and the the Senate to citizens of Botswana who qualify award may be made jointly to two or more 4. Michael Hamlyn Prize for Master’s Degree studies in any field. persons in any one year in which case its value This prize was established in 1987 by the ii) The maximum period of the fellowship shall shall be shared equally between them. staff members of the Faculty of Science in be two years for full-time study and three memory of Mr. Michael Hamlyn, a South years for part-time study. 90.63 The following Special Regulations apply African refugee student who was the only iii) The Senate shall satisfy itself that the focus to individual prizes: member of the University of Botswana killed of the intended Master’s Degree studies by 1. Roderick Ross Prize in Administration by a South African Government commando force that invaded Gaborone in the early P200 chosen by the winner and a shield. The the highest overall average is disqualified hours of Friday 14th June 1985. He had just name of the recipient will be inscribed on the from winning this prize because of disciplinary completed the Degree of Bachelor of Science, shield to be placed in the Dean’s office. action, the prize will be awarded to the next First Class when he was killed. The prize may be best graduating student with the best marks. awarded annually by the Senate to a student 9. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Humanities The prize will be in the form of books worth who studied and showed considerable ability This prize was established in 1984 and was P1,000 and a floating imbua plaque on which in Mathematics and Physics in the second funded by members of the academic staff of the name of the recipient(s) shall be inscribed. year of the BSc Degree programme and who the Faculty of Humanities in 1992. The prize demonstrated maturity in his/her relationship may be awarded annually by the University 14. British High Commissioner’s Prize with other students and staff. The Awarding Senate to a final year student(s) adjudged This prize was established in 1990 through Committee, comprising the Dean of the academically the most outstanding in the a donation from the then British High Faculty of Science, the Head and an elected Faculty of Humanities, who should have Commissioner Mr. Brian Smith. The prize may member of the Mathematics Department, and obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should be awarded annually by the University Senate the Head and elected member of the Physics be of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in to a final year degree student(s) adjudged Department, will make a recommendation the form of books worth P200 chosen by the academically the most outstanding in either through the Science Faculty Board to the winner and a shield. The name of the recipient the Faculty of Education (Department of Deputy Vice Chancellor. The prize will be in will be inscribed on the shield to be placed in Mathematics and Science) or the Faculty of the form of books worth P200 chosen by the the Dean’s office. Science. The student(s) should be of acceptable winner. conduct. The prize will be a floating trophy. 10. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Social Sciences 5. Bank of Botswana Prize This prize was established in 1984 and was 15. The Builders World Prize This prize was established in 1989 and may be funded by members of the academic staff This prize was established in 1995 with seed awarded annually by the Senate to a Motswana of the Faculty of Social Sciences in 1992. money donated by Builders World Botswana graduating student with the best marks in The prize may be awarded annually by the (Pty) Ltd. The prize may be awarded annually Accountancy and Business Administration and University Senate to a final year student(s) to the most outstanding final year BSc Degree Economics. The recipient will be invited to adjudged academically the most outstanding female student in the Faculty of Science with attend the annual the Bankers Banquet. in the Faculty of Social Sciences who should a degree classification of at least 2(i). The prize have obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) will be in the form of books worth P200 and a 6. PriceWaterhouseCoopers Prize should be of acceptable conduct. The prize will floating shield engraved with the donor’s and This prize was established in 1990 as a result be in the form of books worth P200 chosen winner’s(s’) names. of a generous donation to the University by the winner and a shield. The name of the of Botswana by PriceWaterhouseCoopers. recipient will be inscribed on the shield to be 16. The John Cooke Prize for Environmental The prize may be awarded annually by the placed in the Dean’s office. Conservation Senate to a second year Motswana Bachelor This prize was established in 1993 in honour of Accounting student with the best overall 11. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Business of Professor John H. Cooke (Founding Head performance in any particular year. The prize This prize was established in 2001 and was of the Department of Environmental Science). will be in the form of books worth P500 funded by members of the academic staff of It was established with money collected by chosen by the winner and a floating trophy. the Faculty of Business in 2000. The prize may the Department. The prize may be awarded The winner will also be attached to the Firm be awarded annually by the University Senate annually to the best graduating student during the vacation periods and will receive to a final year student adjudged academically in Environmental Science with a degree an allowance. The Firm will also pay for the the most outstanding in the Faculty of Business classification of at least 2(ii) and a record of student’s registration with the Chartered who should have obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The active interest in environmental issues. The Association of Certified Accountants in the student should be of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the form of books worth P200 U.K. or other approved body. prize will be in the form of cash to the value of selected by the winner. P400, a shield and a Certificate of Outstanding 7. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Education Performance signed by the Dean of the Faculty. 17. Botswana Institute of Accountants Prize This prize was established in 1984 and was The name of the recipient will be inscribed on (BIA) funded by members of the academic staff of the shield to be placed in the Dean’s office This prize was established in 1994 through the Faculty of Education in 1993. The prize a generous donation to the University of may be awarded annually by the University 12. Deloitte and Touche Prize Botswana by the Botswana Institute of Senate to a final year student(s) adjudged This prize was established in 1994 through Accountants. The prize may be awarded academically the most outstanding in the a donation from the Deloitte and Touche annually by the University Senate to the Faculty of Education who should have Accounting Firm. The prize may be awarded most outstanding graduating Bachelor of obtained at least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) annually by the University Senate to the best Accountancy Motswana student(s) who must should be of acceptable conduct. The prize will final year all round Accountancy student. The have obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The prize will be in the form of books worth P200 chosen prize will be P1,500 cash. be in the form of books worth P300, a shield by the winner and a shield. The name of the for the winner with his/her name inscribed on recipient will be inscribed on the shield to be 13. De Beers Private Sector Trust Prize it and a floating shield on which the name of placed in the Dean’s office. This prize was established in 1996 through the recipient(s) shall be inscribed. a generous donation from the De Beers 8. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Science Botswana (Pty) Ltd. to the University of 18. CISNA ‘93 Information Technology Prize: This prize was established in 1984 and was Botswana. The prize may be awarded Computer Science funded by members of the academic staff of annually by the University Senate to the best This prize was established in 1996 through the Faculty of Science in 1993. The prize may be graduating degree MBA student(s) who have a donation from the CISNA ‘93 Conference awarded annually by the University Senate to obtained the highest overall minimum average Organising Committee. The prize may be a final year student(s) adjudged academically of 70 percent. The recipient should have had awarded annually by the University Senate the most outstanding in the Faculty of Science a clean academic record and also should not to the best final year degree student in the who should have obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The have repeated a course or have been the Department of Computer Science with at student(s) should be of acceptable conduct. subject of disciplinary action while a student. least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should be of The prize will be in the form of books worth In the event that a graduating student with acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the general information

form of P500 cash and a floating shield on 23. Botswana Institute of Engineers Prize Setswana culture, given to the recipient. It which the name of the recipient and prize will This prize was established in 1996 through will bear on it the name of prize, prize winner, be inscribed. a generous donation to the University donor and year of award. The Senate may of Botswana by the Botswana Institute award the prize jointly by using the interest 19. CISNA ‘93 Information Technology Prize: of Engineers. The prize may be awarded money to purchase two or several cultural Engineering and Technology annually by the University Senate to the most artefacts. This prize was established in 1996 through outstanding student(s) in the final year of the a donation from the CISNA ‘93 Conference Bachelor of Engineering Degree programme 28. The Association of Chartered Certified Organising Committee. The prize may be and the student(s) should be of acceptable Accountants Prize in Management (ACCA) awarded annually by the University Senate conduct. The prize will be in the form of P1000 This prize was established in 1996/97 through to the best final year degree student(s) in the cash. a donation to the University of Botswana by Department of Engineering and Technology the Botswana Branch of the Association of with at least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should 24. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Engineering and Chartered Certified Accountants. The prize be of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in Technology may be awarded annually by the Senate to the form of P500 cash and a floating shield on This prize was established in 1996/97 through the most outstanding Bachelor of Business which the name of the recipient(s) and prize a donation to the University of Botswana Administration Management final year will be inscribed. by the 1995 Maintenance of Engineering student(s) with at least 4.0 CGPA. The recipient Facilities (MEF ‘95) Conference Organising should not have repeated a course or year of 20. Michael Crowder Prize for History and Committee. The prize may be awarded annually the programme and should be of acceptable Archaeology by the University Senate to a final year degree conduct. The prize shall be in the form of a This prize was established in 1996 and was student(s) adjudged academically the most scroll on which the name of the recipient, funded by members of the academic staff outstanding in the Faculty of Engineering donor and prize shall be inscribed and a plaque of the History Department, well-wishers and and Technology who should have obtained retained by the University on which the name supporters. The prize may be awarded by the at least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should be of the recipient, donor and prize shall be University Senate to the best single or double of acceptable conduct. The prize shall be in inscribed. major graduating student(s) in History Or the form of books worth P200 chosen by the Archaeology who should have obtained a winner, a scroll given to the recipient on which 29.The Indian High Commissioner’s Prize degree classification of at least 2(i), and who the name of the recipient, donor and prize This prize was established in 1997/98 as a should have obtained a minimum of 70% in shall be inscribed, and a shield retained by the result of a generous donation from the High History/Archaeology. The prize will be in the University on which the name of the recipient Commission of India to the University of form of books worth P200 chosen by the and prize shall be inscribed. The shield shall be Botswana. The prize may be awarded annually winner. placed in the Dean’s office. by the Senate to the most outstanding post- graduate student in the Faculty of Humanities. 21. The Chartered Institute of Management 25. The Lady Olebile Masire Prize Preference will be given to a student(s) who Accountants (CIMA) Prize: CABS This prize was established in 1996/97 as a undertook studies on some aspect of Asia, This prize was established in 1996/97 through result of a generous donation to the University particularly of India, if any. The student(s) a donation made to the University of Botswana of Botswana by Lady Masire. The prize may be should be of acceptable conduct. The prize by the Botswana Branch of the Chartered awarded annually by the Senate to the best will be in the form of a momento worth P170 Institute of Management Accountants. The final year degree student(s) in the Faculty of bearing the name of the prize, the achievement prize may be awarded annually by the Senate Engineering and Technology. The student(s) and the recipient’s name inscribed on it, and to the best final year student in the Certificate should be of acceptable conduct. The prize cash or books worth P300 chosen by the in Accounting and Business Studies who should shall be in the form of a scroll given to the winner. have obtained at least 4.0 CGPA. The student recipient on which the name of the recipient, should be of acceptable conduct. The prize will donor and prize shall be inscribed, and a shield 30. The Ernst and Young Prize be in the form of books worth P200 chosen retained by the University on which the name This prize was established in 1998/99 through by the winner, and a plaque retained by the of the recipient, donor and prize shall be a generous donation to the University of University in which the name of the recipient, inscribed. Botswana by the Ernst and Young firm of donor and prize shall be inscribed. The Senate Certified Public Accountants. The prize may may award the prize jointly or make no award 26. The BDF Prize for Physical Education be awarded annually by the Senate to the at all if there is no candidate qualified for the This prize was established in 1996/97 as a result overall top three Bachelor of Accountancy prize. of a donation to the University of Botswana by programme first year students and the best the Botswana Defence Force. The prize may be Financial Accounting and Auditing third 22. The Chartered Institute of Management awarded annually by the Senate to the best year student(s). The student(s) should be of Accountants Prize: DABS final year degree student(s) in the Physical acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the This prize was established in 1996/97 through a Education programme. The student(s) should form of cash worth P350 and P750 per student donation made to the University of Botswana be of acceptable conduct. The prize shall be for first year and third year students by the Botswana Branch of the Chartered in the form of a trophy given to the recipient respectively. Institute of Management Accountants. The on which the name of the recipient, donor and prize may be awarded annually by the Senate prize shall be inscribed. 31. Media Communications (Pty) Ltd Prize to the best final year student in the Diploma in A prize awarded to the student(s) with Accounting and Business Studies who should 27. Setswana Prize the best performance (not below 70%) in have obtained at least 4.0 CGPA. The student This prize was established in 1998/99 through each of the courses: integrated marketing should be of acceptable conduct. The prize will a donation to the University of Botswana by communications, international marketing, be in the form of books worth P200 chosen the National Setswana Language Council. The marketing ethics, product and brand by the winner, and a plaque retained by the prize may be awarded annually by the Senate marketing, retail management, services University in which the name of the recipient, to the student(s) with the best performance in marketing, contemporary issues in social donor and prize shall be inscribed. The Senate African Languages and Literature in a single or marketing, strategic marketing. may award the prize jointly or make no award combined major. The student(s) should be of at all if there is no candidate qualified for the acceptable conduct. The prize shall be in the prize. form of a symbolic cultural artefact, depicting 32. Probe Market Intelligence Prize of the University) which discredits the good vii) On receipt of a memorandum of appeal, the A prize awarded to the student with the name or is prejudicial to the peace, good order Vice Chancellor shall bring before the Council, best performance (not below 70%) in course and good government of the University; which shall meet in special session if the Marketing Research. ii) Fails to comply with any Statute of the Chairperson deems it necessary, without delay, University; a statement of the reasons for the decision, 33. Sharma and Associates Prize iii) Wilfully destroys, damages, defaces, together with a summary of the evidence on A prize awarded to the graduating bachelor’s alienates or appropriates to himself/herself which that decision is based, and the student’s degree student with the highest grade in any property of the University; iv) Infringes the written memorandum of appeal. The case shall Taxation. In addition, the winner must not regulations of the University for the control then be decided by the Council on the basis of have failed any course in the programme and of Library materials, examinations, class the material thus presented. must also have a good conduct record. tests and assignments or any other approved viii) Such appeals may be considered by the regulations; whole Council or a Committee of not less than 34. BOCCIM Award v) Fails to comply with such instruction relating three members appointed by the Chairperson A prize awarded to the overall best student in to his/her conduct as a student as he/she may for the purpose. Council or its Committee may Business with a degree CGPA of at least 4.5 receive from any member of the University make its decision on the basis of the minutes staff in the exercise of his/her duties; or records of any previous hearing and students 35. IEE Region 8 AFRICON’04 Prize vi) Infringes the traffic rules of the University; shall be given seven clear days’ notice of the A prize awarded to the most outstanding vii) Is convicted in any court of law of an day and time when the appeal will be heard graduating Electrical and Electronic degree offence which in the opinion of the Vice and, in any case in which oral representations student with a Cumulative GPA of at least 4.5. Chancellor is serious enough to warrant of any kind are heard, shall be given the disciplinary action. opportunity to hear and cross examine any 36. M.L.A Kgasa Longman Prize person making such representations. I A prize awarded to the best dissertation or 4.2 Disciplinary Procedures x) The decision of Council shall be final. research project. 4.21 Any charge of misconduct shall in the first instance be laid before the Vice Chancellor. 4.3 Criminal Proceedings 37. English Prize 4.22 i) The Vice Chancellor may decide the 4.31 A finding of guilt or an acquittal in a A prize awarded to the best graduating student case after taking such advice or seeking such criminal court shall not preclude proceedings in English Language and Literature. evidence as he/she considers desirable or against a student in respect of the same may refer the case for investigation to a sole incident, but any sentence or order pronounced 38. Chibanda, Makgalemele, Ngcongco Prize investigator or may appoint a Disciplinary shall be taken into account in the imposition of A prize awarded to the best graduating student Committee with such membership as he/she any penalty. Further, the finding of a criminal in the Department of Law deems appropriate. court in respect of any incident which is the ii) The Vice Chancellor may forbid such student subject of proceedings against a student, may 39. Law Society of Botswana Prize to attend lectures and/or participate in any be used in evidence in those proceedings. A prize awarded to the best graduating student student activities whilst the charge against in Clinical Legal Education. him/her is being investigated. 4.23 Where the Vice Chancellor refers the case Examinations Regulations 40. Helfer & Co Prize to a sole investigator or appoints a Disciplinary 4.41 Information and Guidance for A prize awarded to the best graduating student Committee and refers the case to the same Candidates in Conveyancing. Committee, the following procedures shall be All candidates will be assumed to have read 41. The Lady Ruth Khama Prize followed: the following rules and regulations. A prize awarded to the graduating student(s) i) The student shall be given at least two clear in Social Work with degree CGPA of at least 4.0 days’ notice in writing of the time and place of 4.42 Examination Venues and who performed exceptionally well during the hearing and of the nature and substance Examinations are normally held in the fieldwork placement/community service. of the charge against him/her. University and its Centres. The venue of ii) The Vice Chancellor may designate a each examination will be specified in the 3.1 Residence Regulations member of staff to be present at the hearing examination timetable. Candidates are 3.1.1 Full-time students normally live in to present the case against the student. The responsible for knowing in advance the rooms approved Halls of Residence on campus. sole investigator or the Disciplinary Committee in which they write examinations. However, because accommodation is not may call witnesses and interrogate them enough for everyone, some students have concerning the matters at issue. 4.43 Examination Numbers to live off campus. Accommodation, where iii) The hearing before the sole investigator or You must write your Student Identity number available, is offered by the Department of the Disciplinary Committee shall be conducted and full names on the cover of your answer Student Welfare. in private. book and any other materials used. Make 3.1.2 Students who are accommodated on iv) The Secretary of the Disciplinary Committee sure that you write your ID Number and full campus are required to follow regulations and who shall be appointed by the Vice Chancellor, names on the examination materials clearly guidelines for Halls of Residence. or the sole investigator, as the case may be, and correctly. Candidates must produce a valid 3.1.3 Off campus students are not allowed to shall ensure that an accurate record is kept Student ID card at each of their examinations lodge in Halls of Residence without permission of all the proceedings and of the evidence and display it on the examination desk/table from the Department of Student Welfare. This pertaining to the case. The Director, Legal for checking by the invigilator. also applies to non-UB students. 4. Discipline Services Office shall have custody of records. Regulations Pursuant to Statute 8(ii) of the v) The sole investigator or the Committee, 4.44 Time of Arrival Statutes of the University of Botswana, the as the case may be, shall prepare a written Examinations commence at times stated following are and shall be, until amended, the statement of the decision together with a brief in the examination timetable. Candidates Discipline Regulations: summary of the reason(s) thereof. must confirm the times of each of their vi) When a student is rusticated for a period examinations. Candidates will be admitted 4.1 Misconduct Under the Statute longer than a semester, or is dismissed from into the examination room approximately 20 4.12 A student shall be guilty of misconduct the University, an appeal may be made to the minutes before the start of each examination if he/she: Council and the student shall be informed of session. Candidates will be given 10 minutes i) Engages in conduct (on or off the premises his/her right to appeal. general information

reading time prior to the advertised time of 4.464 Starting the Examination while temporarily outside the examination exam commencement. Candidates must not You will be told by the supervisor when you room; make notes or commence writing during this can start the examination and you should not d) Impersonating another candidate or period. look at the examination question paper before allowing oneself to be impersonated; you are told to do so. e) Attempting to influence the examiners or 4.45 Absence from an Examination other University officials; i) If a candidate fails to take an examination for 4.465 Late Arrival f) Failing to obey or comply with any of the no good reason, special papers will not be set Candidates who are more than one hour late examination regulations, or instructions of the and the candidate will be deemed to have failed will not be admitted into the examination supervisor/ invigilator acting within the scope the particular examination. Losing, misreading room. Candidates who arrive late will not of his/her authority. Such repeated behaviour or failure to consult the examination timetable allowed extra time to complete the as may in the view of the supervisor prejudice are not acceptable reasons for absence or late examination. the performance of other candidates. It should arrival at an examination. 4.466 Examination Reading Time be noted that the supervisor is empowered to ii) In the case of absence from an examination On being told to start reading, candidates will discontinue the examination of a candidate through ill health, the candidate (or someone check that the question paper is the correct suspected of misconduct and to expel him/her acting on his/her behalf) must submit a relevant one, all questions are legible and all pages are from the examination room. medical certificate which must relate to the attached. Discrepancies must be reported to day or period of the examination. Evidence of the invigilator for attention. 4.471 End of the Examination illness will not normally be taken into account Candidates will be told to stop writing at the unless substantiated by a medical certificate. 4.467 Temporary Withdrawal end of the examination by the supervisor. Such evidence must be received within 14 days A candidate leaving the examination room Candidates in the room should then remain after the day of examination in order for it to temporarily for personal reasons will be seated until they have filled all the details receive full consideration. accompanied by an invigilator or other required on the answer book and the scripts iii) It is the responsibility of the candidate to authorised person. (NB: Smoking is not have been collected. It is the responsibility arrange with his/her doctor for any medical considered a suitable reason for leaving the of the candidate to ensure that all the evidence to be sent to the relevant Head of examination room.) The candidate will not take additional loose sheets, charts or papers and Department. the question paper, answer book(s) and other supplementary answer books are enclosed in iv) In the case of absence from an examination materials and must not consult or attempt to the first answer book. Candidates may not take due to serious causes (other than ill health of consult any materials or persons outside the any examination materials, used or unused, the candidate), the candidate (or someone room that may assist him/her in writing the out of the examination room other acting on his/her behalf ) must submit to the examination. than: relevant Head of Department: (a) evidence of a) The material they brought into the the cause, where possible and, (b) a written 4.468 Leaving the Examination Room examination room; explanation of the absence. Candidates may not leave the examination b) The question paper (where permissible). room during the first hour of the examination 4.46 Entry into the Examination Room session unless they feel unwell. Candidates 4.472 Penalties for Infringement of Candidates will be told when they can enter must also not leave during the last ten minutes Examination Regulations the examination room and silence must of the examination and must remain seated All candidates will be assumed to have read be observed on entry and whilst in the until all the examination scripts have been the above Regulations. The following steps will examination room. collected and checked by the invigilators. be taken to impose penalties on any candidate If a candidate has completed his/her paper who infringes upon examination regulations. 4.461 Seating Arrangements in the Examination before the specified time and wishes to leave, i) Any candidate who is considered by the Room he/she must do so as quietly as possible, so as invigilator to be committing an infringement Invigilators and exam assistants will guide not to disturb the other candidates. Such a of the rules will be reported and appropriate candidates to their seat. candidate will not be allowed to re-enter the action taken. The supervisor has the power to examination room. Permission to leave at any dismiss a candidate from the room and compel 4.462 Special Arrangements time must be requested from the supervisor. him/her to surrender the script if deemed to be Candidates who have a disability or suffer from guilty of serious misconduct. any illness or condition that will require special 4.469 Illness During Examination ii) In all cases of misconduct, the candidate examination arrangements should inform the Candidates who fall ill during the examination will be warned that his/her conduct will be Faculty office well in advance. Where feasible, should inform the supervisor or invigilator reported and that the decision as to whether special examination arrangements will be who shall act or advise as appropriate. the work will be accepted or disciplinary action made. 4.470 Misconduct taken rests with the authorities. The following will be construed as misconduct iii) When it is determined that the student has 4.463 Procedures During the Examination in an examination: committed misconduct calculated to affect Candidates must immediately on taking their a) Taking into the examination room, or improper examination performance: examination seats fill in the attendance slip possessing or using whilst in that room any a) He/she may be refused credit for any courses provided.. Answer books and other requisite unauthorised materials or items. Misconduct is or examinations completed or attempted; stationery will be provided. Candidates should presumed from the fact of possession unless b) The results may be withheld; carefully read the instructions on the front an innocent explanation is obvious or is c) He/she may be suspended from writing the cover of the answer books and then enter established by the candidate; examinations; their candidate’s ID number and other details b) Aiding or attempting to aid, obtaining d) He/she may be dismissed from the University required. No part of the book may be torn off or attempting to obtain aid from another for repeated misconduct; and all books used must be left on the desks. candidate. Misconduct is presumed from the iv) A candidate who wishes to appeal shall Rough work must be done in the answer book fact of communication unless an innocent follow the procedure set out in the Disciplinary and should be crossed out to show that it is explanation is obvious or is established by the Regulations. not part of the answer. candidate; c) Consulting or trying to consult during the examination any books, notes or other unauthorised materials, or another candidate Academic Appeals and that the appeal or complaint is vexatious or from students, the marks and/or results will be malicious. 6. Appeals which challenge the checked for errors, omissions and conformity Procedures professional academic judgement of individual with regulations, and a correction made where A. Continuous Assessment examiners or Boards of Examiners on the necessary. The Committee’s decision is final Appeals student may request a review of examination performance of students will not and takes effect when issued. Examination continuous assessment mark(s) and decisions be permitted. scripts and the marks awarded for individual during the course of the year. 7. Victimisation or harassment of students who examination questions/answers are not shown lodge complaints is prohibited. Procedures to students. relating to Sexual Harassment are dealt with Steps in the Process of an Assessment Appeal separately below. Procedure for Handling Queries and Appeals 1. Course Instructor 8. No fee shall be paid. on Final Course Grades and Marks First discuss concern with the course instructor 1. Students shall submit queries and appeals promptly upon receipt of the assessment B. Examination Appeals within one month from the official date of mark or decision in an attempt to resolve any Students may request a review of their the differences. The student has the right to take examination marks, results and academic publication of Cumulative GPAs and academic the matter directly to the Head of Department decisions. However, examination appeals results. Queries and appeals received if need be. against externally moderated examination after the deadline date will not be processed marks will not normally be considered except where the delay was caused by 2. Department/Programme unless evidence exists that errors/omissions/ factors reasonably beyond the student’s If the complaint has not been satisfactorily irregularities had occurred or new evidence control. resolved at Step 1, the student may approach exists which necessitates a review of the mark, the Head of Department (or Dean if the Head result or decision. 2. If a student feels that a final course grade/ of Department is the instructor, or DVC/AA if mark is inaccurate, the student may lodge a the Faculty/School Dean is the instructor) for Appeals are heard on the following grounds: query with the Head of the Academic review, mediation or resolution. The student 1. New evidence: i.e. evidence of circumstances Department/Unit concerned. The Examiner(s) should attach to the written complaint all affecting the student’s examination will relevant evidence as is available to substantiate performance that, through no fault of the check the continuous assessment and the complaint. The Head of Department shall student, could not reasonably have been examination marks for errors and omissions, investigate and may endeavour to resolve presented at an earlier date. and the matter, or may seek further advice/ 2. Procedural or other irregularities in the if an error is detected, submit to the Head of recommendation from the Departmental conduct of the examination. Department a change of course grade or Board or other persons as he/she thinks fit. The 3. Procedural irregularities in the marking mark in the approved Course Grade/Mark Head of Department may direct that corrective of the examination, e.g. evidence that the Change Form. action be taken when justified. scripts have been insufficiently or incorrectly marked. 3. If the student feels that a final course grade/ 3. Faculty/School 4. Evidence of prejudice or bias on the part of mark was unfairly assigned, the student may If the complaint is not resolved at Step 2, one or more examiners. submit a written appeal of the grade/mark to either the Head of Department or the student 5. Inappropriate advice from members the Head of the Department (HoD) will refer the written complaint to the Dean of administrative or academic staff on concerned. The HoD shall process the appeal of the Faculty/School for investigation, review matters affecting the student’s examination within one week of receipt of the written and resolution. The Dean will review the candidature or performance. appeal. appeal, discuss with the student, the Head of 6. Failure of the University to implement its Department, and any other persons concerned, agreed procedures and regulations. 4. If the complaint is not resolved, the HoD and may refer it to the Faculty/School Executive Grounds for appeal must be specific. Reasons shall forward the student’s appeal to the for further advice/ recommendation. The Dean such as ‘I deserved a better grade’, or ‘I thought Deputy may direct that I did better’ are unclear and unhelpful. Dean. The Deputy Dean shall process the appeal corrective action be taken when justified. He/ Appeals which challenge the professional within one week of receipt of the she will report his/her decision to the student academic judgment of examiners on the written appeal. and the instructor. student’s examination performance will not be considered. Appeals or representations are 5. If the complaint is not resolved, the Deputy 4. Academic Appeals Committee allowed as a way of ensuring that as far as Dean shall forward the student’s appeal to the Should the complaint not be satisfactorily possible all relevant circumstances surrounding Secretary of the Senate Academic Appeals resolved at Step 3, either the student or Dean examination performance are brought to Committee. The Committee shall process may refer the written appeal to the Senate light and taken into account in formulating the appeal within two weeks of receipt of the Academic Appeals Committee for review results and decisions. Appeals should be written appeal and its decision is final. and resolution. The Committee will review lodged with the relevant Head of Department. the appeal and the appeal decisions made Examination appeals must state clearly the 6. The HoD or Deputy Dean or Appeals at earlier steps of the appeals process. The grounds for appeal and should include all Committee may refuse or accept the appeal. Committee shall determine its own procedure. relevant information. The burden of proof is If the The student(s) and the instructor concerned on the student, and the written appeal should appeal is accepted, the appellant’ examination may attend the hearings to hear and answer state and support with available evidence the script shall be re-marked. The original allegations and to present their arguments. grounds for appeal. The Examinations Appeals marker or a second marker shall be asked to The Committee shall not itself re-mark/regrade Committee will consider the details of the review the examination script along with a the continuous assessment script but shall appeal and decide whether the appeal is valid, representative sample of all the examination direct that this be independently done where and if so, what relief should be provided. The scripts in the course. The appellant’s script appropriate. The Committee’s decision shall be Committee does not usually hold hearings. shall be identifiable. If the review leads to a binding on all parties, may not be appealed, The examination script may be re-marked lower grade/mark the original grade/mark and takes effect when issued. only if the Committee so directs; there is no shall not be lowered. 5. The Committee may refuse to proceed automatic re-marking/ regrading of scripts. with an appeal or complaint if it concludes However, for all appeals and queries received general information

C. Complaints Relating to Individual Course Instructors A student who has a grievance relating to a course instructor (e.g. unsatisfactory teaching, unsatisfactory relationship with the course instructor) may follow these steps: 1. Raise concern with the course instructor as soon as the problem or difficulty arises. Most grievances can be resolved amicably and quickly in this manner. The student may take the matter directly to the Head of Department if need be. 2. Concerns related to an instruct or that cannot be resolved at Step 1 should be discussed with the Head of Department (or Faculty Dean, if the Department Head is the instructor, or DVC/ AA if the Dean is instructor). 3. If the complaint is not resolved at Step 2 above, the student may follow the Steps as in 1.3 through 1.5 under Section 1 above. The complaint review process is accomplished in a collegial nonjudicial atmosphere rather than an adversarial one and allows the parties involved to participate as appropriate. Complaints must be raised and resolved promptly and as soon as they arise during the course of the year. The student and instructor may enlist the aid of a neutral third party (e.g. counsellor, academic advisor) to assist.

For further details of the appeals procedure, please contact the:

Department of Academic Services, Tel: (+267) 355 2018/2016 Fax: (+267) 3585 103. University of Botswana NO

26 g ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE g MANAGEMENT Faculty of g MARKETING g TOURISM & HOSPITALITY BUSINESS DEAN C. R. Sathyamoorthi, BCom (Kerala), MCom (Calicut)

DEPUTY DEAN Dr N. Moeti, BCom(UB), DBA,MBA, PhD (Birmingham)

FACULTY ADMINISTRATORS COORDINATOR, SMALL ASSISTANT SUPPORT Mr J.J. Tsimako, BA, PGDE MLMED BUSINESS CLINIC MANAGER (New Castle) E. D. M. Odirile, BA Economics Tefo Kebitseng, BSc Comp. Sc. B. Ndaba, BCom, MBA (UB), MA & Statistics (UBS), PG Dip Development Studies (UB) Economics & Statistics, MA IT TECHNICIAN Economics (East Anglia, UK), L. Dube, Diploma in Computer MBA (UB) Studies (UB), Honours Degree in Systems Engineering (BAC, Sunderland)

27 Faculty of Business

The Faculty of Business comprises the Progression from Semester to Semester Semester 4 following Departments: DAB215 Macroeconomics (3) General Academic Regulation 00.9 applies. DAB216 Business Finance (3) ACCOUNTING & FINANCE Diploma in Accounting & Business DAB217 Business Law (3) MANAGEMENT, MARKETING Studies (DABS) DAB218 Taxation (3) TOURISM & HOSPITALITY Total Credits Semester 3 & 4 = 24 Entrance Requirements 1. The entrance requirement shall be as Programmes are categorized as follows: Level 300 specified in general regulations 10.2.1 Semester 5 2. A pass in CABS will be exempted from some Part-time Core Courses courses in DABS. • Diploma in Accounting & Business Studies DAB311 Quantitative Methods for Business (3) Programme Structure Full-time and Distance mode DAB312 Financial Management (3) The programme will extend over a period of six • Bachelor of Accountancy DAB313 Cost Accounting (3) semesters. Students will take four courses in • Bachelor of Finance DAB314 Management Information Systems • Bachelor of Business Administration each semester. Except the General Education Courses, all courses of this programmme are (Management) Semester 6 core courses which must be taken and passed • Bachelor of Business Administration A – Accounting Stream for the award of the certificate. Each core (Marketing) DAB315 Financial Accounting (3) course consists of 3 credits and each General • Bachelor of Information Systems (Business DAB316 Management Accounting (3) Education Course consists of 2 credits. The total Information Systems) DAB317 Auditing (3) number of credits for the entire programme is • Combined Major in Accounting as part of DAB318 Financial Institutions & Markets (3) BA combined Degree 68. • Bachelor of Tourism & Hospitality B – Management Stream Assessment Management DAB319 Human Resource Management (3) 1. Two pieces of continuous assessment tests DAB320 Organisational Design and for each semester course Full-time and Part-time Development (3) 2. The continuous assessment to final • Master of Business Administration DAB321 Small Business Management (3) examination is in the 2:3 ratio. DAB322 Fundamentals of Materials 3. There will be a two-hour end of-semester Special Regulations for the Faculty of Management (3) Business examination for each course. Subject to the provisions of General Academic C – Marketing Stream Progression from one Level to the next Regulations 00.0 to 20.4, the following special DAB323 Sales Management (3) 1. The General Academic Regulations 00.9 will regulations shall apply. DAB324 Consumer Behaviour (3) apply in this case. DAB325 Marketing Management (3) Entrance Requirement DAB326 Purchasing Management (3) a) Admission shall be as stipulated in General Award of the Certificate 1. A student must pass all the courses in three Academic Regulations 20.2, 20.21 and 20.22 Total Credits Semesters 5 & 6=24 with the specific requirement of a grade C (60 levels with a minimum GPA of 2.0 2. The Classification of results will be in percent) in English and Mathematics. Subject NOTE: 1. The students will choose one of the accordance with general regulation 10.4 to the General Regulation 00.52 in respect above streams A or B or C in the 6th of the Mature Age Entry Scheme, applicants Semester at DABS Level 300 to the Bachelor of Accountancy, Bachelor of Level 100 Finance, Bachelor of Information Systems Semester 1 (Business Information Systems), Bachelor of DAB111 Business Mathematics and DEPARTMENT OF Business Statistics (3) Administration (Management) and Bachelor of DAB112 Basic Accounting (3) ACCOUNTING & FINANCE Business Administration (Marketing), Tourism GEC111 Communication and Study Skills (2) & Hospitality Management shall undergo an GEC121 Computing and Information Skills I Bachelor of Accountancy aptitude test. (2) Degree Programme b) Students with a Diploma in Accounting and Semester 2 Business Studies (DABS) or equivalent with DAB113 Principles of Management (3) Level 100 a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or above can be DAB114 Introduction to Marketing (3) Semester 1 admitted in the first semester of the Degree GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II Core Courses programme. Subject to the Departmental (2) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I(2, Regulations, a student with DABS or equivalent GEC122 Computing and Information Skills II GEC) can be admitted in the third semester of the (2) GEC121 Computing and Information Skills, Degree programme of the Faculty, provided Fundamentals I (2, GEC) he/she has secured a cumulative GPA of 2.8 or Total Credits Semesters 1&2=20 ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) above in the DABS or equivalent examination. MGT100 Principles of Management (3) Level 200 PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) Assessment Semester 3 STA101 Mathematics for Business and Subject to General Academic Regulation 00.8 DAB211 Intermediate Accounting (3) Social Sciences I 1 (3) and the Departmental Regulations, the ratio DAB212 Microeconomics (3) STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) of continuous assessment to final examination DAB213 General Psychology (3) shall normally be 2:3. DAB214 Business Statistics (3) Semester 2 Core Courses GEC112 Communication and

28 Study Skills II (2, GEC) MGT400 Strategic Management (3, pre-req. (3, pre-req. ACC100) GEC122 Computing and Information Skills, MGT 301) ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting (3, Fundaments II (2, GEC) Option pre-req. ACC100) ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 FIN 200 Business Finance ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) (3, pre-req. ACC100) MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) Semester 8 Option (3) STA102 Mathematics for Business Core Courses Elective (3) and Social Sciences II (3) ACC403 Financial Accounting IV STA114 Business Statistics I (3) (3, pre-req. ACC400) Optional Courses ACC404 Taxation Applications Students to choose one of the following; Level 200 (3, pre-req. ACC401) Semester 3 ACC405 Accounting Theory ACC 204 Government Accounting Core Courses (3, pre-req. ACC400) (3, pre-req. ACC 100) ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting (3, ACC444 Research Project ACC 205 Special Topics in Accounting pre-req. ACC100) (4, pre-reg. MGT 302) (3, pre-req. ACC 100) ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) Elective or Option FIN200 Business Finance GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 (3, pre-req. ACC100) Level 300 LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) ACC406 Public Sector Accounting (3) Semester 5 MGT203 Quantitative Methods BIS302 Decision Support Systems I (3) Core Courses (3, pre-reg., STA114,STA116) BIS417 Information Systems Auditing (3) ACC311 Introduction to Company Accounts GEC Area 3 FIN301 Financial Institutions and (3, pre-req. ACC206) Markets I (3, pre-req. FIN200) ACC309 Principles of Auditing Semester 4 (3, pre-req. ACC206) Core Courses REVISED Bachelor of Accountancy Degree FIN 300 Financial Management ACC200 Financial Accounting 1( Programme for Students Enrolling from (3, pre-req. FIN200) LAW351 Introduction to Company Law (4) 3, pre-req. ACC100) August 2010 ACC203 Cost Acc. Applications MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3) (3, pre-req. ACC201) Level 100 Semester 6 BIS205 Information Technology Semester 1 Core Courses (3, pre-req. GEC122) Core Courses ACC308 Cost and Management Accounting ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (3, pre-req. ACC201) MGT200 Organisational Design and (2, GEC) ACC305 Taxation Principles Development (3) ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) (3, pre-req. ACC206) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) BIS309 Accounting Information Systems MGT100 Principles of Management (3) 3, pre-req. BIS205, ACC206) Level 300 PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3 MGT302 Business Research Methods Semester 5 STA101 Mathematics for Business (3, MGT 203) Core Courses and Social Sciences I 1 (3) ACC300 Financial Accounting II Option (3) (3, pre-req. ACC200) Semester 2 Optional Courses ACC301 Introduction to Management Core Courses Accounting(3, pre-req. ACC203) GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II Students to choose one of the following; ACC302 Auditing I (3, pre-req. ACC200) (2, GEC) ACC 306 Public Sector Auditing LAW351 Introduction to Company Law (4) BIS 100 Introduction to Information (3, pre-req. ACC 206) MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3) Systems (3) ACC 307 Internal Auditing GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) (3, pre-req. ACC 206) Semester 6 STA102 Mathematics for Business ACC 310 Auditing Applications Core Courses and Social Sciences II (3) (3, pre-req. ACC 206) ACC303 Management GEC GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 (2) Accounting Applications Level 400 (3, pre-req. ACC301) Level 200 Semester 7 ACC304 Auditing II (3, pre-req. ACC302) Semester 3 Core Courses BIS309 Accounting Information Systems Core Courses ACC411 Financial Reporting (3, pre-req. BIS205, ACC200) ACC206 Financial Accounting for (3, pre-req. ACC 311) FIN300 Financial Management manufacturing & ACC404 Taxation Applications (3, pre-req. FIN200) Alternative Entities (3, pre-req. ACC305) MGT302 Business Research Methods 3, pre-req. ACC100) ACC443 Industrial Attachment (3) (3, MGT 203) ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) MGT400 Strategic Management (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 or Elective BIS205 Information Technology Elective (3) (3, pre-req. BIS 100) Level 400 LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) Semester 8 Semester 7 MGT203 Quantitative Methods Core Courses Core Courses (3, pre-reg. STA 102) ACC408 Management Accounting ACC400 Financial Accounting III (3, pre-req. (3, pre-req. ACC 308) ACC300.) Semester 4 ACC409 Current issues in Accounting ACC401 Introduction to Taxation (3, pre-req. Core Courses (3, pre-req. ACC311) ACC300) ACC202 Ethics in Accounting 1 ACC412 Accounting For Groups ACC443` Industrial Attachment (3) (3, pre-req. ACC411)

29 Faculty of Business

ACC444 Research Project (4, pre-reg. MGT Semester 5 Bachelor of Business 302) Core Courses Option (3) ACC300 Financial Accounting II Information Systems Degree 3, pre-req. ACC2000) Programme Optional Courses ACC301 Introduction to Management Accounting (3, pre-req. ACC203) Students to choose one of the following; Level 100 FIN301 Financial Institutions and Markets Semester 1 ACC 405 Accounting Theory I (3, pre-req. FIN200) Core Courses (3, pre-req. ACC 311) MGT301 Organisational Behaviour GEC121 Computing and Information Skills, FIN 405 Seminars in Finance ( 3, pre-req. MGT200) Fundamentals I (2, GEC) Elective (3) (2, pre-req. FIN 300) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 (2, GEC) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Bachelor of Finance Degree Semester 6 MGT100 Principles of Management (3) Core Courses Programme PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) BIS309 Accounting Information Systems STA101 Mathematics for Business and (3, pre-req. BIS205, ACC200) Social Sciences I (3) Level 100 FIN300 Financial Management STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) Semester 1 (3, pre-req. FIN200) Core Courses FIN302 Financial Planning and Forecasting Semester 2 GEC121 Computing and information Skills, (3, pre-req. FIN200) Core Courses Fundamentals I (2, GEC) FIN303 Financial Statement Analysis I GEC122 Computing and Information Skills, GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (3, pre-req. FIN200, ACC 300) Fundamentals II (2, GEC) (2,GEC) MGT302 Business Research Methods GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) (3, pre-req. MGT 203) (2, GEC) MGT100 Principles of Management (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) STA101 Mathematics for Business Level 400 MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) and Social Sciences I (3) Semester 7 STA102 Mathematics for Business and STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) Core Courses Social Sciences II (3) ACC400 Financial Accounting III STA114 Business Statistics I (3) Semester 2 (3, pre-req. ACC300) Core Courses FIN400 Financial Theory and Analysis Level 200 GEC122 Computing and Information Skills, (3, pre-req. FIN300) Semester 3 Fundamentals II (2,GEC) FIN443 Industrial Attachment (3) Core Courses GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II MGT400 Strategic Management BIS200 Systems Development I (2, GEC) (3, pre-req. MGT301)) (3, pre-req. GEC122) ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 BIS201 Foundations of ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) Elective/Option Business Information MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) Systems (3, pre-req. GEC122) STA102 Mathematics for Business and Semester 8 CSI241 Structured Programming Social Sciences II (3) Core Courses (4, pre-req. GEC122) STA114 Business Statistics I (3) FIN401 Financial Statement Analysis II FIN200 Business Finance (3, pre-req. FIN303) (3, pre-reg. ACC 100) Level 200 FIN402 International Business Finance LAW 251 Foundations of Business Law Semester 3 (3, pre-req.FIN 301) (3) Core Courses FIN403 Financial Institutions and Markets II MGT203 Quantitative Methods ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting (3, pre-req. FIN301) (3, pre-reg. STA114, STA116) (3, pre-req. ACC100) FIN404 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Option ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) Management (3, pre-req. FIN300) GEC Area 3 FIN200 Business Finance (3) FIN405 Seminars in Finance (2) LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) FIN444 Research Project (4. MGT 302) Semester 4 MGT203 Quantitative Methods GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Core Courses (3, pre-req. STA114, STA116)) BIS204 Data Organisation Methods GEC Area 3 Optional Courses (3, pre-req. BIS201) BIS302 Decision Support Systems I (3) CSI252 Operating Systems Concepts (3) Semester 4 FIN304 Principles of Risk Management CSI272 Computer Communications Core Courses and Insurance (Pre-req. FIN200) Networking Fundamentals (2) ACC200 Financial Accounting I FIN305 Principles of Real Estate Finance MGT200 Organisational Design & Develop. (3, pre-req. ACC100 (3) (Pre-req. FIN200) (3) ACC203 Cost Accounting Applications ACC401 Introduction to Taxation Option (3, pre-req. ACC201) (3, (3, pre-req. ACC300) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 BIS205 Information Technology ACC404 Taxation Applications (3, pre-req. GEC122) (3, (3, pre-req. ACC401) Level 300 ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics FIN407 International Trade Finance (3) Semester 5 (3; ECO 112) (Pre-req. FIN300) Core Courses MGT200 Organisational Design and BIS301 Business Process Re-engineering Development (3) (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 BIS302 Decision Support Systems I (3) Level 300 BIS303 Electronic Commerce 1 (3)

30 BIS343 Industrial Attachment (2) Bachelor of Arts Degree (Double Major) DEPARTMENT OF MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3, MGT (Courses offered through the Department) 300) MANAGEMENT Option Level 100 GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Semester 2 Bachelor of Business Core Course Semester 6 ACC100 Intro to Accounting (3) Administration Core Courses (Management) Degree BIS307 Project Management Infomation Level 200 Systems (3) Semester 3 Programme CSI362 Database Concepts (3) Core Courses MGT302 Business Research Methods ACC201 Intro to Cost Accounting Level 100 (3, pre-reg.MGT 203) (3, pre-reg.ACC 100) All courses at this level, excepting General Option/Elective FIN200 Business Finance Education Courses (GECs), are core. GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 (3, pre-reg.ACC 100) LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) Semester 1 Level 400 GEC121 Computing and Information Semester 7 Semester 4 Skills Fundamentals I (2, GEC) Core Courses Core Courses GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I MGT400 Strategic Management ACC200 Financial Accounting I (2, GEC) (3, pre-req. MGT301)) (3, pre-reg.ACC 100) PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) CSI461 Computer ACC203 Cost Accounting Applications ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Communications (3, pre-req. ACC 201) MGT100 Principles of Management (3) Networks Management (4) BIS205 Information Technology STA101 Mathematics for Business and BIS443 Industrial Attachment (2) (3, pre-req. GEC 122) Social Sciences I (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) Option Level 300 Semester 5 Semester 2 Semester 8 Core Courses GEC122 Computing and Information Core Courses ACC300 Financial Accounting II Skills Fundamentals II (2, GEC) BIS420 Strategic Information Systems (3) (Pre-req. ACC 200) GEC112 Communication and Study (3, pre req. BIS 307) ACC301 Introduction to Management Skills II (2, GEC) BIS403 Information Systems Security Accounting (3) ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) (3, pre-req. ACC 203) (3) (Core) BIS444 Research Project (4) ACC302 Auditing I (3, pre-req. ACC 200) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) (Core) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) (Core) Semester 6 STA102 Mathematics for Business Optional Courses Core Courses and Social Sciences II (3) (Core) BIS 205 Information Technology (3) ACC303 Management Accounting STA114 Business Statistics I (3) (Core) BIS304 Management Applications (3) Information Systems(3) (3, pre-req. ACC 301) BIS305 Systems Development II (3) ACC304 Auditing II (3, pre-req. ACC302) Level 200 BIS306 IS Research and Practice (3) BIS309 Accounting Information Systems Semester 3 BIS308 Marketing Information Systems (3) (3, pre-req. BIS205, ACC200) Core Courses BIS309 Accounting Information Systems (3) ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting (3) BIS314 Multimedia Systems (3) Level 400 ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics for BIS401 Current Issues in Information Semester 7 Business (3, pre-req. ECO 111) Systems (3) ACC400 Financial Accounting III LAW251 Foundations of Business Law BIS402 Information Technology (3, pre- req. ACC 300) (3) Optional Productivity Tools ACC401 Introduction to Taxation MGT201 Purchasing and BIS404 Small Business Information Systems (3, pre- req. ACC 300) Materials Management (3) (3) MGT202 Small Business Management (3) BIS405 Legal and Ethical Issues of Semester 8 MGT203 Quantitative Methods for Business Information Systems (3) Core Courses (3, pre-reg. STA114, STA116) BIS406 Financial Information Systems (3) ACC403 Financial Accounting IV GEC Area 3 BIS407 Electronic Commerce II (3) (3, pre-req. ACC 400) BIS408 Systems Development ACC404 Taxation Applications Semester 4 Methodologies (3) (3, pre-req. ACC 401) Core Courses BIS409 Advanced Database Systems (3) BIS205 Information Technology BIS410 Manufacturing Information General Education Courses (Area 7) (3, pre-req. GEC122 Systems (3) GEC270 Accounting for Non-Business ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics BIS417 Information Systems Auditing (3) Majors (2) for Business (3) CSI312 Expert Systems (3) GEC271 Basic Cost Accounting and FIN200 Business Finance CSI314 Decision Support Systems II (3) Control (2) (3, pre-reg.ACC 100) CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3) MGT200 Organisational Design and CSI462 Distributed Systems (3) Development (3, pre-req. MGT100) CSI471 Object Oriented GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Systems Development (3) CSI472 Social and Professional Issues of Computing (3)

31 Faculty of Business

Stream A: General Management Systems (3) Semester 6 MGT304 Industrial Relations (3, pre-req. MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business Levels 300 MGT200) Formation Semester 5 GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 MGT302 Business Research Methods (3, pre- Core Courses Optional Course (3) req. MGT203) LAW351 Introduction to Company Law (4) Elective (3) BIS 304 Management Information MGT300 Human Resource Management (3, Systems (3) pre-req. MGT 200) Semester 6 MGT312 Management of Logistics MGT301 Organisational Behaviour Core Courses Systems (3) (3, pre-req. MGT 200) BIS304 Management Information GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Systems (3) Option (3) Option (6) MGT302 Business Research Methods Elective (3) (3, pre-req. MGT203) Semester 6 MGT305 Human Resource Development Levels 400 Core Courses (3, pre-req. MGT300) Semester 7 BIS304 Management Information Systems MGT307 Compensation and Reward Systems MGT400 Strategic Management (3) (3, pre-req. MGT300) (3, pre-req. MGT301) MGT302 Business Research Methods GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 MGT409 Project Implementation, Monitoring (3, pre-req. MGT203) Option(3) Evaluation, and Analysis (3) MGT303 Entrepreneurship and Elective (3) BIS 410 Manufacturing Information New Business Formation (3, pre-req. Systems (3) MGT 202) Levels 400 MGT443 Industrial Attachment GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Semester 7 (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Option (3) Core Courses Option (3) Elective (3) MGT400 Strategic Management ( 3, pre- Elective (3) req. MGT301) Levels 400 MGT412 Foundations of Leadership and Semester 7 Teamwork (3, pre-req. MGT300) Semester 8 Core Courses MGT443 Industrial Attachment (3) Core Courses MGT400 Strategic Management (3, pre-req. GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 MGT411 Practicum in Project Management MGT 301) Option (3) (3, pre-req. MGT409) MGT402 Operations Management (3) Elective (3) BIS 420 Strategic Information Systems (3) MGT443 Industrial Attachment (3) MGT444 Research Project (4, MGT 302) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Semester 8 MGT408 Project Financing Option (3) Core Courses GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Elective (3) MGT410 Negotiations and Conflict Option (3) Management (3, pre-req. MGT301) Elective (3) Semester 8 BIS 420 Strategic Information Systems (3, Core Courses pre-req. BIS 307) Optional Courses BIS420 Strategic Information Systems (3, MGT444 Research Project (4, MGT 302) MGT306 Public Sector Management (3, pre- (3, pre-req. BIS 307) MGT413 Practicum in Human Resources req. MGT200) MGT405 Corporate Governance (3) Management MGT444 Research Project (4, pre-req. GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 MGT 302) Option (3) 2.0 General Education Course (GEC) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Elective (3) The Department offers the following General Option (3) Education Course (in Area 7: World Economy Elective (3) Optional Courses and Business Skills): MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business Optional Courses Formation (3, pre-req. MGT 202) GEC371 Small Business Entrepreneurship (2) MGT306 Public Sector Management MGT306 Public Sector Management (3, pre- (3, pre-req. MGT200) req. MGT200) MGT308 Total Quality Management (3, pre- MGT402 Operations Management (3) req. MGT302) DEPARTMENT OF MGT403 Application of Operations Research Methods for Business Decisions (3, Stream C: Project and Logistics Management MARKETING pre-req. MGT203) MGT406 Administrative Levels 300 Bachelor of Business Environment and Public Policy in Semester 5 Botswana (3, pre-req. MGT200) Core Courses Administration (Marketing) MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3, pre- Degree Stream B: Human Resource Management req. MGT200) MGT311 Principles and Concepts of Project Entrance Qualifications Levels 300 Management (3, pre-req. MGT200, The requirements for admission into BBA Semester 5 MGT203) Marketing Degree Programme are as stipulated Core Courses MGT 310 Purchasing and Supply Chain in the General Academic Regulations 00.0 to MGT300 Human Resource Management (3, Management 20.4 and the Faculty special Regulations 1.0 pre-req. MGT200) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 to 1.3 MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3, pre- Option (3) req. MGT200) Elective (3) Course Requirements BIS320 Human Resources Information Students pursuing the Bachelor of Business

32 Administration (Marketing) Degree Semester 8 knowledge and practical skills to be able to Programme are required to take and pass the MKT444 Research Project (4, Prereq. efficiently and effectively operate business following courses at Levels 100,200,300,400: MKT 310) enterprises in the tourism and hospitality MKT 100 is a prerequisite for all MKT courses. MKT410 Marketing Management and industries. Strategy (3) (ii) To produce graduates who can cope with the Level 100 MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New demands of a dynamic and highly competitive Semester 1 Business Development tourism and hospitality environment and who Core Courses (3, Prerequisite MGT202) can innovate and manage change. GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Options (6) (iii) To produce graduates who can be managers Fundamentals I (2, GEC) GEC/Elective (3) in tourism and hospitality organisations GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I or consultants in tourism and hospitality (2, GEC) Optional Courses management. PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) Students can take any of the under-listed (iv) To develop entrepreneurial skills in ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) optional courses at levels 2, 3 or 4. graduates so that they can be entrepreneurs in STA101 Mathematics for Business and The number of optional courses offered shall their own right in the tourism and hospitality Social Sciences I (3) depend on availability of staff. industries. STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) MGT201 Purchasing and Materials 2. Regulations Semester 2 Management (3) 2.1.1 Entrance Qualifications GEC 122 Computing and Information Skills BIS205 Information Technology (3), 2.1.2 Normal Entry Scheme Fundamentals II (2, GEC) GEC 121, GEC 122 Admission shall be as stipulated in the General GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II MGT200 Organizational Design & Academic Regulation 20.2 for Bachelors Degree (2, GEC) Development (3) Programmes, with the specific requirement of ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) MGT203 Quantitative Methods for a grade C (60%) in English and Mathematics. ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) Business (3) MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics 2.1.3 Mature Age Entry Scheme STA102 Mathematics for Business and For Business (3) Admission shall be as stipulated in the General Social Sciences II (3) MKT303 Strategic Sales Management (3) Academic Regulation 00.52. MKT304 Advertising Management (3, Prerequisite MKT 204) 2.1.4 Articulation Level 200 MKT309 Internet Marketing (3) The new articulation policy as may be approved Semester 3 MKT311 Strategic Retail Management by Senate will apply. MKT202 Distribution Management (3) (3) (Prerequisite MKT 202) MGT100 Principles of Management (3) MKT312 Public Relations Strategy 2.2 Assessment ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting (3) (Prerequisite MKT 204) 2.2.1 Assessment will be as stipulated in (3, pre-req. ACC 100) MK 313 Services Marketing Theory General Academic Regulation 00.8. FIN200 Business Finance (3, pre-req. and Practice (3) 2.2.2 There will be variations in the mode of ACC 100) MKT314 Business to Business Marketing assessment in order to allow for more LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) Practice (3) flexibility. In practical-based courses, MKT406 Marketing Ethics (3) continuous assessment shall have a higher Semester 4 MKT408 Contemporary Issues in weighting than the final examination. MKT204 Integrated Marketing Marketing (3) 22.3 A student shall undergo three periods of Communication strategy (3) MKT 411 Global Business Strategy (3) supervised Industrial Training: May- July (10 MKT201 Consumer Behaviour theory and MKT412 Managing Marketing Relationships weeks) during the vacation between Levels practice (3) (3) 100 and 400. STA 114 Business Statistics I (3) MKT413 Applied Marketing Research 2.2.4 Industrial Training course codes shall be GEC/Option/Elective (6) (3) (Prerequisite MKT 310) as follows: MKT414 Social Marketing (3) THM111 Industrial Training I (duration 10 Level 300 MKT415 Tourism and Hospitality (3) weeks, 4 credits, core course) Semester 5 THM222 Industrial Training II (duration 10 Core Courses weeks, 4 credits, core course) MGT300 Human Resource Management (3, , THM333 Industrial Training III (duration 10 pre-req. MGT100) weeks, 4 credits, core course) MKT300 International Marketing (3) DEPARTMENT OF Options (6) TOURISM AND 2.2.5 During the course of Industrial Training, GEC/ /Elective (3) students shall be subjected to such codes, HOSPITALITY procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations Semester 6 as applicable to the industry. Core Courses 2.2.6 Subject to the Regulations Governing MKT310 Marketing Research Methods (3) Bachelor of Business Admissions, Fees, and Discipline Regulation MKT315 Pricing Strategy (3) Administration in Tourism 4.0, and Regulation 2.2.5 above, a student Option (6) who receives a final warning for misconduct GEC/ /Elective (3) and Hospitality Management during the course of Industrial Training shall Degree Programme be subjected to Discipline Regulations. Level 400 2.2.7 During the course of the Industrial Semester 7 1. Objectives of the Programme Training period, each student shall be visited MKT443 Industrial Attachment (3) The following are the objectives of the Bachelor twice at the location of placement to be MKT409 Brand Management (3) of Business Administration in Tourism and assessed by the Faculty of Business staff. Options (6) Hospitality Management degree programme: 2.2.8 A student’s performance will be assessed GEC/ /Elective (3) (i) To produce graduates with the necessary by means of:

33 Faculty of Business

a) Continuous assessment by the industrial Level 200 Menu of optional courses based supervisor and an assessor from the Semester 3 FRE114 Basic French Language Faculty of Business, Core Courses FRE115 Oral and Written Comprehension b) Industrial Training report and logbook THM 201 Accommodation Management 1 (3) MKT200 Marketing Communications submitted by the student at the end of the THM 202 Tour Operations Management (3) FIN200 Business Finance Industrial Training period, and ENV202 Ecotourism and Sustainable ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting c) Oral Presentation. Development (3) PHR312 Leisure and Tourism Development 2.2.9 THM 111: Industrial Training I and THM HIS 102 Introduction to the Study of History THM308 Basic Taxation 222: Industrial Training II shall be assessed (2) MGT301 Organisational Behaviour as based on Regulations 2.2.8 (a) and (b). The Option/Elective (3) MGT300 Human Resource Management ratio of marks for continuous assessment to GEC 2/3 PAD307 Human Resource Development Industrial Training report shall be 1:2. Semester 4 MGT308 Total Quality Management 2.2.10 THM 333: Industrial Training III shall be Core Courses MGT304 Industrial Relations evaluated as specified in Regulation 2.2.8. The THM 203 Food and Beverage Management 1 MKT308 Services Marketing ratio of marks for continuous assessment to (3, pre-req.THM 101 and THM 102) MKT305 Public Relations Industrial Training report to oral presentation MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) ARC417 Heritage Management shall be 1:2:1. MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business PHR141 Recreation and Leisure 2.2.11 THM 444: Research Project shall be Formation (3) ENH322 Food Safety and Hygiene assessed according to Faculty of Business THM204 Heritage Interpretation ENH323 Occupational Health, Safety and Research Project regulations. (3, pre-req. THM 101) Hygiene THM222 Industrial Training II ENV418 Environmental Policy 2.3 Progression from Semester to Semester Option/Elective ENV 412 Environmental Impact Assessment In order to proceed from one semester to the GEC Area 4/5/6/7 ENV312 Sustainable Development next, a student must obtain a cumulative Grade ENV 301 Environmental Issues Point Average (GPA), which is in accordance Level 300 ENV310 Medical Geography with General Academic Regulation 00.9. Semester 5 ENG373 Botswana Literature Core Courses URP200 Introduction to Town Planning 2.4. Duration of the Bachelor’s Programme THM301 Accommodation Management 2 (3 Techniques The normal duration of the proposed degree pre-req.THM 201) URP205 Land Use Planning programme will be as stipulated in the General THM302 Food and Beverage Management 2 HEE445 Quantity Food Production Academic Regulation 20.32 (8 semesters). (3 pre-req.THM203) HEE446 Food Service Equipment and Facility THM303 Research Methods (3) Layout 2.5. Award of Degree Option/Elective (3) HEE343 Food Service Management To be awarded a degree, a student must GEC Area 4/5/6/73 (2) HEE344 Menu Planning and Design satisfy the requirements of General Academic GEC148 Health and Wellness Regulation 00.85. Semester 6 GEC141 Physical Fitness Through Selected Core Course Activities 2.6 Degree Classification BIS 326 Tourism and Hospitality Information GEC145 Introduction to Swimming The degree classification will be as stipulated Systems (3) in General Academic Regulation 20.4. MKT405 Tourism and Hospitality Marketing (3) Programme Structure THM304 Events and Conference Management (3, pre-req. THM 101) Level 100 THM306 Tourism Business Law and Ethics (3) Semester 1 THM333 Industrial Training III (4) Core Courses Option/Elective (3) THM101 Principles of Tourism (3) GEC Area 4/5/6/72 (2) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) MGT100 Principles of Management (3) Semester 7 STA116 Introduction to Statistics I (4) Core Courses GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I MGT 400 Strategic Management (3, MGT 301) (2 GEC) ENV428 Wildlife Conservation and GEC121 Computing and Information Management (3, pre-req. THM 101) SkillsFundamentals I (2 GEC) ENV 408 Tourism and Development (2 pre- req. THM 101, ENV 202) Option (3) Semester 2 Elective (3) Core Courses GEC Area 4/5/6/7 (2) ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) Semester 8 STA114 Business Statistics (3) Core Courses THM102 Introduction to Hospitality THM403 Food and Beverage Control (3) Management (3) THM405 Tourism in Southern Africa GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II (3, pre-req. THM 101) (2 GEC) THM444 Research Project (4) GEC122 Computing and Information Skills Option (3) Fundamentals II (2 GEC) Elective (3) THM111 Industrial Training (4) GEC Area 4/5/6/7 (2) g ADULT EDUCATION g EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS Faculty of g EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY g HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION EDUCATION

g LANGUAGES AND DEAN FACULTY ADMINISTRATOR SOCIAL SCIENCES Professor. R. Tabulawa, Mr. G. F. Gaogane, BAcc (UB), EDUCATION BA, PGDE (UB), MA,PhD PGDAcc.,MSc (Birmingham) g MATHEMATICS & (Birmingham) SCIENCE EDUCATION HUMAN RESOURCE g PHYSICAL EDUCATION DEPUTY DEAN MANAGER Dr. G. Tsayang, BA, CDE (UBS), g HEALTH & RECREATION Mr N.A.Nkanga, BA, MLIS(UB) MEd (UB), EdD (Bristol) (on MSc HRM (Cardiff) g PRIMARY EDUCATION secondment to Faculty of Ed. Management)

TEACHING PRACTICE COORDINATOR Dr. P.P Monyatsi, BA, CCE (UBS), MA (Bath), EdD(UNISA) Faculty of Education

The following Departments are housed in the wide range of courses including: The theory Teaching Practice/Practicum Regulations, Faculty of Education: and practice of teaching school computer obtainable from the Teaching Practice office studies, mathematics and science education; and Faculty website. Department of Adult Education curriculum development, research and The Department of Adult Education is evaluation; contemporary issues in computer, 10.30 Entrance Requirements responsible for the training of adult educators mathematics and science; issues in computer, The University General Regulations shall apply. through full-time and part-time programmes. mathematics and science pedagogical content Programmes of study are Diploma in Adult knowledge; the impact of ICT on teaching- 10.40 Assessment Education, Diploma in NGO Management, learning processes; and the philosophy and For courses taught by the Faculty of Education, Bachelor of Education, Master of Education, psychology of computer, mathematics and continuous assessment shall comprise a MPhil and PhD. In addition to academic science teaching. The programmes of study minimum of 2 components of work per course programmes, the department also offers are the Bachelor of Education (Science), per semester. Each course shall be examined in-service training including the Botswana Master of Education, MPhil, and PhD. by an associated paper of duration between 1 Extension Service Training (BEST) course. The department offers service courses for to 3 hours. Some courses will be assessed by Bachelor of Education (Secondary) and Post continuous assessment only, depending on the Department of Educational Foundations Graduate Diploma in Education (PGDE). Also nature of the course. The ratio of continuous The Department of Educational Foundations the department has an in-service unit that assessment to formal examination shall be offers courses in General Methods, provides workshops and seminars to school 1:1. For courses taken in other Faculties, the Psychology, Philosophy, History and Sociology teachers and supports schools to strengthen ratio of continuous assessment to examination of Education, Educational Research and the structure of computer, mathematics and results shall be as determined by the Faculties Evaluation, and Planning and Administration science departments in these schools. concerned. in selected career areas such as Teacher Education. The Department also provides Department of Physical Education, Health & 10.50 Progression training in Counseling, Gender Education, Recreation The University General Academic Regulations Curriculum and Instruction and Special The aim of the Department of Physical shall apply. Education, and the education component Education is to produce qualified Physical of the Design and Technology Education Education, Sport, and Recreation specialists 10.60 Award of Degree Program. The programmes of study are: who will either teach, coach or administer The University General Academic Regulations Bachelor of Education in Special Education, Physical Education, Sport, and Recreation shall apply. Bachelor of Education in Counseling, Post programmes in primary and secondary Graduate Diploma in Education and Master’s schools, teacher training colleges, sports and Doctoral Programmes in Counseling and councils, rehabilitation and recreation Human Services, Curriculum and Instruction, centres in the country. The Programme of Educational Management, Gender Education, study is the Bachelor’s Degree in Physical DEPARTMENT OF ADULT and Research and Evaluation. Education. An MEd in Physical Education EDUCATION will be offered soon. Areas of concentration Department of Educational Technology include teacher education and preparation, 1.0 Departmental Special Regulations for the The Department of Educational Technology sport and athletic administration, research Diploma in Adult Education provides guidance and assistance in the design training and coaching, with an emphasis 2.0 Subject to the provisions of General and implementation of teaching methods and on recreation and tourism, pedagogical, Regulations 000 and 100, the following Special materials, and offers courses in the use and scientific (Exercise, Physiology, Biomechanics, Regulations shall apply: development of educational resources for other Kinesiology, Adapted Physical Education), and departments of the Faculty of Education. the psychological and sociological dimensions 1.1 Entrance Requirements of human performance. The normal entrance requirements shall be as Department of Home Economics Education follows: The Department of Home Economics Department of Primary Education a) For Level 100, a minimum of 5 credits in Education is responsible for the training of The Department of Primary Education provides the BGCSE or its equivalent or requirements Home Economics specialists to teach in the in-service programmes to upgrade the skills of as specified in General Regulation 10.21, formal education system, as well as to serve primary and secondary teacher educators, such with preference given to those with some in extension and other non-formal education as teacher training college tutors, education experience in Adult Education. programmes. The programme of study is the officers, members of the school management b) For Level 200, a Certificate in Adult Bachelor of Education in Home Economics. teams and teachers. The Department offers a Education or its equivalent in a related field. Bachelor of Education (Primary) and a Bachelor Department of Languages and Social of Education (Educational Management) 1.2 Programme Structure Sciences Education Degree. Masters of Education degrees in Arts 1.2.1 The Programme shall extend over two The Department of Languages and Social and Music Education are still on hold pending full academic years. Sciences Education offers undergraduate, recruitment of senior staff. postgraduate diploma and graduate level 1.2.2 Course Listings courses in the areas of Languages and Social 10.0 Faculty Regulations Level 100 Sciences Education. There are two graduate All programmes in the Faculty shall be Semester 1 programmes: M. Ed (Religious Education) and governed by the University General Academic Core Courses M. Ed (Social Studies). Plans are underway to Regulations. Any other relevant information DAE100 Principles of Adult Education (3) introduce M. Ed (Moral Education) and M. pertaining to the programmes shall be as DAE101 Introduction to the Psychology of Phil/PhD (Social Studies). stipulated under the appropriate department Adult Education (3) in the following pages. DAE102 Introduction to Planning Department of Mathematics and Science Programmes for Adult Learners (3) Education 10.20 Teaching Practice/Practicum The Department of Mathematics and Science All pre-service students enrolled in a Bachelor Optional Courses Education provides programmes in computer of Education Programme shall undergo Students shall choose one of the following: studies, mathematics and science. It offers a teaching practice as specified in the Faculty DAE210 Psychology and the Adult Learner

36 (3) Education (3) 2.2.2 Course Listings DAE211 Promoting Community Enterprises DAE204 Gender Issues in Adult Education Level 200 and Economic Projects (3) (3) Semester 3 DAE214 Vocational Education and Training DAE205 Adult Education and the World of Core Courses (3) Work (3) DAE200 Historical and Philosophical DAE216 Adult Education and Special DAE207 Community Project Planning and Foundations of Groups (3) Management (3) Adult Education (3) DAE209 Integrated Skills Project (3) DAE201 The Psychology of Adult Learning General Education courses (3) Two 2-credit GECs are to be taken from the Electives DAE202 Programme Planning and university wide menu: One 3-credit elective, to be chosen from Evaluation in Adult Education (3) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills 1 any course outside the Department of Adult (2) Education, for which students are eligible, is General Education Courses GEC121 Computing and Information Skills required (except for new entrants). One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the Fundamentals 1 (2) university-wide menu. General Education Courses Semester 2 For new entrants two 2-credit GEC courses are Electives DAE103 Adult Education and Society (3) to be taken from the university wide menu. One 3-credit elective is to be chosen from the DAE104 Adult Education in Practice (3) These should be GEC111 and GEC121. university-wide menu. EFR220 Introduction to Educational Research (3) 1.3 Assessment Optional Courses 1.3.1 The performance of each student shall be One optional course from the following: Optional Courses assessed at the end of each semester with a DAE206 Supervising Adult Education Students shall choose one of the following: 2-hourexamination unless otherwise stated in Programmes (3) DAE212 Participatory the course outline. DAE208 Integrated Extension (3) Development Methods (3) 1.3.2 The ratio between continuous assessment DAE210 Psychology and the Adult Learner DAE 213 Adult Basic Education and and formal exam shall be 1:1. (3) Training (3) 1.3.3 Continuous assessment for Adult DAE211 Promoting Community Enterprises DAE215 Computer Applications in Adult Education courses shall be based on extended and Economic Projects (3) Education (3) Assignments and tests as well as other forms DAE214 Vocational Education and Training DAE217 Lifelong Learning (3) of assessment, such as periodic tests, projects (3) and presentations. DAE216 Adult Education and Special General Education Courses Groups (3) Two 2-credit GECs are to be taken from the 1.4 Award of Diploma university-wide menu: The award of the diploma shall be in accordance Semester 4 GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II with General Academic Regulations 00.85 Core Courses (2) DAE203 Teaching Methods of Adult GEC122 Computing and Information Skills 1.5 Progression to the Bachelor of Education Education (3) Fundamentals II (2) Programme (Adult Education) DAE204 Gender Issues in Adult Education A student who successfully completes Levels (3) Level 200 100 and 200 of the Diploma Programme may DAE205 Adult Education and the World of Semester 3 be admitted directly into Level 300 of the Work (3) Core Courses Degree Programme. DAE200 Historical and Philosophical General Education Courses Foundations of Adult 2.0 Departmental Special Regulations for One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the Education (3) the Bachelor of Education Degree in Adult university wide menu. DAE201 The Psychology of Adult Learning Education (3) Electives DAE202 Programme Planning and Subject to the provision of the General One 3-credit elective from any course outside Evaluation in Adult Education (3) Regulations 000 and 200, the following Special the Department of Adult Education, for which DAE208 Rural Development and Rural Regulations shall apply: students are eligible, is required. Extension (3) DAE206 Supervising Adult Education (3) 2.1 Entrance Requirements Optional Courses The normal entrance qualifications shall be the Students shall choose one of the following: Optional Courses following: Students shall choose one of the following: a) For Level 100, a minimum of 5 credits in DAE209 Integrated Skills Project (3) DAE210 Psychology and the Adult Learner the BGCSE or its equivalent, with credit in DAE207 Community Project Planning and (3) English Language, or as specified in General Management (3) DAE211 Promoting Community Enterprises Regulations 2.2.2 and 2.2.3. Preference will be DAE213 Adult Basic Education and Training and Economic Projects (3) given to those applicants with some experience (3) DAE216 Adult Education and Special in adult education; DAE215 Computer Applications in Adult Groups (3) b) For Level 200, requirements will be as Education (3) DAE214 Vocational Education and Training stipulated in General Regulation 2.2.4. DAE212 Participatory Development (3) c) For Level 300, the requirement is a Diploma Methods (3) EFR220 Introduction to Educational or its equivalent in Adult Education or a DAE217 Lifelong Learning (3) Research (3) (new entrants only) related field. Level 300 Semester 4 2.2 Programme Structure Semester 5 Core Courses 2.2.1 Level 100 courses shall be as stipulated in Core Courses DAE203 Teaching Methods for Adult Departmental Special Regulations 1.2.2. DAE300 Organization and Management in

37 Faculty of Education

Adult Education (3) the Department of Adult Education, for which Educational Management DAE301 Leadership in Adult Education (3) students are eligible, is required. Education Education Research and Evaluation DAE305 Issues in International Adult Ed. (3) Education Psychology Optional Courses Counselling and Human Services General Education Courses Students shall choose one of the following: History and Philosophy of Education Sociology One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the DAE312 Evaluation Methods in Adult of Education university wide menu. Education Special Education DAE313 Instructional Media and Materials Gender Education Electives Development in Adult Education One 3-credit elective from any course outside DAE314 Counselling in Lifelong Learning The department houses the following the Department of Adult Education, for which DAE315 Organisational Development in programs: students are eligible, is required. Adult Education DAE316 Issues in Adult Education Diploma Programs Optional Courses DAE317 Adult Education and Sustainable A one year full time preservice Post Graduate Students shall choose one of the following: Development Diploma in Education DAE312 Evaluation Methods in Adult Education Semester 8 First Degree Programs DAE313 Instructional Media and Materials Core Courses A two year in-service/four year pre-service Development in Adult Education DAE407 Management of Community Bachelor of Education in Special Education DAE314 Counseling in Lifelong Learning Economic Projects Program DAE315 Organizational Development in DAE408 Policy Development for Lifelong A two year in-service/four year pre-service in Adult Education Learning Bachelor of Education in Counselling Program DAE316 Issues in Adult Education DAE409 Adult Education and Social DAE317 Adult Education and Sustainable Exclusion Programs and Courses Offered in the Development General Education Courses Department One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the Department Regulations Semester 6 university-wide menu. B.Ed (Special Education) Core Courses Double Major) DAE302 Principles of Human Resource Electives Aim Development One 3-credit elective from any course outside The aim of the B.Ed (Special Education) DAE303 Research Design in Adult the Department of Adult Education, for which double major is to equip students with Education students are eligible, is required. relevant intellectual and professional skills for DAE304 Practicum in Adult Education providing specialized services to exceptional Methods Optional Courses learners in schools and other institutions such Students shall choose one of the following: as rehabilitation and resource centres. In more General Education Courses DAE418 Urban Adult Education specific terms the program will One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the DAE419 Topics in Adult Literacy Raise the awareness level of the student university wide menu. DAE420 Adult Education, Democracy, Peace in respect to the causes, prevention and and Human Rights intervention strategies of the various forms of Electives DAE421 Development Policies and Adult impairment. One 3-credit elective from any course outside Education Produce knowledgeable and skilful special the Department of Adult Education, for which DAE422 Entrepreneurship Skills education teachers for secondary schools. students are eligible, is required. Development Produce knowledgeable and skilful special education teachers for primary schools. Optional Courses 2.3 Assessment Produce teachers who have the skills to teach Students shall choose one of the following: Assessment shall be in accordance with school subjects to both disabled and non- DAE418 Urban Adult Education Departmental Special Regulations 1.3.1 to 3.3. disabled persons DAE419 Topics in Adult Literacy DAE420 Adult Education, Democracy, Peace 2.4 Progression from Semester to Semester Entry Requirements and Human Rights Progression from one semester to the next DAE421 Development Policies and Adult shall be in accordance with General Academic For Level One Education Regulation 00.9 A minimum overall aggregate of Second DAE422 Entrepreneurship Skills class in the Botswana General Certificate Development 2.5 Award of the Degree of Secondary Education or its equivalent, Award of the Degree shall be in accordance including at least six subjects taken in not Level 400 with General Academic Regulations 00.85 more than two sittings. Semester 7 Obtain a minimum of grade C in English for Core Courses candidates wishing to take a teaching subject DAE406 Political Economy of Adult DEPARTMENT OF in humanities. Education and Development Obtain a minimum grade of C in mathematics DAE410 Adult Education Research EDUCATIONAL and a pass in English for candidates wishing to Project (6) FOUNDATIONS take a teaching subject in the sciences. DAE411 Training and Development General Or as specified in General Regulation 20:22. Introduction In-Service Teachers’ Entry Requirements Education Courses The Educational Foundations Department Current: Level Two Entry for In-service One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the provides both foundational courses as well as Candidates university-wide menu. offers full-fl edged programs. The Department Applicants for the Bachelors in Special is organized into disciplines as follows: Education would be required to have a Electives Curriculum Studies plus Design & Technology Diploma in Education or its equivalent from One 3-credit elective from any course outside Education any recognised university/institution. For

38 example, Diploma in Physical Education, Home Children (3) following (3 ): Economics, etc. Preference will be given to ENV101 Introduction to Physical and EFP100 Introduction to Educational teachers with more than two years teaching Human Environment (2) Psychology (3) experience in special education. The Diploma EPE100 Introduction to Algebra (3) EFP101 Foundations of Developmental referred to shall normally be of duration of EPE102 Introductory Science (3) Psychology (3) two or more years and one acceptable to UB. GEC111 Communication study skills I (2) Special Education Humanities Refer to General Regulation 20.24. Entry on GEC121 Computer and information skills I (English and African Languages) the basis of a Diploma of less than two years (2) (18-20) duration may be considered if the applicant Plus one optional course from the following: CORE (To be taken by all) has a previous related Certificate qualification EFP100 Introduction to Educational EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional in the Special Education field, and experience Psychology (3) Children (3) of not less than five years. Such candidates will EPE101 Foundations of Developmental ENG121 Introduction to English Language, start at the 1st year to receive tuition in some Psychology (3) and Usage (2) foundation courses in education and in special Special Education and Primary ENG113 Introduction to literature Prose (2) education. This would allow them to bridge Education (18-20) ALL121 Introduction to study of Language the gap due to the endorsement they hold. CORE (To be taken by all) and Linguistics (2) EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional ALL141 Introduction to Oral and Written Level Two Children (3) Literature (2) Graduates from colleges of education who did ENV101 Introduction to Physical & Human GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I not major in Special Education and holders of Environments (2) (2) Diploma in Primary Education or its equivalent EPE100 Introduction to Algebra (3) GEC121 Computing and Information from other recognized institutions. Candidates EPE102 Introductory Science (3) Skills I(2) in this category will be awarded 6 credits of GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I Plus one course from the following (3 credits): level one special education courses. They will (2) EFP100 Introduction to Educational however take courses as recommended by the GEC121 Computer and Information Skills I Psychology (3) department to make up for any shortfalls at (2) EFP101 Foundations of Developmental level one Plus 3 credits from the following: Psychology (3) EFP100 Introduction to Educational Special Education Humanities (History) (18-20 Level Three Psychology (3) credits) Candidates with Diploma in Special Education EFP101 Foundations of Developmental CORE (To be taken by all) from the University of Botswana or its Psychology (3) EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional equivalent qualifi cation, will be admitted in Special Education and Science Children (3) 3. (18-20 credits) ARC101 Introduction to Archaeology and Program Structure and Content CORE (To be taken by all) Pre-history (2) All Special Education courses carry three EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional ELC201 Foundations of Social Studies (3) credits unless otherwise stated. Articulation of Children (3) ELC202 Social Studies and Nation Building B. Ed will be done for B. Ed Special Education MAT111 Introductory Mathematics (4) (3) (Primary) in terms of content. GEC111 Communication and Study EN121 Introduction to English Language Skills I (2) Description & Usage (2) Level One: B.Ed Content GEC121 Computer and Information Skills I GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I Level One (2) (2) Course Type Plus one course from the following GEC121 Computing and Information Semester One (4 credits): Skills I (2) Semester Two BIO 111 Principles of Biology (4 ) Plus one 3 credits from the following: TOTAL cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses cr. hrs CHE101 General Chemistry 1 (4) EFP100 Introduction to Educational courses PHY111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, Psychology (3) SPED Core & Area Vibrations and Waves (3) EFP101 Foundations of Developmental Courses 3 (1) 9 (3) 12 (4) PHY119 Physics Practical 1.1 (1) Psychology (3) Second Major - Primary Plus one course from the following (3 ): Special Education Humanities Education/Sec. EFP100 Introduction to Educational (Religion) (18- Education Psychology (3 ) 20 credits) 6 (2) 6 (2) 12 (4) EFP101 Foundations of Developmental CORE (To be taken by all) General Education Psychology (3) EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional Courses 6 (2) 3 (1) 9 (3) Special Education and Children (3) Options 3 (1) - - 3 (1) Environmental Science TRS101 Introduction to Biblical Studies (2) Electives (18-20 credits) TRS102 Religions and Science (2) Student Load 18 6 18 6 36 12 CORE (To be taken by all) TRS103 Religions of Botswana (2) NOTE: Articulation is done for B.Ed Special EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional ENG121 Introduction to English Language Education (Primary) in both content and Children (3) Description & Usage (2) Special Education. Articulation for the B.Ed ENV101 Introduction to the Physical and GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (Special Education) secondary is only possible Human Environment (2) (2) in Special Education and not content. ENV103 Elementary Quantitative GEC121 Computing and Information Techniques in Geography (3) Skills I(2) Level 1, Semester 1 MAT111 Introduction to Plus one course from the following (3): Semester 1 (18) Mathematics I (4) EFP100 Introduction to Educational GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Psychology (3) Double Major: Special Education and Primary I (2 ) EFP101 Foundations of Developmental Education GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I Psychology (3) CORE (to be taken by all) (2) EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional Plus one of the courses from the

39 Faculty of Education

Level 2 Courses Relevant to teaching Mathematics (3) Semester 1 subject taken in level 1. ESM 203 Inset Algebra (3) Level Two: Diploma and B.Ed ENG211 The Pronunciation of English (2) ESM 213 Inset Differential Calculus (3) Course Type ALL121 Introductions to the study of B. Science Core Semester 3 Semester 4 TOTAL Language and Linguistics (2) ESS261 Basic Teaching Methods in Sec. cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses B. Math and Science concentration Sch. Science (3) SPD Core & Area Courses 6-9 2-3 6-9 2-3 12- CORE Plus one optional course in I, II, III 18 4-6 EPM226 Algebra and Trigonometry (3) I, Biology Second Major- Pri. Ed /Sec. Ed. 3 (1) 3 (1) 6 (2) EPM228 Foundations of Chemistry and BIO211 Cell Biology (3) General Education Courses Biology (3) BIO213 Plant Structure and Functions (3) 6 (2) 6 (2) 12 (4) C. Social Studies/Religious BIO215 Principles of Ecology (3) Options 3 (1) 3 (1) 6 (2) Education BIO217 Animal Diversity (3) Electives ------Concentration CORE Choose One Plus Corresponding Student Load 18 6 18 6 36 12-14 EPE211 Language across the curriculum Lab D. Practical Subject Concentration (3) I, Chemistry CORE EPS200 Intro to Social Studies Education CHE211 Introduction to analytical Take i, ii or iii (2) Chemistry (2) i. Art Education ENV214 Element of the physical CHE213 Analytical chemistry lab (1) EPP201 Introduction to Art (4) environment (3) CHE221 Atomic Structure Bonding ii. Music Education D. Practical Subject Concentration and Hair Group chem. (2) EPP217 Intro to Philosophy of music CORE CHE223 Inorganic chemistry lab (1) Education and Fundamentals of Take i, ii or iii Choose One Plus Corresponding music (4) i. Art Education Lab III, Physics iii. Home Economics Education EPP201 Introduction to Art (4) PHY211 Mechanics and Physical Optics (2) (Take one) ii. Music Education PHY219 Physics practical 2.1(1) HEE114 Introduction to Nutrition (3) OR EPP217 Intro to Philosophy of music PHY212 Properties of matter and thermo HEE115 Family studies Foundations (3) Education and Fundamentals of dynamics (2) Plus optional course choose one music (4) PHY219 Physics Practical 2.1(1) Plus 6 (for Practical Subjects iii. Home Economics Education credits of GEC Area 2/3/4/5 concentration) (Take one) Special Education and EPE211 Language across the curriculum HEE114 Introduction to Nutrition (3) Environmental (3) OR Science (18-21 credits) EPS200 Intro to Social Studies Education HEE115 Family studies Foundations (3) CORE (to be taken by all) (2) Plus optional course choose one EFS201 Psychology of exceptional children Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 1 or 3 (for Practical Subjects concentration) (3) or 4 EPE211 Language across the curriculum ELG290 Theory of geography teaching (3) (3) ENV215 Introduction to special analysis (3) Bachelor of Education EPS201 Theory and Practice of Values in Plus one course relevant to SPED (Special Education) Education (2) specialization. Students from Special Education and Primary Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 1 or colleges of Education are to take Education 3 or 4 an additional 3 credits (18-21 credits) Special Education and Maths/Science (18-21) other than area of specialization CORE (to be taken by all) CORE (to be taken by all) EFS220 Braille Reading and Writing for EFS 201 Psychology of exceptional children EFS201 Psychology of exceptional children the Visually Impaired(3) (3) (3) EFS230 Communication Processes for Plus one course relevant to SPED Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization Students with Hearing Impairment specialization Students from colleges of Education are to (3) take GEC 441,111 and121 EFS240 Curriculum and Instructional Students from colleges of Education are to EFS220 Braille Reading and Writing for Methods for Students with Mild to take GEC 441,111 and 121 the Visually Impaired(3) Moderate Mental Retardation (3) EFS230 Communication Processes for EFS250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic EFS220 Braille Reading and Writing for Students with Hearing Impairment Skills for Students with Learning the Visually Impaired(3) (3) Disabilities/Difficulties EFS230 Communication Processes for EFS240 Curriculum and Instructional Plus optional course. Choose one Students with Hearing Impairment Methods for Students with Mild to from the following. (3) Moderate Mental Retardation (3) ENV211 Elements of human geography I EFS240 Curriculum and Instructional EFS250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic (3) Methods for Students with Mild to Skills for Students with Learning ENV103 Elementary quantitative Moderate Mental Retardation (3) Disabilities/Difficulties Plus A or B techniques in geography (3) EFS250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic A. Mathematics Core ENV214 Elements of physical geography (3) Skills for Students with Learning ESM 261 Basic Teaching Methods in Sec. Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 4 or 5 Disabilities/Difficulties (3 credits) Sch. Mathematics. (3) Special Education and Humanities Plus one Core and Plus one optional course. Choose: (English/African Languages) Optional course in relevant To be taken by pre-service (18-21 credits) CORE (to be taken Primary Education students by all) concentration chosen in level 1. MAT211 Introductory set and A. Language Concentration number theory (3) EFS201 Psychology of exceptional children CORE MAT221 Calculus (3) To be taken by (3) EPE212 Introduction to Language Arts (3) in-service students Plus one course relevant to SPED Plus optional course. Choose two ESM 261 Basic Teaching Methods in Sch. specialization

40 Students from colleges of credits) ALL 241 History and Structure of Setswana Education are to take CORE (to be taken by all) Novel (2) GEC 441, 111 and 121 EFS201 Psychology of Exceptional ALL 152 Style in Writing (2) EFS220 Braille Reading and Writing for Children (3) b. Mathematics/Science concentration the Visually Impaired(3) Plus one course relevant to EPM 326 Introduction to Probability and EFS230 Communication Processes for SPED Specialization statistics (3, pre-req. EPM227) Students with Hearing Impairment Students from colleges of Education are to EPM 328 Principles of chemistry and Physics (3) take GEC 441 111 and 121 (3) EFS240 Curriculum and Instructional EFS220 Braille Reading and Writing for EPM 331 Social Studies in the Primary Methods for Students with Mild to the Visually Impaired(3) Schools (3) Moderate Mental Retardation (3) EFS230 Communication Processes for c. Social Studies Concentration EFS250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Students with Hearing Impairment Core Skills for Students with Learning (3) EPS 322 Social Studies and Curriculum Disabilities/Difficulties EFS240 Curriculum and Instructional Development (3) Plus Methods for Students with Mild to EPS 331 Social Studies in the Primary ELL290 Language Education Moderate Mental Retardation (3) Schools (3) Issues (3) EFS250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic d. Practical subjects concentration Plus optional course. Choose two. Courses Skills for Students with Learning Take i, ii or iii Relevant to teaching subject taken in level Disabilities/Difficulties i. Art Education 1. PLUS EPP 301 Appropriate Art Methods and ELR290 Theory of Teaching Religious Materials for Primary School (4) ENG211 The Pronunciation of English (2) Education (3) i i . Music Education ENG213 Prose Literature of Southern Africa Plus optional course. Choose one from the EPP 327 Introduction to Ethnomusicology (2) following. Education (4) ENG223 The Drama of Southern Africa (2) TRS203 African Traditional Religions in iii. Home Economics END212 Introduction to English Literature: Botswana (2) HEE 229 Child development Pre-natal the Novel (2) TRS204 Theologies of Gender (2) through Early Childhood (3) ALL221 Sound systems in African TRS206 Beginning Biblical Greek 1: New PLUS : Take one course in the area chosen at languages (2) Testament Greek (2) Level 3. Semester 1 ALL241 History and structure of the TRS207 Introd. to Christian Theology (2) LEVEL THREE B.ED Setswana Novel (2) Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 1 or Course Type ALL232 Language instructions III (ALL 134 3 or 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 TOTAL Pre required) (2) cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses ALL251 Folk Speech in Africa (2) LEVEL 3 (17-21) credits depending on SPED Core & Area ALL252 Rites of Passage: A study of social teaching subject concentration) Courses dreams (2) (Holder of UB Diploma) 6 2 6 2 12 4 Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 1 or 2 or 4 Second Major: Pri. Ed./Sec.Ed. Special Education and Humanities Double Major: Special Education & Primary 6 2 6 2 12 4 (History) (18-21 credits) Education General Education CORE (to be taken by all) CORE (to be taken by all) Courses EFS201 Psychology of exceptional children EFS 201 Psychology of Exceptional 3 1 - - 3 1 (3) Children (3) Options 3 1 3 1 6 2 Plus one course relevant to SPED Specialization Plus one course in SPED concentration Visual Electives - - 3 1 3 1 Students from colleges of Education are to Impairment Student Load 18 6 18 6 36 12 take GEC 441,111 AND121 level 2 from the following: EFS220 Braille Reading and Writing for Visual Impairment ALL 221 Sound systems in African the Visually Impaired(3) EFS 320 Advanced Mobility and Language(2) EFS230 Communication Processes for Orientation for Students with ENG 311 Modern English Grammar (2) Students with Hearing Visual Impairment (3) EPM 326 Introduction to Probability and Impairment (3) Hearing Impairment Statistics (3) EFS240 Curriculum and Instructional EFS 330 Communication Processes for EPM 328 Principles of Chemistry and Methods for Students with Mild to students with Hearing Impairment Biology (3credit) Moderate Mental Retardation (3) (3) EPM 330 Science Education (3) EFS250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Mental Retardation EPS 322 Social Studies and Curriculum Skills for Students with Learning EFS 340 Methods in Teaching School Development (2) Disabilities/Difficulties Subjects to Students HEE 238 Orientation to Teaching home PLUS with Mental Retardation (3) Economics (3) ELH290 Theory of Teaching History (3) Learning Disabilities / Difficulties Elective: EFR 200 Intro to Measurement in HIS211 The rise of Europe world EFS 350 Developmental Approaches Education (3credits) GEC Area 4 (2credits) domination (3) and Behavior Management of Double major: Special Education & Plus optional course. Choose one from the Students withLearning Primary Education following. Disabilities/Difficulties. (3) Core (To be taken by all) HIS201 African cultures and civilizations Plus 6 credits from a, b, c or d EFS301 Educational Assessment and to c.1500 (3) a. Language concentration Identification of Students with HIS213 Poverty, economic growth and Core Disabilities (3) affluence in Western Europe and ENG 311 Modern English Grammar (2) Plus one area course in SPED specialization. America (3) ALL 221 Sound Systems in African Visual Impairment Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 1 or 2 or 3 Languages (2) EFS 320 Advanced Mobility and Special Education and Humanities Plus optional courses. Choose onefrom the Orientation for Students with (Theology and Religious Studies) (18-21 following: Visual Impairment (3)

41 Faculty of Education

Hearing Impairment students with Hearing Impairment EFS 350 Developmental Approaches and EFS 330 Communication Processes for (3) Behavior Management students with Hearing Impairment Mental Retardation of Students with (3) EFS 340 Methods in Teaching School Learning Disabilities/Difficulties Mental Retardation Subjects to Students (3) EFS 340 Methods in Teaching with Mental Retardation (3) Optional Courses. Choose one School Subjects to Students with Learning Disabilities / Difficulties from the following: Mental Retardation (3) EFS 350 Developmental Approaches ENV 302 Concepts and Principles in Learning Disabilities / Difficulties and Behavior Management of Population Geography (2) EFS 350 Developmental Approaches Students with Learning ENV 305 Rural Geography (2) and Behavior Disabilities/Difficulties (3) ENV 307 Human Settlements: Principles Management of Students Choose one of a, b, c or d and Morphology (2) with Learning Disabilities/ A. Biology Core Plus one GEC area 4 or 5 course Difficulties (3) ESS 391 Principles and Practice of Teaching GEC Plus 6 credits from courses relevant to area of School Science (3) Double major: Special Education & concentration in Primary Education. BIO 211 Cell Biology (3) Humanities (History) Primary Education Teaching Subject Cluster: BIO 218 Biology of Flowering Plants (3) CORE (To be taken by all) 1. Language Concentration Plus optional course. (Choose one) EFS 301 Educational Assessment and ENG 311 Modern English Grammar (2) BIO 212 Genetics (3) Identification of Students with ALL 221 Sound Systems in African BIO215 Principles of Ecology (3) Disabilities. (3) Language (2) BIO214 Intro. To Mammalian Physiology Plus one area course relevant to Optional courses: take one (3) SPED specialization ALL 241 History and Structure of Setswana B. Chemistry Core Visual Impairment and Novel (2) ESS391 Principles and Practice of Teach EFS 320 Advanced Mobility and ALL 152 Style in writing (2) Sch. Science (3) Orientation for Students 2.Mathematics & Science Concentration CHE211 Analytical Chemistry (2) with Visual Impairment (3) EPM 330 Science Education (3) CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Lab (1) Hearing Impairment EPM 326 Introduction to Probability and CHE232 Structure & Survey of Functional EFS 330 Communication Processes for Statistics (3) Groups 1 (2) students with Hearing Impairment 3.Social Studies & Religious Education CHE234 Organic Chemistry (3) EPS 322 Social Studies and Curriculum Laboratory 1 (1) Mental Retardation Development (3) C. Pure Mathematics Core EFS 340 Methods in Teaching ELR 301 Theories of Religious Education (3) ESM391 Principles and Practice of Teach. School Subjects to Students 4.Practical Subject Concentration Sch. Maths (3) with Mental Retardation (3) i Art Education MAT381 Calculus for Teachers 1(3) Learning Disabilities / Difficulties EPP 301 Appropriate Art Methods and MAT383 Linear Algebra for Teachers (3) EFS 350 Developmental Approaches Materials for Primary School (4) D. Physics Core and Behavior ii Music Education ESS391 Principles and Practice of Teaching Management of Students EPP 327 Introduction to Ethnomusicology School Science (3) with Learning Disabilities/ Education (4) PHY211 Mechanics and Physical Optics (2) Difficulties (3) iii Home Economics PHY212 Properties of Matter and HEE 233 Food Science (3) Thermodynamics (2) Plus: Take one course in the area chosen at PHY 219 Physics Practicals 2.1(1) History Core level 2 from the following list GEC 2 credits area 4 or 5 ELC302 Gender Issues in Social Studies (3) ALL 221 Sound systems in African Double major: Special Education & HIS 301 Historical Research Methods (3 language (2) Environmental Science credit) ENG 311 Modern English grammar (2) CORE (To be taken by all) HIS 303 Historiography of Botswana (1) EPM 326 Intro to probability and statistics EFS 301 Educational Assessment and Plus Optional courses. Choose one. (3) Identification of Students with ELC 321 Education for Self-reliance (3) EPM 328 Principles of Chemistry and Disabilities (3) HIS 333 Intro to Foreign Policy, Dipl and biology (3) EEL 301 Introduction to Environmental Inter Rela 1800-1945 (3) EPM 330 Science education (3) Education (3) HIS 343 Trade & Politics in Central African EPS 322 Social Studies and curriculum ENV 301 Environmental Issues (2) Kingdoms (3) development (3) Elective: EFR 200 ENV 304 Quantitative Methods in Human HIS 341 African Diaspora in the Islamic Intro to measurement in education Geography (2) World & Asia (3) (3 Credits) GEC Area 4 (3 credits) Plus one area course relevant to HIS 343 Trade and Politics in Central Double major: Special Education SPED specialization African Kingdoms (3) & Science (Specials)CORE (To be Visual Impairment Plus one GEC area 3 or 5 GEC taken by all) EFS 320 Advanced Mobility and Double major: Special Education EFS 301 Educational Assessment and Orientation for Students with & Humanities (Theology and Identification of Students with Visual Impairment (3) Religious Studies) Disabilities (3) Plus one Hearing Impairment CORE (To be taken by all) area course relevant to EFS 330 Communication Processes for EFS 301 Educational Assess. & SPED specialization students with Hearing Impairment Identification of Students with Visual Impairment (3) Disabilities (3) EFS 320 Advanced Mobility and Mental Retardation ELR 301 Theories of Religious Education (3) Orientation for Students EFS 340 Methods in Teaching School TRS 304 African Philosophy and Culture (2) with Visual Impairment (3) Subjects to Students Plus one area course relevant to Hearing Impairment with Mental Retardation (3) SPED specialization EFS 330 Communication Processes for Learning Disabilities / Difficulties Visual Impairment

42 EFS 320 Advanced Mobility and Plus one from the following: HEE 362 Housing & Services for Families Orientation for Students BIO 307 Biochemistry (revised) (3) with Special Needs (3) with Visual Impairment (3) BIO 216 General Microbiology GEC Area 4 (2) Hearing Impairment (pre-req. BIO 310, BIO 312) (3) B Ed Special Education EFS 330 Communication Processes for Chemistry Core (Double major) students with Hearing Impairment ESC 361 Teaching Strategies of School Semester 1 (16-18) (3) Chemistry (3) Double major: Special Education Mental Retardation CHE 321 Coordination in Chemistry (2) and Primary Education (In-service) EFS 340 Methods in Teaching School CHE 323 Inorganic Chemistry Lab 11 (1) CORE Subjects to Students CHE 331 Structure and Survey of EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition of with Mental Retardation (3) Functional Group (3) Children with Disabilities (3) Learning Disabilities / Difficulties CHE 341 Application Thermodynamics & Plus one course relevant to SPED EFS 350 Developmental Approaches Electro Chemistry (2) specialization and Behavior Management of CHE 343 Physical Chemistry Lab 111 (1) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low Vision Students with Physics Core (3) Learning Disabilities/Difficulties ESP 361 Teaching Strategies of School EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing (3) Physics (3) Impairment (3) Plus optional courses: choose one PHY 311 Mechanics (2) EFS 440 School & Community-Based from the following. PHY 312 Quantum Mechanics (2) Programs for Individuals with TRS 301 Christology (2) PHY 319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) Mental Retardation (3) TRS 302 Missionaries in the 19th century PHY 314 Electronics 1 (2) EFS 450 Educational Services South Africa (2) Plus 2 credits GEC area 5 for Individuals with Learning TRS 303 Creation and the Bible (2) GEC Double major: Special Education & Disabilities/ Difficulties across TRS 309 Psychology of Religion (2) Home Economics (Secondary In- the Life Span (3) Plus one GEC area 3 or 5 GEC Service) Plus CORE courses and optional course relevant Elective: CORE (To be taken by all) to concentration in Primary Education EFR 200 Intro. To Measurement in EFS 301 Educational Assessment and 1. Language Concentration Education (3) Identification of Students with EPL 411 Teaching Reading in the Primary Double major: Special Education & Disabilities. (3) School (3) Science CORE (To be taken by all) Plus one area course relevant to EPL 414 Literature for primary schools (3) EFS 301 Educational Assessment and SPED specialization ENG 421 Approaches to Syntax (2) Identification of students with Visual Impairment Plus 0ptional course Disabilities (3) EFS 320 Advanced Mobility and Orientation ALL 331 Introduction to Translation (2) Plus one area course relevant to for Students with Visual Impairment (3) 2. Mathematics & Science SPED specialization Hearing Impairment Concentration (6 credits) Visual Impairment EFS 330 Communication Processes for EPM 426 Introduction to Derivatives & their EFS 320 Advanced Mobility and students with Hearing Impairment Application (3 s,pre-req.EPM 327) Orientation for Students with (3) EPM 428 Advanced Concepts in Physics & Visual Impairment (3) Mental Retardation Earth Science (3) Hearing Impairment EFS 340 Methods in Teaching School Plus Optional course, choose one EFS 330 Communication Processes for Subjects to Students from the following students with Hearing Impairment with Mental Retardation (3) EPM 430 Maths Applications for Primary (3) Learning Disabilities / Difficulties teaching (3) Mental Retardation EFS 350 Developmental Approaches EPM 431 Science Applications for Primary EFS 340 Methods in Teaching School andBehaviorManagement Schools (3) Subjects to Students of Students with Learning 3. Social Studies & Religious with Mental Retardation (3) Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Education Concentration Learning Disabilities / Difficulties Home Economics Take All (6 credits) EFS 350 Developmental Approaches HEE 229 Child Care and Development (3) EPS 401 The Role of Democracy in the and Behavior Management of HEE 238 Orientation to Teaching Home Teaching of Social Studies (3) Students with Learning Economics (3) ELC 431 Civic education (3) Plus Optional Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Area of concentration (Choose One from 1 To course (choose one) Plus Core and Options in teaching 4) EPS 331 Teaching Social Studies in Primary subject Mathematics Core 1.Food and Nutrition (take all) Schools (3) ESM 361 Teaching Strategies for School HEE 320 Community Nutrition (3) EPS 401 The role of Democracy in the Mathematics (3) HEE 343 Food Service management (3) teaching of Social studies (3) MAT 321 Real Analyses 1(3) 2. Human Development and Family 4. Practical Subjects: MAT 311 Abstract Algebra 1 Studies (take all) Choose one in the teaching subject chosen at (3, pre-req.MAT 212) HEE 316 Family Health Education (3) Level 200 Plus one from the following HEE 348 Risk and Resiliency in Child ALL 321 The Structure of the Sentence (2) MAT 323 Vector Calculus (3, pre-req. Devt. (3) ENG 421 Approaches to Syntax (2) MAT 222) 3. Clothing and Textile (Take all) EPM 426 Introduction to Derivatives and MAT 251 Vectors & Introductory mechanics HEE 353 Analysis & Evaluation of Textile their Applications (3) (3) Performance (3) EPM 428 Advanced Concepts in Biology and Biology Core HEE 356 Apparel Design & Product Devt. (3) Chemistry (3) ESB 361 Teaching Strategies for School 4. Housing and Interior Design ENV 307 Human Settlements: Principles Biology (3) (Choose 2) and Level 4, semester 1 BIO 316 Plant Physiology (3) HEE 359 Design Fundamentals (3) BIO 317 Comparative Vertebrate HEE 360 Building Construction and Envir. Physiology (3) Systems (3)

43 Faculty of Education

Level Four EFS 440 School & Community-Based Mental Retardation (3) Course Type Programs for Individuals with EFS 450 Educational Services for Semester 7 Mental Retardation (3) Individuals with Semester 8 Total cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses EFS 450 Educational Services for Learning Disabilities/ cr. hrs courses Individuals with Difficulties across the Life Span (3) SPED Core Courses 6 2 9 3 15 5 Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Second Major: CORE courses in Math/ Second Major: Pri. Ed/Sec. Ed. 6 2 6 2 12 4 across the Life Span (3) Science Teaching subject General Education Plus CORE and Optional courses 1. Biology Courses relevant to teaching subject. ESB 461 Critical Debates in Biology (3) Options 3 1 - - 3 1 Biology Core BIO 311 Plant Systematics (3) Electives 3 1 3 1 6 2 ESB 461 Critical Debates in Biology BIO 315 Invertebrate Biology (3) Student Load 18 6 18 6 36 12 Education (3) Morphology (2 credits) ESS 441 Information and communication 2. Chemistry Plus Practical Area Subject and the optional technology for the science teacher ESC 461 Further Issues in Chemistry course (2) Pedagogic. Content (3) (i) Art Education Plus Two from the following: teaching subjects CHE 321 Coordination Chemistry (2 ) EPP 406 Contemporary Issues in Art in Science CHE 323 Inorganic Chemistry Lab II (1 ) Education (4) BIO 412 Aquatic biology (3) CHE 341 Applications of thermodynamic & (ii) Music Education BIO 427 Evolution (3) Electrochemistry (2) EPP 447 Basic Instrumental Skills (4) BIO 431 Plant Responses to CHE 343 Physical Chem. Lab III (1) (iii) Home Economics Environmental Stress (3) HEE 328 Orientation to Teaching Home BIO 423 Ex. Physiology (3) 3. Mathematics Economics (3) BIO 421 Entomology (3) ESM 461 Advanced Teach. Methods in Sch. Optional Course (Choose one) Chemistry Core Maths. (3) PHR 309 Adapted Physical Education (2) ESC 461 Further Issues in Chemistry MAT 483 Real Analysis for Teachers I (3 ) HEE 338 Consumer Protection (2) Pedagogical Content Knowledge MAT 485 Number Theory & Abstract algebra HEE 337 Human Development across the (3) for Teac. (3) Life Span (2) ESS 441 Information and communication 4. Physics EFP 301 Adult-Child Interaction and technology for the science teacher ESP 461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for Cognitive Development (3) (2)Plus Choose Two from the School Physics (3) 5. Special Topics concentration following teaching subjects in PHY 311 Mechanics (2) Students in this concentration Science PHY 312 Quantum Mechanics (2) shall continue with the CHE 421 Advanced Transition Metal PHY 319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) area chosen at Level 200. Chemistry (3) Optional course. Choose one from ALL 321 The Structure of the Sentence (2) CHE 431 Heterocyclic Chemistry: Synthetic the following in your teaching ENG 421 Approaches to Syntax (2 ) Chemistry and Design of Organic subject: EPM 426 Introduction to Derivatives and Synthesis (3) ESM 441 Intro. to Inform & Commun. Tech. their Applications (3) CHE 441 Advanced Physical Chemistry (3) In Maths Education (2) EPM 428 Advanced Concepts in Biology and Mathematics Core ESM 471 Contemporary Issues in Maths Chemistry (3 ) ESM 461 Advanced Teaching Methods in Education (2) ENV 307 Human Settlement: Principles and School Maths (3) ESS 441 Intro. to Inform & Commun. Tech. Morphology (2) ESM441 Intro. To Info and Communication In Science Education (2) Plus one from the following areas Technology in Maths Education (2) ESS 471 Contemporary Issues in Science and the optional MAT 421 Functions of a Complex Variable Education (2) GEC (2) Guidance and Counselling (3) Special Education and EFH 403 Program Development in CHS (3) MAT 423 Mathematical Methods (3) Environmental Infant Education Physics Core Science (19 credits) EPI 431 Management of Early Childhood ESP 461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) Program 3) School Physics (3) EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition of ESS 441 Information and communication Children with Disabilities (3) Environmental Education technology for the science teacher (2) Plus one course relevant to SPED EPI 442 Environmental Conservation Plus teaching subjects in the Science specialization Strategies (3) discipline EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low Vision ONE optional course PHY 411 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (2) (3) EPP 301 Adult-child Intervention and PHY 412 Statistical Mechanics & Solid State EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing Cognitive Development 3) Physics (2) Impairment (3) Elective or GEC “2-3 credits” PHY 419 Physics Practicals 4.1(2) EFS 440 School & Community-Based Retake courses (if any) Special Education and Science- Programs for Individuals with Semester 1 (17 credits) Pre-service Specials (19 credits) SPED Mental Retardation (3) Double major: Special Education CORE (To be taken by all) EFS 450 Educational Services for and Science EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition of Individuals w i t h SPED: CORE Children with Disabilities (3) Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition of Plus one course relevant to SPED across the Life Span (3) Children with Disabilities (3) specialization Second Major: Core courses Plus one course relevant to SPED EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low Vision EEL 401 Environmental Education specialization (3) Conservation Strategies (3) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low Vision EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing ENV 402 Natural Resource Conservation (3) Impairment (3) and Management (3) EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing EFS 440 School & Community-Based Plus two from the following Impairment (3) Programs for Individuals with ENV 404 Rural Development Theory and

44 Practice (2) EFS 440 School & Community-Based HEE 337 Human Development Across the ENV 424 Industry and Environment (2) Programs for Individuals with Life Span (3) ENV 406 Regional Development studies (2) Mental Retardation (3) HEE 340 Home Economics Teach. Methods ENV 408 Tourism and Development (2) EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals and Evaluation (3 ) ENV 425 The African Environment (3) with Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties across Optional Course. Choose one ENV 407 Eco-tourism (2) the Life Span (3) HEE 341 Home Economics Curriculum ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2) Second major: Two CORE courses and one Planning and design (3 ) Electives (3) a course outside Optional course in Teaching subject HEE 460 Clothing for People with Special special education and 1. Home Economics Needs (3 ) second major Retake HEE 449 Seminar in Human Development 5. Social Studies courses (if any) (2) ELC 300 Socialization Issues ((3 ) Semester 1 (18 Credits ) Pre-Service Double HEE 451 Public Policy for children and ELC 403 Economic Cooperation and major: Special Education and Humanities Families (3) Integration (3 ) (English: African languages) Optional Course, Choose one Optional Course. Choose one SPED: CORE (to be taken by all) HEE 362 Housing and Services for Families ELC 431 Civic education (3) EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition of with Special Needs (2) ELC 421 Global Perspectives & Materials in Children with Disabilities (3) HEE 454 Family Counselling (3) Social Studies (3 ) Plus one course relevant to SPED 2. Social Studies ELC 451 Resource Management in Africa specialization ELC 300 Socialization Issues (3) (3 ) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low Vision ELC 403 Economic Cooperation and ELC 461 Human Rights Issues (3 ) (3) Integration (3) 6. Theology & Religious Studies EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing Optional Course. Choose one ELR 401 Teaching Religious Education in Impairment (3) ELC 431 Civic education (3) Sec. Sch. (3 ) EFS 440 School & Community-Based ELC 421 Global Perspectives & Materials in TRS 401 New Religious Movements (2) Programs for Individuals with Social Studies (3) TRS 402 Religion and Politics (2) Mental Retardation (3) ELC 451 Resource Management in Optional course. Choose one EFS 450 Educational Services for Africa (3) TRS 403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible Individuals with ELC 461 Human Rights Issues (3) (2) Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties 3. Theology & Religious Studies TRS 405 Intermediate Hebrew I (2) across the Life Span (3) ELR 401 Teaching Religious Education in TRS 406 Intermediate Arabic I(2) English Sec. Sch. (3) TRS 407 Islam’s Socio-Cultural, Legal & ELL 401 Foundations of TRS 401 New Religious Movements (2 ) Political structures (2) Multicultural Literacy in Education TRS 402 Religion and Politics (2 ) TRS 409 African Christian Theologies (2) (3) Optional course. Choose one TRS 411 Politics and Development of ENG 421 Approaches to Syntax (2) TRS 403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible Biblical thought (2) Plus all of (2 ) TRS 412 Ecumenical Theology (2) ENG 412 Introduction to Shakespeare (2) TRS 405 Intermediate Hebrew I (2 ) TRS 413 Hinduism (2) ENG 413 The African Novel (2) TRS 406 Intermediate Arabic I (2 ) Electives (3) One course outside of Special Or take one language course and TRS 407 Islam’s Socio-Cultural, Legal & Education and the second major one literature course (4 credits) Political structures (2 ) Special Education and History (21 credits) African Languages TRS 409 African Christian Theologies (2 ) SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) ELL 401 Foundations of Multicultural TRS 411 Politics and Development of EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition of Literacy in Education (3) Biblical thought (2 ) Children with Disabilities (3) ALL 421 Intro to Historical and TRS 412 Ecumenical Theology ((2 ) Plus one course relevant to Comparative Linguistics TRS 413 Hinduism (2 ) SPED specialization Based on Africa (2) Electives (3) One course outside of Special EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low Vision ALL 422 A Sociolinguistic study of Education and the second major (3) Southern Africa (2) EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing Plus one course from the following: Special Education and Humanities: Home Impairment (3) ALL 431 Introduction to Psycholinguistics Economics/ Social Studies/ Theology & EFS 440 School & Community-Based (2) Religious Studies –Specials (18 credits) Programs for Individuals with ALL 452 Popular Culture in Africa (2) SPED CORE (To be taken by all) Mental Retardation (3) ALL 451 Studies in African Aesthetics (2) EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition of EFS 450 Educational Services for ALL 453 Women’s Literature in Botswana Children with Disabilities (3) Individuals with (2) Plus one course relevant to Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Plus one Elective (3 credits) SPED specialization across the Life Span (3) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low Vision Second Major: CORE courses Special Education and Humanities: (3) HIS401 Mfecane and the Settler Scramble English/African Language/Theology & Religious EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing for South Africa (3) Studies/Social Studies/Home Economics- Impairment (3) HIS 412 Segregation, apartheid and Specials (21 credits) EFS 440 School & Community-Based African Nationalism SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) Programs for Individuals with in South Africa (3) EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition of Mental Retardation (3) ELC 400 Socialization Issues (3) Children with Disabilities (3) EFS 450 Educational Services for Or Plus one course relevant to SPED Individuals w i t h ELC 403 Economic Cooperation and specialization Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties integration (3) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low Vision across the Life Span (3) And choose one (3) Second major: Two CORE courses and one HIS 421 Political Ideas during the ancient EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing Optional course in Teaching subject and medieval periods (3) Impairment (3) 4. Home Economics HIS 301 Historical research Methods (3)

45 Faculty of Education

Electives (3 credits) One course GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II ALL 142 The Study of Drama (2) outside Special Education and (2) Plus one course from the second major Retake Special Education and Science (20 credits) following: course (if any) CORE (to be taken by all) ALL 153 Introduction to African Novel (2) EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in ALL 154 Theory of Humour in Africa (2) Special Education and Theology and Religious Special Education (3) Plus 4 credits of GEC Studies (20 credits) EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II SPED CORE (To be taken by all) EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for (2) EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition of Assessment of Disabilities (3) GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II Children with Disabilities (3) Take (2) Plus one course relevant to SPED MAT122 Introduction to Mathematics II (5) Special Education and Humanities specialization Plus 4 credits from any one of the (Theology & Religious Studies) (19 EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low Vision following courses credits) (3) BIO 112 Diversity of Plants and Animal (4) CORE (to be taken by all) EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing CHE 102 General Chemistry II (4) EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Impairment (3) PHY 121 Electricity and Magnetism, Special Education (3) EFS 440 School & Community-Based Modern Physics (3) EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) Programs for Individuals with PHY 121 Electricity and Magnetism Physics EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for Mental Retardation (3) (3) Assessment of Disabilities (3) EFS 450 Educational Services for PHY 119 Physics Practical 1, 2 (1) TRS 108 History of Philosophy I Classical Individuals with Plus 2 credits of GEC Greek Philosophy (2) Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II TRS 111 Epistemology I Theory of across the Life Span (3) (2) Knowledge (2) Second major: CORE course GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II TRS 109 Biblical Interpretation(2) ELR 401 Teaching Religious Education In (2) Plus 4 credits of GEC Secondary Schools (3) Special Education and Science (Environmental GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II TRS 401 New Religious Movements (2) Science) (19 credits) (2) TRS 402 Religion and Politics (2) CORE (to be taken by all) GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II Plus optional courses, choose two from the EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in (2) following: Special Education (3) Special Education and Humanities TRS 403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible (2) EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) (History) (17-19 credits) TRS 404 Metaphysics IV: Personal Identity EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for CORE (to be taken by all) (2) Assessment of Disabilities (3) EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in TRS 407 Islam’s Sociocutural, Legal and ENV 102 Introduction to the Physical and Special Education (3) Political Structures (2 ) Human Environments II (2) EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) TRS 409 African Christian Theology (2 ) ENV 104 Elementary Quantitative EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for TRS 411 Politics and Development of Techniques in Geography II (3) Assessment of Disabilities (3) Biblical Thoughts (2) ELC 202 Social Studies and Nation Building ELC 202 Social Studies and Nation Building TRS 412 Ecumenical Theology (2 ) (3) (3) TRS 413 Hinduism (2) Plus 2 credits of GEC Plus one from the following Electives (3) One course outside of special Special Education and Humanities (English) HIS 102 Introduction to the education and second major Bachelor of (19 credits) Study of History (2) Education (Special Education) CORE (to be taken by all) HIS 202 Africa in the Era of Atlantic Slave Special Education and Primary Education EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Trade C1500 to C1800 (3) (19 credits) Special Education (3) Plus 4 credits of GEC CORE (to be taken by all) EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for (2) Special Education (3) Assessment of Disabilities (3) GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) ENG 123 Introduction to Literature Drama (2) EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for & Poetry (2) Level 2 Assessment of Disabilities (3) Plus one course from the following Semester 2 ALL 122 The Characteristics of Human ALL 134 Language Instruction II (2) B Ed Special Education (Double Major) Special Languages (2) ALL 153 Introduction to African Novel (2) Education and Primary Education ALL 142 The Study of Drama (2) ALL 154 Theory of Humour in Africa (2) (15-18 credits) Plus one course from SOC 133 Social Change in Botswana (2) CORE (to be taken by all) the following combinations Plus 4 credits of GEC ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3) EPE 103 Principles of Science (3) GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II Plus all courses relevant to SPED EPE 114 Introduction to Education in (2) specialization Botswana (3) GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II Visual Impairment OR (2 ) EFS 221 Instructional Methods for EPE 101 Algebra and its Applications (3) Special Education and Humanities (African Students with Visual Impairment EPE 103 Principles of Science (3) Languages) (19 credits) (3) OR CORE (to be taken by all) Hearing Impairment HIS 102 Introduction to the Study of EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation History (2) Special Education (3) of Hearing (3) EPE 114 Introduction to Education in EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) Mental Retardation Botswana (3 credits) EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for EFS 241 ProgramDevelopment for Students Plus 4 credits of GEC Assessment of Disabilities (3) with Mental Retardation (3) GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II ALL 122 The Characteristics of Human Learning Disabilities (2) Languages (2) EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in

46 School Subjects for Students with Mathematics & Science ENV 219 Elements of Human Geography II Learning Disabilities./Difficulties Mathematics (3) (3) ESM 262 Practicum in Secondary School ENV 220 Elements of Physical Language Concentration Mathematic (3) Environment II (3) ENG 221 English Linguistics (2) MAT 212 Introduction to Algebra ENV 216 Introduction to Remote Sensing ALL 153 Introduction to African novel (2) (3, pre-req.: MAT111) or A-Level (3) ALL 122 African Languages and Linguistics ESM 206 Inset Algebra II (3) Special Education and Humanities (English (2) ESM 216 Inset Integral Calculus (3) /African Languages) (18 credits) ALL 142 African Languages and Literature Optional.Choose one from the following CORE (to be taken by all) (2) MAT 222 Calculus11 (3, pre-req. MAT 221) ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3) Math and Science Concentration MAT 242 Computing 1 (3) Plus all courses relevant to SPED EPM 227 Introduction to functions and Biology specialization the domains (3) ESS262 Practicum in Secondary School Visual Impairment EPM 229 Foundations of Bio & Earth Science (3) EFS 221 Instructional Methods for Sciences (3) Choose two from the following: Students with Visual Impairment Social Studies/Religious Education BIO211 Cell Biology (3) (3) concentration BIO 213 Plant Structure & Function EFS 223 Mobility and Orientation for the TRS 107 African Traditional Religion (2) (3, pre-req. for BIO 316) Visually Impaired (3) ENV 102 Introduction to the Physical and Chemistry – (take all) Hearing Impairment Human (2) ESS 262 Practicum in Secondary School EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation Practical Subjects Concentration Take one of Science (3) of Hearing (3) the following: CHE 232 Structure Survey of Functional EFS 233 Development of Education for the Art Education groups (2) Hearing Impaired (3) EPP 202 Practical Arts Skills for the CHE 234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 Mental Retardation Classroom Teacher (4) (1 ) EFS 241 Program Development for Music Education CHE 242 Introductory Physical Chemistry Students with Mental Retardation EPP 218 Listening, Composing and (2) (3) Performing (4) CHE 244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1 EFS 242 Early Intervention Programs for Home Economics Education (1) Young Children with HEE 116 Introduction to Consumer Physics– (take all) Mental Retardation Education (3 credits) PHY 221 Electricity and Magnetism (2) Learning Disabilities Plus one from the following PHY222 Electronics and nuclear physics (2) EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in School optional courses PHY 229 Physics Practical 2.2 (1) Subject for Students with Learning EPE 214 Theory & Practice of the Project ESS 262 Practicum in Secondary School Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Method (3) Science (3) EFS 253 Secondary School Program for EPM 230 Technology in Teaching Primary Special Education and Environmental Science Student with Learning School Maths (3) (17 credits) Disabilities/Difficulties (3) EPI 225 Environmental Issues, CORE (to be taken by all) Plus Policies and Education (3) ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3) ENG 221 Introduction to English Linguistics Special Education and Math/Science (17- 18 Plus all courses relevant to SPED (2) credits) specialization ELL 302 Teaching of Literature at CORE (to be taken by all) Visual Impairment Secondary Level (3) ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3) EFS 221 Instructional Methods for Optional course (choose one from the Plus all courses relevant to SPED Students with Visual Impairment following) specialization (3) ENG 222 Introduction to English literature: Visual Impairment EFS 223 Mobility and Orientation for the Poetry and Drama (2) EFS 221 Instructional Methods for Visually Impaired (3) ENG 233 The Poetry of Southern Africa (2) Students with Visual Impairment Hearing Impairment ENG 217 Theatre History (2) (3) EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation African Languages EFS 223 Mobility and Orientation for the of Hearing (3) Plus Visually Impaired (3) EFS 233 Development of Education for the ALL 222 The Structure of words in African Hearing Impairment Hearing Impaired (3) Languages (2) EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation Mental Retardation ELL 302 Teaching of Literature at of Hearing (3) EFS 241 Program Development for Secondary Level EFS 233 Development of Education for the Students with Mental Retardation Optional courses (choose one form the Hearing Impaired (3) (3) following) Mental Retardation EFS 242 Early Intervention Programs for ALL 233 Generative Phonology in African EFS 241 Program Development for Young Children with Languages (2) Students with Mental Retardation Mental Retardation ALL 234 Language Instruction IV (2) (3) Learning Disabilities ALL 253 The Sociology of Literature (2) EFS 242 Early Intervention Programs for EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in School ALL 242 African Written Poetry (2) Young Children with Mental Subject for Students with Learning GEC (2) Retardation Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Special Education and Humanities Learning Disabilities EFS 253 Secondary School Program for (History) (18 credits) EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in School Student with Learning Subject for Students with Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3) ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3) Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Environmental Science Take Plus all courses relevant to SPED EFS 253 Secondary School Program for EEL 302 Environmental Education specialization Student with Learning Methodology (2) Visual Impairment Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Plus any two from the following EFS 221 Instructional Methods for

47 Faculty of Education

Students with Visual Impairment TRS 210 Gospel Narratives (2) PHR 261 Introduction to skills and (3) TRS 211 Ecclesiology (2) techniques of soccer ( ) EFS 223 Mobility and Orientation for the TRS 212 Beginning Biblical Greek II: New GEC Area 4 (2credits) Visually Impaired (3) Testament Greek (2) TRS 213 Johannine corpus (2) Bachelor Of Education Hearing Impairment TRS 214 Beginning Arabic I: Introduction (Special Education) EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation to Basic Arabic (2) (Credits depending on teaching subject of Hearing (3) TRS 215 Metaphysics 1: Appearance and concentration) EFS 233 Development of Education for the Reality (2) (Holder of UB Diploma) Hearing Impaired (3) TRS 216 History of Philosophy III: Special Education & Primary Education Mental Retardation Post – Medieval to 19th Century (15-18 credits) EFS 241 Program Development for (2 credits) CORE (to be taken by all) Students with Mental GEC (4 credits) EFR 220 Introduction to Educational Retardation (3) Level 3 Research (3) EFS 242 Early Intervention Programs for Semester 2 EFS 302 Education of the Gifted and Young Children with Special Education & Primary Education Talented (3) Mental Retardation (17-20 credits) ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special Learning Disabilities CORE (To be taken by all) Education & Second Major (3). EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in School EFS 302 Education of the Gifted and Plus one area course relevant to Subject for Students with Learning Talented (3) SPED specialization Disabilities/Difficulties (3) ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special Visual Impairment EFS 253 Secondary School Program for Education & Second Major (3). EFS 321 Communication and Language Student with Learning Plus one area course relevant to SPED Development for Students with Disabilities/Difficulties (3) specialization Visual Impairment (3) History Take Visual Impairment Hearing Impairment ELC 321 Social Studies Methods (3) EFS 321 Communication and Language EFS 331 Advanced Communication HIS 213 Agriculture & Industrialization in Development for Students with Processes for Students with World Economy 1945 (3) Visual Impairment (3) Hearing Impairment (3) ELH 290 Theory of Teaching History (3) Hearing Impairment Mental Retardation Plus any one courses from the following EFS 331 Advanced Communication EFS 341 Society and children with Mental HIS 202 Africa in the Era of the Atlantic Processes for Students with Retardation (3) Slave Trade C. 1500-C.1800 (3) Hearing Impairment (3) Learning Disabilities HIS 212 Catastrophe and Survival in 20th Mental Retardation EFS 351 Career Education for Students Century Europe (3) EFS 341 Society and children with Mental with Learning Disabilities/ Special Education and Humanities Retardation (3) Difficulties (Theology and Religious Studies) (17-18 Learning Disabilities (3)Plus 6 credits from a, b or d credits) EFS 351 Career Education for Primary Education Teaching subject Cluster: CORE (to be taken by all) Students with Learning ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3) Disabilities/Difficulties (3)Plus 6 a. Language concentration Plus all courses relevant to SPED specialization credits from a, b or d ENG321 Usage in English Language (2) Visual Impairment Primary Education Teaching subject Cluster: EPL300 Theory and Practice of Second EFS 221 Instructional Methods for a. Language concentration Language (3) Students with Visual Impairment ENG 321 Usage in English Language (2) (3) EPL 300 Theory and Practice of Second b. Mathematics & Science concentration EFS 223 Mobility and Orientation for the Language (3) EPM331 Teaching School Maths (3) Visually Impaired (3) Optional Courses (one out of the following) EPM329 Principles of Physics & Earth Hearing Impairment EPA 303 Planning and management (3) Science (3) EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation ALL 253 The sociology of literature (2) of Hearing (3) b. Mathematics & Science concentration c. Social Studies & Religious Education EFS 233 Development of Education for the EPM 331 Teaching School Maths (3) EPS323 Social Studies and Pedagogy (3) Hearing Impaired (3) EPM 329 Principles of Physics & Earth ELR302 Practicum in Religious Education Mental Retardation Science (3) (3) EFS 241 Program Development for c. Social Studies & Religious Education Students with Mental Retardation EPS 323 Social Studies and Pedagogy (3 ) d. Practical subject concentration (3) ELR 302 Practicum in Religious Education i. Art Education EFS 242 Early Intervention Programs for (3) EPP302 Practical Skills in Planning & Young Children with d. Practical subject concentration Teaching Arts in the Mental Retardation i. Art Education Primary School (4) Learning Disabilities EPP 302 Practical Skills in Planning & ii . Music Education EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in School Teaching Arts in the EPP328 Teaching Methods in Music Subject for Students with Learning Primary School (4) Education (4) Disabilities/Difficulties (3) ii. Music Education iii. Home Economics EFS 253 Secondary School Programs for EPP 328 Teaching Methods in Music HEE227 Foundations of Food Preparation Student with Learning Education (4) & meal Management (3) Disabilities/Difficulties (3) iii. Home Economics Optional course: Choose one from Plus HEE 227 Foundations of Food Preparation the following (For all subject ELR 302 Practice of Religious Education (3) & meal Management (3) concentration) TRS 209 History of Christian Thought (2) Optional course: Choose one from the EPM301 Special Issues in Maths Education Optional course. Choose one from following: (3) the following EPA 303 Planning and Management (3) EPL312 Breakthrough to Literacy (2)

48 EDT310 Instructional Materials (3) Plus one area course relevant to SPED EFS 321 Communication and Language GEC Area 4 (2) specialization Development for Students with Special Education & Science (17-19 credits) Visual Impairment Visual Impairment (3) CORE (To be taken by all) EFS 321 Communication and Language Hearing Impairment EFS 302 Education of the Gifted Development for Students with EFS 331 AdvancedCommunication and Talented (3) Visual Impairment (3) Processes for Students with ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special Hearing Impairment Hearing Impairment (3) Education & Second Major (3). EFS 331 Advanced Communication Mental Retardation Plus one area course relevant to SPED Processes for Students with EFS 341 Society and children with Mental specialization Hearing Impairment (3) Retardation (3) Visual Impairment Mental Retardation Learning Disabilities EFS 321 Communication and Language EFS 341 Society and children with Mental EFS 351 Career Education for Students Development for Students with Retardation (3) with Learning Disabilities/ Visual Impairment (3) Learning Disabilities Difficulties (3) Hearing Impairment EFS 351 Career Education for Students History EFS 331 Advanced Communication with Learning Disabilities/ ELC311 Multicultural Education (3) Processes for Students with Difficulties (3) ELC321 Social Studies Teaching Methods Hearing Impairment (3) Take (3) Mental Retardation EEL302 EnvironmentalEducation Plus Optional course. Choose one. EFS 341 Society and children with Mental Methodology (3) ELC342 Modern Anglophone, Retardation (3) ENV311 Environment, Population and Francophone, and Lusophone West Learning Disabilities Development (3) Africa (3) EFS 351 Career Education for Students Optional Course, Choose one HIS344 The root of Crises in with Learning Disabilities/ ENV313 Elementary Techniques in Modern Central Africa (3) Difficulties (3) Population Geography (3) Plus one GEC area 3 or 5 Plus Core and Options in teaching subject. ENV316 Agricultural Development (2 ) Special Education & Humanities (Theology and Mathematics Plus one GEC area 4 or 5 course Religious Studies) (18 credits) ESM362 Advanced Practicum in School Special Education & Humanities (English/ CORE (To be taken by all) Mathematics (3) African Languages) (19 credits) EFS302 Education of the Gifted and Plus two from the following CORE (To be taken by all) Talented (3) MAT312 Abstract Algebra 11 (3, pre-req. EFS302 Education of the Gifted ETP300 Teaching Practice in Special MAT 311) and talented (3) Education and Second Major (3) MAT324 Differential Equation (3, pre-req. ETP300 Teaching Practice in Special Plus one area course relevant to MAT 222) Education & Second Major (3). SPED specialization MAT322 Real Analysis 11 (3) Plus one area course relevant to Visual Impairment Biology SPED specialization EFS321 Communication and ESB362 Advanced Practicum in School Visual Impairment Language Development Biology (3) EFS321 Communication and Language for Students with Visual BIO311 Plant Systematics (3) Dev for Students with Impairment (3) BIO215 Principles of Ecology Visual Impairment (3) Hearing Impairment (3, pre-req. BIO 434) Hearing Impairment EFS331 Advanced Communication Plus ONE of: EFS331 Advanced Communication Processes for Students with BIO306 Developmental Biology (3) Processes for Students with Hearing Impairment (3) BIO308 Molecular Biology (3) Hearing Impairment (3) Learning Disabilities Chemistry Learning Disabilities EFS351 Career Education for Students ESC362 Advanced Practicum in EFS351 Career Education for with Learning Disabilities/ School Chemistry (3) Studs with Learning Difficulties (3) Plus two from the following: Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Theology and Religious Studies Core C312II Third Year Inorganic Chemistry (3) English ELR302 Practice of Religious Education ( ) C312 II Lab Third Year Inorganic ELL302 The teaching of Literature at TRS314 Christian Moral Theology (2) Laboratory (1 credit) Secondary School level (3) Plus optional course: choose two C312IV Third Year Physical Chemistry (3) ENG351 Phonology of English (2) from the following. C312IV Lab Third Year Physical Chemistry ENG321 Usage in English (2) TRS316 History and Mythology of Jesus (2) Laboratory (1) African Languages TRS325 Foundational Structures of Islam Physics ELL302 The Teaching of Literature at (2) ESP362 Advanced Practicum in School Secondary School Level (3) TRS302 Missionaries in 19th Century Physics (3 Plus) ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) South Africa (2) PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) ALL343 Introduction to African Plus one GEC area 3 or 5 PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) Popular Theatre (2) Level 4 PHY323 Vibrations, waves and Optics (2) Plus 2 credits of GEC area 4 or 5 Semester 2 PHY329 Physics Practicals 3.2 (2) Special Education & Humanities (History) Bachelor Of Education Plus 2 credits GEC area 5 (18 credits) (Special Education) Special Education & Environmental Science CORE (To be taken by all) Special Education and Primary Education (16-18 credits) EFS 302 Education of the Gifted and (19-22) CORE (To be taken by all) Talented (3) SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) EFS 302 Education of the Gifted and ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special EFS400 Project: Contemporary Issues and Talented (3) Education & Second Major (3). Concerns in SPED(3 ) ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special Plus one area course relevant to SPED EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of Education & Second Major (3). specialization Students with Disabilities (3) Visual Impairment Plus one from the following courses:

49 Faculty of Education

EFS403 Speech Correction for Students (Choose one) Plus one from the following courses: with Communication Disorders (3) EPE411 Educational Management and EFS403 Speech Correction for Students EFS404 Education of Children with ADHD Curriculum Development (3) with Communication Disorders (3) (3) ENV320 Botswana’s Environment (3) EFS404 Education of Children with ADHD Second Major Content Special Education and Science (3) Primary Education Teaching Subject Cluster: (Specials) (19) 1. Reading English/Setswana SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) Second Major EPL411 Teaching Reading in the Primary EFS400 Project: Contemporary Issues and ELC 411 Curriculum Development for Schools (3) Concerns in SPED (3 ) Social Studies Teachers (3) ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of Plus one from the following courses: ENG411 Form, Function and Students with Disabilities (3) ELC412 Development of Social Studies Variation (2) Plus one from the following courses: Instructional Materials (3) 2. Mathematics and Science EFS403 Speech Correction for Students ELC432 Skills in Map Interpretation(3) EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Biology and with Communication Disorders (3) Electives (3 credits) a course Earth Science (3) EFS404 Education of Children with ADHD outside of Special Education and EPM427 Calculus II (3) (3) second major. Plus Second Major Special Education and Humanities: History EPE411 Educational Management and Biology (15-18 credits) Curriculum Development (3) ESS412 Introduction to the History and SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) 3. Social Studies and Religious Education Philosophy of Science (2) EFS400 Project: Contemporary Issues and HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners, and the ESS442 Further Issues in ICT for Concerns in SPED (3 ) Impact(3) the Science Teacher (2) EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3) Plus Two of: Students with Disabilities (3) ENG320 Botswana Environment (2) BIO416 Immunology Plus one from the following courses: 4. Practical Subjects. Continue (3, pre-req. Pass BIO 216) EFS403 Speech Correction for Students with area chosen at level 200 BIO424 Vertebrate Structure (3) with Communication Disorders (3) Semester 1 BIO430 Post-harvest Physiology (3) EFS404 Education of Children with ADHD i. Art Education BIO434 Plant Ecology (3) EPP405 Integrated Arts Education in (3, pre-req. Pass BIO 215) Second Major: Cultural Context (4) BIO450 Research Project (Continued) (3) HIS 414 Chiefs, Commoners and the Impact ii. Music Education Chemistry of Colonial Rule (3) EPP449 Movement in Music (4) ESS412 Introduction to the History and HIS 422 Historical Iokas during the Modern iii. Home Economics Philosophy of Science (2) and Contemporary Period HEE311 Clothing Design and Construction ESS442 Further Issues in ICT for the (3 credits) Plus one from the (3) Science Teacher (2) following: HEE453 Family Resource Management (3) Plus (choose two) ELC 422 Social Studies Teacher Preparation Plus a course in the following C413I Fourth Year Analytical Chemistry (3) areas(Continue with area (3) ELC 442 Values Education (3) chosen at level 200 Sem. 1) C413I Lab Fourth Year Analytical Electives (3 credits) One course outside of ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) OR Chemistry Laboratory (1/2 credit) Special Education and ENG411 Form, Function and Variation of C413III Fourth Year Organic Chemistry (3) second major. English (2) OR C413III Lab Fourth Year Organic Chemistry Special Education and Humanities: EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Physics and Laboratory (1/2 credit) English and African Languages/ Earth Science (3) OR Mathematics Theology and Religious TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3) and ESM412 Mathematics and Studies/Social Studies/Home HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners and the Impact Society (2) Economics- Specials (21 credits) of Colonial Rule (3) ESM442 Information and Communication SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) 1. Special Topics (Continue with Technology in Mathematics EFS400 Project: Contemporary Issues and areas chosen at level 200 Sem. 1) Education (2) Concerns in SPED (3 ) i. Guidance and Counselling Plus (choose two) EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of EFH406 Consultation in Counselling and MAT402 History of Mathematics (3) Students with Disabilities (3) Human Services (3) MAT412 Number Theory (3) Plus one from the following courses: ii. Infant Education MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3) EFS403 Speech Correction for Students EPI342 Contemporary Issues in Early MAT426 Partial Differential Equations (3) with Communication Disorders (3) Childhood Education (3) Physics EFS404 Education of Children with ADHD ESS412 Introduction to the History and (3) EPI443 Environmental Conservation Philosophy of Science (2) Second Major Strategies II (3) ESS442 Further Issues in ICT for the English Plus a course in the following areas (Continue Science Teacher (2) ENG 411 Form, Function and Variation in with area chosen at level 200 Sem. 1) PHY421 Solid State Physics I (2) English (2) ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) PHY422 Micro-Computing for Physics (2) ENG 431 Introduction to Discourse Analysis ORENG411 Form,Functionand PHY 429 Physics Practicals 4.2 (2) (2) Variation of English (2) OR Special Education and ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches to EPM427 Calculus II (3) Environmental Science (15-18) Literacy Education (3) EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Physics and CORE (To be taken by all) Plus one from the following courses: Earth Science (3) OR EFS400 Project: Contemporary Issues and ENG451 Introduction to Semantics (2) TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3) and Concerns in SPED (3 ) ENG443 The African Novel II (2) HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners and the Impact EFS402 Strategies for Helping ENG 452 Shakespearean Drama (2) of Colonial Rule (3) Families of Students ENG462 Shakespearean Poetry (2) Plus Optional Courses: with Disabilities (3) ENG481 Language and Gender (2 credit)

50 African Languages minimum of 144 credits. (3) ALL423 Bantu and Khoesan Languages of PHY162 Physics Applied to Home Econ. (3) Southern Africa (2) GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II ALL442 Creative Writing, Theory and DEPARTMENT OF (2) Practice (2) GEC122 Computing and Information Skills ALL443 Oral Poetry in Botswana (2) EDUCATIONAL Fundamentals II (2) ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches to TECHNOLOGY Literacy Education (3) Level 200 Plus one from the following courses: 1.3 Course Listings Semester 1 ALL434 Introduction to Applied Linguistics 1.3.1 Kindly consult the Department for Core Courses (2) the list of courses on offer. HEE229 Child Development: Prenatal ALL435 Language Instruction VIII (2) 1.3.2 Courses offered by the Department of through Early Childhood (3) ALL454 Children’s Traditions & Dramatics Educational Technology have HEE230 Introduction to Housing (2) (2) been awarded the Department’s HEE232 Introductory Textiles – ALL455 Post Colonial Theory and code (EDT) as follows: (pre CHE 107 (3) Literature (2) EDT310 Producing Instructional Materials HEE233 Food Science – ALL456 Introduction to African Thoughts for Primary Education (pre BIO 123, CHE 107, PHY 162 (3) (2) (3 credits - Sem 2) HEE234 Social and Psychological Aspects Theology and Religious Studies EDT543 Planning and Producing of Clothing (2) ELR 402 Curriculum Design in Religious Instructional Materials HEE235 Foundations of Home Economics Education (3) (3 credits - Sem 1 and 2) Extension (3) TRS 415 Twentieth Century Theologians (2) EDT411 Educational Technology Basics HEE238 Orientation to teaching Home TRS 416 Religion and Modernity (2) (3 credits - Semester 1 Only) Economics (3) Plus one from the following Elective courses are to be chosen from any courses other course outside of the Home Economics TRS 417 Paul’s Epistles (2) programme for which students are eligible. TRS 418 Contemporary African Philosophy DEPARTMENT OF HOME (2) Semester 2 TRS 426 Religions, Rituals and Sacred ECONOMICS EDUCATION Core Courses Places (2) HEE218 Fundamentals of Clothing TRS 428 Religious Pluralism (2) Bachelor of Home Economics Education Production – (pre HEE 232) (3) Social Studies Degree Programme HEE227 Foundations of Food Preparation ELC 411 Curriculum Development for and Meal Management – (pre HEE Social Studies Teachers (3) Entry Requirements 233) (3) ELC 412 Development of Social Studies In addition to satisfying the requirements of HEE236 Methods of Teaching Home Instructional Materials (3) General Regulations 20.21, candidates shall Economics Extension (3) Plus one from the following be required to have a credit in Biology, and/or HEE237 Home Economics Internship (3) courses Chemistry, or related Science Combination at ETP200 Teaching Practice (3) ELC 422 Social Studies Teacher Preparation Ordinary Level or its equivalent. A pass in any EFR200 Introduction to Measurement in (3) Home Economics subject shall be an added Education (3) ELC 432 Skills in Map Interpretation (3) advantage. EFR220 Introduction to Educational ELC 441 Social Studies and Affirmative Research(3) Action (3) Alternative Entrance Qualifications ELC 442 Values Education (3) Applicants with a Diploma in Home Economics Level 300 ELC 462 Social Classroom Environment (3) Education, or a Diploma in Secondary Semester 1 Home Economics Education from Colleges of Education, shall be Core Courses HEE 421 Management and Administration admitted into Level 200 or 300 of the Degree HEE337 Human Development Across the of Home Economics Programs (3) Programme on the basis of accumulated Lifespan (2) HEE 453 Family Resources Management (3) credits in the area of Home Economics. HEE338 Consumer Protection (2) HEE 464 Housing and Environment for HEE339 Housing in World Perspective children (3) Level 100 – (pre HEE 230) (3) Plus one from the following courses Semester 1 HEE367 Research Methods in Home HEE 460 Clothing for people with special Core Courses Economics (3) needs (3) HEE114 Introduction to EFH 201 Counseling over Lifespan (3) HEE 444 Issues in Food and Nutrition (3) Nutrition (3) Options (Offered when available. HEE 448 Food Laws and Regulations (3) HEE115 Family Studies Foundations (3) Please check with department) Electives (3 credits) BIO122 Anatomy, Physiology and HEE320 Community Nutrition – Biochemistry (3) (pre HEE 114) (3) Assessment CHE107 Chemistry Applied to Home HEE343 Food Service Management Performance in each course shall be assessed Economics (3) – (pre-req. HEE 227) (3) by a combination of coursework and two ECO11 Basic Microeconomics (3) HEE345 Food Technology – hour final examination in the ratio 1:1, unless GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (pre-req. HEE 233) (3) otherwise stated in the Course Description. (2) HEE347 Curriculum Development in Early Semester 2 Childhood Education (3) Award Of Diploma and Degree Core Courses HEE348 Risk and Resiliency in Childhood Subject to General Regulation 00.852: HEE116 Introduction to Consumer Development (3) To be awarded the Diploma in Special Education (3) HEE355 Fashion Merchandising & Education a student must complete a BIO123 Introduction to Microbiology and Marketing (3) minimum of 72 credits; to be awarded the B.Ed Stored Product Entomology (3) HEE356 Apparel Design and Product (Special Education), a student must complete a EFP100 Intro. to Educational Psychology Development (3)

51 Faculty of Education

HEE359 Design Fundamentals – Children (3) 20.20, and Departmental Regulation E.D. 26. (pre-req. HEE 230) (3) 10 and ED. 26.12. HEE360 Building Construction and Semester 2 Environmental Systems – Core Courses Bed (Secondary): Humanities Specialisation (pre HEE 359) (3) HEE421 Management Semester 5 HEE362 Housing and Services for Families and Administration of Home Level 3 with Special Needs (2) Economics Programmes - African Languages and Literature (pre-HEE 340) (3) ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (2) Semester 2 HEE442 Managing Extension Programmes ALL322 The Structure of Meaning (2) Core Courses (3) ALL341 Introduction to Literary Theory (2) HEE325 Programme Planning in Home Options (Offered when available. Please check English Economics Extension (3) with department) ENG311 Modern English Grammar (2) HEE326 Community Mobilization and HEE444 Issues in Food and Nutrition – ENG317 African Drama (2) Group Dynamics (3) (pre HEE 114, HEE 345) (3) ENG373 Botswana Literature (2) HEE340 Home Economics Instruction in HEE447 Food Product Development – English Language and Literature Curriculum Secondary Schools – (pre HEE 238) (pre HEE 233) (3) Courses (3) HEE448 Food Laws and Regulations – ELL301 Curriculum and policy issues in ETP300 Teaching Practice (3) (pre HEE 345) (3) language education (3) EFC200 Introduction to Curriculum HEE450 Issues and Trends in Environmental Education Development (3) Early Childhood Education (3) EEL301 Introduction to Environmental Options (Offered when available. Please check HEE453 Family Resource Management (3) Education (2) with department) HEE456 Fashion Merchandizing, Home Economics HEE342 Nutrition in the Life Cycle – (pre Analysis and Strategies (3) HEE229 Childcare and Development (3) HEE 114) (3) HEE458 Fashion HEE238 Orientation to Teaching Home HEE344 Menu Planning and Design – Merchandizing Presentation Economics (3) (pre HEE 233) (3) (3) Moral Education Curriculum Courses HEE346 Food Quality Control – HEE461 Commercial Space Planning – ELM301 Theory of Moral Education (3) (pre HEE 233) (3) (pre HEE 362, HEE 363, HEE 364) Religious Education Courses HEE349 Parenting and Socialization (3) ELR301 Theory of Religious Education (3) Process in the Family (3) HEE463 Community Housing Assessment Setswana Language and Literature HEE351 Developmental Assessment and (3) Curriculum Courses Intervention with Young Children ELL301 Curriculum and policy issues in (3) Assessment language education (3) HEE 352: Theory and practice in interacting Student’s performance in each course shall be Social Studies with young children (3) assessed in accordance with the provision of the ELC300 Education for Self-reliance (3) HEE357 Apparel Production (3) University General Regulations 00.8. Courses ELC302 Gender issues in Social Studies (3) HEE 354 Textile Design and Product offered in other faculties/departments shall be Theology and Religious Studies Development (3) governed by their relevant regulations. TRS301 Christology (2) HEE358 Fashion and Society (3) TRS302 Missionaries in the 19th Century HEE361 Housing Policy and Management Progression from semester to semester South Africa (2) (3) Progression from semester to semester shall be HEE363 Interior Space Design– in accordance with provisions of the University Semester 6 (pre HEE 360) (3) General Regulation 00.9. Level 3 HEE364 Residential Space Planning – Award of Degree African Languages and Literature (pre HEE 362, HEE 363) (3) Shall be in accordance with provision of the ALL323 Introduction to Stylistics and University General Regulations 00.85, Discourse Analysis (2) Level 400 subject to completion of 6 credits of Teaching ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) Semester 1 Practice (School Specialization) or 6 credits of ALL343 Introduction to African Popular Core Courses Internship. Theatre (2) HEE441 Research Project – (pre HEE 340) English Language and Literature Curriculum (3) Courses MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New ELL302 The teaching of Literature at Business Formation (3) DEPARTMENT OF Secondary School l (3) Options (Offered when available. LANGUAGES AND SOCIAL Environmental Education Please check with department) EEL302 Environmental Education HEE443 Clinical Nutrition – SCIENCES EDUCATION Methodology (2) (pre HEE 114) (3) Home Economics HEE445 Quantity Food Production – (pre Programmes HEE340 Home Economics instruction in HEE 227, HEE344) (3) Bachelor of Education Secondary School (3) HEE451 Public Policy for Children and (Secondary) Humanities HEE320 Community Nutrition (3) Families (3) Bachelor of Education (Secondary) Moral Education Curriculum Courses HEE454 Family Counseling (3) Postgraduate Diploma in Education ELM302 Practice of Moral Education (3) HEE455 Textiles and Technology – Religious Education Curriculum Courses (pre HEE 232) (3) Entry Requirements ELR302 Practice of Religious Education (3) HEE459 Tailoring – (pre HEE 357) (3) The normal Entry Requirements shall be as Setswana Language and Curriculum Courses HEE462 Housing and the Social stipulated in the University of Botswana ELL302 The Teaching of Literature at Environment (3) General Regulations – Entrance Qualifications Secondary School (3) HEE464 Housing and Environments for Social Studies

52 ELC311 Multicultural Education (3) ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (2) ELL404 Reader-response Theories in the ELC312 Conflicts and Conflicts Resolutions ENG441 Introduction to Pragmatics (2) Secondary School Classroom (3) (3) English Language and Literature Social Studies Theology and Religious Studies Curriculum Courses ELC421 Global Perspectives and TRS314 Christian Moral Theology (2) ELL401 Foundations of Multicultural Materials in Social TRS315 Sociology of Religion (2) Literacy Education (3) Studies (3) Optional Course for Semester 6 Home Economics ELC431 Civic Education (3) One course (2-3 credits) to be selected from HEE337 Human Development Across Life ELC451 Resource Management in the menu below. Span (2) Africa (3) African Languages and Literature HEE356 Apparel Design and Product ELC461 Human Rights Issues (3) ALL332 Language Instruction V (2) Development (3) Theology and Religious Studies ALL351 Politics and Southern African Moral Education Curriculum Courses TRS403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible (2) Poetry (2) ELM401 Teaching Moral Education in TRS405 Intermediate Hebrew I (2) ALL352 Emergent Literary Genres (2) Secondary Schools (3) TRS406 Intermediate Arabic I (2) ALL341 Epic Performance in Africa (2) Religious Education Curriculum Courses TRS407 Islam’s Socio-cultural, legal and ALL334 Introduction to Modern Theories ELR401 Teaching Religious Education in Political Structure (2) in Grammatical Analysis (2) Secondary Schools (3) TRS409 African Christian Theologies (2) ALL335 Language Instruction VI (2) Setswana Language and Literature TRS411 Politics and Development of ALL354 African Oral Literature and the Curriculum Courses Biblical Thought (2) Media (2) ELL401 Foundations of Multicultural TRS412 Ecumenical Theology (2) ALL355 The Contemporary Setswana Novel Literacy Education (3) TRS413 Hinduism (2) (2) Social Studies English ELC401 Socialisation Issues (3) Semester 8 ENG312 Milton (2) ELC403 Economic Cooperation & Level 4 ENG343 Modern African Poetry (2) Integration (3) Core courses ENG324 Twentieth Century American Theology and Religious Studies Research project courses Literature (2) TRS401 New Religious Movements (2) ELP491 Research Project in Languages and ENG327 Practical Drama (2) TRS402 Religion and Politics (2) Social Sciences Education (3) ENG321 Usage in English (2) Optional Courses for Semester 7 African Languages and Literature ENG341 Introduction to Socio-linguistic (2) One course (2-3 credits) to be selected from ALL423 Bantu and Khoe-San Languages of Home Economics the menu below. Southern Africa (2) HEE344 Menu Planning and Design (3) African Languages and Literature ALL442 Creative Writing, Theory and HEE346 Food Quality Control (3) ALL431 Introduction to Psycho-linguistics Practice (2) HEE355 Fashion Merchandising and (2) ALL443 Oral Poetry in Botswana (2) Marketing (3) ALL432 Language Instruction VII (2) English HEE357 Apparel Production (3) ALL451 Studies in African Aesthetics (2) ENG411 Form, Function and Variation in Social Studies ALL452 Popular Culture in Africa (2) English (2) ELC321 Social Studies Methods (3) ALL453 Women’s Literature in Botswana ENG431 Introduction to Discourse Analysis ELC322 Evaluation in Social Studies (3) (2) (2) Theology and Religious Studies English English Language and Literature Curriculum TRS317 Theodicy: The Co-existence of God ENG412 Introduction to Shakespeare (2) Courses and Evil (2) ENG413 The African Novel I (2) ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches to TRS318 Beginning Biblical Hebrew II (2) ENG471 Introduction to Literary Stylistics Literacy Education (3) TRS319 Philosophy of Religion (2) (2) Home Economics TRS320 Theories of Truth (2) English Language and Literature Curriculum HEE421 Management and Administration TRS321 Metaphysics III (2) Courses of Home Economics Programmes TRS322 History of Christianity in Southern ELL403 Literacy, education, culture (3) (3) Africa (2) ELL404 Reader- response Theories in the Moral Education Curriculum Courses TRS325 Foundational Structures of Islam Secondary School Classroom (3) ELM402 Curriculum Design in Moral (2) Environmental Education Education (3) TRS303 Creation and the Bible (2) EEL401 Environmental Conservation (2) Religious Education Curriculum Courses Home Economics ELR402 Curriculum Design in Religious HEE338 Consumer Protection (3) Education (3) HEE339 Housing in World Perspective (2) Setswana Language and Literature Semester 7 HEE348 Risk and Resiliency in Child (3) Curriculum Courses Level 4 Moral Education Curriculum Courses ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches in Core courses ELM492 Evaluation of Moral Education Literacy Education (3) Research Project Courses Curriculum in Botswana Social Studies ELP490 Research Methodology in Secondary Schools (3) ELC411 Curriculum Development for Languages and Social ELM493 Contemporary Moral Issues in Social Studies Teachers (3) Sciences Education (3) Moral Education (3) ELC404 Development of Social Studies African Languages and Literature Religious Education Curriculum Courses Instructional Materials (3) ALL421 Introduction to Historical and ELR492 Evaluation of Religious Education Theology and Religious Studies Comparative Linguistics Curriculum in Botswana TRS415 Twentieth Century Theologians (2) based in Africa (2) Secondary Schools (3) TRS416 Religion and Modernity (2) ALL422 A Socio-linguistic Study of ELR493 History of Religious Education in Optional Courses for Semester 8 Southern Africa (2) Botswana (3) One course (2-3 credits) to be selected from ALL441 World Literature in Setswana Setswana Language and Literature the menu below. Translation (2) Curriculum Courses African Languages and Literature English ELL403 Literacy, education, culture (3) ALL434 Introduction to Applied Linguistics

53 Faculty of Education

(2) STA101 Maths for Business & Business Education, Core (3) ALL435 Language Instruction VIII (2) Social Sciences 1, Core (3) MKT301 Pricing Strategy, Core (3) ALL454 Children’s Traditions and STA116 Introduction to Statistics, Core (4) Elective (3) Dramatics (2) GEC111 Communication & Study Skills 1, MGT303 Entrepreneurship & New Business ALL455 Postcolonial Theory and African GEC (2) Formation, Core (3) Literature (2) GEC121 Computing & Information Skills 1, BIS304 Management Information System, English GEC (2) Core (3) ENG443 The African Novel II (2) Level 100: ENG451 Introduction to Semantics (2) Semester 2 Assessment ENG452 Shakespeare Drama (2) ACC100 Introduction to Accounting, Core Assessment shall be as per General Academic ENG462 Shakespeare Poetry (2) (3) Regulation 00.8. ENG481 Language and Gender (2) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics, Core (3) English Language and Literature Curriculum MKT100 Principles of Marketing, Core (3) Progression from Semester to Semester Courses STA102 Maths for Business & Social Progression from Semester to Semester shall ELL405 Materials Development and Sciences II, Core (3) be as per General Regulations 00.9 Evaluation in Language Education GEC112 Communication & Study Skills 2, (3) GEC (2) Award of Degree ELL406 Second/Foreign Language GEC122 Computing & Information Skills 2, The award of the Degree shall be as per the Research and Its Implications for GEC (2) General Regulations 00.85 Language Teaching and Learning (3) Level 200: Moral Education Curriculum Courses Semester 3 ELM494 Moral Education Departments and ELB201 Introduction to Business DEPARTMENT OF Units (3) Education, Core (3) Religious Education Curriculum Courses FIN200 Business Finance, Core, 3 MATHEMATICS AND ELR494 Role of Religious Education EFP100 Introduction to SCIENCE EDUCATION Departments (3) Educational Psychology, Core (3) EFC300 Introduction to 1.0 General Information Setswana Language and Literature Curriculum Development, Core (3) 1.0.1 The Department of Mathematics and Curriculum Courses ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting, Science Education offers courses to students ELL405 Materials Development and Core (3) in Degree and Non-Degree Teacher Education Evaluation in Language Education MGT203 Quantitative Methods, Programmes in the following teaching (3) Core (3) subjects: ELL406 Second/Foreign Language • Biology Research and Its Implications for Level 200: • Chemistry Language Teaching and Learning Semester 4 • Physics (3) ELB202 Teaching & Learning Strategies in • Computer Studies Business Education, Core (3) • Mathematics Social Studies ACC200 Financial Accounting I, Core (3) • Curriculum Studies for Computer Studies, ELC422 Social Studies Teacher Preparation ACC203 Cost Accounting, Core (3) (3) BIS205 Information Technology, Core (3) Mathematics and Science Education ELC432 Skills in Map Interpretation (3) MGT200 Organisational Design and 1.0.2 Courses are also offered in the following ELC441 Social Studies and Affirmative Development, Core (3) specialized areas: Action (3) • Science/Mathematics/Computer Studies and ELC442 Values Education (3) Level 300: Society ELC462 Social Studies Classroom Semester 5 • Information and Communication Environment(3) [Marketing and Management Specialization] Technology and the School Mathematics/ ELB301 Practice of Business Education, Science Curriculum Theology and Religious Studies Core (3) • Theory and Practice of Teaching Computer TRS417 Paul’s Epistles (2) GEC, GEC, GEC (2) Studies/Mathematics/ Science TRS418 Contemporary African Philosophy MGT300 Human Resource Management, 1.0.3 Regulations, course details and/or pre- (2) Core (3) req. are listed for the following Programmes: TRS419 Intermediate Hebrew I (2) ELC300 Education and Self Reliance, • Bachelor of Education (Science) TRS421 History of Christianity: Modern Optional (3) • Bachelor of Education (Secondary) and Contemporary (2) Elective (3) • Post Graduate Diploma in Education TRS422 Empiricism (2) Elective (3) • Master of Education (Mathematics TRS423 History of Philosophy IV (2) Education) TRS424 Buddhism (2) Level 300: Semester 5 [Accounting and • Master of Education (Science Education) TRS425 The Theology of the Reformation Finance Specialization] • MPhil and PhD in Mathematics Education (2) ELB 301 Practice of Business Education, • MPhil and PhD in Science Education TRS426 Religions Rituals and Sacred Places Core (3) GEC, GEC, GEC (2) (2) ACC300 Financial Accounting II, 1.0.4 The Bachelor of Education Programme in TRS428 Religious Pluralism (2) Core (3) Science commenced in 1984 and now prepares ELC 300 Education and Self Reliance, graduates to become Computer Studies, Bachelor of Education (Business) Optional (3) Elective (3) Mathematics and Science (Biology, Chemistry Level 100: Elective (3) and Physics) teachers. Semester 1 1.0.5 The Bachelor of Education Programme ECO111 Basic Microeconomics, Core (3) Level 300: Semester 6 [Marketing and in Secondary Education was designed to MGT100 Principles of Management, Management Specialization] accommodate both the diploma of the Core (3) ELB302 Learning Support Systems in Department and the Colleges of Education.

54 It began in 996 and in 1998 replaced the take thirteen (13) of these courses. Computer Science; Chemistry; Physics. Bachelor of Education Programme in Science 1.3.1 Levels One and Two (Semesters 1 to 4) In Option B Education, which began in 1987. The PGDE is Level 1, students shall follow a common Level Students shall take courses in Pure Mathematics offered as a teaching qualification to holders One Programme with the Bachelor of Science and 1 of the following teaching subjects: of Bachelor of Science Degrees to prepare students. In Level Two, all Education courses Applied Mathematics; Biology; Chemistry; aspiring Computer Studies, Mathematics and are core courses and the Department prescribes Computer Science; Physics. Science teachers for their teaching careers. four of these to be taken by all students. Semester 3 1.0.6 Optional courses may be taken in other 1.3.2 Levels Three and Four (Semesters 5 to 8) Biology departments by students who have met the a) In Level Three, the Department prescribes BIO212 Genetics (3) appropriate Programme requirements. four core courses for all students and one BIO214 Introduction to Mammalian 1.0.7 Courses are assessed in a variety of optional course which students can choose Physiology (3) ways, including written assignments, tests and from a menu of Computer Studies Education, Chemistry projects as approved by the Senate. Mathematics Education or Science Education CHE211 Introduction to Analytical 1.0.8 The Department reserves the right not to courses in line with the proposed areas of Chemistry (2) offer optional courses in a given semester. specialization in the Department. CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I b) In Level Four, the Department prescribes (1) 1.1 Bachelor of Education Degree in Science two core courses for all students and two CHE232 Structure and survey of Functional The aim of the Bachelor of Education optional courses, which students can choose Groups (2) Combined Major Degree Programme in Science from a menu of Computer Studies Education, CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) is to significantly contribute, in collaboration Mathematics Education or Science Education MAT291 Engineering Mathematics1 (3) with the Faculty of Science, to national courses as a follow-up to choices in Level Computer Science manpower development by producing high Three. CSI241 Structured Programming (4) quality Computer Studies, Mathematics and CSI261 Machine Organization (3) Science teachers for the national education 1.4 Levels One and Two Applied Mathematics sector. Subject to the provisions of General Level One MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Regulations 00.0 and 20.00 and to the Faculty Core Courses (6 courses/26 credits) Mechanics (3) of Education Special Regulations, the following Semester 1 MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical Special Regulations of the Department of MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4) Statistics (3) Mathematics and Science shall apply: Plus: Pure Mathematics Two of the following courses: MAT211 Intro. Set and Number Theory (3) 1.2 Entrance Requirements BIO111 Principles of Biology (4) MAT221 Calculus I (3) 1.2.1 Admission into Level One of the CHE101 General Chemistry I (4) Physics Programme shall be governed by General PHY111 Geometrical Optics, PHY211 Mechanics and Physical Optics (2) Regulation 20.2. Mechanics, Vibrations and Waves PHY212 Properties of Matter and 1.2.2 Minimum requirements are a BGCSE (3) and Thermodynamics (2) with a pass in English Language and a C PHY119 Physics Practicals 1.1 (1) PHY219 Physics Practicals 2.1 (1) grade in Mathematics and any two of Biology, MAT291 Engineering Mathematics1 (3) Chemistry or Physics, or a minimum of Grade Semester 2 BB in Science MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4) Semester 4 plus: Two of the following courses: Biology Double Award Diversity of Animals and Plants (4) BIO211 Cell Biology (3) 1.2.3 An applicant who has taken relevant CHE102 General Chemistry II (4) BIO213 Plant Structure and Function (3) Advanced Level (A-Level) or equivalent PHY121 Electricity and Magnetism, Chemistry examinations and who has attained a Modern Physics (2) and: CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and minimum of one E and two Os in the relevant PHY129 Physics Practicals 1.2 (1) Main Group Chemistry (2) subjects may be admitted into the Bachelor of General Education Courses CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Education (4 courses/8 credits) CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry GEC121S Computer and Information Skills I (2) Degree Programme in Science (2) CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) 1.2.4 If an applicant has Grade E or better at GEC122 Computer and Information Computer Science Advanced Level, or equivalent qualifications Skills II (2) LIS208 Principles of Data Communication in Science subjects, he/she may, subject GEC111S Communication and Study Skills I (3) to the approval of the relevant Head of (2) CSI252 Operating Systems Concept (3) Department and the approval of the Deputy GEC112 Communication and Study Dean, be awarded credits and exempted from Skills II (2) Applied Mathematics equivalent course(s) prescribed for the Degree MAT242 Computing I (3) Programme. Level 2 MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) 1.2.5 Bachelor of Science students of the Core Courses (6 to 10 courses/16 to 20 Pure Mathematics University with passes in at least two teaching credits) MAT212 Introductory Linear Algebra (3) subjects at Level One may be admitted into The two teaching subjects taken and passed at MAT222 Calculus II (3) Level Two of the Programme. Level One shall be selected as follows: Physics a) Courses for the Major teaching subject are PHY221 Electricity and Magnetism (2) 1.3 Programme Structure to be selected from the approved Faculty of PHY222 Electronics and Nuclear Physics (2) There are a total of forty-three (43) Science courses listed below; PHY229 Physics Practicals 2.2 (1) Mathematics Education/ Science Education/ b) One 3-credit course per semester is to be Core Courses (5 courses/15 credits) Students Educational Foundations courses in the 8- selected from the approved Faculty of Science shall select courses from the approved Faculty semester Programme covering the teaching Minor teaching subjects listed below. of Education courses listed below: subjects Biology, Chemistry, Computer Option A Semester 3 Studies, Mathematics and Physics. During the Students shall select courses from any two EFP100 Introduction to Educational Programme, each student will be required to of the following teaching subjects: Biology; Psychology (3) plus:

55 Faculty of Education

One of the following courses: BIO311 Plant Systematics (3) ESE261 Basic Teaching Methods in BIO215 Principles of Ecology (3) Semester 6 Secondary School Computer Studies (3) Plus: One of the following courses: Students shall select one of the following: ESM261 Basic Teaching Methods in BIO306 Developmental Biology (3) ESE372 Development and Evaluation of Secondary School Mathematics (3) BIO318 Chordates (3) Computer Studies Practical ESS261 Basic Teaching Methods in Chemistry Work (2) Secondary School Science (3) CHE312 Analytical Spectroscopy (2) ESE392 Impact of Information and Semester 4 CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II Communication Technology on EFF220 Historical, Philosophical and (1) the Teaching/ Learning Process (2) Sociological Foundations of CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic ESM312 Philosophy and Psychology of Education (3) plus: Chemistry (3) Mathematics Teaching (2) One of the following courses: CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2) ESM372 Mathematical Problem Solving (2) ESE262 Practicum in Secondary School CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II ESS352 Human Impact on the Computer Studies Teaching (3) (1) Environment (2) ESM262 Practicum in Secondary School Computer Science ESS372 Development and Evaluation of Mathematics Teaching (3) CSI362 Database Concepts (3) Investigative Work in School Science (2) ESS262 Practicum in Secondary School CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3) General Education Courses (1 course/3 credits) Science Teaching (3) CSI393 Multimedia Computing (3) Students shall choose GECs from the Winter Course Mathematics University-wide menu. ETP200 Teaching Practice I (3) MAT324 Differential Equations (3) Elective Course (1 course/2 credits) General Education Courses (2 Plus: Two of the following courses: Elective courses shall be chosen from any courses/6 credits) MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) course offered outside of the Department of Students shall choose GECs from the MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) Mathematics and Science Education for which University-wide menu. MAT342 Computing II (3) students are eligible. 1.5 Levels Three and Four (Semesters 5 to 8) MAT344 Numerical Methods of Linear 1.5.2 Level Four Core Courses (4 to 6 courses/12 1.5.1 Level Three Algebra (3) credits) Core Courses (6 to 9 courses/16 to 18 credits) MAT352 Dynamics I (3) Students shall select courses for their Major Courses for the Major teaching subject are to Physics teaching subject from the approved Faculty of be selected from approved Faculty of Science PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) Science courses listed below: courses listed below: PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) Semester 7 PHY323 Vibrations, Waves and Optics (2) Biology Semester 5 PHY329 Physics Practicals 3.2 (2) Students shall select two of the following: Biology BIO421 Entomology (3) BIO316 Plant Physiology (3) Semester 5 BIO427 Evolution (3) BIO317 Comparative Vertebrate Core Courses (5 courses/14 credits) BIO431 Plant Response to Physiology (3) In this semester, students shall also select Environmental Stress (3) Plus: One of the following courses: courses from the following list of Faculty of BIO450 Research Project (6) BIO307 Biochemistry (3) Education courses: Chemistry BIO216 General Microbiology (3) EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional Students shall select two of the following: Chemistry Children (3) plus: CHE421 Advanced Transition Metal CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2) One of the following courses: Chemistry (3) CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II ESE361 Teaching Strategies for School CHE431 Heterocyclic Chemistry, Synthetic (1) Computer Studies (3) Reactions and Design of Organic CHE331 Structure and Survey of ESM361 Teaching Strategies for School Synthesis (3) Functional Groups I (3) Mathematics (3) CHE441 Advanced Physical Chemistry I (3) CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamics ESB361 Teaching in the Contemporary Computer Science and Electrochemistry (2) Biology Classroom (3) Students shall select two of the following: CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory III ESC361 Introductory Pedagogical Content CSI421 Operating Systems (3) (1) Knowledge in School Chemistry (3) CSI423 Systems Programming (3) Computer Science ESP361 Pedagogic Strategies for School CSI441 Software Engineering (3) CSI341 Introduction to Software Physics (3) Mathematics Engineering (3) MAT421 Functions of a Complex Variable CSI351 Web Technology and Semester 6 (3) Applications (3) Students will choose one of the following: MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3) CSI361 Computer Architecture (3) ESB362 Advanced Practicum in School Physics Mathematics Biology Teaching (3) PHY411 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (2) MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) ESC362 Advanced Practicum in School PHY412 Statistical Mechanics and Solid MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) plus: Chemistry Teaching (3) State Physics I (2) One of the following courses: ESE362 Advanced Practicum in School PHY419 Physics Practicals 4.1 (2) MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Computer Studies Teaching (3) Mechanics (3) ESP362 Advanced Practicum in School Semester 8 MAT323 Vector Calculus (3) Physics Teaching (3) Biology Physics ESM362 Advanced Practicum in School Students shall select two of the following: PHY311 Mechanics (2) Mathematics Teaching (3) and: BIO416 Immunology (3) PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) ESR362 Introduction to Research Methods BIO423 Exercise Physiology (3) PHY319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) in Mathematics and Science BIO424 Vertebrate Structure (3) PHY314 Electronics I (2) Education (2) BIO430 Post-Harvest Physiology (3) Winter Course BIO434 Plant Ecology (3) Semester 6 ETP300 Teaching Practice II (3) BIO450 Research Project (Cont) (6) Biology Optional Courses (1 course/2 credits) Chemistry

56 Students shall select two of the following: Philosophy of Science (2) • Mathematics CHE412 Sample Handling and Biochemical ESS442 Further Issues in ICT for the • Physics Analysis (3) Science Teacher (2) or: CHE432 Secondary Metabolites and Approved options from other DMSE courses Semester 3 Biomolecules (3) Plus One of Applied Mathematics CHE442 Advanced Physical Chemistry II (3) EFC 400 Curriculum Theory and ESM201 INSET Introductory Mechanics I (3) Instruction (3) ESM214 INSET Introductory Computer Computer Science EFF420 Contemporary Issues in Teacher Studies (3) Students shall select two of the following: Education in Botswana (3) Biology CSI482 Information systems engineering General Education Courses (4 courses/9 ESB201 Introduction to Biological (3) credits) Principles and Processes for CSI432 Intelligent Interfaces and Systems Students shall select GECs from the University Teachers I (3) (3) wide menu. ESB211 Introduction to Biological CSI472 Social Issues in IT (3) Elective Course (1 course/2 credits) One elective Principles and Processes for Mathematics course is to be chosen from any course offered Teachers II (3) Students shall select two of the following: outside the Department of Mathematics and Chemistry MAT402 History of Mathematics (3) Science Education for which students are ESC201 Introductory Chemistry for MAT412 Number Theory (3) eligible. Teachers (3) MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3) ESC211 The Chemistry of Selected MAT426 Partial Differential Equations 1.6 Assessment Elements for Teachers (3) Physics 1.6.1 Courses offered by the Department of Mathematics PHY421 Solid State Physics I (2) Mathematics and Science Education shall ESM203 INSET Algebra I (3) PHY422 Microcomputing for Physics (2) normally be assessed through continuous ESM213 INSET Differential Calculus (3) PHY429 Physics Practicals 4.2 (2) assessment (CA) and final examination. Courses Physics offered in other Faculties/ Departments shall ESP201 Mechanics for Teachers (3) Semester 7 be governed by their relevant regulations. ESP211 Waves and Optics for Teachers (3) Core Courses (2 courses/5 credits) 1.6.2 Continuous assessment shall take a Ancillary Mathematics for the Sciences Students shall choose one course from the variety of forms including written assignments, ESM221 Pre-Calculus for Science Teachers approved Faculty of Education courses listed tests, practicals, presentations and reports. (3) below: 1.6.3 Continuous assessment shall normally ESE461 Advanced Teaching Methods in comprise a minimum of 3 pieces of assessed Semester 4 School Computer Studies (3) work. The components of continuous Applied Mathematics ESM461 Advanced Teaching Methods in assessment shall be equally weighted. ESM204 INSET Introductory Mechanics II School Mathematics (3) 1.6.4 Courses which include a final examination (3) ESB461 Critical Debates in Biology in their assessment shall be examined by a 2- ESM211 INSET Introductory Mathematical Education (3) hour paper. Statistics (3) ESC461 Further Issues in Chemistry 1.6.5 The ratio of continuous assessment to Biology Pedagogical Content Knowledge final examination shall be 1:1. ESB204 Introduction to Diversity in the (3) 1.6.6 The overall grade in a course shall be Plant Kingdom for Teachers (3) ESP461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for in accordance with the provisions of General ESB214 Introduction to Diversity in the School Physics (3) Regulation 00.84. Animal Kingdom for Teachers (3) Plus one of the following courses: Chemistry ESE441 Enrichment Topics in Computer 1.7 Progression from Semester to Semester ESC204 Chemical Equilibria for Teachers Studies Education (2) Progression from semester to semester shall be (3) ESM441 Introduction to ICT in in accordance with the provisions of General ESC214 Chemical Energetics and Kinetics Mathematics Education (2) Regulation 00.9. for Teachers (3) ESS441 ICT for the Science Teacher Mathematics Science (2) 1.8 Award of Degree ESM206 INSET Algebra II (3) Optional Courses (3 courses/6 credits) The Degree shall be awarded in accordance ESM216 INSET Integral Calculus (3) Students shall choose one of the following: with the provisions of General Regulation Physics ESE471 Contemporary Issues in Computer 00.85, subject to completion of 6 credits of ESP204 Magnetism and Electricity for Studies Education (2) Teaching Practice. Teachers (3) ESM471 Contemporary Issues in ESP214 Electronics and Modern Physics for Mathematics Education (2) Teachers (3) ESS471 Contemporary Issues in Science 2.0 Bachelor of Education in Secondary Ancillary Mathematics for the Sciences Education (2) Education (Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, ESM222 Calculus for Science Teachers (3) ESR481 Research Project in Mathematics/ Physics) On completion of Level Two, students will Science Education (2) For all Regulations governing the Bachelor be at a level equivalent to Level One of the of Education Degree in Secondary Education, Bachelor of Science Programme in two of Semester 8 consult the Handbook of the Department of the following: BIO111/112; CHE101/102; Students shall choose two of the following: Languages and Social Sciences Education. MAT111/112; PHY111/121. ESE412 Introduction to Web Design, General Education Courses (3 courses/7 Development and Publishing for 2.1 Level Two Core Courses (8 to 10 credits) Teachers (2) courses/24 to 29 credits) Students shall select GECs from the University ESE442 ICT and e-Learning (2) Students shall select two teaching subjects wide menu. ESM412 Mathematics and Society (2) from the following subjects: 2.2 Level Three Core Courses (6 to 10 courses/16 ESM442 Information and Communication to 20 credits) Technology in Mathematics • Applied Mathematics Students shall select courses based on their Education II (2) • Biology pre-determined teaching subjects from the ESS412 Introduction to the History and • Chemistry approved Faculty of Science courses listed

57 Faculty of Education

below: School Science II (3) plus: PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) ESR362 Introduction to Research Methods PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) Semester 5 in Mathematics and Science PHY329 Physics Practicals 3.2 (2) Applied Mathematics Education (2) MAT387 Mechanics for Teachers I (3) Optional Courses (1 course/2 Semester 7 MAT389 Linear Programming and Game credits) Core Courses Theory for Teachers (3) Faculty of Education (1 course/3 credits) Biology Semester 6 Students shall choose one of the following BIO211 Cell Biology (3) Students shall choose one course from the courses: BIO214 Introduction to Mammalian following: ESB461 Critical Debates in Biology Physiology (3) ESM312 Philosophy and Psychology of Education (3) Chemistry Mathematics Teaching (2) ESC461 Further Issues in Chemistry CHE211 Introduction to Analytical ESM372 Mathematical Problem Solving (2) Pedagogical Content Knowledge Chemistry (2) ESS352 Human Impact on the (3) CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I Environment (2) ESM461 Advanced Teaching Methods in (1) ESS372 Development and Evaluation of School Mathematics (3) CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Investigative Work ESP461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for Main Group Chemistry (2) in School Science (2) School Physics (3) CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I General Education Courses (2 courses/4 Optional Courses (3 courses/6 credits) (1) credits) Students shall choose one of the following: Mathematics Students shall choose GECs from the ESM441 Introduction to Information and MAT381 Calculus for Teachers I (3) University-wide menu. Communication Technology in MAT383 Linear Algebra for Teachers (3) 2.3 Level Four Mathematics Education (2) Physics Core Courses (4 to 8 courses/12 credits) ESM471 Contemporary Issues in PHY211 Mechanics and Physical Optics (2) Courses in each student’s Major teaching Mathematics Education (2) PHY212 Properties of Matter and subject shall be selected from the approved ESS441 Intro to Information and Thermodynamics (2) Faculty of Science courses listed below. Communication Technology in PHY219 Physics Practicals 2.1 (1) Science Education (2) Semester 7 ESS471 Contemporary Issues in Science Semester 6 Biology Education (2) Applied Mathematics BIO316 Plant Physiology (3) ESR481 Research Project in Mathematics/ MAT384 Computing for Teachers BIO317 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology Science Education (2) (3) (3) MAT388 Mechanics for Teachers II (3) Chemistry Semester 8 Biology CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2) Students shall choose one of the following: BIO213 Plant Structure and Function (3) CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II ESM412 Mathematics and Society (2) BIO215 Principles of Ecology (3) (1) ESM442 Information and Communication Chemistry CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic Technology in Mathematics CHE232 Structure and Survey of and Electrochemistry (2) Education II (2) Functional Groups I (2) CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory III ESS412 Introduction to the History and CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) (1) Philosophy of Science (2) CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry Mathematics ESS442 Information and Communication (2) MAT483 Real Analysis for Teachers (3) Technology in Science Education II CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) MAT485 Number Theory and Abstract (2) plus: Mathematics Algebra for Teachers (3) 1 optional course offered by the Department MAT382 Calculus for Teachers II (3) Physics of Educational Foundations. MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph Theory PHY311 Mechanics (2) (3) PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) General Education Courses (2 courses/6 PHY319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) credits) Physics Students shall select GECs from the University PHY221 Electricity and Magnetism (2) Semester 8 wide menu. PHY222 Electronics and Nuclear Physics (2) Biology PHY229 Physics Practicals 2.2 (1) Any two of: Elective Courses (2 courses/6 credits) Core Courses: Faculty of Education (2 courses/6 BIO306 Developmental Biology (3) Students shall select two electives from any credits) BIO311 Plant Systematics (3) courses offered outside the Department of BIO314 Conservation Biology (3) Mathematics and Science Education for which Semester 5 Chemistry they are eligible. Students shall choose one of the following: CHE312 Analytical Spectroscopy (2) ESM391 Principles and Practice of Teaching CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II 3.0 Post Graduate Diploma in Education School Mathematics I (3) (1) For all Regulations governing the PGDE, ESS391 Principles and Practice of Teaching CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2) consult the Handbook of the Department of School Science I (3) CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II(1) Educational Foundations. All students shall Mathematics take eight Foundation courses and four courses Semester 6 MAT324 Differential Equations (3) plus: from their respective teaching specializations, Students shall choose one course from the One of the following courses: which shall be one of Biology, Chemistry, following: MAT482 Geometry for Teachers II (3) Computer Studies, Mathematics or Physics. ESM392 Principles and Practice of Teaching MAT484 Introduction to Probability The Diploma will thus comprise twelve (12) School Mathematics II (3) and Statistics for Teachers (3) courses all of which are core plus a 3- credit ESS392 Principles and Practice of Teaching Physics Winter Course of Teaching Practice.

58 Core Courses (32 credits) DEPARTMENT OF Care of Sports Injuries (2) Options from the Department of Educational PHR266 Human Physiology Applied to Foundations PHYSICAL EDUCATION, Sports and Games (2) PHR267 Teaching Physical Education In Semester 1 HEALTH & RECREATION Pre- Primary School (2) EFP500 Psychology of Learning (3) Bachelor of Education Degree in Physical GEC Courses (6 credits) EFC500 Curriculum and Instruction (3) Education Elective Course (2 credits) EDT500 Information and Technology (2) EFG500 Guidance and Counseling (2) Entry Requirements Level 300 The normal entry requirements shall be as Semester 5 Semester 2 stipulated in General Regulation 20.20 and Core Courses EFR500 Measurement and Evaluation (3) Departmental Regulations ED 9.2 and ED 9.3. PHR300 Advanced Swimming (2) EFA500 School Management (3) Level 100 PHR302 Softball (2) EFF500 Contemporary Issues in Education Semester I PHR313 Nutrition and Sports Performance (2) Core Courses (2) EFS500 Special Education (2) PHR130 Introduction to Volleyball (2) PHR314 Biomechanics (2) Computer Studies PHR131 Introduction to Swimming (2) Semester 1 PHR135 Introduction to Adapted Physical Optional Courses ESE561 Introduction to Theory of Teaching Education (2) PHR305 Physical Education Teaching Computer Studies (3) PHR136 Practical Coaching and Officiating Methods (2) ESE591 Guided Study in Computer Techniques in Sports and Games PHR306 Community Recreation (2) Education (3) (2) PHR307 Introduction to Biochemistry of PHR138 Foundations of Physical Education, Exercise and Sport (2) Semester 2 Sport and Recreation (2) PHR309 Adapted Physical Education I (2) ESE562 The Practice of Teaching Computer EFP100 Introduction to Educational PHR310 Principles of Sport Management Studies (3) Psychology (3) (2)GEC Courses (5 credits) ESE572 Secondary School Computer GEC121 Computer and Information Skills I Semester 6 Studies Teaching (3) (2) Core Courses GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I PHR301 Gymnastics and Body Mathematics (2) Management Skills (2) Elective Course (2 credits) PHR303 Basketball (2) Semester 1 PHR304 Test and Measurement in Physical ESM561 Introduction to Theory of Teaching Semester 2 Education, Sport and Recreation Mathematics (3) Core Courses ETP200 Teaching Practice ESM591 Guided Study in Mathematics PHR139 Athletics: Track (2) Education (3) PHR140 Athletics: Field (2) Optional Courses PHR141 Recreation and Leisure (2) PHR308 Scientific Basis of Coaching and Semester 2 PHR142 Organization and Administration Officiating (2) ESM562 The Practice of Teaching of Physical Education and PHR312 Leisure and Tourism Development Mathematics (3) Sports (2) (2) ESM572 Secondary School Mathematics EFP101 Foundations of Developmental PHR315 Adapted Physical Education II (2) Teaching (3) Psychology (3) PHR316 Sport Marketing (2) GEC122 Computer and Information Skills II PHR317 Sport and Culture (2) Science (2) EFC300 Introduction to Curriculum Semester 1 GEC112 Communication and Study Skills I Development (3) ESS561 Introduction to the Theory of (2) GEC Courses (5 credits) Teaching Secondary Elective Course (2 credits) School Science (3) Level 400 ESS591 Guided Study in Science Education Level 200 Semester 7 (3) Semester 3 Core Courses Core Courses PHR400 Track and Field Athletics Semester 2 PHR260 Netball (2) and Theory of Games and Sports ESS562 The Practice of Teaching PHR262 Introduction to Skills and (2) Secondary School Science (3) Techniques of Tennis (2) PHR402 Badminton (2) plus one of the following: PHR264 Human Anatomy Applied to Sports PHR404 Cricket (1) ESB572 Teaching the Secondary School and Games (2) PHR409 Research Methods in Physical Biology Syllabus (3) PHR268 Teaching Physical Education in Education, Sport ESC572 Issues in Secondary School Secondary Schools (2) and Recreation (2) Chemistry Teaching (3) PHR269 Motor Learning and Human PHR411 Research in Physical Education/ ESP572 Secondary School Physics Teaching Performance (2) Sport/ Recreation I Project I (2) (3) PHR210 Psychology of Sport (2) EFS404 Education of Children with Winter Course GEC Courses (4 credits) Attention Deficit/Hyper- ETP500 Teaching Practice (3) 1 Elective (2 credits) Activity Disorders (3) PHR412 Research in Physical Education/ Semester 4 Sport/ Recreation II Project II (2) Core Courses PHR261 Introduction to Skills and Optional Courses Techniques of Soccer (2) PHR406 Physiology of Exercise I (2) PHR263 Table Tennis (2) PHR415 Facility Management (2) PHR265 Accident Prevention, First Aid and PHR416 Kinesiology (2)

59 Faculty of Education

PHR419 Supervision of School Physical (c) Holders of a Certificate in Primary EFA100 School Organisations (3) Education (2) Education or its equivalent who do not meet ALL151 Short Story Theory and Practice (2) PHR420 Leisure and Youth (2) the requirements above but who have ALL152 Style in writing (2) PHR422 Sociology of Sport (2) experience in an educational setting will 2. Maths & Science concentration PHR424 Movement and Creative Dance be admitted into Level 100 of the degree EPM226 Algebra and trigonometry I (3, Pre Technique (2) programme. Applicants seeking EPE101) admission through this route shall submit EPM229 Foundations of Biology and Earth Semester 8 recommendation letters and proof of Sciences (3) Core Courses experience in teaching and evidence of 1 Elective Course (3) PHR401 Advanced Volleyball (1, pre-req. prior learning. Optional courses (Choose one): PHR130) EFA100 School Organisations (3) PHR403 Handball (1) Level 100 EPA203 Theories of Leadership & PHR405 Hockey (1) Semester 1 Supervision (3) EFH 407 Consultation Schools and Major: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) Community Settings (3) ENV101 Introduction to the Physical & ETP300 Teaching Practice (3) Human Environments I (2) 3. Social Studies/Religious Education EPE100 Introduction to Algebra (3) concentration Optional Courses EPE102 Introduction to Science (3) ELC202 Social Studies and Nation building PHR407 Motor Development and EFP100 Introduction to Educational (3) Movement Experiences Psychology (3) EPS200 Introduction to Social Studies (2) for Young Children (2) GEC111E Communication and Study Skills I Plus PHR408 Mechanical Analysis of Sports and (2, GEC) 1 Elective Course (3) Games (2) GEC121E Computing and Information Skills Optional courses (Choose one): PHR413 Issues in Physical Education, Sport Fundamentals I (2, GEC) EFA100 School Organisations (3) and Recreation (2) EPA203 Theories of Leadership & PHR414 Prevention and Care of Sports Semester 2 Supervision (3) Injuries (2) Major: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) 4. Special Topics Concentration (take ONE of PHR417 Physiology of Exercise II (2) EPE101 Algebra and its applications (3, the following areas as a teaching PHR418 Psychological Basis of Physical pre-req. EPE100) subject) Activity (2) EPE103 Principles of Science (3) English PHR421 Principles and Methods of EPE114 Introduction to Education in ENG211 The pronunciation of English (2) Coaching (2) Botswana (3) 1 Elective Course (3) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) PHR423 Sports Medicine (2) GEC112E Communication and Study Skills II Setswana Elective Course (2 credits) (2, GEC) ALL121 Introduction to the study of GEC122E Computing and Information Skills language and linguistics (2) and Assessment Fundamentals II (2, GEC) ALL141 Introduction to African Oral Assessment shall be as per General Regulation In Level 200-400, in addition to the major Literature (2) 00.8. Primary Education, choose one of the Mathematics following areas of concentration to make the EPM226 Algebra and trigonometry I (3) Progression from Semester to Semester second major: Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Progression from semester to semester shall be 1. Languages concentration Science as per General Regulation 00.9. 2. Maths & Science concentration EPM229 Foundations of Biology & Earth 3. Social Studies /Religious Education Sciences (3) Plus 1 Elective Course Award of Degree concentration (3) The award of the Degree shall be as per General 4. Special Topics concentration Social Studies Regulation 00.85 5. Practical Subjects concentration EPS200 Introduction to Social Studies (2) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Level 200 In addition choose any 2 special topic areas Semester 3 from the following list: Major I: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) Guidance/Counselling DEPARTMENT OF EPE215 Fundamental Issues in EFH201 Counselling over a life span (3) PRIMARY EDUCATION Developmental Psychology (3) Infant Education EPE211 Language Across the Curriculum EPI228 Foundations of Early Childhood (3)Or EPE212: Introduction to Education (3) B.Ed (Primary Education); Language Arts (3) Environmental Education 4 years (Take EPE211 if not chosen the language EPI224 Foundations of Environmental concentration). Education (3) Entry Requirements Major II: Choose one of the following Special Education (a) Applicants with a Diploma in Primary areas of concentration. This choice will be EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional Education or equivalent shall enter at followed throughout the course of the degree Children (3) Level 300 of the degree programme. Relevant programme. 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (take ONE work experience in an educational setting shall of the following areas as a teaching subject) be an added advantage. 1. Languages concentration English (b) Holders of a Certificate in Primary Education ALL141 Introduction to African Oral ENG211 The pronunciation of English (2) or its equivalent plus BGCSE with at least three Literature (2) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) grades at a minimum of ALL121 Introduction to the study of Setswana grade C shall be admitted into Level 200 of the language and linguistic (2) ALL121 Introduction to the study of programme. Relevant work experience in an ENG211 The pronounciation of English (2) language and linguistics (2) and educational setting shall 1 Elective Course (3) ALL141 Introduction to African Oral be an added advantage. Optional courses (Choose one): Literature (2)

60 Mathematics ALL142 The study of Drama (2) Plus 1 EPE316 Assessment in Primary Schools (3) EPM226 Algebra and trigonometry I (3) Elective Course (3) Major II: Primary Education (15-18 Science Mathematics Credits) EPM229 Foundations of Biology & Earth EPM227 Introduction to functions and the Continue with the area of concentration Sciences (3) domains (3, pre EPM 226) chosen in Semester 1. Social Studies Science Languages Concentration EPS200 Introduction to Social Studies (2) EPM228 Foundations of Chemistry and ALL221 Sound systems in African Plus Physics (3) Languages (2) 1 Elective Course (3) Social Studies ENG351 Phonology of English (2) In addition, choose ONE of the following EPS201 Theories & Practice of Values in Plus 1 Elective Course (3) areas: Education (2) Optional courses (Choose one): EPP201 Introduction to Art, Craft & Design Plus 1 Elective Course (3) ALL152 Style in Writing (2) (4) In addition, continue with the two special ALL241 History and structure of the EPP217 Introduction to Philosophy of topic areas chosen in semester 1 Setswana Novel (2) Music Education and ENG341 Introduction to Socio Linguistics Fundamentals of Music (4) Guidance/Counselling (2) HEE114 Introduction to Nutrition (3) Or EFH200 Group Work in Counselling (3) ENG415 Reading in Literary Theory I (2) HEE115 Family Studies Foundations (3) Infant Education ENG441 Introduction to Pragmastics (3rd PHR138 Foundations of Physical Education EPI229 Theories and Principles of Infant years only) (2) Sport and Recreation (2) Education (3) Mathematics/Science Concentration Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Environmental Education EPM326 Introduction to probability and Optional courses (Choose one): EPI225 Environmental Policies, Issues and statistics, (3), pre EPM 227 EFA100 School Organisations (3) Education for Sustainable EPM328 Principles of Chemistry and EPS200 Introduction to Social Studies (2) Development (3) Physics (3) Plus Special Education EPM330 Science Education (3) 1 Elective Course (3) EFS104 Introduction to Procedures for 1 Elective Course (3) Level 200 Assessment of disabilities (3) Social Studies/Religious Education Semester 4 Elective Courses (3) EPS322 Social Studies and Curriculum Major I: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (continue Development (3) EPE217 Human Growth and Development with the area chosen as a teaching subject in EPS331 Teaching social studies in the (3) Semester 1) primary school (3) EPE214 Theory and Practice of the Project English 1 Elective Course (3) Method (3) ENG221 English Linguistics (2) 4. Special Topics Concentration (continue Major II: Continue with the area of Setswana with the area chosen as a teaching subject in concentration chosen in Semester 1. ALL142 The study of Drama (2) Semester 1) 1. Languages Concentration Mathematics English ALL142 The Study of Drama (2) EPM227 Introduction to functions and the ENG311 Modern English Grammar (2) ENG221 English Linguistics (2) domains (3, pre EPM 226) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) 1 Elective Course (3) Science Setswana Optional courses (Choose one): EPM228 Foundations of Chemistry and ALL221 Sound systems in African EPA201 Classroom Management (3) Physics (3) language (2) ALL153 Introduction to the African Novel Social Studies Plus 1 Elective Course (3) (2) EPS201 Theories & Practice of Values in Mathematics 2.Maths & Science Concentration Education (2) Plus 1 EPM326 Introduction to probability and EPM227 Introduction to functions and the Elective Course (3) statistics (3) domains (3, pre EPM 226) In addition, continue with the area chosen in Science EPM228 Foundations of Chemistry and Semester 1 EPM328 Principles of Chemistry Physics (3) EPP202 Practical Art, Craft & Design Skills and Physics (3) Optional courses (Choose one): for the Classroom Teacher (4) EPM330 Science Education (3) EPA201 Classroom Management (3) EPP218 Listening, Composing and Social Studies EPM230 Technology in Teaching Primary Performing (4) EPS322 Social Studies and Curriculum Mathematics (3) HEE116 Introduction to Consumer Development (3) 3.Social Studies/Religious Education Education (3) In addition, continue with the two special EPS203 Indigenous People and their Plus 1 Elective Course (3) topic areas chosen in semester 1 Environment (3) PHR142 Organisation and Administration Guidance/Counselling EPS201 Theories & Practice of Values in of Physical Education and EFH303 Multi Cultural Counselling (3) Education (2) Sports (2) Plus 1 Elective Infant Education Optional courses (Choose one): Course (3) EPI320 Learning Experiences and Material TRS107 African Traditional Religion (3) Optional courses (Choose one): Development (3) HIS202 Africa in the Era of the Atlantic EPA201 Classroom Management (3) Environmental Education Slave Trade (3) EPI225 EnvironmentalPolicies, EPI334 Curriculum Development in ENV102 Introduction to the Physical and Issues & Education for Sustainable Environmental Education (3, pre human environment (2) Development (3) EPI225) 4. Special Topics Concentration (continue EFA100 School Organisations (3) Special Education with the area chosen as a teaching subject EFS250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic in Semester 1) Level 300 Skills for students with Learning English Semester 5 Disabilities/Difficulties (3) ENG221 English Linguistics (2) Major I: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (continue Plus 1 Elective Course (3) EPA302 Introduction to Educational with the area chosen as a teaching subject in Setswana Research (3) Semester 1)

61 Faculty of Education

English teachers(3) Teaching of Art & Craft Design (4) ENG311 Modern English Grammar (2) Social Studies Education Concentration EPP328 Teaching Methods in Music Plus 1 Elective Course (3) EPS300 Culture & Citizenship Education Education (4) Setswana (3) HEE218 Fundamentals of Clothing ALL221 Sound systems in African EPS323 Social Studies and Pedagogy (3) Production (3) Plus 1 language (2) ELC311 Multicultural Education (3) Elective Course (3) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) 1 Elective Course (3) PHR267 Teaching PE in Pre-Primary and Mathematics 4. Special Topics Concentration (continue Primary Schools (2) Plus 1 Elective EPM326 Introduction to probability and with the area chosen as a teaching subject in Course (3) statistics (3) Semester 1) Optional courses (Choose one): Science English EPA301 Leadership styles & organizational EPM328 Principles of Chemistry and EPL300 Theory and Practice of Second behaviour (3) Physics (3) and Language Teaching (3) EPA300 Action Research (2) EPM330 Science Education (3) ENG321 Usage in English Language (2) PHR261 Introduction to Skills and Techniques of Soccer (2) Social Studies Setswana HEE218 Fundamentals of Clothing EPS322 Social Studies and Curriculum ALL222 The structure of words in African Production (3) Development (3) Languages (2) In addition, continue with the area chosen in EPL312 Breakthrough to literacy (3) Level 400 Semester 1 Mathematics Semester 7 EPP301 Appropriate Art, Craft & Design EPM331 Teaching School Mathematics (3) Major I: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) Methods and Materials EPM327 Introduction to Limits and EPE419 Computer Applications in Primary for the Primary School (4) Tangents (3) Schools (2) EPP327 Introduction to Ethnomusicology Science EPE442 Research Project (2, pre EPA304) Education (4) EPM329 Principle of Biology and Earth Major II: Primary Education (15-18 HEE229 Child Development- Prenatal Science (3) Plus 1 Credits) through Early Childhood (3) Elective Course (3) Continue with the area of concentration PHR269 Motor Learning and Human Social Studies chosen in Semester 1. Performance (2) EPS323 Social Studies and Pedagogy (3) 1. Languages Concentration Optional courses (Choose one): 1 Elective Course (3) EPL411 Teaching Reading in Primary PHR210 Psychology of Sports (2) In addition, continue with the two special Schools (3) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) topic areas chosen in semester 1 EPL414 Literature for Primary Schools (3) HEE347 Curriculum Development in Early Guidance/Counselling ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (2) Childhood Education (3) EFH305 Teaching Guidance & Counselling ALL321 The structure of the sentence (2) in Schools & Other Settings (3) Optional courses (Choose one): Level 300 Infant Education EFS240 Curriculum and instructional Semester 6 EPI321 Curriculum Development in Early methods for students with mild to Major I: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) Childhood Education (3) moderate Mental Retardation (3) EDT310 Instructional Materials (2) Environmental Education ALL331 Introduction to translation (2) EPA304 Advanced Investigation in EPI335 Evaluation and Monitoring in EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Education (3, pre-reg. EPA302) Environmental Education Cognitive Development (3) Major II: Primary Education (15-18) (3, pre EPI334) 1. Mathematics/Science Concentration Continue with the area of concentration Special Education EPM426 Introduction to Derivatives and chosen in Semester 1. EFS251 Remediation Techniques in school their application (3, pre EPM 327) Languages Concentration subjects with learning Disabilities EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Biology and ALL222 The structure of words (2) (3) pre EFS250) Earth Science (3) ENG311 Modern English Grammar (2) 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (continue 1 Elective Course (3) EPL312 Breakthrough to Literacy (3) with the area chosen as a teaching subject in Optional courses (Choose one): EPL300 Theory and Practice of Second Semester 1) EFS240 Curriculum and instructional Language (3) English methods or students with mild Optional courses (Choose one): EPL300 Theory and Practice of Second to moderate Mental Retardation ENG321 Usage in English (2) Language Teaching (3) (3) ENG361 Morphology of English (2) ENG321 Usage in English Language (2) EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and EPA300 Action Research (2) Setswana Cognitive Development (3) EPA301 Leadership styles & organizational ALL222 The structure of words in African EPM430 Mathematical Applications for behaviour (3) Languages (2) Primary Teachers (3) ALL253 The sociology of literature (2) EPL312 Breakthrough to EPM431 Science Applications for Primary Mathematics/Science Concentration literacy (3) Schools (3) EPM331 Teaching School Mathematics (3) Mathematics Social Studies/Religious Education EPM 327 Introduction. To Limits & Tangents EPM331 Teaching School Mathematics (3) Concentration (3, pre EPM 326) EPM327 Introduction to Limits EPS401 The Role of Democracy in the EPM329 Principles of Biology and Earth and Tangents (3) (Pre3 EPM326) Teaching of Social Studies (3) Science (3) Science ELC421 Global Perspectives & Materials in Optional courses (Choose one): EPM329 Principle of Biology and Earth Social Studies (3) EPA300 Action Research (2) Science (3) 1 Elective Course (3) EPA301 Leadership styles & organizational Social Studies Optional courses (Choose one): behaviour (3) EPS323 Social Studies and Pedagogy (3) HIS201 African Cultures & Civilizations (3) EPM301 Special Issues in Math education In addition, continue with the area ELR301 Theories of Religious Education (3) (3) chosen in Semester 1 EPI442 Environmental Conservation EPM302 Geometry for Primary school EPP302 Practical Skills in the planning and Strategies I (3)

62 EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and methods for students EPM427 Calculus II (3, pre EPM426) Cognitive Development (3) with mild to moderate Science 4. Special Topics Concentration mental retardation (3) EPM428 Advanced Concepts in (continue with the area chosen as a teaching PHR309 Adapted Physical Education (2) Physics and Chemistry (3) subject in Semester 1) HEE337 Human Development across the Social Studies English life span (2) Or EPS400 Contemporary Issues in Teaching ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (2)Setswana HEE338 Consumer Protection (2) Primary Social Studies (3) ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (2) EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and In addition, continue with the two special Mathematics Cognitive Development (3) topic areas chosen in semester 1 EPM426 Introduction to Derivatives and Guidance/Counselling their Applications (3, Pre EPM327) Level 400 EFH407 Consultation in Schools & Science Semester 8 Community Settings (3) EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Biology and Major I Primary Education (15-18 Credits) Infant Education Earth Science (3) GEC441 Special Education (3) -for students EPI432 Contemporary Issues in Early who have not chosen EFS101 Childhood Education (3) Social Studies EFS404 Education of Children with Environmental Education EPS401 The Role of Democracy in the Attention Deficit Hyper Disorder EPI443 Environmental Conservation Teaching of Social Studies (3) (3)- for students who have chosen Strategies II (3) In addition, continue with the two special EFS101 Special Education topic areas chosen in semester 1 EPE442 Research Project- continues from EFS351 Career Education for students with Guidance/Counselling Semester 1- (2) learning difficulties (3, pre EFS101) EFH400 Substance Abuse Counselling (3) EFF410 Philosophy of Education (3) 5. Practical Subjects Concentration Infant Education Major II: Primary Education (15-18 (continue with the area chosen as EPI431 Management of Early Childhood Credits) a teaching subject in Semester 1) Programme (3) Continue with the area of concentration English Environmental Education chosen in Semester 1. ENG411 Form, Function and Variation EPI442 Environmental Conservation 1. Languages Concentration English (2) Strategies I (3) ENG411 Form, Function and Variation (2) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Special Education EPL412 Introduction to Reading Process Setswana EFS350 Developmental Approach and (3) ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) Behavioural Management of ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) students with learning disabilities Optional courses (Choose one): Mathematics (3, pre EFS101) ENG435 Readings in Literary Theory 2 (2) EPM427 Calculus II (3) (pre EPM426) Optional courses (Choose one): EFS351 Career Education for students Plus 1 Elective Course (3) EFS240 Curriculum and instructional with Learning difficulties (3, pre Science methods for students EFS101) EPM428 Advanced Concepts in Physics and with mild to moderate EPA300 Action Research (2) Chemistry (3) Mental Retardation (3) EPE411 Educational Management and Plus 1 Elective Course (3) EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Curriculum Development (3) Social Studies Cognitive Development (3) ALL354 The Contemporary Setswana Novel EPS403 International Organisations & 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (continue (2) Governance (3) with the area chosen as a teaching subject in EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Semester 1) Students with disabilities (3) In addition, continue with the area chosen in English 2. Mathematics/Science Concentration Semester 1 ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (2) EPM427 Calculus II (3, pre EPM426) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) EPM428 Advanced Concepts in Physics and EPP406 Contemporary Issues in Art Setswana Chemistry (3) Plus 1 Elective Education (4) ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (3) Course (3) EPP449 Movement in Music (4) Mathematics 3. Social Studies/Religious Education HEE450 Issues and Trends in Early EPM426 Introduction to Derivatives and Concentration Childhood Education Programs (3) their applications (3) EPS400 Contemporary Issues in Teaching PHR308 Scientific Basis of Coaching and Science Primary Social Studies (3) Officiating (2) and EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Biology and EPS403 International Organisations & PHR317 Sports & Culture (2) Earth Science (3) Governance (3) Social Studies Optional courses (Choose one): Assessment EPS401 The Role of Democracy in the TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3) All courses except EPE214, EPA300 EPA304, Teaching of Social Studies (3) EPA300 Action Research (2) EPE419, EPM331, EPM431, EPP302, EPP405, In addition, continue with the area chosen in HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners and the Impact EPP406 and EPE442 shall be assessed as Semester 1 of Colonial Rule on Botswana, stipulated in general regulation 00.8. EPE214 Lesotho & Swaziland (3) would be assessed by practical presentations. EPP405 Intergrated Arts Education in ENV316 Agricultural Development (2) For EPA304 assessments shall be based on Cultural Context (4) 4. Special Topics Concentration tests/assignments (40%) and the research EPP447 Basic Instrumental Skills (4) (continue with the area chosen as a teaching proposal (60%). EPE442 assessments shall be HEE454 Family Counselling (3) Plus 1 subject in Semester 1) based on the research report only. EPE419 Elective Course (3) English and EPA300 would be assessed by tests/ PHR313 Nutrition and Sports performance ENG411 Form, Function and Variation assignments and Project Work. EPM331 & (2) English (2) EPM431 would be assessed by assignments and Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Setswana presentations. Failure without a good cause to Optional courses (Choose one): ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) submit continuous assessment work within EFS240 Curriculum and Instructional Mathematics 24 hours of the due date shall carry a penalty

63 Faculty of Education

of 5percentage marks. Failure to submit work GEC112E Communications and Studies Skills Optional courses (Choose one): within 48hours of the due date shall carry a II (2, GEC) EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and penalty of 50percentage marks. Failure to GEC122E Computing and Information Skills Cognitive Development (3) submit the work within one week from the due Fundamentals II (2, GEC) EPA300 Action Research (3) date shall incur a zero mark. Optional courses (Choose one): EFF310 Citizenship, Human Rights, EFH104 Helping Relationship Skills (3) Democracy, and Education; Critical Progression from Semester to Semester EFP101 Foundations of Developmental Issues (3) Progression from one Semester to the next Psychology (3) shall be as per General Regulations 00.9 EFS104 Introduction to procedures for Level 400 assessment of disabilities (3) Semester 7 Award of Degree Core Courses (15-18 Credits) The award of the Degree shall be as per General Level 200 EPE419 Computer Applications in Primary Regulations 00.85 Semester 3 Schools (2) Core Courses (15-18 Credits) EPE442 Research Projects (2) EPA200 Personnel Policies and Decision EPA400 Staff Development in Education B.Ed (Educational Management); 4 years. Making (3) (3) EPA203 Theories of Leadership & EPA402 Contemporary Issues in Education Entry Requirements Supervision (3) Management (e.g., HIV/AIDS, (a) Applicants with a Diploma in Educational MGT100 Principles of Management (3 Sexual Abuse, Access, Management shall enter at Level 300 of the credit) Equity, Gender), (2) degree programme. Relevant work experience 1 Elective Course (3) 1 Elective Course (3) in an educational setting shall be an added Optional courses (Choose one): Optional courses (Choose one): advantage. EFH201 Counselling over a life span (3) MGT400 Strategic Management (3) (b) Applicants with a Diploma in Education MGT202 Small Business Management (3) EFH400 Substance Abuse Counselling (3) or its equivalent shall be admitted into either EFF220 Historical, Philosophical & Level 200 or 300 of the Degree Sociological Foundations of Level 400 Programme on the basis of accumulated Education (3) Semester 8 credits in the area of educational management. Core Courses (15-18 Credits) Relevant work experience in an educational Level 200 EPE442 Research Projects (2) setting shall be an added advantage. Semester 4 EPE411 Educational Management & (c) Holders of a Teaching Certificate plus BGCSE Core Courses (15-18 Credits) Curriculum Development (3) with at least three grades at a minimum of EPA201 Classroom Management (3) MGT410 Negotiations and Conflict grade C will enter at level 100. EPA202 Managing Educational Management (3) Relevant work experience in an educational Resources (3) EPA406 Policy Development, Analysis, setting shall be an added advantage. MGT200 Organisational design & Implementation and Evaluation in (d) Holders of a Teaching Certificate or its Development (3) Education (3) equivalent who do not meet the requirements 1 Elective Course (3) 1 Elective Course (3) above but who have experience in an Optional courses (Choose one): Optional courses (Choose one): educational setting will be admitted into level EFH200 Group Work in Counselling (3) EFF420 Contemporary Issues in Teacher 100. Applicants seeking admission through this EFR200 Introduction to Measurement in Education in Botswana (3) route shall submit recommendation letters and Education (3) EFC400 Curriculum Theory and Instruction proof of experience in teaching and evidence EFF210 Introduction to Sociology of (3) of prior learning. Education (3) Assessment Level 100 Level 300 All courses except EPE214, EPA300 EPA304, Semester 1 Semester 5 EPE419, EPM331, EPM431, EPP302, EPP405, Core Courses (15-18 Credits) Core Courses (15-18 Credits) EPP406 and EPE442 shall be assessed as EPA111 Introduction to Educational EFF410 Philosophy of Education (3) stipulated in general regulation 00.8. EPE214 Planning (3) EPA302 Introduction to Educational would be assessed by practical presentations. EPA112 Introduction to Resources Research (3) For EPA304 assessments shall be based on Management (3) EPA303 Planning & management in tests/assignments (40%) and the research EFA100 School Organization (3) Education (3) proposal (60%). EPE442 assessments shall GEC111E Communication and Study Skills I 1 Elective Course (3) be based on the research report only. Tests/ (2, GEC) Optional courses (Choose one): assignments and Project Work would assess GEC121E Computing and Information Skills MGT300 Human Resource Management (3) EPE419 and EPA300. EPM331 & EPM431 Fundamentals I (2, GEC) EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and would be assessed by assignments and Optional courses (Choose one): Cognitive Development (3) presentations. Failure without a good cause EFF110 Introduction to the History of EDT310 Instructional Material Production to submit continuous assessment work within Education (3) (2) 24 hours of the due date shall carry a penalty EFH100 Foundations of Guidance and of 5percentage marks. Failure to submit marks Counselling (3) Level 300 within 48hours of the due date shall carry a Semester 6 penalty of 50percentage marks. Failure to Level 100 Core Courses (15-18 Credits) submit the work within one week from the due Semester 2 EPA304 Advanced investigation in date shall incur a zero mark. Core Courses (15-18 Credits) education (3) EPE114 Introduction to Education in EPA301 Leadership styles & organizational Progression from Semester to Semester Botswana (2) behaviour (3) Progression from one Semester to the next EFP100 Introduction to Educational DAE302 Principles of Human Resource shall be as per General Regulations 00.9 Psychology (3) Development (3) Award of Degree EFA200 Managing Quality Schools (3) 1 Elective Course (3) The award of the Degree shall be as per General Regulations 00.85

64 g ARCHITECTURE AND PLANNING g CIVIL ENGINEERING Faculty of g ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING ENGINEERING g INDUSTRIAL DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY g MECHANICAL ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

DEAN FACULTY ASSISTANT INDUSTRIAL Prof. A.B. Ngowi, BSc. (Dar es ADMINISTRATORS TRAINING COORDINATOR Salaam), MSc (Chalmers), Mrs. B. Barrows, BA (UB) MSc, Mr. R. Sehurutshi, BEng (Hons), Ph.D (Witwatersrand), HRM (Cardiff) MOMS UK, AVT – Industrial MCIOB, Pr.CPM. (Germany) INDUSTRIAL TRAINING J. Chuma, BEng (Nottingham), COORDINATORS M.Sc, (Essex) Ph.D, (Essex) J. Marumo, BSc. (Florida A&M), IEEE,IEE,BIE PGD (UMIST) ASS.

65 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

The Faculty of Engineering and Technology • Diploma in Mining Engineering. examination, a course with a credit value of (FET) is dedicated to the following aims: 3 or more shall be examined by an end of 11.10 Entrance Requirements semester examination of duration 2 hours, and a) To produce high quality engineering 11.11 The minimum entrance qualifications to 1 hour for a course with less than 3 credits. graduates who can adapt to the work the Diploma programme shall be the Botswana 11.38 Courses with a practical component or environment and discharge their duties to the General Certificate of Secondary Education drawing included in a written examination satisfaction of their employers; (BGCSE) or its equivalent, with credits in shall be examined by a 3-hour, end-of semester b) To be responsive to the needs of the industry Mathematics and either Physics or Physical examination. in all sectors of the Botswana economy. This Science or any other subject as specified in the will be accomplished mainly by providing Special Departmental Regulations. 120 Industrial Training Regulations for the study programmes designed to meet the need 11.12 Alternative entry qualifications may Diploma in Engineering for highly trained manpower in required areas be considered at the discretion of the Subject to the provisions of General Academic of technology and the environment; Departmental Board. Mature entrants with Regulations 000 and 100, the following c) To respond to the needs of industry through evidence of relevant prior learning shall be Special Regulations shall apply to students in research, consultancy, advisory and related admitted according to the General Regulations the following programmes: services; 00.52. • Diploma in Mining Engineering. d) To maintain a continuous dialogue 11.13 Applicants in possession of an with industry and other relevant bodies to appropriate Engineering Certificate may be 12.10 Programme Structure determine and fulfill any needs which may be admitted directly into the second year of the 12.11 A student shall undergo a single period raised by industry from time to time; Diploma Programme. of supervised Industrial Training for 8 weeks e) To provide access, with proper theoretical and shall be undertaken at a time specified by and practical backing, to recent developments 11.20 Programme Structure the Faculty. in the technology sector and to prepare 11.21 Diploma programmes will normally 12.12 Industrial Training course codes shall be graduates for professional responsibilities; extend over 4 semesters of full-time study, as follows: f) To prepare FET graduates to pursue further unless otherwise specified in the Special ITD100 Industrial Training (duration 8 weeks, 4 studies in their relevant Engineering and Departmental Regulations. credits, core course) Technology disciplines. 11.22 The courses offered in the programme 12.13 During the course of Industrial Training shall be as specified in the Special Departmental a student shall be subjected to such codes, Academic Departments and Programmes Regulations. procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations The Faculty of Engineering and Technology 11.23 Industrial and/or site visits may be as applicable to the industry. consists of five Departments arranged to supplement learning, as specified 12.14 Subject to Regulations Governing : in the Special Departmental Regulations. Admissions, Fees and Discipline Regulation • Department of Architecture and Planning 11.24 The availability of optional courses 4.0, and Regulation 12.13 above, a student • Department of Civil Engineering offered shall be at the discretion of the who receives a final warning during the course • Department of Electrical Engineering Department. of Industrial Training shall be subjected to • Department of Industrial Design Disciplinary Regulations. and Technology 11.30 Assessment • Department of Mechanical Engineering 11.31 Except for a project and courses with 12.20 Assessment 100 percent continuous assessment, the 12.21 During the course of Industrial Training, The Faculty of Engineering and Technology ratio of continuous assessment to end of each student shall be visited at least once at offers MPhil/PhD programmes which are semester examination marks shall be 2:3, the location of placement to be assessed by interdisciplinary. The Faculty also offers unless otherwise specified in the Special Faculty of Engineering and Technology staff. undergraduate programmes as follows: The Departmental Regulations. 12.22 A student’s performance will be assessed Departments of Civil Engineering, Electrical 11.32 A project shall be evaluated by by means of: Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering continuous assessment, oral presentation and/ 12.22a) Continuous assessment by the offer Bachelor of Engineering Degree or demonstration and a written report. The industrial based supervisor and an assessor programmes in Civil Engineering, Construction ratio of the marks for continuous assessment, from a relevant department of the Faculty of Engineering and Management, Geomatics, presentation assessment and written report Engineering and Technology; Mining Engineering, Electrical and Electronic shall be 1:1:2. 12.22b) Industrial Training report and logbook Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and 11.33 For continuous assessment, the ratio of submitted by the student at the end of the Industrial Engineering. The Department marks for tests to assignment and/or laboratory Industrial Training period. of Industrial Design and Technology offers report marks shall be 1:1. 12.23 ITD100 shall be assessed as based on Bachelor of Design Degree programmes in 11.34 The final project report must be Regulations 120.22 a) and 120.22 b). The Industrial Design, and Design and Technology submitted to the co-ordinator at least 2 weeks ratio of marks for continuous assessment to Education. The Department of Architecture before the beginning of the end of semester Industrial Training report shall be 1:2. offers Bachelor of Architecture Degree examinations. 12.24 A student who has an incomplete programme in Architecture, and a Bachelor 11.35 Failure without good cause to submit grade shall be allowed to complete Industrial of Science Degree in Urban and Regional an item of continuous assessment within 24 Training Planning. Details of the requirements for hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of at a time recommended by the Faculty. admission into the various programmes are 5 percentage marks per working day. Failure outlined in the following pages under each to submit the assignment before the end of 210 Special Regulations for the Degree in relevant Department 1 week from the due date shall incur a zero Bachelor of Engineering mark. Subject to the provisions of the General 110 Special Regulations for the Diploma in 11.36 A student who fails to sit a continuous Regulations 000 and 200, the following Special Engineering assessment test without documented valid Regulations shall apply: Subject to the provisions of General Academic reasons shall score a zero mark for that test. Regulations 000 and 100, the following A student absent from a test with documented 21.10 Entrance Requirements Special Regulations shall apply to students in legitimate reason shall be entitled to a special 21.11 Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering the following programmes: test. Degree shall be as stipulated in General 11.37 Where a course includes a written final Regulation 20.20.

66 21.12 The normal minimum requirements 21.30 Assessment between Levels 400 and 500. for admission to Level 200 of the Degree 21.31 Continuous assessment in Levels 200, 22.12 Industrial Training course codes shall be programme shall be satisfactory completion of 300, 400 and 500 courses shall be based on as follows: Level 100 of the Bachelor of Science (General) tests and/or assignments, and where applicable, ITB200 Industrial Training I Degree of the Faculty of Science with at least laboratory reports/field reports. (duration 8 weeks, 4 credits, core C grades in Mathematics and Physics. 21.32 Except for a project and courses with course) 21.13 Applicants in possession of an 100 percent continuous assessment, the ratio ITB420 Industrial Training II (duration appropriate ‘A’ level qualification with at least of continuous assessment to end of semester 20 weeks, 10 credits, core course). C grades in Mathematics and Physics may be examination shall be 2:3, unless otherwise 22.13 During the course of Industrial Training, admitted directly into Level 200 of the Degree specified in the Departmental Special a student shall be subjected to such codes, programme. Regulations. procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations 21.14 Applicants in possession of an 21.33 A project shall be evaluated by as applicable to the industry. appropriate Diploma may be admitted directly continuous assessment, oral presentation and/ 22.14 Subject to Regulations Governing into Level 200 of the Degree programme. or demonstration and a written report. The Admissions, Fees and Discipline Regulation 21.15 Applicants in possession of an ratio of the marks for continuous assessment, 4.0, and Regulation 22.13 above, a student appropriate Higher Diploma may be admitted presentation assessment and written report who receives a final warning for misconduct directly into Level 300 of the appropriate shall be 1:1:2. during the course of Industrial Training shall Degree programme. 21.34 For continuous assessment, the ratio be subjected to Discipline Regulations. of marks for tests to assignments and/or 21.20 Programme Structure laboratory marks shall be 1:1. 22.20 Assessment 21.21 Level 100 courses shall be as specified in 21.35 Level 500 Project Report must be 22.21 During the course of the Industrial the Faculty of Science Special Regulations for submitted to the co-coordinator at least two Training period, each student shall be visited the Bachelor of Science Degree. weeks before the beginning of the end-of twice at the location of placement to be semester examinations. assessed by the Faculty of Engineering and 21.22 Level 200 shall consist of the following 21.36 Where a course includes a written final Technology staff. core courses: examination, a course with a credit value of 22.22 A student’s performance will be assessed 3 or more shall be examined by an end of by means of: Semester 3 semester examination of duration 2 hours, and 22.22a) Continuous assessment by the DTB211 Workshop Technology I (2) 1 hour for a course with less than 3 credits. industrial based supervisor and an assessor MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) 21.37 Courses with a practical component or from a relevant department of the Faculty of CCB211 Engineering Materials (2) drawing included in a written examination shall Engineering and Technology; CCB212 Statics (2) be examined by end of semester examination 22.22b) Industrial Training report and logbook EEB211 Electrical Principles I (2) of duration 3 hours. submitted by the student at the end of the MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I 21.38 Industrial Training shall be assessed as Industrial Training period; (3, pre-req. MAT111, MAT122) specified in the Faculty Special Regulation 22.20. 22.22c) Oral Presentation. Semester 4 21.39 Failure without good cause to submit 22.23 ITB200 shall be assessed as based on DTB221 Workshop Technology II (2) an item of continuous assessment within 24 Regulations 22.22 a) and 22.22 b). The ratio of MMB221 Manual and Computer Aided hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of marks for continuous assessment to Industrial Drafting (2, pre-req. MMB211) 5 percentage marks per day. Failure to submit Training report shall be 1:2. MMB222 Dynamics (2) the assignment before the end of one week 22.24 ITB420 shall be evaluated as specified CCB221 Strength of Materials (2) from the due date shall incur a zero mark. in Regulation 22.22. The ratio of marks for EEB221 A.C. Circuit Principles II (2) 21.40 A student who fails to sit a continuous continuous assessment to Industrial Training MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II assessment test without documented valid report to oral presentation shall be 1:2:1. (3, pre-req. MAT291) reasons shall score a zero mark for that test. 21.23 Students registered for a Bachelor A student absent from a test with documented 230 Special Regulations for the Degree in of Engineering programme shall undergo legitimate reason shall be entitled to a special Bachelor of Design two periods of Industrial Training: 8 weeks test. Subject to the provisions of the General and 20 weeks as specified in Faculty Special Regulations 000 and 200, the following Special Regulation 22.10. 220 Industrial Training Regulations for the Regulations shall apply: 21.24 At Levels 300, 400 and 500 each student Degree in Bachelor of Engineering shall register for General Education Courses Subject to the provisions of General Regulations 23.10 Entrance Requirements as prescribed by General Regulations 00.2124, 000 and 200, the following Industrial Training 23.11 Admission into Level 100 of the Departmental prescribed number of core, Regulations shall apply to students in the Bachelor of Design Degree Programme shall optional and elective courses per semester, following programmes: be as stipulated in the General Admission unless exempted. • Bachelor of Engineering (Civil Engineering) Regulations. 21.25 The availability of optional and elective • Bachelor of Engineering (Construction 23.12 Admission into Level 100 of the courses offered by a Department shall be at Engineering and Management) BDes Degree Programme shall be minimum the discretion of the relevant Department. • Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical and requirement of a BGCSE with a pass in English 21.26 A student shall register for a Single Electronic Engineering) and a C grade in Mathematics and Physics and Major or a Combined Degree programme in • Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical any one of Chemistry or Biology or a minimum the fifth semester. Engineering) of Grade BB in Science Double Award. 21.27 A subject may include courses consisting • Bachelor of Engineering (General). 23.13 Admission into Level 200 of the Bachelor entirely of fieldwork, project work, practical of Design Degree Programme shall be as work or seminars. In addition to work during 22.10 Programme Structure stipulated in General Admission Regulations. the semester, a subject may include prescribed 22.11 A student shall undergo two periods 23.14 Admission into Level 200 of the BDes fieldwork or assignments during the vacation of supervised Industrial Training: 8 weeks Degree Programme shall be satisfactory periods. between Levels 200 and 300, and 20 weeks completion of Level 100 of the Bachelor of starting from the beginning of Semester 2 Science General Degree of the Faculty of of Level 400 including part of the vacation Science with at least C- (C minus) grades in

67 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

Mathematics and Physics. of continuous assessment to end of semester weeks, 23.15 Applicants in possession of an examination shall be 2:3, unless otherwise 3 credits, core course). appropriate ‘A’ level qualification with at least specified in the Departmental Special IDB400 Industrial Training for Industrial D grades in Mathematics and at least one of: Regulations. Design (duration 20 weeks, 10 credits, Physics, Chemistry or Design and Technology 23.33a) A Design Project shall be assessed core course). may be admitted directly into Level 200 of the through documentation (folio, report and 35.14 During the course of Industrial Training Degree Programme. diary) of the Design Process and presentation. a student shall be subjected to such codes, 23.16 Applicants in possession of an The ratio of marks for documentation to procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations appropriate Diploma may be admitted directly presentation shall be 2:1. as applicable to the industry. into Level 200 of the Degree Programme. 23.33b) A Major Make and Evaluate Project 35.15 Subject to Regulations Governing 23.17 Applicants in possession of an appropriate shall be assessed through Product and its Admissions, Fees and Discipline Regulation Higher Diploma may be admitted directly into Evaluation and presentation. The ratio of 4.0, and regulation 35.13 above, a student Level 300 of the Degree Programme. marks for documentation to presentation shall who receives a final warning for misconduct be 2:1. during the period of Industrial Training shall 23.20 Degree Structure 23.33c) A Design and Make Project shall be be subjected to Discipline Regulations. 23.21 Level 100 courses shall be as specified in evaluated as specified in Regulations 23.33a the Faculty of Science Special Regulations and 23.33b. 35.20 Assessment for the Bachelor of Science Degree. 23.34 The Level 500 Project Report must be 35.21 During the periods of Industrial Training, 23.22 Level 200 shall consist of the following submitted to the co-coordinator at least 2 each student shall be visited a minimum courses: weeks before the beginning of the end-of of twice at the location of placement to semester examinations. be assessed by Faculty of Engineering and Semester 3 23.35 Where a course includes a written final Technology staff. DTB210 Elements of Design (3) examination, a course with a credit value of 35.22 A student’s performance will be assessed DTB211 Workshop Technology I (2) 3 or more shall be examined by an end of by means of: MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) semester examination of duration 2 hours, and 35.22a) Continuous assessment by the CCB211 Engineering Materials (2) 1 hour for a course with less than 3 credits. industry based supervisor and an assessor CCB212 Statics (2) 23.36 Courses having a practical component from a relevant Department of the Faculty of EEB211 Electrical Principles I (2) or drawing that include a written examination Engineering and Technology. shall be examined by an end of semester 35.22b) Industrial Training Report and logbook Semester 4 examination of duration 3 hours. submitted by the student at the end of the DTB220 Designing Artifacts (3, pre-req. 23.37 Industrial Training shall be assessed as Industrial Training period. DTB210) specified in the Faculty Special Regulation 35.22c) Oral Presentation. DTB221 Workshop Technology II 35.20. 35.23 DTB300 shall be assessed as based on (2, pre-req. DTB211) 23.38 Failure without good cause to submit regulations 35.22a) and 35.22b). The ratio of MMB221 Computer Aided Drafting an item of continuous assessment within 24 marks for Continuous Assessment to Industrial (2, pre-req. MMB211) hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of Training Report and Logbook shall be 1:2. MMB222 Dynamics (2) 5 percentage marks per day. Failure to submit 35.24 IDB400 shall be assessed as based CCB221 Strength of Materials (2) the assignment before the end of 1 week from on regulation 35.22. The ratio of marks for DTB 222 Graphics (2) the due date shall incur a zero mark. Continuous Assessment to Industrial Training 23.39 A student who fails to sit a continuous Report and Logbook to Oral Presentation shall 23.23 Students registered for a Bachelor of assessment test without documented valid be 1:2:1. Design Degree Programme shall undergo reason shall score a zero mark for that test. A industrial training as specified under student absent from a test with documented Departmental Special Regulations. legitimate reason shall be entitled to a special DEPARTMENT OF 23.24 At Levels 300, 400 and 500 each student test. shall register for General Education Courses ARCHITECTURE AND as prescribed by General Regulation 00.2124, 350 Industrial Training Regulations for the PLANNING Departmental prescribed number of core, Degree in Bachelor of Design Preamble optional and elective courses per semester, Subject to the provisions of General Regulations Departmental Regulations for Undergraduate unless exempted. 000 and 200 the following Industrial Training Programmes General Provisions 23.25 The availability of optional and elective Regulations shall apply to students on the Subject to General Academic Regulations courses offered by a Department shall be at following programmes: and the Faculty of Engineering and the discretion of the Department. • Bachelor of Design (Design and Technology Technology Special Regulations, the following 23.26 A student shall register for a Single Education) Departmental Regulations shall apply: Major or a Combined Degree Programme in • Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design) the third semester. Programmes and Qualification Titles 23.27 A subject may include courses consisting 35.10 Structure The Department of Architecture and Planning entirely of fieldwork, project work, practical 35.11 A student shall undergo a period of offers programmes in Architecture and work, and seminars. In addition to work during supervised Industrial Training for 7 weeks Urban and Regional Planning, leading to the the semester, a subject may include prescribed between Levels 300 and 400. following qualifications: fieldwork or assignments during the vacation 35.12 In addition to the above, a student doing A Single Major Programme leading to a periods. Industrial Design shall undergo a second Bachelor’s Degree in Architecture for students period of supervised Industrial Training for specialising in Architecture. 23.30 Assessment 20 weeks starting from the beginning of A Single Major Programme leading to a 23.31 Continuous assessment in Levels 200, semester Bachelor of Science Degree in Urban and 300, 400 and 500 courses shall be based on 2 of Level 400 including part of the vacation Regional Planning for students following the tests and/or assignments, and where applicable between Levels 400 and 500. Urban and Regional Planning Programme laboratory reports/field reports. 35.13 Industrial Training course codes shall be 23.32 Except for a project and courses with as follows: 100 percent continuous assessment, the ratio DTB300 Industrial Training (duration 7

68 Aim and Objectives of Undergraduate in the Faculty of Science; Programme Structure Programmes Aim b) Successful completion of relevant courses Architecture Programme The aim of the URP programme is to train in Semesters 1 and 2 in the Faculty of Social Level 100 shall consist of the following students to enable them to function and Sciences; courses: work in the fields of human settlement c) Appropriate passes in relevant Advanced Semester 1 development and urban and regional planning. Level subjects or equivalent qualifications Core Courses The Architecture programme is designed to from a recognised University or equivalent ARB111 Design & Communication I (4) equip students with the academic knowledge institution, which may be considered on their ARB112 Building Materials & and skills they will need for a successful own merit. Satisfying the requirements listed Construction I (2) professional career in architecture. The above does not guarantee automatic entry ARB122 Building Materials & Programmes have been carefully developed into the Programme. Students with the above Construction II (2) to be broad based including courses from the qualifications must also take and pass at least PHY111 Physics (3) faculties of Science, Engineering, Humanities, 2 courses in each semester from the following PHY119 Physics Practicals 1.1. (1) Social Sciences and Business that are uniquely course listings: MAT191 Design Mathematics I (3) related to the cultural heritage of Botswana. GEC Courses These Programmes will benefit immensely from Semester 1 GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I each other and also from other departments Core courses (2) within The Faculty. STA101 Mathematics for Business and GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Social Sciences (2) Objectives STA111 Elementary Statistics Semester 2 The cores of the Architecture Programme STA116 Introduction to Statistics Core Courses are consecutive courses in design, consisting MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I ARB121 Design & Communication II (4) of studio work augmented by lectures DCS101 Introduction to Computing Systems ARB113 Traditional African Architecture (2) and seminars in humanities, technology, ARB123 History of Art (2) environment and professional practice. At the Semester 2 ARB124 Environment and Comfort (2) end of the programme students should be able Core courses MAT192 Design Mathematics II (3) to: STA102 Mathematics for Business and • Deal creatively with architectural problems Social Sciences II Optional Courses on analytical, conceptual, and developmental STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Research GEC Courses levels; and Elements in Probability GEC112 Communication and Study • Undertake more challenging formal MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II Skills II (2) architectural principles that will develop in DCS102 Data Processing GEC122 Computing and Information them an aptitude for functional and and Communication and: Skills II (2) programmatic accommodation, structural Take and pass at least 2 courses in each and technological integration, energy semester from the following: Level 200 shall consist of the following conscious design, and materials and methods courses: of construction; and Semester 1 Semester 3 • Carry out independent judgments rooted in Electives Core Courses an ever-changing context of architectural BIO111 Principles of Biology ARB211 Architectural Design I (6) thought. CHE101 General Chemistry I ARB212 Building Materials & ENV101 Introduction to the Physical and Construction III (2) Entrance Requirements Human Environments I ARB222 Building Materials & Architecture Programme PHY111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, Construction IV (2) Admission to the BArch Degree programme Vibrations and Waves ARB214 Energy Efficiency in Buildings (2) shall be as stipulated in General Academic PHY119 Physics Practical’s 1.1 ARB216 Computer Aided Drafting (2) Regulation 20.2. In addition to 1.4.1.1, ECO111 Basic Microeconomics CCB217 Theory of Structures 1 (2) applicants for admission to Level 100 of the SOC121 Introduction to Sociological programme must take courses in Physics, Concepts and Principle or: Semester 4 Chemistry and mathematics in the Faculty SOC122 Dominant Sociological Themes and Core Courses of Science. Applicants in possession of an Perspectives or: ARB220 Internship I (2) appropriate ‘A’ level qualification with at least SOC123 Social Structure of Society ARB221 Architectural Design II (6) C grades in Mathematics and at least one of: ARB213 History of Architecture I (2) Physics, Chemistry, Art or Design and Semester 2 ARB223 History of Architecture II (2) Technology may be exempted from taking Electives CCB227 Theory of Structure II (2) Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics in the BIO112 Diversity of Animals and Plants URP207 Land Surveying and Faculty of Science. Applicants who possess the CHE102 General Chemistry II Cartography + Lab (3) normal entry ENV102 Introduction to the Physical and requirements listed in the General Academic Human Environments II Level 300 shall consist of the following Regulation 20.2 but who do not satisfy 1.4.1.2 PHY121 Electricity, Magnetism and Modern courses: or 1.4.1.3 may be admitted to the programme Physics if they: a) have assessable experience in artistic PHY129 Physics Practical’s 1.2 Semester 5 and/or design activities and/or b) submit a ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics Core Courses portfolio of drawings and design exercises SOC131 Introduction to Social and Cultural ARB311 Architectural Design III (6) (not exceeding 10) with the application. Urban Anthropology or: ARB312 Building Services I (2) and Regional Planning Programme Urban and SOC132 Introduction to the Study of ARB322 Building Services II (2) Regional Planning (URP) is offered as a Single Human Societies or: CCB317 Theory of Structures III (2) Major Programme only. Students who wish to SOC133 Social Change in Botswana LAW253 Foundations of Engineering Law (2) register for URP must satisfy any one of the following requirements: Optional Courses a) Successful completion of Semesters 1and 2 URP200 Introduction to Town Planning (2)

69 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

URP202 Infrastructure Planning & Regulations 1.4.2.1 and 1.4.2.2. In accordance Level 400 Management (20) (2) with Regulation 00.62, the URP Programme Semester 7 shall consist of 15 credits of both core and Core Courses Semester 6 optional courses. Courses URP 312, URP 404 URP400 Philosophy and Planning (2) Core Courses and URP 411 jointly satisfy Faculty Regulation URP401 Rural Land Use Planning (4) ARB320 Internship II (2) 23.47. URP402 Transport Engineering for ARB321 Architectural Design IV (6) Planners (2) ARB313 History of Architecture III (2) Level 100 URP403 Urban Governance and ARB323 History of Architecture IV (2) URP courses are not offered at this level Management (2) CCB 327 Theory of Structures IV (2) URP404 Project Research Methodology (3) ARB325 Interior Design (2) Level 200 Semester 3 Optional Courses Level 400 shall consist of the following Core Courses URP405 Gender and Physical Planning (2) courses: URP200 Introduction to Town Planning (2) URP406 Public Participation in Physical Semester 7 URP201 Introduction to Drawing Planning (2) Core Courses Techniques (4) ARB411 Architectural Design V (6) URP202 Infrastructure Planning and Semester 8 ARB412 Building Systems I (2) Management (2) Core Courses ARB422 Building Systems II (2) URP203 Urban and Regional Economics (2) URP407 Planning and Social Theory (2) LAW452 Construction Law (2) URP204 Planning and History of URP408 Development Impact Assessment (2) URP305 Research Methods (2) Settlements (2) URP409 Settlement Development Planning ARB415 Landscape Design (2) (4) Optional Courses URP410 Project Planning and Management Semester 8 URP205 Environmental Planning (2) (2) Core Courses URP206 Urban Morphology (2) URP411 Project Report (3) ARB420 Internship III (2) ARB421 Architectural Design VI (6) Semester 4 Optional Courses ARB413 Philosophy of Architecture I (2) Core Courses URP412 Planning Negotiation and ARB423 Philosophy of Architecture II (2) URP207 Land Surveying and Cartography (3) Contracting (2) ARB424 Professional Practice I (2) URP208 Site Planning (4) URP413 Urban Agriculture (2) ARB514 Professional Practice II (2) URP209 Transport Planning and Management (2) Assessment and Examination Optional Courses URP210 Planning Techniques (3) Performance in Urban and Regional Planning ENV412 Environmental Impact URP211 Internship I (1) courses shall be evaluated through a Assessment (2) combination of continuous assessment and ENV484 Urbanisation & the Environment (2) Optional Courses final examination in the ratio of 2:3 for URP212 GIS for Planners (3) theory courses and 1:1 for practical courses. Level 500 shall consist of the following URP213 Globalisation and Sustainable The duration of examinations will be 2 hours courses: Cities (2) for all the courses irrespective of the number of credits. Courses URP211, URP312, URP313, Semester 9 Level 300 URP404 and URP411 shall be assessed by Core Courses Semester 5 continuous assessment only. Courses URP 401 ARB511 Design Project I (8) Core Courses and URP 409 shall be assessed by submissions CCB519 Building Economics (2) URP301 Urbanisation and Planning (2) of planning projects (part I and part II). For ARB524 Project Management (2) URP302 Neighbourhood Planning (4) Architecture courses, continuous assessment URP303 Housing Studies (2) shall be based on tests and/or design, Optional Courses URP304 Regional Planning (2) assignments, and where applicable laboratory URP307 Land and Property Evaluation (2) URP305 Research Methods and reports and field reports. The ratio of continuous URP314 Land and Property Management (2) echniques (2) assessment to formal examination shall be 2:3. A project or design shall be evaluated by Semester 10 Optional Courses continuous assessment, oral presentation and/ Core Courses URP306 Remote Sensing for Planners (3) or demonstration and a written report. The ARB521 Design Project II (8) URP307 Land and Property Valuation (2) ratio of the marks for continuous assessment, ARB522 Urban & Rural Design Practice (2) presentation assessment and written report GEC Courses Semester 6 shall be 2:1:1. Where a course includes a GEC273 The State & Society (2) Core Courses written final examination, the duration of the GEC277 Law & Society in Botswana (2) URP308 Planning Policy and Politics (2) examination will be 2 hours for all the courses A course may consist entirely of fieldwork, URP309 Urban Land Use Planning (2) irrespective of the number of credits. Overall project work, practical work, design, and LAW353 Planning and Environmental Law (3) performance in a course shall be as specified seminars. In addition to work during the URP311 Settlement Upgrading (4) in the General Regulation 00.84. There shall semester, a subject may include prescribed URP312 Project Directed Readings (1) be no supplementary examinations. A student fieldwork or assignments during the vacation URP313 Internship II (1) who fails a core or pre-req. or co-requisite periods. course shall retake the course when offered Optional Courses again. A student who has failed an optional/ Programme Structures URP314 Land and Property Management (2) Elective/general education course may retake Urban and Regional Planning Programme URP315 Building Technology and the course or its equivalent. Urban and Regional Planning (URP) is a Materials (2) Single Major Programme offered to students Progression from Semester to Semester registered in the Faculties of Science and Progression from semester to semester Social Sciences, subject to Departmental shall be accordance with General Academic

70 Regulation Architecture and Urban and Regional Semester 6 00.90. planning Programmes, a student who has Core Courses (all 3 credits) an incomplete grade shall be allowed to CCB321 Structural Analysis (pre-req. Duration of the Programmes complete Professional Training at a time CCB212, CCB221) The duration of the URP Programme shall recommended by the Faculty. CCB324 Construction Materials (pre-req. be 8 to 10 semesters full-time; and the CCB211) duration of the Architecture Programme shall Repeating Professional Training CCB322 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics be a minimum of 10 and a maximum of 14 A student who fails to meet the requirements CCB323 Construction Principles semesters on a full-time basis. Award of the of Professional Training shall be required to In addition, all students shall select at least 1 Degree General Academic Regulation 00.85 repeat the training at a time recommended by of the following 2 credit, optional courses: shall apply. However, for the Architecture the Faculty. CCB325 Geomechanics II Programme a minimum of 180 credits is (pre-req. CCB 311) required. Classification of the degree shall be CCB329 Architectural Design in accordance with the provisions of General MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IV Academic Regulation 20.4 DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL (pre-req. MAT391) ENGINEERING Professional Training Level 400 For both Architecture and Urban and Regional Introduction Civil Engineering Planning Programmes, students shall be The Department of Civil Engineering offers the Semester 7 subjected to such codes, procedures, laws, following programmes: Core Courses rules, and other regulations as applicable to the • Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) CCB411 Structural Design (3) industry/organisation during the Professional • Bachelor of Engineering CCB412 Water Engineering (3, pre-req. Training. (Construction Engineering and CCB315) Management) CCB413 Traffic and Highway Engineering (3, Urban and Regional Planning Programme • Bachelor of Science (Mining Engineering) pre-req. CCB313) Students shall undergo Professional Training • Bachelor of Geomatics CCB414 Geotechnics (2, pre-req. CCB311) (Internship) of 6 weeks duration after • Diploma in Mining In addition, all students shall select at least 2 Assessment of Professional Training at level of the following 2 credit, optional courses: 200 and 300. The internship courses are URP 240 Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor CCB415 Civil Engineering Construction 211 and URP 323. During each Professional of Engineering (Civil) Degree (pre-req. CCB323) Training period, students shall be visited Subject to the provisions of General Regulations CCB416 Structural Steelwork (pre-req. 2 times at locations of placement by staff 000 and 200 and the Faculty Special Regulation CCB321, co-requisite CCB411) teaching the programme to monitor progress 210, the following Departmental Regulations URP200 Introduction to Town Planning and also give advise where necessary. for the Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) Degree CCB418 Hydrology and Water Resources shall apply: (pre-req. CCB322, Co-requisite Architecture Programme CCB412) Professional Training (Internship) Regulations 24.10 Entrance Requirements CCB419 Engineering Surveying (pre-req. for the Bachelor of Architecture Programme 24.11 Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering CCB313) Subject to the provisions of General Academic (Civil) Degree shall be as stipulated in the Regulations 00.0 and 100 the following Faculty Special Regulation 21.10. Semester 8 Professional Training Regulations shall apply ITB420 Industrial Training [Vacation, 20 to students on the Bachelor of Architecture 24.20 Programme Structure weeks], (10, core, pre-req. ITB 200) Programme. 24.21 The Programme for the Degree in Civil A student shall normally undergo 3 periods of Engineering will be a Single Major Programme Level 500 supervised Professional Training (Internship) that will extend over 10 semesters of fulltime Civil Engineering of 8 weeks each after Levels 200, 300 and 400. study. It shall contain 1 subject called Civil Semester 9 Professional Training course codes are: Engineering consisting of courses shown Core Courses ARB220, ARB320 and ARB420. below. CCB514 Project I (3) 24.22 The curriculum for Levels 100 and 200 CCB511 Structural Engineering (2, pre-req. Assessment shall be stipulated in the Faculty Special CCB321) A student’s performance will be assessed by Regulation 21.20. CBB512 Construction Management I (2) means of: CCB515 Transportation Engineering (2, a) Confidential report from the student’s Level 300 pre-req. CCB413) immediate supervisor at location of Civil Engineering In addition, all students shall select at least 2 placement. Semester 5 of the following 2 credit, optional courses: b) Professional Training reports and logbook Core Courses CCB516 Foundation Design (pre-req. submitted by the student at the end of each MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III CCB414) Internship period. (3, pre-req. MAT 292 CCB517 Structural Dynamics c) Professional Training visits by an assessor CCB313 Surveying (3) (pre-req. MMB222) from the relevant Department of the Faculty CCB311 Geomechanics I (3) CCB518 Public Health Engineering of CCB315 Environmental Engineering (2) (pre-req. CCB315) Engineering and Technology. In addition, all students shall select at least 1 CCB513 Measurements and Specifications - d) Students will be assessed through of the following 2 credit, optional courses: Civil Works confidential reports from the organisation CCB312 CAD for Civil Engineers (pre-req. they have been placed at, production of a MMB 221) Semester 10 concept paper and an oral presentation. CCB316 Principles of Mining Engineering Core Courses Therefore the assessment ratio for CCB314 Engineering Geology CCB524 Project II (3, pre-req. CCB514) Confidential Report to Internship Concept CBB522 Construction Management II (2, Paper to Oral pre-req. CBB512) Presentation shall be 1:2:1. For both In addition, all students shall select at least four

71 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

of the following 2 credit, optional courses: CCB212, CCB221) MMB516 Building and Factories Services (4) CCB521 Waste Water Engineering CCB324 Construction Materials (pre-req. (pre-req. CCB412) CCB211) 25.30 Assessment CCB523 Timber and Pre-stressed Concrete CBB322 Measurement and Specification I 25.31 Except for CCB313 (Surveying), all Structures (pre-req. CCB411) (pre-req. CBB311) courses shall be assessed as stipulated in the CCB525 AdvancedTransportation LAW253 Foundation of Engineering Law In Faculty Special Regulation 21.30. Engineering (pre-req. CCB515) addition, all students shall select 25.32 For CCB313 the ratio of marks for CCB526 Foundation on Problematic Soils at least 1 of the following 2 credit, continuous assessment to examination shall (pre-req. CCB516) optional courses: be 1:1. CCB527 Construction Costs & CBB323 Construction Industry Economics Financial Control CBB325 Information Technology in the CCB528 Estimating and Tendering for Civil Construction Industry (pre-req. 12.0 Special Regulations for Bachelor of Works (pre-req. CCB 513) MMB221) Science (Mining Engineering) Subject to the provisions of the General 24.30 Assessment Level 400 Regulations 00.0 and 20.00, the following 24.31 Except for CCB313 (Surveying), all Construction Engineering and Management Faculty Special Regulations for the Bachelor courses shall be assessed as stipulated in the Semester 7 of Science (Mining Engineering) Degree shall Faculty Special Regulation 21.30. Core Courses apply. 24.32 For CCB313 the ratio of marks for CBB411 Construction Economics I (3) 12.10 Degree Programmes continuous assessment to examination shall CBB412 Construction Technology II (3, 12.11 The following degree programme is be 1:1. pre-req. CBB311) offered: CBB413 Measurement and Specification II 250 Departmental Regulations for the (3, pre-req. CBB322) Bachelor of Science (Mining Engineering) Bachelor of Engineering (Construction CBB414 Building Services (2) Degree Engineering and Management) Degree CBB415 Health and Safety Management in Subject to the provisions of General Regulations Construction (2) 12.20 Entrance Requirements 000 and 200 and the Faculty Special Regulation In addition, all students shall select 1 of the 12.21 Admission to the Bachelor of Science 210, the following Departmental Regulations following optional courses: (Mining Engineering) Degree shall be as for the Bachelor of Engineering (Construction LAW452 Construction Law stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulations Engineering and Management) Degree shall (3, pre-req. LAW253) 21.10. apply: MMB414 Engineering Management (3) 12.22 The normal minimum requirements for admission to level 200 for a degree program 25.10 Entrance Requirements Semester 8 shall be satisfactory completion of level 100 25.11 Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering ITB420 Industrial Training II [Vacation, 20 of the Bachelor of Science (General) degree of (Construction Engineering and Management) weeks] (10, core, pre-req. ITB 200) the Faculty of Science or equivalent institution Degree shall be as stipulated in Faculty Special with at least C grades in Mathematics, Regulation 21.10. Level 500 Chemistry and Physics. Construction Engineering and Management 12.23 Applicants in possession of an appropriate 25.20 Programme Structure Semester 9 ‘A’ level qualification with at least C grades in 25.21 The Programme for the Degree in Core Courses Mathematics and at least one of: Physics and Construction Engineering and Management CCB514 Project I (3) Chemistry may be admitted directly to Level will be a Single Major Programme that will CBB515 Estimating and Tendering (3, 200 of the programme. extend over 10 semesters of full-time study. pre-req. CBB413) 12.24 Applicants in possession of an It shall contain 1 subject called Construction CBB511 Construction Economics II (2, appropriate Diploma may be admitted directly Engineering and Management consisting of pre-req. CBB411) into Level 200 of the degree programme. courses shown below. CBB512 Construction Management I (2) 25.22 The curriculum for Levels 100 and 200 In addition, all students shall select at least 2 12.30 Duration of the Programme shall be stipulated in the Faculty of Engineering of the following 2 credit, optional courses: The duration of the programme shall be: and Technology Special Regulation 21.20. CCB513 Measurements and Specifications - A minimum of 10 and a maximum of 12 Civil Works semesters on a full-time basis. Level 300 CCB518 Public Health Engineering Construction Engineering and Management (pre-req. CCB315) 12.40 Degree Structure Semester 5 CBB526 Construction Disputes Resolution 12.41 The curriculum for Level 100 shall be Core Courses (all are 3 credits) (pre-req. LAW452) stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulation MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III 21.20. (pre-req. MAT292) Semester 10 12.42 Level 200 Mining Engineering shall CCB313 Surveying Core Courses consist of the following courses: CBB311 Construction Technology I CCB524 Project II (3, pre-req. CCB 514) MGT100 Principles of Management CBB522 Construction Management II (2, Semester 3 In addition, all students shall select at least 2 pre-req. CBB512) MAT 291 Engineering Mathematics 1 (3) of the following optional courses: CBB523 Construction Technology III (2, CCB 211 Engineering Materials (2) CBB312 History of Building (2) pre-req. CBB412) CCB 212 Statics (2) CCB312 CAD for Civil Engineers (2) CBB521 Contract Administration MIN 211 Introduction to Mining (pre-req. MMB 221) (2,pre-req. CBB515 and CBB413) Engineering (2) CCB315 Environmental Engineering (2) In addition, all students shall select at least 2 EEB 211 DC Circuit Principles (2) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) of the following 2 credit, optional courses: MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) CBB525 Property Management and GEC 253 Energy and Society (2) Semester 6 Valuation Core Courses (all 3 credits) CBB527 Facilities Management (pre-req. CCB321 Structural Analysis (pre-req. CBB414)

72 Semester 4 formal examination shall be 2:3 12.53 Overall Internship period. Core Courses performance in a course shall be as specified in c) Professional Training visits by an assessor MAT 292 Engineering Mathematics 11 the General Regulation 00.84. from the relevant Department of Faculty of (3, pre-req. MAT 291) Engineering and Technology. CCB 221 Strength of Materials (2) 12.60 Final Examinations 2.3 The Professional Training session shall be MIN 221 Introduction. to Mine Safety and There shall be no supplementary examinations. evaluated as specified in 2.2. The ratio of Health (3) A student who fails a core or pre-req. or co- Confidential Report marks to Professional EEB221 AC Circuit Principles (2) requisite course shall retake the course when Report marks to Professional Training Visits MMB221 Computer Aided Drafting (2, offered again. A student who has failed an shall be based on the FET industrial training pre-req. MMB211) optional/elective/general education course regulations. MMB222 Dynamics (2) may retake the course or its equivalent. 2.4 Assessment of the Mine Tour shall be by GEC 250 Earth processes, mineral resources submission of a written report. and development (2) 2.5 A student who has an incomplete grade MIN 220 Professional Training (4, pre-req. 12.70 Progression from Semester to Semester shall be allowed to complete Professional MIN211) General Regulation 00.90 shall apply. Training at a time recommended by the Faculty. 12.43 Level 300 Mining Engineering shall 12.80 Award of the Degree consist of the following courses: 12.81 The UMR General Regulation for 3.0 Repeating Professional Training awarding the degree shall apply. 3.1 A student who fails to meet the Semester 5 requirements of Professional Training shall Core Courses 12.90 Professional Training be required to repeat the training at a time MIN 311 Introduction to Mine Surveying (3) Students shall undergo Professional Training recommended by the Faculty. MIN 312 Introduction to Geology (2) (Internship) of 8 weeks duration after levels 10 Special Regulations for the Degree in MIN 313 Introduction to Mineral 200 and take a 2-week Mine Tour after level Bachelor of Geomatics Processing (3) 300 as specified in the Special Regulations for 10. 0 Special Regulations for Bachelor’s Degree MIN 314 Computer Applications in the Professional Training and Mine Tour for in Geomatics (BGeom) Mining (2) the Bachelor of Science (Mining Engineering) Preamble: MIN 315 Small Scale Mining (2, pre-req. Programme. Subject to the provisions of the General MIN211) Regulations 000 and 200, the following MIN 316 Elements of Mining Environmental 12.91 Assessment of Professional Training Faculty Special Regulations for the Bachelor Management (2) Professional Training shall be assessed as of Geomatics Degree shall apply. GEC 276 Contemporary Economic Issues (2) specified in the Special Regulations for the 10.20 Entrance Requirements Professional Training and Mine Tour for the 10.21 Admission into the Bachelor of Geomatics Semester 6 Bachelor of Science (Mining Engineering) Degree Programme shall be as stipulated in the Core Courses Programme. General Regulations 20.2. MIN 321 Elements of Mining Methods (3, 10.22 Admission into Level 100 of the pre-req. MIN211) Special Regulations for Professional Training BGeom Degree Programme shall be a minimum MIN 322 Elements of Mine Safety & Health and Mine Tour for the Bachelor of Science requirement of BGCSE with a D grade in English (2, pre-req. MIN221) (Mining Engineering) and a C grade in Mathematics and Physics and MIN 323 Elements of Mine Ventilation (2) any one of Chemistry or Biology or a minimum MIN 324 Botswana Mining Law (2) Preamble of Grade B in Science Double Award. MIN 325 Introduction to Mine Supervision & Subject to the provisions of General 10.23 Admission into Level 200 of the Management (2) Regulations 000 and 100 the following Bachelor of Geomatics Degree Programme MIN 326 Mine Surveying (2, pre-req. Professional Training Regulations shall apply shall be as stipulated in the General Admission MIN311) to students on the Bachelor of Engineering Regulations. ECO 111 Basic Microeconomics (2) (Mining) programme. 10.24 Applicants who are in possession of ECO 112 Basic Macroeconomics (2) an appropriate Diploma in Geomatics, Land MIN 320* Mine Tour (1) 1.0 Structure Surveying, Cartography, GIS, or equivalent 1.1 A student shall undergo supervised and have GPA of at least 2.5 or its equivalent 12.44 Level 400 Mining Engineering shall be as Professional Training of 8 weeks duration after may be admitted directly into Level 200 of the stipulated in the advanced mining engineering level 200 (MIN 220). Degree Programme. subjects offered at the Mining Engineering 1.2 A student shall undergo a 2 week Mine 10.25 Admission into Level 200 of the BGeom Department, University of Missouri Rolla. Tour after level 300 (MIN 320). Degree Programme shall be upon satisfactory 12.45 Level 500 Mining Engineering shall be as 1.3 During the Professional Training students completion of Level 100 of the Bachelor of stipulated in the advanced mining engineering shall be subjected to such codes, procedures, Science General Degree of the Faculty of subjects offered at the Mining Engineering laws, rules, and other regulations as applicable Science with at least C grades in Mathematics Department, University of Missouri Rolla. to the mining industry/organisation. and Physics. 12.46 A course may consist entirely of 10.26 Applicants in possession of an appropriate fieldwork, project work, practical work, design, 2.0 Assessment “A” level qualification with at least C grades and seminars. In addition to work during the 2.1 During each Professional Training period, in Mathematics and Physics maybe exempted semester, a subject may include prescribed students shall be visited 2 times at location of from taking Mathematics and Physics from the fieldwork or assignments during the vacation placement to be assessed by staff teaching on Faculty of Science and may be admitted into periods. the programme. Level 200 but will take Level 100 Geomatics 2.2 A student’s performance will be assessed courses. 12.50 Assessment by means of: 10.27 A student admitted directly to Level 12.51Continuous assessment in courses shall a) Confidential report from the student’s 200 Geomatics who has not completed Level be based on tests and/or design, assignments, immediate supervisor at location of 100 Geomatics courses must take them during and where applicable laboratory reports and placement. their first year at the University of Botswana. field reports. b) Professional Training reports and logbook 12.52 The ratio of continuous assessment to submitted by the student at the end of each

73 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

10.30 Programme Structure CGB121) In addition students will choose any 2 options The programme for the degree in Geomatics CGB223 Digital Cartography from the following: will be a single major programme that will (3, core, pre-req. CGB213) CGB424 Special Studies in Land extend over 8 semesters of Full time studies. CGB224 Programming for Geomatics Administration It shall consist of a single subject called (3 credits, core, pre-req. CGB212) (3 option, pre-req. CGB413) Geomatics consisting of the courses shown The students will also take the following CGB425 Location-based Services (2, option, below: winter course: pre-req. CGB224) ITB200 Industrial Training (4 credits, core, 8 MIN326 Mining Surveying (3 option, 10.40 Degree Structure weeks) pre-req. CGB121) 10.41 Level 100 shall consist of the 10.42 Level 300 Shall consist of the following 10.45 A course may consist entirely of following courses: courses: fieldwork, project work, practical work, design, and seminars. In addition to work during the Semester One Semester Five semester, a subject may include prescribed MAT111 Introductory Mathematics 1 MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III fieldwork or assignments during the vacation (4 credits, core) (3, core) periods. PHY111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, CGB311 Engineering Surveying Vibrations and Waves (3, core, pre-req. CGB121, CGB222) 10.50 Assessment (3 credits, core) CGB312 Geodesy I (3, core) 10.51 Continuous assessment in courses shall PHY119 Physics Practical 1.1 (1 credit, core) LAW354 Land Law for Geomatics (3, core) be based on tests and assignments, and where CGB111 Geomatics I (3 credits, core) ENV330 (3, exempt from pre-req. ENV215) applicable laboratory reports and field reports. In addition students will take the The ratio between tests and assignment shall following GEC Courses Semester Six be 1:1. GEC111 Communication and Study Skill I (2) CGB321 Introduction to Land Administration 10.52 The ratio of continuous assessment to GEC121 Computing and Information Skills (3, core, pre-req. CGB313) formal examination shall be 2:3. (2) CGB322 Principles of GIS 10.53 A project shall be evaluated by (3, core, pre-req. CGB213, CGB223) continuous assessment, oral presentation and/ Semester Two CGB323 Satellite Positioning Systems (3 or demonstration and a written report. The MAT122 Introductory Mathematics 11 (4 credits, core, pre-req. CGB312) ratio of the marks for continuous assessment, credits, core, pre-req. MAT111) CGB324 Geodesy II presentation assessment and written report PHY121 Electricity and Magnetism, Modern (3, core, pre-req. CGB312) shall be 2:1:1. Physics (3 credits, core, pre-req. CSI362 Database Concepts (3, core) PHY111) In addition students will take the following 10.60 Progression from Semester to Semester PHY129 Physics Practicals 1.2 (1 credit, core, winter courses: General Regulation 00.90 shall apply. pre-req. PHY119) ITB300 Industrial Training II (4 credits, core, CGB121 Geomatics II (3 credits, core, 8 weeks) 10.70 Award of the Degree pre-req. CGB111) CGB325 Survey Camp II (2 credits, core, 10.71 General Regulation 00.85, shall apply. (A In addition students will take the following pre-req. CGB323, CGB324, 2 weeks) minimum of 139 credits). GEC Courses 72.72 Classification of the degree shall be in GEC112 Communication and Study skills (2) 10.43 Level 400 shall consist of the following accordance with the provisions of General GEC122 Computing and Information courses: Regulation 20.4. Skills (2) Semester Seven 116 Departmental Special Regulations for Students will also take the following CGB411 Research Project I (3, core) the Diploma in Mining Engineering winter course: CGB412 Spatial Data Modelling and Analysis Subject to the provisions of General Regulations CGB122 Survey Camp I (2 credits, core, (3, core, pre-req. CGB322) 000 and Faculty Special Regulations 110 for pre-req. CGB111, CGB121, 2 weeks) CGB413 Advanced Land Administration Diploma Programmes, the following Special (3, core, pre-req. CGB321) Regulations shall apply: Level 200 shall consist of the following In addition the students will choose 2 options courses: from the following: 116.10 Entrance Requirements Semester Three CGB414 Remote Sensing Applications 116.11 The normal minimum entrance MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical (3, option, pre-req. CGB221) requirements to the Diploma in Mining Statistics (3 credits, core) CGB415 AdvancedCartographic Visualisation Engineering Programme shall be the Botswana MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3, option, pre-req. CGB223) General Certificate of Secondary Education (3 credits, core) CGB416 GIS Design and Implementation (3 (BGCSE) or its equivalent, with passes in CSI241 Structured Programming credits, option, pre-req. CSI362 & Mathematics and at least 1 Science subject. (4 credits, core) CGB322) 116.12 Preference will be given to candidates CGB213 Principles of Cartography CGB417 Digital Image Processing (3, with relevant industrial experience. (3 credits, core) option, pre-req. CGB221) 116.13 Medical requirements are: CGB211 Elements of Photogrammetry CGB418 Principles and Practice of SDI a) Applicants must be in possession of a (3 credits, core) Development (3, option) satisfactory medical certificate required under URP200 Introduction to Town Planning University Regulations Governing Admissions (2 credits, core) Semester Eight (Regulation 1.41) and must also comply CBB529 Professional Ethics (3, core) with the health and fitness requirements in Semester Four CBB521 Contract Administration accordance with Regulations 91 and 92 of MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II (2, core) the Mines, Quarries, Works and Machinery (3, core, pre-req. MAT291) CGB421 Research Project II (3, core) Regulations [CAP. 44:02]; CGB221 Digital Photogrammetry CGB422 Cadastral Surveying Practice b) A student who becomes permanently (3, core) (3 credits, core, pre-req. CGB413) medically unfit to be employed at a mine as CGB222 Theory of survey adjustments CGB423 GIS Applications (3, core, specified in the Mines, Quarries, Works and (3 credits, core, pre-req. MAT271, pre-req. CGB224) Machinery Regulations [CAP. 44:02] will be

74 required to withdraw from the Programme. CBD217 Soil Mechanics I Level 300 Semester 6 116.20 Programme Structure Semester 4 Core Course 116.21 The Programme will be a Single Major Core Courses MAT 392 Engineering Mathematics IV that will normally extend over 6 semesters of CMD221 Mine Planning and Design (3 pre-req. MAT 391) full-time study, of which 40 weeks shall be (2, pre-req. CMD 211) EEB322 Digital Electronics I (3) spent on Industrial Training. It shall contain 1 CMD222 Mining, Health and Safety and (pre-req. EEB211) subject called Mining Engineering consisting Environmental Laws (2) EEB 323 Analogue Electronics (3) of courses shown below. CMD223 Mine Supervision and (pre-req. EEB221) 116.22 Students who have been in full-time Management (2) EEB 326 Electrical Machines I (3) employment within the mining sector may CMD224 Project (3) (pre-req. EEB311) be exempted from part or all of the Industrial In addition all students shall select at least 2 EEB 327 Electromagnetic Field Theory (3) Training requirements at the discretion of the from the following options: (pre-req. MAT 391) Departmental Board. CMD225 Advanced Explosives, Drilling and Blasting (2, pre-req. CMD214) Level 100 CMD226 Advanced Mine Geotechnics (2, FOR INDUSTRIAL DESIGN Diploma in Mining Engineering pre-req. CMD212) Semester 1 CMD227 Introduction to Mine Design STUDENTS: Core Courses Software (2, pre-req. CMD121, EEB328 Electronics for Designers CMD111 Introduction to Mining CMD214, Co-requisite CMD221) (2) (pre-req. EEB211) Engineering (2) CMD228 Extractive Metallurgy (2, pre-req. CBD112 Introduction to Engineering CMD124) Level 400 Drawing (2) CMD229 Ore Reserve Management Semester 7 CGD111 Plane Surveying (3) (3, pre-req. CMD122) Core courses SED111 Engineering Science (2) EEB418 Control Theory I (3) ( pre-req. SMD111 Mathematics 1 (2) 116.30 Assessment EEB311 & MAT 392) 116.31 All courses shall be assessed as MMB414 Engineering Management (3) Semester 2 stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulation Core Courses 11.30. Optional courses: CMD121 Mining Methods (3, pre-req. At least three from CMD111) EEB411 Electronic Devices and Circuits (3) GEO104 Introduction to Geology for Mining (pre-req. EEB323) Engineering (2) DEPARTMENT EEB412 Digital Electronics II (3) CMD123 Mining Safety and Health (2) (pre-req. EEB322) SMD121 Mathematics II (2) OF ELECTRICAL EEB413 Power Generation CMD124 Introduction to Mineral ENGINEERING and Distribution (3) Processing (2) (pre-req. EEB326 & MAT 392) In addition all students shall select at least 1 Bachelor of Electrical and Electronic EEB 414 Electrical Machines II (3) from the following 2-credit options: Engineering (pre-req. EEB326 & MAT 392) MED120 Engineering Materials EEB415 Digital Communication and CMD125 Mine Ventilation Entrance Requirements Telephony (3) (pre-req. EEB317) Admission to the B.Eng. (Electrical and EEB416 Electrical Measurements and Industrial training shall be taken prior to Level Electronic) shall be as stipulated in Faculty Instrumentation II (3) 200 and shall consist of the following courses: Special Regulations 21.20. Applicants in (pre-req. EEB316) possession of a Diploma in Electrical and EEB417 Microprocessor Based Systems (3) ITD100 Industrial Training Electronic Engineering, or its equivalent, (pre-req. EEB322) (6 shifts/week, 48 weeks, 15, core) with a minimum of Credit including a Credit CMD200 Mine Tour (1, core, pre-req. in Mathematics, may be admitted directly Level 400 CMD 111, CMD 121) into Level 200. Applicants in possession of a Semester 8 Higher Diploma in Electrical and Electronic ITB400 Industrial Training II [Vacation, 20 Level 200 Engineering, or its equivalent, with a minimum weeks] (10 Credits, Core, pre-req. Diploma in Mining Engineering of Credit including a Credit in Mathematics, ITB 200) Semester 3 may be admitted directly into Level 300. Core Courses Level 500 CMD211 Advanced Mining Methods and Level 300 Semester 9 Production Control (2, pre-req. Semester 5 Core courses CM111, CMD121 ) Core Courses EEB510 Project I (3) (pre-req. EEB316, CMD212 Principles of Ground Control (2, MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III (3 pre- EEB327 & EEB418) and either pre-req. CMD111, CMD 122) req. MAT 292) (EEB411 & EEB412), or ( EEB413, CMD213 Mining Plant, Equipment Selection EEB311 Network Theory (4) EEB414) and Maintenance (2) ( pre-req. EEB221 & MAT 292) CMD214 Explosives, Drilling and Blasting (3) EEB 315 Computer Programming (2) Optional courses: CMD215 Computer Applications in Mining EEB316 Electrical Measurements and At least three from Problems (2) Instrumentation I, (3) EEB511 Control Theory II (3) (pre-req. In addition all students shall select at least 1 (pre-req. EEB221) EEB418) from the following 2-credit options: EEB 317 Principles of Telecommunications EEB512 Digital Signal Processing I (3) CMD216 Small Scale Mining (pre-req. (3) ( pre-req. MAT 292) (pre-req. MAT392) CMD111, CMD124) EEB513 Analogue Electronic System CMD217 Mine surveying (pre-req. CGD111) Design, (3) (pre-req. EEB323) CMD218 Mining Environmental Management

75 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

EEB514 Process Instrumentation (3) Level 300 (3, pre-reqEEB 512) (pre-req. EEB416 & EEB418) Semester 6 EEB523 Digital Electronic System Design EEB515 Power System Analyses (3) Core courses (3, pre-req. EEB 412) (pre-req. EEB413 & EEB414) MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IV EEB524 Process Control Systems (3, pre-req. EEB516 Power Electronics (3) (3,pre-req. MAT 391) EEB 511 & EEB514) (pre-req. EEB323) EEB525 Power Systems (3, pre-req. EEB 413) EEB517 Computer Aided Electrical Machine Optional courses: EEB526 Electrical Machines and Drives, Analysis (3) (pre-req. EEB414) At least two from (3, pre-req. EEB 516) EEB322 Digital Electronics I (3) EEB529 Computer Networks Optional Courses (pre-req. EEB211) (3, pre-req. EEB 519) EEB518 Guided Waves (3) ( pre-req. EEB327) EEB323 Analogue Electronics (3) EEB 519 Computer Architecture and Design (pre-req. EEB211) Assessment (3) (pre-req. EEB 417) EEB326 Electrical Machines I (3) As per Special Faculty Regulations 21.40. (pre-req. EEB311) Progression Level 500 EEB327 Electromagnetic Field Theory (3) As per General Regulations 00.90. Semester 10 (pre-req. MAT391) Core courses Award of the Degree EEB 520 Project II (3, pre-req. EEB 510) Level 400 The award of the BEng. in Electrical and Semester 7 Electronic Engineering shall be in accordance Optional courses: Core courses with the Faculty Special regulations 21.80. At least three from EEB418 Control Theory I (3) Combined Bachelor of Engineering (B-Eng EEB522 Digital Signal Processing II (pre-req. EEB 311 & MAT392) Minor) (3, pre-req. EEB 512) Degree Structure EEB523 Digital Electronic System Design Optional courses: The Minor shall be a minimum of 23 credits (3, pre-req. EEB 412) At least two from over 8 semesters of full-time study. The minor EEB524 Process Control Systems (3, pre-req. EEB411 Electronic Devices and Circuits, (3) may be combined with a major or minor. The EEB 511 & EEB514) (pre-req. EEB323) curriculum for Level 100 shall be as stipulated EEB525 Power Systems (3, pre-req. EEB 413) EEB412 Digital Electronics II (3) in the Faculty Special Regulations 21.30. EEB 526 Electrical Machines and Drives (3, (pre-req. EEB322) pre-req EEB 516) EEB413 Power Generation and Level 200 EEB 527 Computer Aided Power Systems Distribution, (3) (pre-req. EEB326 & Semester 3 Analysis (3, pre-req. EEB515) MAT392) Core Courses EEB 528 Antennas and Propagation EEB414 Electrical Machines II (3) EEB216 Electrical Principles (2) (3, pre-req. EEB518) (pre-req. EEB326 & MAT392) MMB 211Engineering Drawing (2 EEB 529 Computer Networks (3, pre-req. EEB EEB417 Microprocessor Based Systems, (3) 519) (pre-req. EEB322) Level 200 Semester 4 Assessment Level 400 Core Courses As per Special Faculty Regulations 21.40. Semester 8 EEB 226 AC Circuit Principles, (2) ITB400 Industrial Training II [Vacation, 20 Progression weeks] (10, Core) Level 300 As per General Regulations 00.90. Semester 5 Level 500 Core Courses Award of the Degree Semester 9 A minimum of 5 credits from: The award of the BEng. in Electrical and Core courses EEB311 Network Theory (4) Electronic Engineering shall be in accordance EEB510 Project I, (3) (pre-req. EEB316, (pre-req. EEB221 & MAT292) with the Faculty Special regulations 21.80. EEB327 & EEB418) and either (EEB411 & EEB315 Computer Programming (2) EEB412) or (EEB413 & EEB414) EEB316 Electrical Measurements and Combined Bachelor of Engineering Instrumentation I (3) (B-Eng Major) Optional courses: (pre-req. EEB211) Degree Structure At least two from EEB317 Principles of Telecommunications The Major shall be a minimum of 53 credits EEB512 Digital Signal Processing I (3) (3)(pre-req. MAT292) over 10 semesters of full-time study. The (pre-req. MAT392) major may be combined with a second major EEB513 Analogue Electronic System Level 300 or minor. The curriculum for Level 100 and 200 Design (3)(pre-req. EEB323) Semester 6 shall be as stipulated in the Faculty Special EEB514 Process Instrumentation (3) Core Courses Regulations 21.30. (pre-req. EEB416 & EEB418) A minimum of 5 credits from: EEB515 Power System Analysis (3) EEB322 Digital Electronics I (3) Level 300 (pre-req. EEB413 & EEB414) (pre-req. EEB211) Semester 5 EEB 516 Power Electronics (3) EEB323 Analogue Electronics (3) Core Courses (pre-req. EEB323) (pre-req. EEB211) MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III EEB326 Electrical Machines I (3) (3, pre-req MAT 291) Level 500 (pre-req. EEB311) EEB 311 Network Theory (4) (pre-req. EEB221 Semester 9 EEB327 Electromagnetic Field Theory (3) & MAT292) Core courses (pre-req. MAT391) EEB 316 Electrical Measurements and EEB 520 Project II (3 , pre-req. EEB 510) Instrumentation I, (3) Level 400 (pre-req. EEB221 ) Optional courses: Semester 7 At least two from Optional Courses EEB522 Digital Signal Processing II A minimum of 5 credits from:

76 EEB411 Electronic Devices and Circuits, (3) (3, pre-req. EEH 125, EEH 216) 23.20 Degree Structure (pre-req. EEB211) EEH 224 Computer Engineering 23.21 Level 100 courses shall be as specified in EEB412 Digital Electronics II (3) (3, pre-req. EEH 122) the Faculty of Science Special Regulations (pre-req. 322) EEH225 Process Control Systems for the Bachelor of Science Degree. EEB413 Power Generation and (3, pre-req. EEH 213) 23.22 Level 200 shall consist of the following Distribution, (3) (pre-req. EEB326 EEH226 RF Transmission and Propagation courses: & MAT392) (3, pre-req. EEH 124) EEB414 Electrical Machines II (3) EEH227 Audio Visual Engineering (3) Semester 3 (pre-req. EEB326 & MAT392) EEH228 Power System Protection (3) Core Courses EEB417 Microprocessor Based Systems (3) MDH225 Renewable Energy (3) DTB210 Elements of Design (3) (pre-req. EEB322) DTB211 Workshop Technology I (2) All courses shall be assessed as stipulated in MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) the Faculty Regulation 13.30.130 In addition CCB211 Engineering Materials (2) Higher Diploma in Electrical and Electronic to the above, the department of Electrical CCB212 Statics (2) Engineering and Electronic Engineering also offers the EEB211 Electrical Principles I (2) Entrance Requirements following General Education Courses (GEC) Diploma in Electrical and Electronic Engineering GEC 255 Electrical Energy and Rural Semester 4 or its equivalent. At least one year of industrial Development (2 ) DTB220 Designing Artifacts work experience in the field of Electrical and GEC354 Domestic Use of Electrical (3,pre-req.DTB210) Electronic Engineering. Energy (2) DTB221 Workshop Technology II GEC355 Telecommunications and Society (2, pre-req. DTB211) Level 100 MMB221 Computer Aided Drafting Semester 1 (2, pre-req. MMB211) Core Courses MMB222 Dynamics (2) SMH 111 Mathematics 1 (2) DEPARTMENT OF CCB221 Strength of Materials (2) EEH 111 Circuit Theory (3) INDUSTRIAL DESIGN AND DTB 222 Graphics (2) EEH 112 Analogue Electronics (3) EEH 113 Measurement and Instrumentation TECHNOLOGY 23.23 Students registered for a Bachelor of (2) Design Degree Programme shall undergo EEH 114 Computer Aided Electrical Drafting 230 Special Regulations for the Degree in industrial training as specified under (2) Bachelor of Design Departmental Special Regulations. Subject to the provisions of the General 23.24 At Levels 300, 400 and 500 each student Level 100 Regulations 000, 100 and 200, the following shall register for General Education Courses Semester 2 Special Regulations shall apply: as prescribed by General Regulation 00.2124, Core Courses Departmental prescribed number of core, EEH 129 Mathematics II (2 ,pre-req.SMH 111) 23.10 Entrance Requirements optional and elective courses per semester, EEH 121 Network Theory (3) 23.11 Admission into Level 100 of the unless exempted. EEH 122 Digital Electronics (2) Bachelor of Design Degree Programme shall 23.25 The availability of optional and elective EEH 123 Computer Programming (2) be as stipulated in the General Admission courses offered by a Department shall be at EEH 124 Electromagnetic Field Theory (2) Regulations. the discretion of the Department. EEH 125 Electrical machines 1 (2) 23.12 Admission into Level 100 shall be 23.26 A student shall register for a Single possession of BGCSE/equivalent with a Major or a Combined Degree Programme in Level 200 minimum of grade C in English Language the third semester. Semester 3 and a grade C in Mathematics and Physics 23.27 A subject may include courses consisting Core courses and in any one from Biology and Chemistry entirely of fieldwork, project work, practical EEH 211 Control Theory (3) or a minimum of grade BB in Science Double work, and seminars. In addition to work during Optional courses Award or equivalent. OR the semester, a subject may include prescribed At least four from 23.13 Admission into Level 200 of the Bachelor fieldwork or assignments during the vacation EEH212 Fundamentals of Computer of Design Degree Programme shall be as periods. Networks, (3) stipulated in General Admission Regulations. EEH 213 Process Instrumentation (3) 23.14 Admission into Level 200 of the BDes 23.30 Assessment EEH 214 Analogue and Digital Degree Programme shall be satisfactorily 23.31 Continuous assessment in Levels 200, Communication (3, pre-req. completion of level 100 of Bachelor of Science 300, 400 and 500 courses shall be based on EEH 124) with at least the equivalent of C grades in tests and/or assignments, and where applicable EEH215 Troubleshooting Digital Systems, (3) Mathematics and Physics. OR laboratory reports/field reports. EEH 216 Electrical Machines II (3) 23.15 Applicants in possession of an 23.32 Except for a project and courses with EEH 217 Power Transmission and appropriate A-Level qualification with at 100 percent continuous assessment, the ratio Distribution (3) least C grades in Mathematics and any one of of continuous assessment to end of semester EEH 218 Power Electronics (3) Physics, Chemistry, or Design and Technology examination shall be 2:3, unless otherwise EEH 219 Electrical Power Production (3) may be admitted directly into Level 200 of the specified in the Departmental Special Degree Programme. OR Regulations. Level 200 23.16 Applicants in possession of an Semester 4 appropriate Diploma may be admitted directly 23.33 Project Assessment Core courses into Level 200 of the Degree Programme. OR a) A Design Project shall be assessed through EEH 221 Project (2) 23.17 For admission into Level 300 of the documentation (folio, report and diary) of the EEH 222 Electrical Maintenance and Repair Degree Programme, applicants must have Design Process and presentation. The ratio of (2) an appropriate Higher (or a 3 Year) Diploma marks for documentation to presentation shall Optional courses with Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and be 2:1. At least three from: Engineering Drawing. b) A Major Make and Evaluate Project shall be EEH223 Motor Drive Applications assessed through Product and its Evaluation

77 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

and presentation. The ratio of marks for Semester 6 Semester 10 documentation to presentation shall be 2:1. Core Courses DTB521 Major Make-and- Evaluate Project c) A Design and Make Project shall be evaluated DTB 321 Computer Aided Design (3) (3, core) as specified in Regulations 23.33a and 23.33b. EEB328 Electronics for Designers (3) In addition, all students shall select at least 23.34 The Level 500 Project Report must be (pre-req. EEB211) one of the following optional courses: submitted to the co-coordinator at least 2 DTB323 Pneumatic Controls (2) DTB522 Case Studies in Designing (2) weeks before the beginning of the end of DTB324 Product Analysis (3) DTB524 Environmental Factors in Design (2) semester examinations. EDT321 Teaching Methodology (2) In addition, all students shall select at least 23.35 Where a course includes a written final Industrial Training two of the following optional courses: examination, a course with a credit value of DTB300 Industrial Training EFA500 School Management (2) 3 or more shall be examined by an end of (Vacation, 7 Weeks) (3 Credits) EFF430 Philosophical Analysis of semester examination of duration 2 hours, and Educational Concepts and 1 hour for a course with less than 3 credits. Level 400 Policies (3) 23.36 Courses having a practical component Design and Technology Education EFH500 Guidance and Counselling (3) or drawing that include a written examination Semester 7 EFR500 Measurement and Evaluation (3) shall be examined by an end of semester Core Courses examination of duration 3 hours. DTB410 Computer Based Manufacture (2) 28.30 Assessment DTB411 Hydraulic Controls (2) 28.31 For courses DTB220, DTB300, DTB312, 23.37 Due Dates and Tests DTB412 Product Design I (3) DTB315, ETP400, DTB321, DTB413, DTB414, a) Failure without good cause to submit an EDT411 Educational Technology (2) DTB416, DTB422, DTB423, DTB424, DTB511, item of continuous assessment within 24 DTB514, DTB521 and DTB522 the assessment hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of In addition, all students shall select modeshall be continuous assessment only. 5 percentage marks per day. Failure to submit at least two of the following optional courses: 28.32 Assessment for courses offered by other the assignment before the end of 1 week from DTB413 Special Human Needs (2) faculties, e.g. Education, will be as stipulated the due date shall incur a zero mark. DTB414 School Design and Technology in their Faculty/Departmental Regulations. b) A student who fails to sit a continuous Projects (2) assessment test without documented valid DTB415 Design for Sustainable 340 Departmental Regulations for the reason shall score a zero mark for that test. A Development (2) Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design student absent from a test with documented DTB416 Interior Design (2, pre-req. DTB312) Degree) legitimate reason shall be entitled to a special Teaching Practice Subject to the provisions of the General test. ETP400 School Teaching Practice Regulations 000 and 200 and the Faculty (Vacation, 7 weeks) (3) Special Regulations 230 the following 280 Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor Departmental Regulations for the B Des. of Design (Design and Technology Education) Semester 8 (Industrial Design) shall apply: Degree Core Courses (Both 2 credits) Subject to the provisions of the General DTB422 Product Design II (2) 34.10 Entrance Requirements Regulations 000 and 200 and the Faculty DTB423 Minor Design and Make Project (2) 34.11 Admission to the Bachelor of Design Special Regulation 230, the following Degree (Industrial Design) shall be as stipulated Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor In addition, all students shall in Faculty Special Regulations 23.10, i.e., 23.11 of Design (Design and Technology Education) select at least two of the following optional to 23.17 Degree shall apply: courses: EDT421 Educational Testing and Evaluation 34.20 Degree Structure 28.10 Entrance Requirements (2) 34.21 The Programme shall consist of a single 28.11 Admission to the Bachelor of Design EDT422 Curriculum Studies (2) major subject called ‘Industrial Design’. (Design and Technology Education) Degree EDT423 Philosophy of Education (2) 34.22 The curriculum for Level 100 and 200 shall be as stipulated in Faculty Special In addition, all students shall shall be stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulation 23.10, i.e., 23.11 to 23.17. select at least one of the following Regulations. optional courses: 28.20 Programme Structure DTB421 Ceramics, Glass and Stone Level 300 28.21 The Programme shall consist of the Technology (2) Industrial Design Major Subject called ‘Design and Technology’ MMB420 Applied Thermodynamics (2) Semester 5 and the Minor Subject called Education. DTB424 Safety and First Aid (2) Core Courses 28.22 The curriculum for Levels 100 and 200 DTB311 Design, Technology and Society (2) shall be stipulated in the Faculty Special Level 500 DTB312 Aesthetics (2) Regulations. Design and Technology Education DTB313 Ergonomics (2) Semester 9 IDB311 Industrial Design: Concept and Level 300 Core Courses Practice (2) Design and Technology Education DTB511 Major Design Project (3) IDB312 Design of Mechanisms and Semester 5 EDT511 Research Project in D&T Education Structures (2) Core Courses (3) In addition, all students shall select at least DTB311 Design, Technology and Society (2) In addition, all students shall select at least one of the following optional courses: DTB312 Aesthetics (2) two of the following optional courses: IDB313 History of Industrial Design (2) DTB313 Ergonomics (2) EDT512 School Organisation and DTB315 Internet for Designers (2) DTB314 Materials Processing (3) Management (2) DTB317 Textiles and Leather Technology (2) EDT311 Principles of Learning (2) DTB512 Design and Technology School In addition, all students shall select at least Curriculum Innovations (2) Semester 6 two of the following optional courses: DTB513 Product Design III (2) Core Courses DTB315 Internet for Designers (2) DTB514 Industrial Product Design (2) DTB324 Product Analysis (3) DTB317 Textiles and Leather Technology (2) DTB515 Microcomputer Controls (2) EEB328 Electronics for Designers (3) HEE345 Food Technology (3 (pre-req. EEB211)

78 IDB321 Computer Aided 3-D Design (2) Service Courses marks for Continuous Assessment to Industrial IDB322 Product Design (2) DTC 221 Entrepreneurial Skills (2): This course Training Report and Logbook shall be 1:2. In addition, all students shall select at least is available for students who are undertaking 35.24 IDB400 shall be assessed as based one of the following optional courses: certificate or diploma programmes in FET. on regulations 35.22 (a,b and c). The ratio IDB323 Basic Control Systems (2) GEC 357 Advances in Technology (2): of marks for Continuous Assessment to IDB324 Ceramics, Glass and Stone Examinable: CA:Exam Ratio as per FET Industrial Training Report and Logbook to Oral Technology (2) Regulations Presentation shall be 1:2:1. MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business GEC 258 Art and Science of Design (2): Formation (3) Examinable: CA:Exam Ratio as per FET MGT325 Industrial Environment (2) Regulations DEPARTMENT OF

Industrial Training 350 Industrial Training Regulations for the MECHANICAL DTB300 Industrial Training Degree of Bachelor of Design Preamble ENGINEERING (Vacation 7 Weeks, 3 Credits) Subject to the provisions of General Regulations 000 and 200 the following Industrial Training Introduction Regulations shall apply to students on the The Department of Mechanical Engineering Level 400 following Programmes: offers the following programmes: Industrial Design a) Bachelor of Design (Design and Technology • Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical) Semester 7 Education) • Combined Degree (Major in Mechanical IDB411 Computer Aided Manufacture (3) b) Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design) Engineering) IDB412 Research Methods in Design (2) • Combined Degree (Minor in Mechanical IDB413 Minor Project (3) 35.10 Structure Engineering) In addition, all students shall select at least 35.11 BDes (Design and Technology Education) • Bachelor of Industrial Engineering two of the following optional courses: and Bdes (Industrial Design) students shall • MSc in Mechanical Engineering DTB415 Design for Sustainable undergo supervised Industrial Training for Development (2) 7 weeks between Levels 300 and 400. B Des. Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor DTB416 Interior Design (2) Industrial Design students shall in addition of Engineering (Mechanical) Degree. Subject IDB414 Eco-Product Design (2) undergo supervised Industrial Training for to General Regulations 000 and 200 and the IDB415 Universal Design (2) Industrial Design for 20 weeks from the Faculty Special Regulations 210, the following beginning of semester 2 of Level 400 including Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of Semester 8 part of the vacation between Levels Engineering (Mechanical) Degree (BEng) shall IDB400 Industrial Training for Industrial 400 and 500. apply: Design (20 Weeks, 10 Credits) 35.12 Industrial Training course codes shall Entrance Requirements Level 500 be as follows: Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering Industrial Design DTB 300 - Industrial Training (BDes Design and (Mechanical Engineering) Degree Programme Semester 9 Technology Education and B Des. Industrial shall be as stipulated in Faculty Special IDB 511 Major Design Project (3) Design) duration 7 weeks, 3 credits, core Regulations 21.10. IDB 512 Contemporary Issues in Industrial course. IDB 400 - Industrial Training for Design (2) Industrial Design (B Des. Industrial Design) Programme Structure IDB 513 Advanced Product Design (2) duration 20 weeks, 10 credits, core course. The Programme for the Degree in Mechanical In addition, all students shall 35.13 During the periods of Industrial Training Engineering will be a Single Major that will select at least three of the students shall be subjected to such codes, extend over 10 semesters of full-time study. following optional courses: procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations It shall contain one subject called Mechanical IDB514 Design Management (2) as applicable to the industry. Engineering consisting of courses shown IDB515 Occupational Health and Safety (2) 35.14 Subject to Regulations Governing below. The curriculum for Levels 100 and IDB516 Design Studies (2) Admissions, Fees and Discipline Regulation 200 shall be as stipulated in Faculty Special IDB517 Optimisation in Design (2) 4.0, and regulation 35.13 above, a student Regulation 21.20. who receives a final warning for misconduct Semester 10 during the period of Industrial Training shall Level 300 IDB521 Major Make-and-Evaluate be subjected to Discipline Regulations. Mechanical Engineering Project, (3) Semester 5 IDB523 Professional Practice (2) 35.20 Assessment Core Courses In addition, all students shall select at least 35.21 During the periods of Industrial Training, MAT391 Mathematics III two of the following optional courses: each student shall be visited a minimum (3, pre-req. MAT291) DTB522 Case Studies in Designing (3) of twice at the location of placement to MMB311 Solid Mechanics IDB522 Design for Automation (3) be assessed by Faculty of Engineering and (3, pre-req. CCB221) IDB524 Multimedia for Industrial Technology staff. MMB312 Materials Designers (3) 35.22 A student’s performance will be assessed (2, pre-req. CCB211) IDB525 Packaging Design, (3) by means of: MMB313 Mechanics of Machines a) Continuous assessment by the industry based (3, pre-req. MMB222) 34.24 Assessment supervisor and an assessor from a relevant MMB314 Measurement and I 34.25 For DTB220, DTB300, DTB312, DTB315, Department of the Faculty of Engineering and nstrumentation (2) IDB313, IDB321, IDB 322, IDB324, IDB400, Technology. IDB411, IDB413, IDB513, IDB515, IDB516, b) Industrial Training Report and logbook Semester 6 IDB517, IDB522, IDB524 and IDB525, the submitted by the student at the end of the Core Courses assessment mode shall be continuous Industrial Training period. MMB322 Machine Component Design assessment only. c) Oral Presentation for IDB400 only. (2, pre-req. MMB 311) 35.23 DTB300 shall be assessed as based MMB323 Thermodynamics I (3) on regulations 35.22 (a and b). The ratio of MMB324 Fluid Mechanics (3)

79 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

MMB325 Manufacturing (2) Regulations 21.30. For MMB411 the ratio Level 400 EEB326 Electrical Machines I (3) of marks for continuous assessment to Major in Mechanical Engineering examination shall be 1:1. For MMB211, Semester 7 Level 400 MMB511, MMB521, and MMB526 the Students shall select and follow at least two of Mechanical Engineering assessment mode shall be by continuous the following core courses: Semester 7 assessment only. MMB411 Machine and Industrial Design Core Courses (2, pre-req. MMB322) MMB411 Machine and Industrial Design MMB527 Thermal Fluid System Design (2, pre-req. MMB322) Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of (2, pre-req. MMB421, MMB417) MMB421 Heat Transfer Engineering (General) Degree MMB413 Systems and Control Engineering (2, pre-req. MMB323, MMB324) Subject to the General Regulations 000 and I (3) MMB413 Systems and Control 200 and the Faculty Special Regulations 210, MMB414 Engineering Management (3) Engineering I (3) the following Departmental Regulations for MMB417 Thermodynamics II MMB414 Engineering Management (3) the Bachelor of Engineering Degree (Major in (2, pre-req. MMB323) MMB417 Thermodynamics II Mechanical Engineering) shall apply: In addition, all students shall select at least (2, pre-req. MMB323) one of the following optional courses: Entrance Requirements MMB416 Mechatronics In addition, all students shall at least select Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering (2, pre-req. MMB314) One of the following optional courses: Degree (Major in Mechanical Engineering) shall MMB418 Pneumatics and Hydraulics (2) MMB416 Mechatronics be as stipulated in Faculty Special Regulations MMB410 Advanced Manufacturing (2, pre-req. MMB314) 21.10. (2, pre-req. MMB325) MMB418 Pneumatics and Hydraulics (2) MMB410 Advanced Manufacturing (2, Programme Structure Semester 8 pre-req. MMB325) The Combined Programme shall extend over Core Course 10 semesters of full-time study. It shall consist ITB420 Industrial Training II [20 Weeks] (10) Semester 8 of one major subject (Mechanical Engineering) ITB420 Industrial Training II [ 20 Weeks], and 1 minor subject selected outside the Level 500 (10 credits, core, pre-req. ITB 200) major subject. The curriculum for Levels 100 Major in Mechanical Engineering and 200 shall be stipulated in the Faculty Semester 9 Level 500 Special Regulations 21.20. At Levels 300, 400 Core Course Mechanical Engineering and 500 students shall be required to follow MMB511 Project I (3) Semester 9 a selected minor subject outside the major In addition, all students shall select at least Core Courses subject. The courses from the minor subject two of the following options: MMB511 Project I (3) shall have a minimum credit value of 23. MMB512 Plant Engineering (3) MMB512 Plant Engineering (3) Subject to Regulation 31.22, students must MMB513 Manufacturing Systems (4) achieve a minimum of 53 credits from the MMB514 Systems and Control Engineering In addition, all students shall select at least major subject courses listed below. In cases II (4) two of the following optional courses: where a similar course appears in both the MMB515 Energy Conversion minor and the major subject, there shall be no (4, pre-req. MMB412, MMB417) MMB513 Manufacturing Systems (4) double crediting of the course. Students shall MMB524 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning MMB514 Systems and Control Engineering II be required to undertake Industrial Training (4,pre-req. MMB412, MMB417) (4) as per Faculty of Engineering and Technology MMB515 Energy Conversion Special Regulations 220. Semester 10 (4, pre-req. MMB412, MMB417) Core Course MMB524 Refrigeration and Air conditioning Level 300 MMB521 Project II (4, pre-req. MMB412, MMB417) Major in Mechanical Engineering (3, pre-req. MMB511) Semester 5 In addition, students shall select at least one of Semester 10 Core Course the following courses: Core Courses MAT391 Mathematics III Core Course MMB521 Project II (3, pre-req. MMB511) (3, pre-req. MAT291) MMB522 Production and Operations MMB522 Production and Operations Students shall select and follow at least 3 of Management (3, pre-req. MMB414) Management (3, pre-req. MMB414) the following optional courses: MMB311 Solid Mechanics (3) Optional Courses In addition, all students shall select two of the MMB312 Materials (2) MMB516 Building and Factory Services (4) following optional courses: MMB313 Mechanics of Machines MMB523 Industrial Engineering (3, core, pre-req. MMB222) (4, pre-req.MMB414) MMB516 Building and Factory Services (4) MMB314 Measurement and Instrumentation MMB525 Process Engineering II (4) MMB523 Industrial Engineering (2) MMB526 Computational Mechanics (4) (4, pre-req. MMB414) MMB527 Thermo/Fluid system design Semester 6 Assessment (4, pre-req. MMB 421, MMB 417) Students shall select and follow at least three Except for MMB211 (Engineering Drawing), MMB526 Computational Mechanics (4) of the following optional courses: MMB411 (Machine and Industrial Design), MMB322 Machine Component Design (2) and MMB526 (Computational Mechanics), all Assessment MMB323 Thermodynamics I, (3) courses shall be assessed as stipulated in the Except for MMB211 (Engineering Drawing), MMB324 Fluid Mechanics (3) Faculty Special Regulations 21.30. For MMB411 MMB411 (Engineering Design), MMB511 MMB325 Manufacturing (2) the ratio of marks for continuous assessment (Project I), MMB521 (Project II) and MMB526 to examination shall be 1:1. For MMB211 and (Computational Mechanics), all courses MMB526 the assessment mode shall be by shall be assessed as stipulated in the Faculty continuous assessment only. Special

80 Departmental Regulations for the Combined Semester 7 (3 credits, core) Degree Programme MMB411 Machine and Industrial Design (2) MMB312 Engineering Materials Subject to the General Regulations 000 and MMB421 Heat Transfer (3 credits, core, prerequisite CCB211) 200 and the Faculty Special Regulations 210, (2, pre-req. MMB323,MMB324) ECO313 Engineering Economics the following Departmental Regulations for MMB413 Systems and Control (3 credits, core)MGT100 Principles the Minor in Mechanical Engineering shall Engineering I (3) of Management apply: MMB414 Engineering Management (3) (3 credits, core) MMB416 Mechatronics (2) Entrance Requirements MMB417 Thermodynamics II (2) Level 300 Semester 6 Applicants shall have successful registration MMB418 Pneumatics and Hydraulics (2) Core Courses in a Combined Major Degree Programme in MMB410 Advanced Manufacturing (2) IMB321 Information System Design Science, Engineering or Technology. Courses (3 credits, core) in Mathematics must be covered in the major Assessment IMB322 Technological Entrepreneurship subject with at least two such courses in Level Except for MMB211 (Engineering Drawing) (3 credits, core) 200. and MMB411 (Machine and Industrial Design) ACC203 Cost Accounting Applications all courses shall be assessed as stipulated in the (3 credits, core) Programme Structure Faculty Special Regulations 21.30. For MMB411 IMB324 Productivity and The Minor Programme shall extend over 8 the ratio of marks for continuous assessment Technology Management (3 credits, semesters of full-time study and shall be to examination shall be 1:1. For MMB211 core) part of a Combined Major in another subject. the assessment mode shall be by continuous EEB315 Computer Programming It shall consist of one subject Mechanical assessment only. (3 credits, core) Engineering with courses listed below. The curriculum for Level 100 shall be as stipulated Level 400 Semester 7 in Faculty Special Regulation 21.20. In cases Departmental Special Regulations for Core Courses where a similar course appears in both the the Bachelor of Engineering (Industrial IMB411 Industrial Logistics (3 credits, core) minor and the major subject, there shall be Engineering) IMB412 Manufacturing I no double crediting of the course. Students (3 credits, core, should achieve a minimum of 23 credits in the General provisions prerequisite MMB312) Minor Subject of Mechanical Engineering. Subject to the provisions of the General IMB413 Simulation Modelling Regulations 000, and 200, the following (3 credits, core) Level 200 Departmental Special Regulations shall apply: IMB414 Organizational Ergonomics (3 Minor in Mechanical Engineering credits, core) Semester 3 Entrance Requirements IMB415 Facilities planning and Value Core Courses Admission into Level 100 of the Programme engineering (3 credits, Core, CCB212 Statics (2) shall be governed by General Regulation 20.2. prerequisite ECO313) MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) Admission into Level 200 of the Degree programme shall be satisfactorily completion Level 400 Semester 8 Semester 4 of Level 100 of Bachelor of Science with at least Core Courses Core Courses the equivalent of C grades in Mathematics, MKT100 Principle of Marketing CCB221 Engineering Materials (2) Chemistry, and Physics. OR (3 credits, core) MMB222 Dynamics (2) Applicants in possession of an appropriate IMB422 Manufacturing II A-Level qualification with at least C grades (3 credits, core, prerequisite Level 300 in Mathematics and any one of Physics or IMB 412) Minor in Mechanical Engineering Chemistry may be admitted directly into Level IMB423 Process Planning and Semester 5 200 of the Degree Programme. OR Cost Estimation (3 credits, core, Students shall attain a minimum of four credits Applicants in possession of an appropriate prerequisite ECO313) from any of the following core courses: Diploma in Mechanical Engineering may be IMB424 Industrial Quality Control MMB311 Solid Mechanics admitted directly into Level 200 of the Degree (3 credits, core, (3, pre-req.CCB221) Programme. OR pre requisite MAT271) MMB312 Materials Applicants in possession of an appropriate IMB425 Operations Research I (2, pre-req. CCB211) Higher Diploma in Mechanical Engineering (3 credits, core) MMB313 Mechanics of Machines may be admitted directly into Level 300 of the ITB400 Industrial Training (3,pre-req. MMB222) Degree Programme. II (Vacation, 8 weeks duration, 4 MMB314 Measurement and Instrumentation credits, core, prerequisite ITB200). (2) Bachelor of Industrial Engineering Level 100 Semester 1 Degree Structure Semester 6 BEng Industrial Engineering The Programme shall consist of a single major Students shall attain a minimum of four credits subject called Industrial Engineering. from any of the following optional courses: MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I Level 100 courses shall be as specified in the: MMB322 Machine Component Design (2) (core, 4 credits) Faculty of Science Special Regulations for the MMB323 Thermodynamics I (3) PHY111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, Bachelor of Science Degree. MMB324 Fluid Mechanics (3) Vibrations and Waves Level 200 courses shall be as specified in the MMB325 Manufacturing (2) (core, 3 credits) Faculty Special Regulations for the Bachelor of PHY119 Physics Practicals 1.1 (core, 1 credit) Engineering Degree. Level 400 CHE101 General Chemistry 1 (core, 4 credits) Minor in Mechanical Engineering GEC111 Communication and study Level 300 Semester 5 Students shall attain a minimum of six credits skills 1(core 2 credits) Core CoursesMAT271 Introduction from any of the following optional courses: GEC121 Computing and information to mathematical Statistics (3 credits, core) skills 1(core 2 credits) LAW251 Foundations of Business Law

81 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

Level 100 Semester 2 IMB412 Manufacturing I option, prerequisite ECO313, MAT 122 Introductory Mathematics 11 (pre-requisite MMB312, core, IMB321) (core, 4 credits) 3 credits) IMB523 Industrial Relations PHY 121 Electricity and Magnetism, IMB413 Simulation Modelling (3 credits, option) Modern Physics (core, 3 credits) (core, 3 credits) IMB516 Industrial Analysis PHY 129 Physics Practical 1.2 IMB414 Organisational Ergonomics (3 credits, option, (core, 1 credit) (core, 3 credits) prerequisite IMB413) CHE 102 General Chemistry (core, 4 credits) IMB415 Facilities Planning and GEC 112 Communication and Value Engineering Level 500 Semester 10 study skill 2 (core, 2 credits) (pre-requisite ECO313, core, Core Courses GEC 122 Computing and information skills 3 credits) IMB521 Project II (6 credits, core) 2 (core, 2 credits) IMB522 Computer Aided (4 credits, core,) In addition, all students shall select at least Level 200 Semester 3 Level 400 Semester 8 two of the following optional courses: MAT291 Engineering Mathematics 1 MKT100 Principle of Marketing (core, 3 Optional Courses: (core, 3 credits) credits IMB523 Professional Ethics CCB211 Materials Science (core, 2 credits) IMB422 Manufacturing II (3 credits, option, prerequisite CCB212 Statics (core, 2 credits) (pre-requisite IMB412, IMB322) IDB211 Workshop Technology 1 core 3 credits) MMB522 Production and Operations (core 2 credits) IMB423 Process Planning and Management (3 credits, option, EEB211 D.C. Circuits Principles Cost Estimation prerequisite, ECO313 and IMB324) (core, 2 credits) (pre-requisite ECO313, CCB315 Environmental Engineering (3 credits, MMB211 Engineering Drawing core, 3 credits) option) (core, 2 credits) IMB424 Industrial Quality Control Assessment (pre-requisite MAT271, core, All courses shall be assessed as stipulated in Level 200 Semester 4 3 credits) the Faculty Special Regulation 21.30. MAT292 Engineering Mathematics 2 IMB425 Operations Research I (core, 3 credits) (core, 3 credits) Progression from Semester to Semester CCB221 Strength of Materials 261.41 Progression from one semester to (core 2 credits) Level 400 Winter Session the next shall be as per General Regulations IDB221 Workshop Technology 2 ITB420 Industrial Training (8 Weeks, core, 4 00.9. (core, 2 credits) credits) MMB221 Computer Aided Drafting Award of the Degree (core, 2 credits) Level 500 Semester 9 The Degree shall be awarded in accordance MMB222 Dynamics (core, 2 credits) IMB511 Project I (core, 6 credits) with the provisions of General Regulation EEB221 A.C. Circuits Principles IMB515 Operations Research II 00.85. (core, 2 credits) (pre-requisite IMB425, Classification of the degree shall be in core 4 credits) accordance with the provisions of General Level 200 Winter Session IMB512 Project Management Regulation 20.4 ITB 200 Industrial Training (8-9 weeks, 4 (pre-requisite ECO313, credits) IMB321, optional, 3 credits) IMB513 Industrial Relations Level 300 Semester 5 (optional, 3 credits) COURSE LISTINGS LAW251 Foundations of Business Law IMB 516 Industrial Analysis (core, 3 credits) (pre-requisite IMB413, optional, MMB312 Engineering Materials 3 credits) Department of (Pre-requisite CCB211, 3 credits) ECO313 Engineering Economics Level 500 Semester 10 Architecture and Planning (core, 3 credits) IMB521 Project II (core, 6 credits) MGT100 Principle of Management, IMB522 Computer Aided (core, 4 credits) YEAR 1 (core, 3 credits) IMB523 Professional Ethics Level 100 MAT271 Introduction to (pre-requisite IMB322, optional, Semester 1 Mathematical Statistics 3 credits) Core Courses (core, 3 credits) IMB525 Production and Operations Management ARB111 Design Communication I Level 300 Semester 6 (pre-requisite, ECO313, IMB324, This course concerns the experience of seeing, IMB321 Information System Design optional, 3 credits) drawing and communication of form, mainly (core, 3 credits) CCB315 Environmental physical form. It deals with free hand drawing IMB322 Technological Engineering (optional, 3 credits) as well as geometric projections: Orthographic, Entrepreneurship (core, 3 credits axonometric, and isometric. The course ACC203 Cost Accounting Applications Level 500 Semester 9 deals with communication through three (core, 3 credits) Core Courses main topics: free-hand drawing, geometric IMB324 Productivity and IMB511 Project I (6 credits, core) projections, and colour. Technology Management IMB515 Operations Research II (4 credits, Credits: 4. (core, 3 credits) core, prerequisite IMB425) Lectures/Studio: 8 hours per week EEB315 Computer Programming In addition, all students shall select at least Continuous assessment: Research report and (core, 3 credits) two of the following optional courses: interim assessments of design project Final examination: Final assessment of design Level 400 Semester 7 Optional Courses: project IMB411 Industrial Logistics (core, 3 credits) IMB522 Project Management (3 credits, CA/Exam ratio: 1:1

82 ARB112 Building Materials & Construction I to communication, factors for independent of radical movements from Impressionism This course deals with building materials learning, note-taking and making skills, onwards, until today. and their use in “fundamental” conditions, reading skills, writing skills, aspects of pre-req.: ARB113 “natural” as distinct from “fabricated” academic language, and interfacing between Credits: 2 materials: earth and its derivatives and wood. reading and writing. Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week It does so through observation of these Credits: 2 Continuous assessment: At least 1 Test and 1 materials in traditional and modern buildings. Lectures: 2 hours per week assignment The course deals with materials and process Continuous assessment: Tests and Final examination: 2 hours of construction and their inter-relationship in Assignments CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 the way they are used in building. Credits: 2 Final Examination: 2 hours Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 ARB 124 Environment and Comfort Continuous assessment: 2 Tests and 2 This course introduces (1) the range of assignments Final examination: 2 hours GEC 121 Computing and Information Skills human comfort conditions within the built CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 The course introduces students to computer environment and the effect of air, light and systems; equip them with basic computing temperature (2) sources of the natural and ARB113 Traditional African Architecture skills using application packages, like word- artificial environmental conditions affecting This course concerns the genesis of processing and electronic communications the built environment including the sun, wind, Architecture in Africa as a part of African using e-mail and internet facilities. precipitation, seasons, day and night, weather Culture. It examines architecture as a response, Credits: 2 and climatic conditions, electricity, HVAC and an expression, and a formative part of the Lectures: 2 hours per week (3) the building as a controlled environment. communal and individual human habitation. Continuous Assessment: Tests and Coursework consists of lectures providing This course begins with a review of African Assignments knowledge of principles to be observed in communes and villages, proceeds to the study Final Examination: 2hours field studies and reports to document the of particular buildings within them from their CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 results. Assessment will be through continuous origin to the present. assessment in form of essays and tests and a Credits: 2 Semester Two final examination. Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Core Courses pre-req.: PHY111 Continuous assessment: 2 Tests and 2 ARB 121 Design Communication II Credits: 2 Assignments This course deals with representation and Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Final examination: 2 hours abstraction in the process of communication. Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 It deals with free-hand drawing, perspective assignment projection, three-dimensional models as Final examination: 2 hours PHY 111 Physics instruments of study of geometry and CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Laws of reflection and refraction and appearance (light) of physical form, leading to applications: Mechanics Units and dimensions; the design of a simple structure. MAT 192 Design Mathematics II Vector algebra; Kinematics; Projectiles; pre-req.: ARB111 Calculus, co-ordinate geometry, vectors Newton’s laws; Work, Energy and Power; Credits: 4 pre-req.: MAT191 Circular motion; Torque; Vibrations and Lectures/Studio: 8 hours per week Credits: 3 Waves. Continuous assessment: Research report and Hours per week: 3 Lectures and 3 Tutorials Credits: 3 interim assessments of design project Continuous Assessment: Tests and Hours per week: 3 Lectures and 3 Tutorials Final examination: Final assessment of design Assignments Continuous Assessment: Tests and project Final Examination: 3 hours assignments CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Final Examination: 3 hours CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 ARB122 Building Materials & GEC Courses Construction II GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II PHY119 Physics Practicals 1.1 This course deals with building materials and Descriptive writing, Analysis, Use of Diagrams, A set of experiments to be performed in their use in “fundamental” conditions with Reading demands, language and style of formal Semester 1 illustrating work done in Level 100 focus on industrially produced materials: writing, Forms/Types of professional writing Physics lecture courses. cement, concrete, glass, steel and other metals and correspondence, basic oral presentation Credits: 1 used in buildings. The course covers basic skills. Tests: 2 hours per week characteristics of these materials but focusing Credits: 2 Final Examination: 1 hour on them as construction materials. Lectures: 2 hours per week CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 pre-req.: ARB112 Continuous Assessment: Tests and Credits: 2 Assignments MAT191 Design Mathematics I Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Final Examination: 2 hours Basic algebra, introduction to functions, Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 trigonometry, series, complex numbers, assignment GEC122 Computing and Information Skills II permutations and combinations. Final examination: 2 hours Additional computing and information skills Credits: 3 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 including advanced operating systems file Hours per week: 3 Lectures and 3 Tutorials management concepts, basic spread sheets, Continuous Assessment: Tests and ARB 123 History of Art and database management facilities. Assignments Architecture is rooted in the search for order Credits: 2 Final Examination: 3 hours and the establishment of immortality. The Lectures: 2 hours per week CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 achievement of mankind is easily assessed Continuous Assessment: Tests and through art, from traditional art found Assignments GEC Courses worldwide and then the beginning of Final Examination: 2 hours GEC 111 Communication and Study Skills I modernism at the Renaissance. The rising CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 The course deals with language use for figure of the individual artist and the several academic purposes including introduction revolutions since lead to the confirmation

83 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

Year 2 pre-req.: ARB124 Credits: 2 Level 200 Credits: 2 Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Semester 3 Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 Core Courses Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 assignment ARB211 Architectural Design I assignment Final examination: 2 hours The course will deal with the simplest possible Final examination: 2 hours CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 enclosure – a room, a hut, through examination CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 of the room and buildings in existing contexts, ARB223 History of Architecture II examples in the work of architects, and its ARB216 Computer Aided Drafting The course will deal with architecture as a design by the students. The course will apply Introduction to computers and two drafting development of the individual and community the various types of spatial organization and tools: Arch-Cad and Auto-Cad. This course as inhabitants of the earth and examines basic structures in small buildings in context, involves four lectures followed by extensive the seminal building and communal forms and the possibilities of presentational modes exercise and application of exercises in the use that emerge as the “typical” forms in this of professional architecture. of two architectural drafting tools. evolutionary process. Beginning with Early pre-req.: ARB121 pre-req.: GEC121 and GEC122, ARB111 and Christian architecture, the course proceeds to Credits: 6 ARB121 deal with the Middle Ages, looking at Europe, Lectures/Studio: 12 hours per week Credits: 2 Africa and the Far East. Continuous assessment: Research report and Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week pre-req.: ARB213 interim assessments of design project Continuous assessment: Interim assessments Credits: 2 Final examination: Final assessment of design Final examination: Assessment of major design Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week project project Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 assignment Final examination: 2 hours ARB212 Building Materials & Construction III CCB 217 Theory of Structures I CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Students are asked to study selected buildings The Course combines the fundamental as case studies, analyse the use of materials concepts taught in two typical courses of the CCB 227 Theory of Structures II and methods of construction in the building, civil engineering discipline, such as Statics and As a continuation of CCB217, this Course and apply the results in their own design. Strength of Materials. The emphasis is put on develops the principles already established Emphasis will be put on cladding and external the behaviour of different structural forms and relates them to more complex structural finishes. subjected to applied forces - what is essential forms and methods of building in terms of pre-req.: ARB122 in developing a common ground uniting the such materials as timber, steel and reinforced Credits: 2 principles of safe and economical design of concrete, considering simples design examples, Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week any type of structural system between the and exercises based on such examples. Continuous assessment: At least one test and architect and structural engineer. pre-req.: CCB217 one assignment Credits: 2 Credits: 2 Final examination: 2 hours Hours per week: 2 Lectures and 2 Tutorials Hours per week: 2 lectures and 2 Tutorials CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Continuous Assessment: 2 Tests and at least 2 Continuous Assessment: 2 Tests and at least 2 Assignments Assignments. ARB 213 History of Architecture I Final Examination: 2 hours Final Examination: 2 hours The course Covers Architecture As A CA/Exam ratio = 2:3 CA/Exam ratio=2:3 Development of the individual and community as inhabitants of the earth. It examines Semester 4 ARB 220 Internship I the seminal building and communal forms Core Courses Internship means the external placement of a that emerge as the “typical” forms in this ARB221 Architectural Design II student with a professional or other kind of evolutionary process. Beginning with the More advanced and institutional building body in order to gain the necessary experience Prehistoric, the main civilisations from types form the vehicle of instruction in of the profession. During the long vacation of Mesopotamia to Rome are examined, detailing this course, allied with case studies and the May to July, students spend at least eight weeks their main aspects. understanding of natural light in architecture. undergoing this professional experience. Staffs pre-req.: ARB123 A full response of the selection of materials, visit the students and meet their supervisors to Credits: 2 appropriate finishes and more complex get a feedback on the attachment. Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week structural applications is also demanded to pre-req.: None Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 ensure competence at this level. Credits: 2 assignment pre-req.: ARB211 Duration: Minimum 8 weeks. Final examination: 2 hours Credits: 6 Assessment: Field Supervisor/Concept Paper/ CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Lectures/Studio: 12 hours per week Presentation =1/2/1 Continuous assessment: Research report and ARB214 Energy Efficiency In Buildings interim assessments of design project URP 207 Land Surveying and Cartography This course deals with the following topics: Final examination: Final assessment of design The Course introduces students to basic Basic principles of energy efficiency, energy project elements of land surveying and cartography efficiency and sustainable development, energy CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 including linear measurements, levelling and efficient design (passive and active design), cadastral surveying; making, interpretation and technologies for energy efficient building, ARB222 Building Materials & reproduction of maps; coordinate systems; map energy efficiency policy and legislation Construction IV projections; data manipulation, classification introduction to energy management, green Students are asked to study selected buildings, and generalisation; profiles and land-surface financing. Throughout the course, case studies analyse the use of materials and methods of forms. At the end of the course, students are and existing good practice examples will be construction in the building, and apply the expected to submit thematic atlas of a selected used as a major instrument of instruction. results in their own designs. Emphasis will be urban or rural area covering different aspects Assessment will be through continuous put on materials used for interior finishes: of a human and natural phenomena in a scale assessment in form of essays and tests and a floor and wall tiling, ceilings etc. from 1:5,000 to 1:50,000. final examination. pre-req.: ARB212 pre-req.: None

84 Co-requisite: ARB 216 constitutes the main Course content. Other interim assessments of design project Credits: 2 types of long span structures, and tensile and Final examination: Final assessment of design Lectures/studio: 1 lecture + 3 hours practical shell like structures are also covered, as well project. exercises per week as roof trusses, and tensile, textile and hybrid CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 Continuous Assessment: 2 tests and submission structures. of thematic atlas pre-req.: CCB227 ARB322 Building Services II Final examination: 2 hours Credits: 2 Subsequent to ARB321, this course will cover CA/exam ratio: 1:1 Hours per week: 2 lectures and 2 Tutorials a practical analysis of the requirements of a Continuous Assessment: 2 Tests and at least 2 selected building type followed by design of Year 3 Assignments. the building services as part of the process Level 300 Final Examination: 2 hours of design. Assessment will be done by Semester 5 CA/Exam ratio=2:3 coursework. Core Courses pre-req.: ARB312 ARB311 Architectural Design III Optional Courses Credits: 2 This course builds on the input of previous URP 200 Introduction To Town Planning Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week design courses with the emphasis on buildings The Course focuses on understanding the Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 serving the community. More advanced need to plan, the emergence of modem assignment structural analysis and response is expected, town planning, and the foundations of town Final examination: 2 hours and issues of detailed planning of site and planning legislation. It also provides an insight CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 overall organization are explored, resulting into the organisation and administration of in deepening awareness of architecture in town planning; the Planning Process; Survey ARB323 History of Architecture IV relation to current norms of professional preparation and techniques of analysis, This course deals with the rise of modern states/ achievement. and development control. The course also cities and institutions in Europe following pre-req.: ARB221 highlights the role of planners in dealing with the Industrial Revolution and examines new Credits: 6 current topical problems and issues in modern building types and technology in response to Lectures/Studio: 12 hours per week day living. these developments up to the present. Clear Continuous assessment: Research report and pre-req.: None notions of High Modernism are followed by a interim assessments of design project Credits: 2 treatment of Postmodernism. Final examination: Final assessment of design Lectures: 2 hours per week pre-req.: ARB313 project Continuous Assessment: 2 tests, 1 assignment Credits: 2 CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 Final examination: 2 hours Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 ARB312 Building Services I assignment This course covers building services including URP 202 Infrastructure Planning and Final examination: 2 hours water supply and plumbing, drainage and Management CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 waste disposal, electricity supply, lighting, The aim of the course is to introduce students communications, HVAC, fire fighting, and to aspects of planning and designing of ARB320 Internship II conveyance. Assessment will be done by essays technical infrastructure such sanitation, water Internship means the external placement of a and examination. supply, wastewater treatment, solid waste student with a professional or other kind of Credits: 2 management, power and telecommunication body in order to gain the necessary experience Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week planning. It covers on-site and off-site of the profession. During the long vacation of Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 sanitation systems, storm water management, May to July, students spend at least eight weeks assignment solid waste management, water demand and undergoing this professional experience. Staffs Final examination: 2 hours supply, energy and power, telecommunication, visit the students and meet their supervisors to CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 technical infrastructure layouts and financing get a feedback on the attachment. and cost recovery issues on provision of pre-req.: ARB220 ARB313 History of Architecture III technical infrastructure. Credits: 2 The Post-Renaissance period up to nineteenth pre-req.: None Duration: Minimum 8 weeks. century was a period of revolutions in science, Credits: 2 Assessment: Field Supervisor/Concept Paper/ technology, commerce, and politics and had a Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week Presentation =1/2/1 decisive shaping influence on today’s world. Continuous Assessment: 2 tests The achievements of the High Renaissance Final examination: 2 hours ARB325 Interior Design and the Baroque are examined and how the CA/exam ratio: 2:3 The course consists of extensions of the current Enlightenment and other movements prepared architectural design project in the studio. the way for Modernist ideas in the early Semester 6 Students are taught to deal with colour, light nineteenth century. Core Courses and texture as well interior arrangements and pre-req.: ARB223 ARB321Architectural Design IV spatial qualities. Advanced awareness of issues Credits: 2 The emphasis in this course is to heighten such as the integration of structures, services Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week the interpretation of more complex briefs and environmental control are also expected. Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 and building programmes, with emphasis Credits: 2 assignment on landscape, structure and basic building Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Final examination: 2 hours services. The final design should be a multi- Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 storey building with a public address, and assignment related to full exploration of design method Final examination: 2 hours CCB 317 Theory of Structures Ill and competent presentation on professional CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 The Course begins with the basic principles lines. of the design of steelwork connections, and pre-req.: ARB311 tensile and compression structural elements to Credits: 6 BS 5950. The application of those principles to Lectures/Studio: 12 hours per week design of roof trusses and spatial grid systems Continuous assessment: Research report and

85 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

Year 4 LAW 253 Foundations of Engineering Law on construction contracts, types of building Semester 7 An introduction to the Botswana Legal contracts and conflict/dispute resolution. Core Courses system and to aspects of contractual and pre-req.: LAW253 ARB411 Architectural Design V delictualliability designed to provide nonlaw Credits: 2 This course will be concerned with urban and students with the necessary legal foundation Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week community issues of some complexity and for further study of aspects of the law relevant Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 the development of design skills in terms of to construction, design, technology and other assignment functional and environmental control systems. engineering activities. Final examination: 2 hours Possible vehicles of delivery could be an urban pre-req.: None CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 design complex or social housing, accompanied Credits: 3 by building studies and/or selected exemplars Lectures: 3 hours per week ARB420 Internship III incorporated in a short report to accompany Continuous Assessment: Tests and Internship means the external placement of a drawings and model. Assignments student with a professional or other kind of pre-req.: ARB321 Final Examination: 3 hours body in order to gain the necessary experience Credits: 6 CA/Exam ratio=2:3 of the profession. During the long vacation of Lectures/Studio: May to July, students spend at least eight weeks Continuous assessment: Research report and Semester 8 undergoing this professional experience. Staffs interim assessments of design project Core Courses visit the students and meet their supervisors to Final examination: Final assessment of design ARB421 Architectural Design VI get a feedback on the attachment. project This course will treat a major building of known pre-req.: ARB320 CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 performance or derived brief, and of high Credits: 2 complexity in terms of structural application, Duration: Minimum 8 weeks. ARB412 Building Systems I formal exploration and environmental control Assessment: Field Supervisor/Concept Paper/ The course will introduce the detailed critical systems and sustainability. The brief must be Presentation =1/2/1 analysis of the various Building Systems fully understood and realized in the design and their interactive effect on the built response, and issues of contemporary theory Optional Courses environment in general. It will include group and international norms should be addressed ENV412 Environmental Impact Assessment work studies, review of theoretical material, as well. ENV484 Urbanisation & The Environment case studies, documentation and presentation. pre-req.: ARB411 Assessment will be done by coursework. Credits: 6 For these two courses contact “The Environment Credits: 2 Lectures/Studio: 12 hours per week Science Handbook” Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Continuous assessment: Research report and Continuous assessment: At least 1Test and 1 interim assessments of design project Year 5 Assignment Final examination: Final assessment of design Semester 9 Final examination: 2 hours project Level 500 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 Core Courses ARB511 Design Project I ARB413 Philosophy of Architecture I ARB422 Building Systems II The course consists of a proposal for a project This course consists of examination of main The course introduces analytical methods at a community scale and the design from theories of architecture since the Renaissance in architectural design by applying the general strategy to Preliminary design stage, and exercises aimed at helping the student to knowledge of various building systems from accounting for massing, basic organizational develop/ refine their own position in design. previous courses. Students are required to strategies and other issues of relevant Many aspects of philosophical and cultural produce a comparable analytical report of importance. criticism are introduced, leading to a final their own design. pre-req.: ARB421 essay on a major topic. pre-req.: ARB412 Credits: 8 pre-req.: ARB323 Credits: 2 Lectures/Studio: Individual supervised Credits: 2 Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week research Lectures/Studio: At least 1 test and 1 Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 Continuous assessment: Interim assessments assignment assignment of research report Continuous assessment: Final examination: 2 hours Final examination: Final assessment of research Final examination: 2 hours CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 report CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 ARB423 Philosophy of Architecture II ARB415 Landscape Design The course will engage with current issues of ARB514 Professional Practice II This course consists of study of principles of the region, and especially those of Botswana. This course deals with the following issues: landscape design as related to design of micro- The diversity of contemporary architecture will Architect licensing process, techniques and climate and ecological considerations. It is be explored leading to a final essay dealing rationale of marketing architectural services, centred around lectures on land and landscape with a particular building or practitioner. market forecasting, client behaviour, office design and parallel studio exercise based pre-req.: ARB413 organisation and business methods applied to closely on the context of the architectural Credits: 2 architecture, meeting procedures. design project in ARB411. Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week pre-req.: ARB424 Credits: 2 Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 Credits: 2 Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week assignment Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 Final examination: 2 hours Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 assignment CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 assignment Final examination: Assessments of studio Final examination: 2 hours projects ARB424 Professional Practice I CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 The course deals with an introduction to the common and statute law and goes into the details of contract law before concentrating

86 CCB519 Building Economics pre-req.: URP307 Year 1 The course is concerned with the nature, role Credits: 2 Level 100 and market issues of the construction industry, Lectures: 2 hours per week URP Courses are not offered at this level. and construction project economics. The Continuous Assessment: 2 tests character and organisation of the construction Final examination: 2 hours Year 2 industry in Botswana provide the starting CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Level 200 point for a host of issues that make up design Semester 3 economics, leading to cost analysis, and value Semester 10 Core Courses engineering and management. Core Courses URP 200 Introduction to Town Planning ARB521 Design Project II The Course focuses on understanding the pre-req.: None This course requires the students to take the need to plan, the emergence of modem Credits: 2 proposal in ARB511 – or using an alternative town planning, and the foundations of town Lectures: 2 hours per week strategy depending on the student. The course planning legislation. It also provides an insight Continuous Assessment: At least 1 test and 1 requires the student to prepare and present a into the organisation and administration of assignment proposal for a final design. Students will be town planning; the Planning Process; Survey Final Examination: 2 hours expected to develop performance criteria for preparation and techniques of analysis, CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 major spaces and components for the design and development control. The course also and to present results to a high professional highlights the role of planners in dealing with LAW452 Construction Law degree. current topical problems and issues in modern The course offers a detailed study of pre-req.: ARB511 day living. construction contracts and related legal Credits: 8 pre-req.: None issues, such as planning and environment Lectures/Studio: Individual supervised studio Credits: 2 considerations and dispute resolutions. It is Continuous assessment: Interim assessments Lectures: 2 hours per week designed to familiarise students with legal of design project Continuous Assessment: 2 tests, 1 assignment concepts and issues likely to be encountered in Final examination: Final assessment of design Final examination: 2 hours construction and related engineering fields. project CA/exam ratio: 2:3 pre-req.: LAW253 CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 Credits: 3 URP 201 Introduction to Drawing Techniques Lectures: 3 hours per week ARB522 Urban and Rural Design Practice The Course introduces students to the art, Continuous Assessment: Tests and This course requires a comprehensive urban science and techniques of planning required Assignments study of the project selected as the subject to communicate graphically through Final Examination: 3hours of ARB521. The students will be required to drawings related to layout planning, design CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 prepare a comprehensive research report and construction of buildings and other on possible approaches to the urban design structures. It covers description and care and Optional Courses aspects of the “thesis” project – ARB521. The use of drawing equipments; line drawing URP 307 Land and Property Valuation report will be illustrated with design options and lettering; colouring and shading; scales The Course starts with an introduction to the related to each approach and to develop a and measurements; projections; types, layout property market, the different types of property, selected approach in detail. and presentation of drawings; tracing and the organisations and individuals that require Credits: 2 reproduction of drawings. and trade in property, and the dealing methods Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week pre-req.: None employed. The basic characteristics of real Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 Credits: 2 estate and the principal factors affecting value assignment Lectures/studio: 6 hours per week are then considered, followed by the concept Final examination: 2 hours Continuous Assessment: 1 test, 2 practical of valuing a legal interest in land, and not the CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 exercises property itself. The Course also examines the Final examination: 2 hours appropriate valuation techniques employed in ARB524 Project Management CA/exam ratio: 1:1 assessing the open market value of property, This course deals with various processes and why valuations are required and the concept of techniques of monitoring projects: the project URP 202 Infrastructure Planning and intrinsic worth. The difference between open life cycle, project planning and control, project Management market value (property exchange price) and cost control, Work Breakdown Structures The aim of the course is to introduce students worth to the individual is finally introduced. (WBS), Programme Evaluation and Review to aspects of planning and designing of pre-req.: None Technique (PERT), Critical Path Method (CPM). technical infrastructure such sanitation, water Credits: 2 Credits: 2 supply, wastewater treatment, solid waste Lectures: 2 hours per week Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week management, power and telecommunication Continuous Assessment: 2 tests Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 planning. It covers on-site and off-site Final examination: 2 hours assignment sanitation systems, storm water management, CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Final examination: 2 hours solid waste management, water demand and CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 supply, energy and power, telecommunication, URP 314 Land and Property Management technical infrastructure layouts and financing This Course develops the principles of land Optional Courses and cost recovery issues on provision of management through the consideration GEC273 The State and Society (2) technical infrastructure. of the role of the commercial, residential (Consult Department of Political and pre-req.: None and industrial property estate manager, the Administrative Studies) Credits: 2 types of organizations that own and manage Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week property, the practical understanding of the GEC277 Law & Society in Botswana (3) Continuous Assessment: 2 tests rent review process and lease renewal process, (Consult Department of Law) Final examination: 2 hours the examination of and practical consideration CA/exam ratio: 2:3 of commonly drawn lease terms and finally, an Bachelor of Science in Urban and Regional understanding of the use and application of Planning Programme (URP) information technology.

87 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

URP 203 Urban and Regional Economics ecological dimensions of a city. It explores Final examination: 2 hours This is a basic Course that introduces students to both theoretical and practical underpinning CA/exam ratio: 1:1 application of economic theories and concepts of urban morphology helping the students to in urban and regional planning. Emphasis is on understand the complexity of urban settlement URP 209 Transport Planning and Management spatial/land use models founded on economic form and its constitutive functional, spatial Transportation planners are responsible for models. These will include for example central and social elements. It is tailored to help the estimating where future travel will occur, by place theory; Agricultural location theory and students to comprehend the way in which what means, and on what routes. What tools industrial location theory. Various regional urban space is created over time highlighting are available for planners to evaluate the growth models such as sector model will be on the nature and the character of city’s future demand for travel in our communities? discussed. Emphasis is on how these models functionality and materiality, as well as on This course introduces the student to have actually been used in urban and regional socio-cultural and economic context of urban transportation planning and provides an planning. Their application internationally space production. understanding of transportation planning and nationally should be reviewed. pre-req.: ENV101, ENV 102 models, including travel demand models pre-req.: ECO111, ECO112 Credits: 2 of trip generation, trip distribution, mode Credits: 2 Lectures: 2 hours per week choice, and traffic assignment. The course Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week Continuous Assessment: tests, theoretical and will also discuss data collection processes and Continuous Assessment: 2 tests practical assignments limitations, new approaches, and the land use Final examination: 2 hours Final examination: 2 hours and transportation interactions. CA/exam ratio: 2:3 CA/exam ratio: 2:3 pre-req.: URP 202 Credits: 2 URP 204 Planning and History of Semester 4 Lectures: 2 hours per week Settlements Core Courses Continuous Assessment: 2 tests and 2 The Course introduces students to the history URP 207 Land Surveying and Cartography assignments and planning of urban settlements. It presents The Course introduces students to basic Final examination: 2 hours the variety of urban settlements over the course elements of land surveying and cartography CA/exam ratio: 2:3 of 5000 years from the Sumerian civilisation in including linear measurements, levelling and the 3rd millennium BC until the functionalist cadastral surveying; making, interpretation and URP 210 Planning Techniques urban forms created by modernist in first half reproduction of maps; coordinate systems; map This Course introduces students to the type of of the 20th century. The Course focuses on projections; data manipulation, classification data required in planning such as sources, how it morphology of urban space; urban taught; it and generalisation; profiles and land-surface is collected (both quantitative and qualitative, also presents the main environmental, socio- forms. At the end of the course, students are questionnaire construction, interviews, non- economical and technological aspects of the expected to submit thematic atlas of a selected survey methods and rapid appraisal methods). historical periods examined and attempts to urban or rural area covering different aspects The Course continues with data analysis using analyse the current various urban forms within of a human and natural phenomena in a scale frequency distribution, measures of dispersion, the historical paradigm. It explains the concept from 1:5,000 to 1:50,000. and statistical techniques, followed by data of unplanned cites that grow organically, in pre-req.: URP201 presentation using cartographic techniques contrast with planned cities that were shaped Co-requisite: ARB 216 and URP 207 and lastly, the stages in writing dissertations. following urban regulations. Credits: 2 pre-req.: None pre-req.: None Lectures/studio: 1 lecture + 3 hours practical Credits: 2 Credits: 2 exercises per week Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week Lectures: 2 hours per week Continuous Assessment: 2 tests and submission Continuous Assessment: 2 tests Continuous Assessment: 2 tests of thematic atlas Final examination: 2 hours Final examination: 2 hours Final examination: 2 hours CA/exam ratio: 2:3 CA/exam ratio: 2:3 CA/exam ratio: 1:1 URP 211 Internship Optional Courses URP 208 Site Planning The purpose of this Course is to provide URP 205 Environmental Planning The Course aims to to introduce students to opportunities to make the transition from The course provides a clear overview and practical basic design concepts and principles school to professional planning, by translating analysis of environmental factors in the used in preparing layouts and site plans for knowledge into effective action, through formulation of development plans and common land use activities such as residential, field placement. The internship component is projects and helps students to understand commercial, civic & community, industrial, available to all students registered in the URP 1) different perspectives on sustainable recreational and mixed land uses. This includes Programme. environmental planning and development; understanding the scope of site planning, site pre-req.: None 2) the legal, economic, ethical and ecological analysis in terms of the natural, physical and Credits: 1 foundations of environmental planning; 3) social environments and user requirements Duration: Minimum 6 weeks. the environmental planning process; and 4) and urban management in town planning. Assessment: Field Supervisor/Concept Paper/ the different types of environmental planning The course will be taught through lectures, Presentation =1/2/1 practices and topics. practical exercises, site visits, and group work pre-req.: ENV101, ENV 102 and class presentations. At the end of the Optional Courses Credits: 2 course, students should be able to interpret URP 212 GIS for Planners Lectures: 2 hours per week planning projects in real time production The Course introduces the student to the Continuous Assessment: tests, theoretical and by presenting (2) dimensional to three (3) fundamental principles of GIS and use of practical assignments dimensional details alongside elaborate design computerised geographic information systems Final examination: 2 hours considerations from design rationale(s) to (GIS), focusing on their significance for CA/exam ratio: 2:3 design briefs. planning. The course focuses on fundamental pre-req.: URP 201 principles of GIS and applications of GIS in URP 206 Urban Morphology Credits: 2 planning. Students are introduced to GIS The course helps students to understand Lectures/studio: 6 hours per week principles through lectures, exercises and the structures and shapes of urban space Continuous Assessment: 1 test, 2 practical demonstrations. covering physical, social, functional and exercises pre-req.: GEC121 and GEC 122

88 Co-requisite: ARB 216 and URP 207 Credits: 2 sizing and location of public, recreational and pre-req.: None Lectures/studio: 1 lecture + 3 hours practical commercial facilities. At the end, each student Credits: 2 exercises per week is required to prepare a detailed plan for about Lectures: 2 hours per week Continuous Assessment: 1 test, 2 practical 5000 -10000 inhabitants. Continuous Assessment: 2 tests and 1 exercise exercises pre-req.: URP208 Final examination: 2 hours Final examination: 2 hours Credits: 2 CA/exam ratio: 2:3 CA/exam ratio: 1:1 Lectures/studio: 6 hours per week Continuous Assessment: 1 test, 2 practical Optional Courses URP 213 Globalisation and Sustainable Cities exercises URP 306 Remote Sensing for Planners The search for sustainable cities and debates Final examination: 2 hours This Course contains two parts. In part one surrounding globalisation currently feature CA/exam ratio: 1:1 it introduces the interpretation of aerial prominently in emerging planning discourse. photographs, stereoscopic vision, parallax, scale The Course explores such debates under such URP 303 Housing Studies in aerial photographs, classification systems, headings as: Defining globalisation as historical The Course includes such topics as: the role of etc. In part two starts with the introduction transformation; Globalisation, economic and housing in local and national development, to remote sensing where focuses on hands-on political process and the built environment; housing types, problems and transformations, display and analysis of satellite images with Globalisation and denationalization of the factors affecting housing demand and supply; computer pallets and symbols; methods of economy; Actors in the Global Project; Trans assessment of private and public sources of Image classification; histogram techniques on national capital, urbanization and planning; housing finance; issues of equity, quality, image enhancement; map algebra In satellite International organization as agents of health and standards in housing, assessment images; mufti channel study of satellite images globalisation in the built environment. of public and private housing delivery systems, and spectral signatures. In addition deals with pre-req.: None rent control, subsidies, legislation, land techniques on satellite images correction; Credits: 2 servicing and cost recovery; self-help housing, temporal changes in satellite images; Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week the national housing policy. overlaying vector to raster images; as well as Continuous Assessment: 2 tests pre-req.: None principal component analysis applications in Final examination: 2 hours Credits: 2 planning. Computer lab work included with CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week available software (e.g. IDRISI, ERDAS or TM) Continuous Assessment: 2 tests pre-req.: URP212 Year 3 Final examination: 2 hours Credits: 3 Semester 5 CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Lectures/studio: 1 lecture + 3 hours practical Level 300 exercises per week Core Courses URP 304 Regional Planning Continuous Assessment: 1 test, 2 practical URP 301 Urbanisation And Planning This Course provides a synthesis of the science exercises The Course explores the linkages between the of spatial systems with the art of planning Final examination: 2 hours urbanization processes and urban planning. and management and focuses on the analysis CA/exam ratio: 1:1 Emphasis is on different interpretations of of spaces, regions and locations. The Course the urbanization process and how these teaches the concept of region, regional URP 307 Land and Property Valuation interpretations shape planning interventions models such as growth pole theory and how to The Course starts with an introduction to the and the focus is on sub-Saharan Africa. Topics manage regional change. The Course discusses property market, the different types of property, covered include: Urbanisation, Development factors affecting settlement network such as: the organisations and individuals that require and urban planning, Definition, demographic specialisation, interdependence and settlement and trade in property, and the dealing methods trends and characteristics; Problems and hierarchy; environmental impacts, distribution employed. The basic characteristics of real opportunities; Theoretical approaches to of natural resources, jobs, populations and estate and the principal factors affecting value urbanisation and implications to urban opportunities, as well as regional linkages, are then considered, followed by the concept planning; modernization perspective and transport networks and regional infrastructure. of valuing a legal interest in land, and not the traditional urban master planning; political The role of small towns in rural development property itself. The Course also examines the economy Marxist variant and world systems and growth central pole theory and practices appropriate valuation techniques employed in perspective – the search for radical planning elaborated in Botswana National Settlement assessing the open market value of property, practice; liberal-pluralist variant - the DPU Policy, Regional Master Plans and District why valuations are required and the concept of school – the search for innovative planning Settlement Strategies are also highlighted. intrinsic worth. The difference between open practice. pre-req.: URP 203 market value (property exchange price) and pre-req.: None Credits: 2 worth to the individual is finally introduced. Credits: 2 Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week pre-req.: None Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week Continuous Assessment: 2 tests Credits: 2 Continuous Assessment: 2 tests Final examination: 2 hours Lectures: 2 hours per week Final examination: 2 hours CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Continuous Assessment: 2 tests CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Final examination: 2 hours URP 305 Research Methods and Techniques CA/exam ratio: 2:3 URP 302 Neighbourhood Planning The aim of the course is to introduce students This course seeks to expand and enhance to skills required in social science research in Semester 6 students’ urban design skills and capabilities general and physical planning in particular. It Core Courses developed under URP208. While the first part covers definition and need for research; major URP 308 Planning, Policy and Politics of this course covers the definition, origin and research approaches (objectivity, positivism, Planning and Politics is premised on the other theoretical aspects of the ‘neighbourhood empiricism, subjectivity and postmodernism; definition of the urban planning as state concept’, the second part focuses on the research ethics; the generic research process intervention in the urbanization processes. The practical complexities of designing ‘livable (problem identification, hypothesis, theoretical Course explores how political configurations places’ - places that meet users’ everyday needs frame etc.); Quantitative and qualitative data influence the planning process, institutions in an efficient, safe and convenient manner. and research approaches; data collection and and procedures. Various theories of the state It also covers site inventory and analysis analysis techniques, tools and processes; and and their implications to urban planning are techniques; traffic circulation and safety; and references and bibliography. discussed, including post-Marxian concepts

89 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

and inclusive democratic urban planning, URP 312 Dissertation: Directed Readings Lectures: 2 hours per week specially in developing countries. Each student is required to identify a research Continuous Assessment: 2 tests pre-req.: None topic which will ultimately result in a Final examination: 2 hours Credits: 2 dissertation to be submitted in Semester Seven. CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Lectures: 2 hours per week The Course consists of guided reading on the Continuous Assessment: 2 tests literature and research techniques applicable Year 4 Final examination: 2 hours and relevant to the student’s research topic. Semester 7 CA/exam ratio: 2:3 pre-req.: None Level 400 Credits: 2 Core Courses URP 309 Urban Land Use Planning Lectures: 2 hours per week URP 400 Philosophy and Planning The course explores both theoretical and Continuous Assessment: 2 assignments The Course explores the philosophical practical underpinning of urban land use Final examination: Final paper and methodological debates within planning helping the students to understand CA/exam ratio: 2:3 urban planning. Topics discussed include urban planning movements, the nature of positivism, structuralism, phenomenology different types of urban plans, their elements URP 313 Internship II etc. Philosophical basis of urban planning- and the process of their preparation. At the As a result of close cooperation between the positivism and derivative planning end of the course students will be able to DAP and the various public and private offices methodologies - hypothetical-deductive understand: 1) the nature of urban land, land of planning, an internship programme has been methodology and urban master planning: use & land cover, land information & land developed for all our undergraduate students Phenomenology and urban planning - towards use planning; 2) the process of urban land in the BSc URP Programme. Its purpose is to interpretive methodologies, Realism and urban use planning; 3) the types of urban plans in provide opportunities for students to assist the planning- structural methodologies, post- international urban planning arena; and 4) the transition from school to professional planner, modernity and urban planning. types of urban plans in Botswana and South by translating knowledge into effective action, pre-req.: None Africa. through field placement. Students are expected Credits: 2 pre-req.: None to get a first-hand knowledge of how to relate Lectures: 2 hours per week Credits: 2 land use planning and transportation planning. Continuous Assessment: 2 tests Lectures: 2 hours per week The Course is also expected to cover transport Final examination: 2 hours Continuous Assessment: tests and data collection, analysis, traffic forecasting, CA/exam ratio: 2:3 assignments evaluation of transportation proposals and Final examination: 2 hours finally transport management. URP 401 Rural Land Use Planning CA/exam ratio: 2:3 pre-req.: URP211 This studio course instructs the planning Credits: 1 students how to produce the Report of Survey URP310 Planning and Environmental Law Duration: Minimum 6 weeks. (RoS), which is the first step in practical This Course is an introduction to the principles Assessment: Field Supervisor/Concept Paper/ preparation of development plans for small of land tenure and security; land and property Presentation =1/2/1 settlements and rural territories. The course transactions, customary land tenure and Tribal covers intensive field survey, data collection Land Act, freehold, lease and fixed time grants, Optional Courses of primary and secondary data, data analysis the Town and Country Planning Act, rent URP 314 Land and Property Management and interpretation, and review of issues and control and the estate agent, the structure, This Course develops the principles of land opportunities. The final Report of Survey power and functions of institutions such as management through the consideration should be submitted in the form of technical SHHA, BHC, VDC, Land Boards, DLUPU etc. (2- of the role of the commercial, residential report including analytical text, GIS maps, hrs lecture per week). and industrial property estate manager, the charts, planning and design drawings, tables, pre-req.: None types of organizations that own and manage statistics, etc. A small group and team work, Credits: 2 property, the practical understanding of the and liaison with community representatives, Lectures: 2 hours per week rent review process and lease renewal process, government officials and different stakeholders Continuous Assessment: 2 tests the examination of and practical consideration are the imperatives of this studio course. Final examination: 2 hours of commonly drawn lease terms and finally, an pre-req.: UPR311 CA/exam ratio: 2:3 understanding of the use and application of Credits: 2 information technology. Lectures/studio: 1+3 hours per week URP 311 Settlement Upgrading pre-req.: URP307 Continuous Assessment: submission of draft The Course covers definitions of unplanned, Credits: 2 RoS and interim assessment of individual RoS spontaneous, traditional and squatter Lectures: 2 hours per week chapters settlements, assessment of slum clearance Continuous Assessment: 2 tests Final examination: submission and class versus upgrading, costs and benefits of Final examination: 2 hours presentation of the final RoS incremental versus full scale redevelopment, CA/exam ratio: 2:3 retention households versus relocation, URP 402 Transport Engineering for Planners assessment of temporary, semi-permanent and URP 315 Building Technologies and Material The objective of the course is to introduce the permanent developments, needs assessment, The course introduces planning students to student to common techniques for analysis public participation and consensus building; basic techniques and issues in the construction and design in transportation engineering. developing and building private sector, of simple structures as well as factors The course covers transportations system community and public partnership in land that affect the quality and suitability of objectives and constraints, physical design servicing and settlement redevelopment. common building materials. It covers general of transportation facilities, geometric pre-req.: URP302 requirements for ‘appropriate’ building design of road cross-sections, earthworks, Credits: 2 materials; climatic considerations in house traffic engineering studies and traffic flow Lectures/studio: 6 hours per week design, construction management; Botswana principles. Continuous Assessment: 1 test, 2 practical traditional building materials and techniques; pre-req.: None exercises ‘modern’ building materials and techniques; Credits: 2 Final examination: 2 hours and building maintenance. Lectures: 2 hours per week CA/exam ratio: 1:1 pre-req.: None Continuous Assessment: 2 tests and 2 Credits: 2 assignments

90 Final examination: 2 hours draws on case studies from Sub-Saharan Africa planning reports. CA/exam ratio: 2:3 and other developing areas. pre-req.: URP401 pre-req.: None Credits: 2 URP 403 Urban Management and Credits: 2 Lectures/studio: 1+3 hours per week Governance Lectures: 2 hours per week Continuous Assessment: submission of draft The Course aims to bring awareness to the Continuous Assessment: 2 tests Planning Report and interim assessment of its fact that good urban governance can lead Final examination: 2 hours chapters to better-managed cities. It is argued that CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Final examination: submission and class good urban governance is characterised presentation of planning reports by sustainability, decentralisation, equity, Semester 8 efficiency, transparency and accountability, Core Courses URP 410 Project Planning and Management civic engagement and citizenship, and security, URP 407 Planning And Social Theory To acquire practical knowledge on planning and that these norms are interdependent and The Course traces how debates in social theory and management skills and how to apply mutually reinforcing shape the urban planning discipline. Emphasis them in complex planning situations. The pre-req.: None is on contemporary social issues. Topics lessons include project planning process and Credits: 2 covered include theories of social action, management concepts. Project planning also Lectures: 2 hours per week structural Marxism, post structuralism and exposes students to basic appraisal techniques. Continuous Assessment: 1 assignment and 1 critical theory. Practical knowledge on how to prepare test pre-req.: None spatial plans (structure plans and local plans), Final examination: 2 hours Credits: 2 incorporating planning briefs and design guides CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Lectures: 2 hours per week is studied. The linkage has to be drawn between Continuous Assessment: 2 tests project planning and the implementation of URP 404 Project: Research Methodology Final examination: 2 hours the physical development plans. Methodology The Course seeks to students in producing a CA/exam ratio: 2:3 focusing on implementation and the dissertation in partial fulfilment of an award management techniques are taught. Case of a degree in urban and regional planning. URP 408 Development Impact Assessments studies are reviewed on how planning is being Through the guidance of supervisors, the This Course helps students to understand a undertaken/approached particularly in the student will critically review the methodologies Development Impact Analysis as a process of Sub-Saharan Africa. and data collection techniques that deal estimating and reporting the effects of future pre-req.: URP 406 specifically with the topics they will have land developments and construction. This Credits: 2 chosen for their dissertations. assessment applied to large and medium size Lectures: 2 hours per week pre-req.: None urban growths projects. This Course covers Continuous Assessment: tests and practical Credits: 2 different areas of development impact analysis assignments Lectures: 2 hours per week including legal consideration, site analysis, Final examination: 2 hours Continuous Assessment: market analysis, environmental impact CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Final examination: analysis, social, economic and fiscal analysis, CA/exam ratio: 2:3 traffic analysis, as well as shared infrastructure URP 411 Project Report costs. Each impact analysis includes methods The Course seeks to assist students in producing Optional Courses for analysis, sources of data, a preview model, a dissertation in partial fulfilment of an award URP 405 Gender and Physical Planning and tips for analysing critique. The Course of a degree in urban and regional planning. The aim of the course is to introduce students also includes a computerized model that lets Using the proposal and methodology developed to the need to consider and integrate gender students try out hypothetical proposals to see in URP 404 a student will analyse the data and dimensions in physical planning and settlement in advance what effect they might have. do the final write up of a readable report based management processes. Topics covered pre-req.: None on problem investigated (1-hr per week). include: definition of gender; gender roles, Credits: 2 pre-req.: URP 404 contracts and relationships; gendered spaces; Lectures: 2 hours per week Credits: 2 gender inequalities in traditional and modern Continuous Assessment: 2 tests Lectures: 2 hours per week settlements; approaches to gender planning; Final examination: 2 hours Continuous Assessment: tests and practical gender analysis, auditing, mainstreaming and CA/exam ratio: 2:3 assignments proofing in physical planning processes. Final examination: 2 hours pre-req.: None URP 409 Settlement Development Planning CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Credits: 2 The course is focused on preparation of Lectures: 2 hours per week comprehensive physical plan for a small Optional Courses Continuous Assessment: 2 tests urban/rural settlement. Working in planning URP 412 Planning Negotiation and Final examination: 2 hours team students will continue to play the role Contracting CA/exam ratio: 2:3 of planning consultant assigned in URP The aim of this course is to offer step-by- 401. They are expected to refine goals and step instructions in contracting planning URP 406 Public Participation in Physical objectives; review planning standards; develop consultants and in organising successful Planning land use, socio-economic, environmental and public and professional negotiation meetings The realization of successful physical planning engineering projections; review planning in situations where we have to resolve depends on the levels of public participation models; develop, evaluate and select preferable community planning related problems using by local communities. The Course explores planning scenario; develop planning vision; mediating and facilitating skills to bring various conceptualization of participation prepare development proposals and policies; opposing parties together. The Course is in physical planning. Students will be taken prepare detailed designs for priority action essential for every private developer, planner, through Amstein classical ladder of citizen areas; prepare Impact Assessment Analysis; public official, or land use planning consultant participation to more contemporary and radical review plan implementation and financial who deals with the public, professional bodies, views of participation as a self-empowerment requirements for the first five year of plan governmental, parastatal, private and non- and re-discovery project. Conditions necessary implementation; develop phasing, monitoring governmental organisations. In addition it for participation as well as factors that impede and review schedule. The expected outputs helps students to understand the needs for participation will be explored. The Course shall be in the form of the Draft and the Final hiring of consultants in order to supplement

91 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

central/local government planning agency Information processing; Strategic use of to the national economy, construction industry staff time, expertise, to ensure objectivity and information technology: E-commerce and in Botswana; its products and the present credibility and to obtain a variety of skills. Internet; IT in Project management; Use of GIS status and future within the region and pre-req.: URP 406 in facility management. national economic growth and development; Co-requisite: URP 410 Construction project economics -Requirements Credits: 2 CBB411 Construction Economics 1 (3) of various clients and their impact on the Lectures: 2 hours per week Construction design economics; Cost planning construction process; relationship between Continuous Assessment: tests and and control; Cost information; Introduction to cost, time, quality and value in development assignments engineering economics; Value engineering and projects, Construction Design economics:; cost Final examination: 2 hours management. implications of design factors, construction CA/exam ratio: 2:3 methods and site factors, Cost information: Construction Technology II (3) sources and reliability of cost data, cost limits, URP 413 Urban Agriculture This course covers the following: Site Works, cost indices and cost analysis, Cost planning A presentation of the various aspects of the External Enclosure, Internal Enclosure and and control: elemental and comparative cost concept and practice of urban and peri- External Works. planning, practical applications and cost agriculture. This is followed by an examination control techniques; Value engineering and of the practice of urban agriculture; social, CBB413 Measurement & Specification II (3) management. economic and environmental impacts of This course covers measurement of complex UA; food safety and health issues and lastly, building works and use of computer software CBB521 Contract Administration (2) enabling strategies to take on board UA in city in measurement Tendering and procurement systems; and municipal planning. Preparation of interim certificates and set- pre-req.: No CBB414 Building Services (2) off; Variations; Final account; Delays; Claims; Credits: 2 Water supply systems, fundamentals of Insurance; Insolvency; Risk management. Lectures: 2 hours per week drinking water supply systems, hot water supply Continuous Assessment: 1 test and 1 systems, sanitary appliances and installations, CBB522 Construction Management II (2) assignment drainage systems, refuse disposal. Contract planning; Work-study; Application Final examination: 2 hours of planning techniques; Project control; CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Benchmarking and partnering; Employment and industrial relations. CBB311 Construction Echnology 1 (3) CBB415 Health And Safety Management In CBB523 Construction Technology III (2) Structure of the instruction industry, function Construction (2) Construction plant; Formwork and false work; of construction work, site organisation and Introduction to health and safety on Maintenance; Modular co-ordination. investigation, basic construction techniques, construction sites, workplace safety, protective framed structures, floors, roofing systems, and equipment, hazardous substances, accident CBB525 Property Management and stairs. reporting and investigation, first aid on the Valuation (2) site. Property Valuation; Valuation Theory and CBB312 History of Buildings (2) Methods; Property Management Framework; History of building; Study of key building CBB511 Construction Economics II (2) Property management function. structures in relevant historical stages; Property markets, Development Economics, Significant works; Architectural heritage of Development appraisal, Life Cycle Costing CBB526 Construction Dispute Resolution (2) Botswana. (LCC), Construction Industry Economics. Nature and forms of construction dispute; Procedure for arbitration & dispute resolution; CBB322 Measurement And CBB512 Construction Management I (2) Alternative dispute resolution methods. Specification I (3) Contract’ administration; Project estimating The course deals with the measurement of and cost control; Project management; Human CBB527 Facilities Management (2) materials and labour in simple building works. resources; Construction planning; Managing Operational Services; Assets management; It also covers areas such bill preparation health and safety at work. Life Cycle Costing; Services; Maintenance and and the use of computer software in the Feedback. preparation of bills of quantities. Principles of CBB513 Measurements & Specifications - Cml Measurement: Historical development of the CCB211 Engineering Materials (2) quantity surveying profession; the standard Works (2) This course covers the following: Types of method of measurement; measurement Principles of measurement; Civil Engineering materials; Atomic structure; and imperfections; conventions; manual and electronic processing Quantities; Specialist Services and Equipment; Mechanical and physical properties of of project cost data. Measurement of Simple Bill preparation. materials; Principles of solidification and Buildings: Measurement of building elements phase diagrams; Ferrous and non-ferrous including foundations, brickwork, partitions, CBB515 Estimating And Tendering (3) alloys; Ceramic materials; Polymers; Composite roof, floors, doors, windows and internal Estimating processes; Methods of estimating; materials; Wood; The environmental stability finishes. Bill Preparation: Purpose of Bills of Cost estimation; Calculation of unit rates; of materials; The failure in materials in stress. Quantities; various bill formats; preparation of Tender documents; Pre-tender functions; Bills of Quantities. Methods of tendering; Selection of contractor; CCB212 Statics (2) Bidding strategy. This course covers the following: Introduction CBB323 Construction Industry Economics to statics; Force vectors; Force systems; (2) CBB519 Building Economics Equilibrium; Structures; Distributed forces and Basic concepts covered include nature, role Nature, role and market issues of the moment of inertial; Friction; Virtual work. and market issues of the construction industry construction industry, construction project and construction project economics. economics; Design economics, Cost planning CCB217 Theory Of Structures I and control, Cost information; Value Types of structural systems - trusses, beams, CBB325 Information Technology in engineering and management: Construction frames, arches, cable roofs, plate and shell Construction Industry (2) industry - Nature and organisation the of structures, masonry structures; Supports Introduction: Technologies and trends; construction industry; its role and contribution and connections: types of supports and

92 connections corrections, checking and adjustment, CCB321 Structural Analysis (3) of structural components; Actions, reactions field procedures; Areas and volumes: Determinate frames; Force displacement and equilibrium; Loads, force systems and computation from plans, co-ordinates, relations; Influence lines of determinate equilibrium. Stresses and strains: Hooke’s law, measurement, intersections, gradients, beams; Analysis of indeterminate beams; state of stress and strain at a point, principal indivisibility; Theodolite: concepts, error Influence diagrams and critical load conditions; stresses: Stress resultants, free body diagram sources, checking, temporary and permanent Approximate methods of frame analysis. and types of internal forces; Section properties: adjustment, observation procedures, booking centroid of area, moment of inertia, parallel- and calculation; Use of angles: single point CCB322 Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulics (3) axis theotem, sectional principal axes; Trusses: determination, multiple point determination, Concept of real and ideal fluid; Fluid properties; axial tensile and compressive forces in plane triangulation, trilateration, traversing; Measurement instruments; Fluid at rest; trusses; Beams: bending moments and shear Tachometry: polar radiation, instrument Kinematics of fluid flow; Hydrodynamics; Flow forces, diagrams; Frames: bending moments, types, free set up, plotting, total stations, through pipes; Flow through open channels; shear forces and axial forces; Stability: initial demonstration of software for manipulating Reciprocating pumps; Centrifugal pumps. stability, instability under loads, buckling survey data; Setting out: buildings, sewer lines, of compression members, local buckling of roads. This course consists of field practicals. CCB323 Construction Principles (3) member thin walls. Structure of the construction industry, CCB315 Environmental Engineering (2) site organisation and investigation, basic CCB221 Strength of Materials (2) Ecology, surface water pollution and control, construction techniques, ground treatment This course covers the following basic principles: groundwater pollution and control, air methods, framed structures, construction Beams; Stresses and strains; Bending; Torsion; pollution, noise pollution and environmental plant, maintenance, repair and alteration. Composite sections; Buckling. regulations. CCB324 Construction Materials (3) CCB227 Theory of Structures II CCB312 Cad for Cml Engineers (2) Cement. Aggregates. Concrete. Metals. Timber. Basic principles of limit states design of steel, Creating and maintaining cost and specification Bricks. Bituminous materials. Composite reinforced concrete, steel-concrete composite database; Design of prototypes; Mini projects materials. and timber elements according to present in designs. codes and standards. Reinforced concrete structures - form shaping and materials used. Basic assumptions and principles of CCB325 Geomechanics II (2) reinforced concrete design. Simply supported CCB314 Engineering Geology (2) Soil permeability and seepage analysis; and continuous beams. One way and two way This course gives an introduction to Seepage pressures on structures; Piping in slabs. Columns. Foundations. Basic principles planet Earth, including but not limited to soils; Soil Stabilization; Soil Exploration. of limit states design: ultimate limit state Minerals, Rocks, Structural geology, Surface criteria (strength, stability) and serviceability processes and soils, Groundwater systems, CCB329 Architectural Design (2) criteria (deflections, vibration, fatigue, Natural resources, Engineering geology and Architectural design principles; Design program; cracking) for elements made of different environmental geology. Site planning; Functional organisation; Room materials. Limit states design standards: Planning; Massing. reference to steel, reinforced concrete, steel- CCB316 Principles of Mining composite and timber. Reinforced concrete Engineering (2) CCB411 Structural Design (3) design: reinforced concrete structures, types Mineral resources; Life-of-mine and mining Basic principles of reinforced concrete design; of structural elements, materials. Section cycles; Mining production optimisation; Section design for moment; Shear; Deflection design for moment: types of beam sections, Mine design fundamentals; Ore preparation; and cracking; Simply supported and continuous behaviour of beam sections. Deflection and Ancillary engineering services. beams; Slabs; Columns; Foundations; Retaining cracking: cracking limits and control. Simply walls; Examples of design of reinforced supported and continuous beams: typical CCB317 Theory Of Structures III concrete structures. reinforcement layouts, curtailment and The course begins with the basic principles of anchorage of longitudinal reinforcing bars, limit state design of steelwork connections, CCB412 Water Engineering (3) examples of simple beam design. Slabs: One- and tensile and compression structural Fundamentals to drinking water supply; Water way and two way spanning solid slabs, typical elements to BS5950. The application of those demand; Water quality assessment; Water reinforcement layouts, examples of simple slab principles to design of roof trusses and spatial treatment. design. Design for shear: shear reinforcement grid systems constitutes the main course in beams, shear resistance of solid slabs, shear content. Other types of long span structures, CCB413 Traffic and Highway due to concentrated loads on slabs. Columns and tensile and shell like structures are also Engineering (3) and foundations: typical reinforcement covered. The course stresses reference to case Geometric design; Design of off-street parking layouts, simple design examples. studies in existing and historical buildings, and facilities; Road safety; Traffic management; combines critical analysis of such solutions Road construction materials; Earthworks CCB311 Geomechanics I (3) with the students’ work comprising a partial and earthworks equipment; Drainage; Road This course is a general introduction to soil computer-aided design of large span structural construction technology; Pavement design; mechanics including soil formation, physical system. Steelwork design to BS5950: types of Highway construction; Highway maintenance properties, soil classification, soil compaction connections and joints, design and road reconstruction and rehabilitation and stress distribution. of bolted and welded joints with an emphasis procedures; Use of computer software. put special grid structures, design of steel CCB313 Surveying (3) tension CCB414 Geotechnics (2) Basic concepts covered in this course are as and compression members. Roof trusses: types Consolidation; Shear strength; Stability follows: Distances: Tape and optical square, and uses, design of truss members and joints. of slopes; Earth pressure; Earth retaining optical distance measurement, Electronic Large span spatial grid structures: flat (plate structures; Reinforced earth. distance measurement, GPS measurement; like) and curved (shell like), form-finding and Levelling concepts and applications: Types design principles. Tensile, textile and hybrid CCB415 CML Engineering Construction (2) of levelling surveys, types of instruments structures: basic concepts and examples of Land reclamation techniques; Tunnel (including digital levels), error sources, existing structures. construction; Offshore Construction;

93 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

Construction of concrete structures; Managing CCB524 Project II (3) CGB211 Elements of Photogrammetry (3) construction equipment. This course consists of collecting, compiling, The course aims at introducing the student analysing data and interpreting results to to the geometry of aerial photographs, stereo CCB416 Structural Steelwork (2) write and orally present the report. photogrammetry, mapping with analogue Steel connections; Design of steel beams; photogrammetric instruments, analytical and Design of steel compression members; Design CCB525 Advanced Transportation digital photogrammetry. of steel tension members; Steel trusses; Engineering (2) Examples of structural steelwork design. Design principles of pedestrian and bicycle CGB213 Principles of Cartography (3) facilities; planning for disabled people; The course aims at introducing the student CCB418 Hydrology and Water Resources (2) Geometric design of railways; Airport layout to the basic concepts of cartography such Simplified hydrologic cycle; Precipitation; and runway design; Belt conveyor design; as reference surfaces, coordinate systems Surface waters; Dams and reservoirs; Transportation forecast and modelling; and map projections, map design and layout, Underground waters. Evapotranspiration; Transportation systems impact assessment. topographic and thematic cartography. Water resources. CCB419 Engineering Surveying (2) CCB526 Foundation on Problematic Soils (2) CGB221 Digital Photogrammetry (3) Principles of setting out; Definitions; Curve Expansive soils; Foundation design on This course deals with concepts and Ranging. expansive soils; Collapsible Soils; Foundation applications of analytical photogrammetry, design in collapsible soils; Laboratory tests. digital photogrammetry and satellite CCB511 Foundation Structural photogrammetry. Engineering (2) CCB527 Construction Costs And Financial Soil Formation; Index Properties of Soils, Control (2) CGB222 Theory of Survey Adjustment (3) Engineering Characteristics of Soils; Various Characteristics and classification of The course aims at introducing the student to Types of Foundations. Soil Formation, Residual construction costs; Financial costs and methods of survey adjustment, linearization and Transported Soils, Void Ratio, Porosity, expenditures; Preparation, analysis and of equations, propagation of errors in Water Content, Degree of Saturation and interpretation of management information. survey measurements, least square methods, Unit Weights of Soils; Classification Tests observation equations, condition equations and Classification of Soils; Compaction and CCB528 Estimating and Tendering (2) and statistical analysis. Consolidation Characteristics of Soils; Shear Estimating purposes and functions; Cost Strength of Soils; Bearing Capacity of Soils; estimation; Types of estimates; Calculation CGB223 Digital Cartography (3) Various types of Shallow and Deep Foundations. of unit rates for civil engineering works, day This course deals with digital coordinates, This course consists of a project proposal, works and prorata rates; Tendering procedures, digital representation of cartographic data, written progress report and presentation. Tender documents, Pre-tender Functions and map digitisation, coordinate systems and Methods of Tendering; Selection of contractor; datums, coordinate transformation, digital CCB5I5 Transportation Engineering (2) Bidding strategy. elevation models, geographic data acquisition, Introduction to traffic flow theory; Traffic computer-aided statistical and thematic surveys; Principles of transport analysis and Bachelor Of Geomatics mapping forecasting; Transport planning strategies; Public transport; Transportation systems CGB111 Geomatics I (4) CGB224 Programming for Geomatics (3) management. Introduction to Geomatics and review of the The course aims at introducing the student necessary mathematics; measurements of to object-oriented programming, activeX, CCB516 Foundation Design (2) land: plane surveying; geodesy: the scientific networks & World Wide Web, spatial data Bearing capacity of soils; Types of foundations; foundation; measurements from space: structures, geographic software components: Shallow foundation; Deep foundation; satellite positioning and navigation. Mapping Open GIS specifications, MapObjects and Improving site soil for foundation use; Field and managing geographic information. ArcObjects. tests. CGB122 Survey Camp I (2) ITB200 Industrial Training (4) CCB517 Structural Dynamics (2) The survey camp covers fundamental principles During the course of industrial training, Oscillatory motion; Single-degree of-freedom of field methods; errors and field checks; students shall undergo 8 weeks of supervised system; Resonance and related matters; optical distance measurement; trig heighting; industrial training. Students shall be subjected Introduction to multi-degree of freedom taping; adjusting angles; levelling; traverses; to such codes, procedures, laws, rules and systems; Normal mode vibration. horizontal circular curves; vertical curves; regulations as applicable to the industry. measuring longitudinal and cross-sections, CCB518 Public Health Engineering (2) and report writing. Emphasis is placed on CGB311 Engineering Surveying (3) Environmental sanitation, solid waste practical experience. Students will be divided The course aims at introducing the student management and public health practice. into groups of four or five persons. to methods of data collection in engineering projects. It covers curves, route surveys, and CCB521~AST~ATER Engineering (2) CGB121 Geomatics II (4) earthworks, DTMs in engineering surveys, Wastewater characteristics, primary treatment, Introduction to survey standards and construction surveying, deformation surveys secondary treatment, sludge treatment and specifications; survey network design and and application of Lasers disposal, advanced treatment and wastewater adjustment; operational and quality control effluent disposal and reuse. aspects of electronic distance measurement CGB312 Geodesy I (3) (EDM), angle measurement, trig heighting This course covers an introduction to geodesy, CCB523 Timber And Pre-stressed Concrete and precise levelling; introduction to satellite Coordinate transformations, Geodetic Structures (2) positioning, observation techniques and data Astronomy, Geodetic computations and the Timber Design; Design of Beams; Wood processing; advanced positioning techniques geodetic control network in Botswana. Columns; Trusses; Building design examples; including automated field surveying, laser Pre-stressed concrete; Basic principles; Design levels and reflectorless total stations to LAW354 Land Law for Geomatics (3) of members; Loss of pre-stress; DeRections and capture topographic data; data processing and The course aims at presenting the various laws shear. analysis; setting out. that impact on land administration. It covers concepts of Property law, Landownership,

94 Rights in land, Conveyancing and introducing management, and parcel-based information systems; Design, implementation, monitoring the Various Acts on land in Botswana systems. Comparative analysis of land tenure, and evaluation of land reforms; Post- land reform, and land administration systems settlement support interventions. CGB321 Introduction to Land Administration (3) CGB415 Advanced Cartographic CGB414 Remote Sensing Applications (3) The course introduces the concepts of land; Visualisation (3) The course aims at familiarizing the students spatial organization; evolution of land tenure The course aims at introducing cartographic with various mapping applications of remote systems and concept of property; the cadastre visualisation techniques. The course content sensing. The course content will include concept and land information systems; land will include cartographic visualisation guided study of various applications of remote tenure systems in Botswana; land registration processes; different visualisation strategies in sensing such as earth science, agriculture and systems; cadastral surveying systems: boundary Geospatial Data infrastructures; exploratory land use and water resources. delimitation processes; survey systems; writing cartography using the intranet and WWW; legal descriptions; retracement surveys; Web Map Design and Multimedia CGB425 Location Based Services (3) subdivision surveys; boundary evidence The objective of the course is to present the and possessory rights; land reform: land CGB416 GIS Design and Implementation use of mobile technology to the students redistribution, land tenure reform, and land (3) as possible utility in both field and office restitution in southern Africa. The course aims at teaching student how to automation in a survey practice. The course design and implement a GIS system. The course synopsis covers Introduction to LBS, Databases, CGB322 Principles of GIS (3) content includes analysis of requirement; Linear referencing, and Data transmission. The course aims to familiarize the students system planning and specifications; with the basic concepts of GIS. It covers the implementation of system; Legal and Policy (Mining Engineering courses offered in the basic Concepts, Data Sources, Data Capture issues. junior years at UB) Methods, Data Structure and models, CGB417 – Digital Image Processing (3) Hardware and software Configuration, Spatial The course is designed to introduce digital MINN 211 Introduction to Mining Engineering relationships, GIS Analysis Functions, GIS image processing concepts with specific Historical perspective of mining: main stages and Remote Sensing, and a review of GIS reference to Remote Sensing data. It covers in the development of mining technologies. software. the basic concepts of Digital Image, Source Social, economic and environmental of data, Data formats; Image Pre-processing; impacts of mining: a review of the mining CGB323 Satellite Positioning Systems (3) Image Enhancement; Information Extraction; and minerals sector. The mining cycle: The objective of the course is to teach the Image Processing System Considerations. prospecting, exploration, feasibility studies, basic principles of GPS, GLONASS and Galileo CGB418 Principles and Practice of SDI construction, development and exploitation, as means of position using satellite methods. Development (3) decommissioning, rehabilitation and mine It introduces the historical development This course introduces the principles and closure. The production cycle: rock breakage of the three systems, the Signal Structure, practice of implementing national spatial data and materials handling. Mining equipment. GPS positioning concepts of resection from infrastructures, challenges and opportunities space, Point positioning, Relative positioning, for developing NSDI. MINN 221 – Introduction to Mine Safety & Static positioning, Kinematic positioning RTK. Health Surveying and other mapping applications are CGB 422 Cadastral Surveying Practice (3) Health and safety issues in mining: common also introduced The course aims at preparing the students mining hazards relating to machinery, to have sound knowledge of the legal and electricity, explosives and non-explosive gas CGB324 Geodesy II (3) technical requirements for making a cadastral and dust, radiation, heat and humidity; diesel This course deals with the theoretical survey. The course content includes cadastral exhausts; mine ventilation; noise; illumination; concepts of Satellite Geodesy and their use in surveying; methods of performing cadastral elements of safe working environment; positioning. It introduces students to concepts surveys; role of a land surveyor in resolving hazardous materials. Hazards, accidents & of Physical Geodesy leading to geopotential boundary disputes and as an expert witness; emergencies: hazard control. Fires: Fire types, models, Orthometric and Geodetic Heights cadastral surveying computations; cadastral causes and effects, fire-fighting techniques. layout design and implementation; Land CGB325 Survey Camp II (2) Survey Act and regulations; Sectional Titles MIN311 Introduction to Mine Surveying This is a field course covering planning and Act and regulations; Tribal Land Act and Basic point positioning methods. Errors in logistics of survey operations, horizontal regulations; Town and Country Planning measurements: types, error propagation. control network, cadastral survey design; Act and regulations; Deeds Registry Act and Distance measurement: tape, Electronic DTM modelling, precise engineering surveys, regulations; Survey of mining leases. distance measurement. Levelling: levelling GPS surveys; production of final plan(s) using instruments, levelling methods field note Geomatics software and report writing. CGB423 GIS Applications (3) preparation. Angular measurement: angular The course aims at familiarizing the students measurement instrumentation, field note ITB300 Industrial Training (4) with various real life applications of GIS. preparation, plane surveying coordinate After level 300, students shall further undergo The content includes guided study topics in systems, map projections and traversing. 8 weeks of supervised industrial training. the following fields Topographic Mapping, Introduction to Surpac survey and other Students shall also be subjected to such codes, Environment, Forestry; Biology; Geology; related CAD software packages. procedures, laws, rules and regulations as Mining; Utilities, AM/FM Systems, LIS; GIS applicable to the industry. in developing countries. Other relevant MIN 312 Introduction to Geology application areas can be discussed here and Introduction to the planet Earth: earth’s CGB413 Advanced Land Administration (3) will depend on student interest. structure, the role of plate tectonics in The course introduces modern issues in land geological systems and processes, the evolution tenure, land policy, land management and CGB424 Special Studies in Land of continental and oceanic basins, geological administration; survey law and practice: Administration (3) time. Minerals, rocks and soils: crystallography, a profession for the 21st century; land The course introduces the concepts of land crystal chemistry and crystal properties of the information management: principles and management and land administration from main rock forming minerals; characteristics, applications. The role of property systems economic and institutional perspectives; formation, identification and classification of in land management, natural resource evolving concepts of property and land tenure igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks;

95 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

weathering processes. Structural geology: benchmarking and auditing processes. surface and groundwater monitoring and primary structures, mechanical principles remediation. of brittle and ductile rock deformation; MIN 321 Elements of Mining Methods the recognition, characterisation and Deciding on a mining method: geological MIN 325 - Introduction to Mine Supervision interpretation of common structural types. factors, economic factors; advantages and & Management disadvantages of surface and underground Effective communication in the workplace: MIN 313 Introduction to Mineral Processing mining. Surface mining methods: open pit basic communication theory; effective Review of physical and chemical principles: operations, open cast coal mining; comparison communication including meetings; review of the properties of minerals that are of surface mining methods. Underground communication technologies. Human resource of use in mineral processing unit operations; mining methods: unsupported and supported management: selection and placement of Principles of liberation, concentration mining; back-fill methods; caving methods; staff, job analysis and performance appraisal; and separation: Comminution methods, comparison of underground mining methods. training and human resource development. crushing and grinding. Ore handling and Quarrying methods: sand and aggregate Principles of supervision and management: sampling: Screening and particle size production; dimension stone extraction. characteristics of an effective supervisor, analysis. Classification: separation by leadership styles and organisational control. gravity concentration (including dense MIN 322 Elements of Mine Safety and Health Project management skills: defining, planning, medium separation), flotation, electrostatic General hazards in the mining industry: implementing and completing projects; and magnetic methods; Coal preparation identification and control of hazards; safe time management. Industrial relations: technology: washing, briquetting. Slimes: the handling, transportation and storage of stakeholders including unions, employers, production, effect and treatment of slimes hazardous materials. Mine safety and health: employer associations and the role of the including thickeners and filters. Water use and mine rescue, emergency evacuation procedures State; employer-employee relations; worker recovery in mineral processing: Calculations of and escape routes; emergency management; compensation; industrial action; conflict plant efficiency. machine guarding; the types of protective management, delegation, motivation. equipment, their usage and limitations. MIN 314 Computer Applications in Mining Accidents: theory and principles of accident MIN 326 Mine Surveying Specialist computing skills: software prevention; accident reporting, investigation Review of plane surveying methods. installation, transferring data. Obtaining and analysis. Inspection procedures: review Operational surveying: characteristics of information from the internet: searching of standard auditing systems, e.g. NOSA. surface and underground mine surveying tasks, strategies. Advanced spreadsheet techniques: Emergency preparedness: causes and effects horizontal and vertical curves, area and volume what-if analysis; data analysis tools; the of emergencies; escape routes; drills; teams. calculation, stockpile measurement, survey graphical presentation of information; Fire: fires types, causes and effects; special requirements of civil construction including importing and exporting data. Mining geology instances of underground fires; fire-fighting dams, roads, transportation systems and problems: analysis of structural data; assay and techniques. service positioning. Surface and Underground grade calculation; treatment of exploration traversing: double angle, azimuth and compass data; geostatistical methods. Mining problems: MIN 323 Elements of Mine Ventilation traverses, distance measurement in traversing, scheduling, production statistics, performance The fundamentals of airflow: introduction detailing boundaries of mine workings, steeply measurement, mass balance, safety statistics, to fluid dynamics as it relates to ventilation, incline lines, side telescope calculations, ventilation networks. total pressure components and pressure traverse calculation, corrections and reduction. losses; pressure measurement and surveying Preparation of Maps and Sections: field notes, MIN315 Small Scale Mining techniques; gas laws; airflow measurement. manual and computer calculations, drawing Botswana Mining Law: provisions of the Mines Basic fan engineering: fan construction, plans and sections, working plans. and Minerals Act as it relates to mineral rights characteristics and selection; regulation acquisitions and the various permits and licences and control of ventilation. Atmospheric will be introduced. Appropriate technologies contaminants: the properties, origins and effect Department of for the artisanal miner; The business plan: The of dust and gases in mines; radiation; concepts basic concept and development of the business of threshold values for hazardous substances; Electrical and Electronic plan; elements of a bankable feasibility study. basic treatment procedures for exposure to Engeneering Mine financing and the time value of money: contaminants; sampling methods; statutory Safety and health in small-scale mining: issues requirements. Air conditioning: fundamentals Level 300 of safety and health facing the small-scale of heat transfer; heat measurement and Semester 5 miner, special problems and possible solutions. human heat stress; refrigeration technology; EEEB311 Network Theory Specific applications: panning, quarrying; basic physiological effects of heat and humidity. Review of Circuit laws and theorems; Network metallurgical treatment, including leaching. topology; Time and frequency domain analysis; MIN 324 Botswana Mining Legislation Three phase circuits; Computer simulation; MIN 316 Elements of Mining Environmental Mines and Minerals Act and Regulations: Two-port networks; Application of Fourier Management mineral rights, surface rights, acquisition Analysis to electrical networks; Application Principal environmental impacts of mining of rights; licences and permits, obligations of Laplace transforms methods in electrical activities: review of pollution, hazardous of holders, arbitration. Explosives Act and networks; Network functions; Active and substances, mine waste and residues, Regulations: manufacture, importation, passive filter theory and design; Synthesis of noise, dust.. Environmental health risks: transport, storage and use. Mines, Quarries, two-element type one port networks; State- characterisation and management of Works & Machinery Act and Regulations: variable analysis. the common mining-induced impacts on management control, safety of employees, human health. Mine closure: rehabilitation, abandoning mines, provisions for fiery mines. EEB 315 Computer Programming reclamation, decommissioning and aftercare; Waste Management Act and Regulations: Algorithms and Flowcharting, Program closure planning; long-term liabilities; end-of- permits and licences, obligations of holder; Structure, Data types, Data Input and Output, life certificates; orphaned and abandoned mine types of mine waste, waste classification, Control constructs, Subprograms, User-Defined sites. Environmental control systems: principals reclamation and rehabilitation. Water Act and data and Arrays, Records, Files, Introduction to of the Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations: Licences and permits, duties of a Object-oriented programming. (EIA) process; Quality control mechanisms: mineral concession holder with regard effluent EEB 316 Electrical Measurements & international standards, including ISO14000; discharges, effluent discharge guidelines, Instrumentation I

96 Standards, Units and Measurement Errors, Combinational circuits; Sequential circuits; Analog/digital signal conditioning and Deflection Instruments, Measurement Methods, Shift Register circuits and operation; transmission; Optical measurements; DC Potentiometer and Bridge Measurements, Application Specific Integrated Circuits Measurements of process parameters; AC Potentiometer and Bridge Measurements. (ASICs). Analytical Measurements; Control valves and = actuators; Instrumentation systems; Smart/ EEB317 Principles of Telecommunications EEB413 Power Generation and Distribution intelligent transducer systems Receivers, Transmitters, Noise in Analogue Transmission Lines; Power generation; Power Communications Systems. control; Distributors; Distribution equipment; EEB515 Power Systems Analysis Supply irregularities. Representation of power systems. Fault studies. MAT 391 Engineering Mathematics III Load flow studies. Control of power and Vector Analysis, numerical solution of EEB414 Electrical Machines II frequency. Economic dispatch. Power system differential equations, Fourier series Three Phase Transformers. Three-Phase stability studies. Protective schemes. representation of periodic functions. Synchronous Generators. Three-Phase Synchronous Motors. Single-Phase Motors. EEB516 Power Electronics Level 300 Courses Micro-machines. Levitated machines. Rectifier circuits; Thyristor circuits and Semester 6 controls; Converters; Inverters. Filters. MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IV EEB415 Digital Communications and Laplace transforms, Partial differential Telephony EEB517 Computer-Aided Electrical Machine equations and Complex analysis. Principles of Digital Data Transmission, Noise in Analysis Digital Communications Systems, Information Modeling of Electrical Machines. Multi- EEB322 Digital Electronics I Theory, Coding Theory, Telephone Traffic, machine System Analysis. Simulation and The basic logic functions; Derived logic Switching and Signalling, Telephone Network. Applications. functions; Boolean Algebra; Minimization techniques; NAND and NOR gates Universal EEB416 Electrical Measurements and EEB518 Guided Electromagnetic Waves function; Number Systems; Signed numbers; Instrumentation II Microwave Transmission Lines; Microwave Arithmetic circuits; Combinational Circuits with Electronic Instruments, Oscilloscope Waveguides; Passive Microwave Devices; MSl devices; Integrated Circuit Technologies; measurements, Calibration of Instruments, Active Microwave Devices; Introduction to Digital to Analogue and Analogue to Digital Transducers, Signal Conditioning Optical Fibres. Converters; Sequential Circuits.

EEB323 Analogue Electronics EEB417 Microprocessor Based Systems EEB519 Computer Architecture and Design Diode semiconductor theory; Diode Microprocessor based system components; Design methodology; ALU design; Memory applications & circuits; Bipolar Junction Microprocessor Instruction and Programming; organization and design; Control organization Transistor (BJT); Field Effect Transistors (FET); Microprocessor Applications and design; RISC processing and pipelining. Transistor Small Signal Amplifiers; Amplifier Level 400 Frequency Response; Feedback. Semester 8 EEB510 Project (Stage 1) ITB420 Industrial Training II Selection of project type, its area and EEB326 Electrical Machines I Structure and layout of the organization; All/ scope. Defining the problem and working Magnetic Circuits. Transforms. D.C. Machines. selected topics from: Office/site organisation out a scheduled action plan. Knowledge Three phase Induction Motors. Heating and and layout; purchasing and warehousing; and technical data retrieval form relevant Cooling of Electrical Machines. manufacture, fabrication and assembly; literature and other information sources, date building and construction; costing, estimating analysis. Working out project methodology. EEB327 Electromagnetic Field Theory and tendering; operations; maintenance; plant Project pre-design. Acquiring the required Introductory Vector Analysis; Electrostatics; erection, installation and testing, information materials, software and instrumentation (for Magnetostatics; Waves and Applications system/design studio, involvement in small experimental studies). Alternatively it may design assignments and projects. include preliminary data collection at an Level 400 industrial plant. Writing a literature overview Semester 7 Level 500 and a progress report. Project presentation. EEB418 Control Theory 1 Semester 9 Introduction to control systems; System EEB511 Control Theory II Level 500 analogies; Mathematical representation; State-space models of linear systems; Solution Semester 10 Controllers; Time domain analysis; System of state equations; Digital control systems; EEB520 Project (Stage II) stability Discrete-time systems stability analysis; Non- This is the continuation of the course EEB510 linear systems MMB414 Engineering Management EEB522 Digital Signal Processing II This is an introductory course to management EEB512 Digital Signal Processing I Filters derived from analogue designs; Fourier science and engineering economics covering Types of Signals; Time Domain Analysis; Transform; FFT Processing; Adaptive Filtering; management theory, social responsibility of an Frequency Domain Analysis; Z-Transform; Hardware Implementation of Digital Filters; industrial engineer, health safety, engineering Design of Non-recursive Digital Filter; Design DSP applications to Communications; DSP project appraisal, financial control systems, of Recursive Digital Filter. applications in Multi-Media and impact of information technology on organisations. EEB513 Analogue Electronic System Design EEB523 Digital Electronic System Design Approximate Diode Models; BJT Small-Signal Course Synopsis: EEB411 Electronic Devices and Circuits Amplifiers; Large-Signal Amplifiers; Operational Programmable Devices; Finite State Machines; Operational Amplifiers theory; Op-amp Amplifiers; Compensation Amplifier Systems; System Design Using Programmable devices. circuits; Positive feedback; Power Amplifiers; Oscillator and Timing Circuits; Power Supply Asynchronous Circuits. Reed-Muller algebraic Power devices; converters and inverters, Circuits; Electronic Equipment Reliability and description. Optoelectronic devices, analogue filters. Fault Diagnosis. EEB524 Process Control Systems EEB412 Digital Electronics II EEB514 Process Instrumentation Process control principles; Techniques for

97 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

process control; Controllers; Computer Control (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) DTB313 Ergonomics (2) systems; Control Communications; Statistical This course covers the following: General process and quality control systems (SPC-SPQ); DTB220 Designing Artefacts (3) principles and dimensions of ergonomics; Expert Systems This course covers the following: Market Anthropometrics: Body size and human diversity, research; Analysis of existing designs: human reach and use of anthropometric data, EEB525 Power Systems Analysis Critical appraisals; Value addition; Graphical, and the need for personal space; Muscular Overhead lines. Insulators. Performance of mathematical and physical modelling; work, occupational stress and fatigue: Means long transmission lines. Underground cables. Design brief; Brainstorming: group discussion of ensuring stress free environment; Time and Circuit breakers. Power transients and overcoming mind blocks; Alternative motion study for some tasks; Mental activity, solutions; Design folio and diary; Employing boredom and efficiency considerations; EEB526 Electrical Machines and Drives manufacturing techniques; Evaluating the Design of workplace and utilization of space; Selection of drive components. D.C. motor artefact. (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 4-hrs Workstations for computers, driving, office, drives. Adjustable Dc motor drives. Induction practical per week) industry and domestic purposes. (1-hr lecture, motor drives. Adjustable speed A.C. Motor 2-hrs practical per week) drives. Synchronous motor drives. DTB221 Workshop Technology II(2) Joining processes: Welding, soldering and DTB314 Materials Processing (3) EEB527 Computer-Aided Power Systems brazing; Plastic welding; Fasteners; Casting This course is a comparative study of Analysis processes; Forming processes: forge working, different wasting techniques, covering the Modeling Power System Components. Power extrusion, drawing and rolling, vacuum following: fabrication techniques for wooden Flow Studies. Fault calculations. Stability. forming, bending, injection moulding and structures; tolerances and fits for assemblies; Energy Control Centre. blow moulding; Machining: Heat Treatment selection of joints; Silver Soldering; Forming Processes; Finishing. (1-hr lecture, 2-hr techniques; Plastics fabrication processes; Die EEB528 Antennas and Propagation practical per week) casting; Model making techniques and tools Fundamental parameters of Antennas; for different materials. (1-hr lecture, 4-hrs Radiation Integrals and Potential Functions; DTB222 Graphics (2) practical per week) Linear Wire Antennas; Loop Antennas; Array This course covers the following: Materials Antennas; Horn Antennas; Reflector Antennas; and equipment; freehand sketching; three- DTB315 Internet For Designers (2) Propagation of Electromagnetic waves in dimensional drawing; perspective drawing; This course is an introduction to Internet and Infinite Media. Radar Systems. rendering colour; working drawings; Intranets structures. Course contents include: presenting information; shape and form; Setting up Internet; Search engines; Surfing the EEB529 Computer Networks colour; Advertising: logos and trademarks, web; Use of multimedia tools; Interactive web Network architecture and topology, ISO packaging, display and exhibition design; sites and exchange of information; Creating reference model, Network layer for point- Computer inputs and outputs: computer art, and editing HTML documents; Creation of to-point networks, Wide Area Network, computer aided modelling: (1-hr lecture, 4-hrs web sites; Alternative web designs; Design on Internetworking concept and architecture practical per week) an interactive web site. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs model, Internet. practical per week) In addition to the above, the department of DTB300 Industrial Training (3) Electrical and Electronic Engineering also This course covers the following: Relationship DTB317 Textile and Leather Technology (2) offers the following General Education Courses between education, industry and society; This course covers the following: Properties (GEC) Types of industries and production systems; of textile materials; Classification; Selection; Organisation and management strategies; Properties of leathers; Dying and tanning. GEC255 Electrical Energy and Rural Impact of mass production on society and Design of articles; Cutting, joining and Development (2 credits) environment: Culture, work ethics and finishing processes; Use of computers in textile GEC354 Domestic Use of Electrical Energy discipline in industries; Role of labour and leather design; Field visits and studies: (1- (2 Credits) organisation; Effects of technology changes hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) GEC355 Telecommunications and Society on employment; Students will also complete a (2 Credits) 7-week Industrial Training. (Vacation Course) DTB321 Computer Aided Design (3) This course covers the following: Different DTB311 Design, Technology and Society (2) software for modelling and design; Two- Department of Industrial This course covers the following: Cultural dimensional drafting; Three-dimensional Influences; Environmental Issues – pollution, modelling with isometric, oblique and Design and Technology waste disposal, recycling; Economic influences axonometric views; Software packages for on design and manufacturing; Case Studies; design; Use of packages for several selected DTB210 Elements Of Design (3) Contemporary Design Issues. Conservation of applications; Innovations in the use of This course covers the following: Design natural resources: Obsolescence; The role of computers for designing: (1-hr lecture, 4-hrs processes; Methods of searching ideas; the designer in industry: (2-hrs lecture per practical per week) Analysing and designing simple elements; week) Marketing and design – qualitative and DTB323 Pneumatic Controls (2) quantitative market surveys; Manufacturing DTB312 Aesthetics (2) This course covers the following: Input and design; Purchasing and design; Product This course covers the following: Philosophical process- output for pneumatics systems; evaluation. (2-hrs lecture, 2-hrs tutorial per basis of aesthetics: Visual and tactical impact; Closed-loop control and feedback; Basic Fluid week) Stylising products; Balance and symmetry; mechanics: Incompressible flow; Pressure Colour combinations and appeal: Harmonious transmission and types of pneumatic systems: DTB211 Workshop Technology I (2) and complimentary colours; The Golden Mean Elements of pneumatic systems and circuit This course covers the following: Structure and the Fibonacci series; Environmental controls: Compressed air-supply; Steps in of materials; Plastics: thermoplastics and synergy; Analysis of existing products vis-à-vis conditioning filters, moisture removal, and thermosetting; Wood: natural and man-made; aesthetics: (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per lubricant addition; Operation and application Metals: pure and alloys; Testing, Measuring and week) of pneumatic components. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs Marking out; Common hand tools and their practical per week) use for wasting processes; Finishing processes.

98 DTB324 Product Analysis (3) various models of Development, and the relation appropriate process, research, data analysis, This course covers the following: Analysing between Design, Technology, Development and etc. Students will select appropriate forms of the need and functions of a variety of Economics. Community products in the rural modelling ideas and present a design folio at products and critique on their design; Value context: Field visits; Design for durability; Use of the completion of the course. (1-hr lecture, 4- analysis; Identifying the component/function indigenous materials; appropriate technology; hrs practical per week) relationship and material characteristics; Sound social and ecological design; Design Product function analysis; Studies on several for lifelong use and serviceability; Design DTB513 Product Design 3 (2) existing industrial and domestic designs; Field for recycling and evolution; Miniaturisation; This course covers the following: Psychology visits and studies. (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, Dematerialisation; Design for re-use and re- of creativity: Brain maps and lateral thinking 4-hrs practical per week) manufacture, new theories on Design for for alternative solutions; Properties of newer Sustainable Development. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs materials, processes and advantages in terms DTB410 Computer Based Manufacturing (2) practical per week) of cost, etc.; Design Protection: Patent law, This course covers fundamental concepts Design registration. Copyright, Design right, of computerised manufacturing: Computer DTB416 Interior Design (2) Trademarks, Brand names, Company symbols, modelling for manufacture; CNC machine This course covers the following: Physiological, logotypes and ‘Passing off’ (2-hrs lecture, 1-hr tools including lathes, multi axis machines psychological, sociological, aesthetic and tutorial per week) and special machines; Programming semi ecological aspects of person-interior industrial CNC machines and manufacturing environment interaction; Conceptual design DTB514 Industrial Product Design (2) simple components; Introduction to computer and documentation; classification of interior This course covers the following: Product integrated manufacture for mass production. spaces; Primary and secondary functions of and process design, Product development, (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) different interiors; Alternative design solutions: Integrated product development, Product (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) development teams, quality control, DTB411 Hydraulic Controls (2) Production system design, Design for mass This course covers the following: Basic DTB421 Ceramics, Glass and Stone production, Mass-customisation, Performance hydrostatics; Forces on submerged bodies; Technology (2) design, Technical parameters of products. (2- Piezometric head; Manometers; Applications This course covers the following: Equipment hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial per week) of hydrostatics: Bernoulli’s equation applied and tools: Clay and its properties; Natural to incompressible flow; Reaction forces; ceramics: Working properties of ceramics; DTB515 Microcomputer Control (2) Momentum and moment of momentum Shaping clay, Firing, and Glazing; Making This course covers the following: Computer principles: Fluid control circuits and systems; glass: Working properties of glass; Engraving. systems and control (e.g. control sensors); Fluid logic devices: Principles of hydraulic Painting. Heat forming. Staining. Working motorised control system (e.g. Stepper and devices. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per properties of stone. Carving. Masonry. (1- DC electric motors); Pneumatics as control week) hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2-hrs practical per system; analogue to digital conversion; DTB412 Product Design 1 (3) week) microprocessor and micro controller systems This course covers the following: Types of (e.g. PIC 16F84 or STAMP controller); system products with alternative structures: Structures, DTB422 Product Design 2 (2) design and development tools. (1-hr lecture, equilibrium and Pin-jointed structures; Types Value analysis. Material characteristics for new 2-hrs practical per week) of mechanisms: Products with transmission of products: Product life cycle. Product function motion and forces; Change of type of motion; analysis: competitor analysis, quality function DTB521 Major ‘Make and Evaluate’ Lifting machines and their efficiency; Factor of deployment. Introduction to theories of Project (3) safety in design. (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2- failure: Safety factors. Materials specifications. Realisation of the designed artefact: Selection hrs practical per week) Manufacturing considerations. Packaging and of appropriate means of manufacturing and presentation techniques: (1-hr lecture, 1-hr finishing; Incorporating necessary design DTB413 Special Human Needs (2) tutorial, 2-hrs practical per week) modifications; Product evaluation by revisiting This course covers the following: Maslow’s the need and the consumer; Completion of the hierarchy of needs; Design in the context DTB423 Minor Design-and-Make Project (2) ‘Design folio’ to include manufacturing aspects of special human need; Basic principles of This course guides students through the and product evaluation. (6-hrs practical per ergonomics and anthropometrics for special process of a design and make project from week) human needs; Anthropometrics data collection, the initial stage of choosing an appropriate, analysis and application; Design, detail, make, through selection of what research to DTB522 Case Studies in Designing (2) test and evaluate the Product Design. Client undertake, selection of appropriate forms Critique of several cases with design problems: involvement and evaluation: (1-hr lecture, 2- of modelling ideas, selection of appropriate Problems encountered in manufacturing; hrs practical per week) means of realisation and objective product Maintainability and meeting the desired evaluation: (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2-hrs functional; Safety and quality standards; DTB414 School D&T Projects (2) practical per week) Improving designs and conceiving newer This course covers the following: Factors to designs. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per be considered and classification of projects DTB424 Safety and First Aid (2) week) by levels and difficulty index; Formulation of This course covers the following: Safety rules; project tasks and detailing of learning events; Safety practices; Safety symbols and their DTB524 Environmental Factors In Design (2) Alternative methods of project supervision and interpretations; Causes and types of accidents This course covers the following: Human their comparison; Role-playing; Motivation in the workplace; Methods of giving First Aid environment, Factors influencing environment, and incentives. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical to different cases of accident/injuries; First Aid the nature of pollution: Population growth per week) and personal safety; First aid demonstrations with automation and new materials. Human and certification by the Red Cross Society of waste and disposal: Industrial pollution and Botswana. (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2-hrs control: Effects of new materials and processes practical per week) on environment. Global aspects and control DTB415 Design For Sustainable DTB511 Major Design Project (3) of environment. Designing for environment Development (2) Students will proceed by way of their friendliness: (2-hr lecture) The course covers the following: the relation preferred design methodologies by conceiving between Design and Sustainable Development, alternative solutions, designing, selection of IDB311 Industrial Design: Concept and

99 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

Practice (2) IDB 322 Product Design (2) Research Methodology, choosing a topic, fact Origins of Industrial Design, Practicing Product Design models; total design method finding, assessment of information, problem Industrial Design, Design Consultancy, versus partial design method, concurrent definition and bounding, problem solving, Freelance Design, In-house Designer, Industrial versus linear and cyclic methods, techniques project planning, forecasting and report Design theory and practice, Industrial Design in of decoding the brief, concept generation, writing, major research library and especially relation to other professions, Industrial Design concept selection procedures, concept its resources such as abstracts, indices, in relation to other bodies of knowledge. A refinement, product architecture, concept computer databases, problem solving (synetics, critique of the role of synthesis techniques, product systemisation, brainstorming). Research methods for practical Industrial Design in the following type quality control, determinants of design design problems, users needs analysis, focus of companies: home appliances, home- specification, production system design, groups, experimental research, observation ware, toys, recreational products, interior performance design, Designing ornamental techniques, product usability evaluation products, medical and health care, furniture, products versus designing technical products, techniques, practice-based research, research transport, computers, product package, functionalist design versus form dominated through design. (1-hr lecture, 2-hr Tutorials exhibition design, signage systems, product design, form follows function dictum, product per week) graphics, presentation techniques and applied styling techniques, product semantics theory. photography. Strategies for successful design Man-machine interface design, product IDB 413 Minor Project (3) practice. (2-hr lecture per week) interactivity, design for the client versus design Selection of the process which is appropriate to for users, design for mass production, design the type of project, selection of what research IDB312 Design of Mechanism and for manual assembly, design for automatic to undertake, selection of appropriate forms of Structures assembly. (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per modelling ideas, selection of appropriate means Analysis and design of products with regard to week) of realisation, objective product evaluation. different types of pin-jointed plane and space Application of design concepts to identified structures and equilibrium. Types of loading IDB 323 Basic Control Systems (2) problems and rationalisation and justification and forces in members. Factor of safety in System concept. Control systems with Input of selected design intervention approach design and its selection criteria. Types of process- output elements. Closed-loop control vis-à-vis various possible alternatives. (1-hr motion and basic mechanisms for products. and feedback. Air supply and conditioning lecture, 4-hr practical per week) Function and design aspects of different of air for pneumatic controls. e.g., filters, elements in products, e.g., levers, shafts, moisture removal and lubricant addition. IDB 414 Eco-product Design (2) pulleys, threaded elements, helical springs, belt Details of elements of pneumatic systems Waste and environment, Product design and and rope drive, coupling, slider, chain, ratchet, and circuit controls with multiple valves. environmental degradation, consumption brake and clutch. Design of bell crank lever Basic hydrostatics and pressure measurement. patterns and the environment, Eco-Design and toggle mechanism. Design of linear, rotary Measurement of velocity and discharge. Design Principles, Life Cycle Assessment (LCA), and rocking motion linkages. Cam and follower of simple measuring devices. Fluid logic devices Life Cycle Analysis, LCA Inventory, Impact mechanisms. Design of simple lifting machines including bi-stable amplifiers. Construction of Analysis, Factor 4, Factor X, Eco-efficiency and their characteristics. (1-hr lecture, 2-hr simple machines. Design of simple electronic Theory, material selection tools. Eco Indicator, practical per week) control devices and their usage. Introduction Sustainable Development, Eco-design strategies to microcomputer controls. (1-hr lecture, 2-hr and methods, Sustainable Service Design, IDB313 History of Industrial Design (2) practical per week) Design for End of Life, Design for Recycling, This course explores, intellectual and Design for Remanufacture, Dematerialisation, philosophical framework that have shaped IDB 324 Ceramics, Glass aand Stone Miniaturerism. Design for Disassembly, Design design, the relationship of design to the wider Technology (2) for Serviceability, Design for Evolution (Birth, patterns of production and consumption, Equipment and tools, Clay and its properties, Death and Rebirth), Design for Re-use, Green the effects of changes in materials and Natural ceramics, Working properties of Design, Green Technology, Eco-labelling, technology on the form and material culture, ceramics, Shaping clay, Firing, Glazing, sustainable future and society. (2-hr lecture development of the design profession and Equipment and tools, Making glass, Working per week) design education, and the major design styles properties of glass, Engraving, Painting, in history, design paradigms, The Bauhaus Heat forming, Staining, Equipment and IDB 415 Universal Design (2) Movement, Modernism, Post-modernism, tools, Working properties of stone, Carving. Universal Design Principles, Universal Design relation between design and technological and Masonry, Computers in ceramics, glass and and inclusiveness, usability, equitable use, socio-economic change, Industrial design as a stone technology, Design and manufacture design for people of all ages and abilities, mirror of social and economic changes. (1-hr of articles appropriate to ceramics, glass and barrier free design, Design for flexibility in lecture per week) stone. (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) use, simple and intuitive use, perceptible IDB 411 Computer Aided Manufacturing (2) information, tolerance for error, design for low IDB 321 Computer Aided 3-D Design (2) Fundamental concepts of computerized physical effort, size and space for approach Role of CAD in Industrial Design. Fundamentals manufacturing and simulation. Computer and use, trans-generational design strategies, of CAD, CAD software and operating systems, modelling for manufacture: Numerical design for the ageing methods, design for workstation environment, data storage and control. CNC machine tools including lathes, the disabled strategies, usability principles. input devices, data exchange standards, multi axis machines and special machines. Universal design assessment and checklist, graphic processors, graphic terminals, 2D and Programming semi industrial CNC machines usability assessment methods and checklist, 3D graphic elements, 2D and 3D translation, and manufacturing simple components. G- analysis of products that meet the universal hidden line algorithms, mass property Codes, canned cycles, subprograms, simulation design criteria. Problems and limitations of algorithm. Wireframe modelling, solid program, machining curved surfaces, matching universal design. Universal access legislation modelling, constructive solid of tool and surface geometry. Customised (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) geometry, surface modelling, methods of design and advanced manufacturing, surface construction, surface of revolution. flexible manufacturing, mass customisation. IDB 400 Industrial Training (3) Overview of rapid prototyping, virtual reality. Introduction to Computer Integrated Types of industries- primary and secondary (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) Manufacture. Applying artificial intelligence to industries. Production systems – single item, CAM. (1-hr lecture, 4-hr practical per week) batch, mass production. Organisation and IDB 412 Research Methods in Industrial Design management strategies used in industries. (2) The impact of mass production on society and

100 environment. Culture, work ethics and discipline and idea network. Design management tools design protection, ownership of designs, in industries. The role of labour organisation in and strategies. (2-hr lecture per week) contract and administration, sub-contracting, industries. The effect of technology changes design registration, patenting designs, on employment in industries. Briefing on IDB 515 Occupational Health and Safety (2) copyright, product liability, franchise, design industrial attachment. (7 weeks) Ergonomics of work, Occupational hazards and protection in Botswana. Design ethics, moral preventative measures, Legal considerations, obligations, analysis of design practice firms IDB 511 Major Project-design (3) Health and Safety standards, Safety symbols around the world, problems of design practice. Students will proceed by way of their preferred and colours, Protective equipment and work (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) design methodologies by conceiving alternative practice controls, Design of hand tools, solutions, designing, selection of appropriate Construction activities, Fire prevention IDB 522 Design for Automation (3) process, research, data analysis etc. Selection and protection, Seating and seat design, Elements of automation. Need and rationale of appropriate forms of modelling ideas and Workstation design, Lighting, colour and vision, for time and motion study and its applications presentation of design with a design folio. (1- Noise and vibration, Heat and ventilation, in automation. Different types of jigs and hr lecture, 4-hr practical per week) Manual material handling, Applied human fixtures and their relative merits. Jigs and kinematics and anthropometrics, Hazardous fixtures design for precision and their indexing. IDB 512 Contemporary Issues in Industrial processes, Environmental pollution. (1-hr Tool design for automation. Tool geometry, Design (2) lecture, 2-hr practical per week) ie, dimensions, angles and clearances and Controversies surrounding industrial design tolerances. Tool materials selection. Modular includes; Social Responsibility, Environmental IDB 516 Design Studies (2) tooling system, tool holders and adapters. Responsibility, gender, equity and equality, Cultural influences in design, Political Tool locating and clamping, fasteners, etc. Poverty alleviation, Ethics, Industrial Design in and economic implications on design, Use of dies; elements of die design. Tooling the Post-Material Society, Universal Access of Philosophical debates in design, Design and for numerical controls. Integrated computer Products and Facilities, Design and the Ageing its impact on development, Social analyses of aided design and manufacture with examples. population, Problems of Developing Countries, design, Identification of core issues that are Design of artefacts for integrated design and North-South Divide, Botswana’s problems, significant to the area of design studies being manufacture. Introduction to robotics and the form and function debate, consumerism, investigated, Application of research methods simple applications in design for automation. electronic-futures (e-futures), National to design studies, Application of design (2-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) Economy, Globalisation as a determinant of studies to related areas such as technology, IDB 524 Multimedia for Industrial discourse, Cultural considerations in design, engineering, art, architecture and photography. Designers (3) Nano-technology, mass-customisation, Virtual (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) Need for multimedia in Industrial design and Reality, Virtual Product Design, Remote Design. dissemination. Role of multimedia in effective (2-hr lecture, 1-hr practical, 1-hr tutorial per IDB 517 Optimisation in Design (2) communication and presentations. Range of week) Systems approach to design. Optimisation multimedia hardware and software. Digital and synergy of subsystems and components electronics and use in still and video cameras. IDB 513 Advanced Product Design (2) for materials, costs, quality, time, Digital recording and editing. Computer Product Development, Product Development manufacturability, maintenance and energy Animation, Interactivity and computer Teams, Innovation Process, mass personalisation, conservation. Need-technology-customer generated digital movies. Industry-standard product differentiation, flexible product matrix and diversification-capability matrix; multimedia-authoring tools to develop design development, advanced paradigms for optimisation of diversification. Failure modes presentations. Integration of media objects, Product Development, mass customisation and effects analysis for optimisation. Quality including: edited scanned images, rendered process, the reactive process, best practice function deployment aspect of optimisation. images (produced using CAD technology), in design of customised products, part QFD model formulation and optimiser analysis. line drawings, animation, video (captured off commonality approach, optimizing product Value analysis and optimisation. Case studies of VHS) and sound. Production and application architecture, standardisation, order fulfilment, design optimisation. (2-hr lecture per week) of multimedia in portfolio and major design customisation and configuration costs, design presentation. (1-hr lecture, 4-hr practical per for manufacturability, mistake proof design, IDB 521 Major Project-production (3) week) modular design strategy, concurrent product Realisation of the designed artefact. Selection design, co-designing. Customisation of of appropriate means of manufacturing and IDB 525 Packaging Design (3) products for advanced manufacturing, product finishing. Incorporating necessary design Packaging principles and practices in line architecture, process infrastructures, modifications. Product evaluation by revisiting design, Materials handling and distribution, Technology Push products, Market-pull the need and the consumer. Completion of Production, Testing and evaluation, Printing products, platform products, design for niche` the ‘Design folio’ to include manufacturing and labelling, Regulatory practices, and markets. Invention databases, collaborative aspects and product evaluation. (1-hr lecture, environmental concerns, Paper, metal and technologies, Limitations, problems and 4-hr practical per week) wood packaging, Plastics, composites and challenges of customisation. (1-hr lecture, 3- glass packaging, Pharmaceutical, medical hr practical per week) IDB 523 Professional Practice (2) and cosmetics packaging, Packaging and Various models of design practice, reflective the environment, Packaging production IDB 514 Design Management (2) practioner, developing a corporate approach, systems, Engineering of protective packaging, Design Management in companies, Managing managing product design and development Distribution packaging and materials handling, the design process, managing the corporate process, strategic planning, time and Packaging development and management. (1- identity, managing company environmental people management, computer-based time hr lecture, 4-hr practical per week) graphics, managing new product development, schedules, presentation and communication managing design teams, design as strategic skills, writing skills for design-related GEC 258 Art and Science of Design (2) corporate tool, role of design management discourses such as; briefs, rationales, reports Origin of Design. Nature of Design. Design in turning a company to a Design-Driven and resumes. Tendering for jobs, authority cycle and steps in designing. Preferred business, managing design resources, approvals, publicity, techniques for improving design methodologies. Design concepts managers and designers, managing design productivity. Pricing and costing of design and movements, cycle of innovation, across organisational boundaries, managing projects, quality assurance, staff resource Principles of creativity in design: first the product innovation process, design and allocation, staff salaries and associated costs. insight, brainstorming, gallery method, brain product evaluation, cultivating information Legal classifications of industrial designs, writing, problem decomposition, Barriers to

101 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

creative thinking, Role of scientific principles, MMB314 Measurement and project appraisal, financial control systems, technological advances and their applications Instrumentation (2) and impact of information technology on in design. Miniaturisation, Role of aesthetics, This course covers the following: Basis of organizations. ergonomics and anthropometrics in design, measurement and international standards; Issues of culture, moral values, ethics and the Electronics used in instrumentation systems; MMB415 Materials Technology (2) environment, Product semantics, Case studies Methods of measurement; Calibration. Study of theoretical and practical aspects of on analysing existing designs of objects – materials processing; Further consideration of quantification of a successful design. MMB322 Machine Component Design (2) casting, forming, powder processing, joining Phases of Design; Uniaxial and biaxial processes and surface treatments. GEC 357 Advances in Technology (2) stress conditions; Deflection and Stiffness Advent of technology in society. Societal considerations; Design for static strength; MMB416 Mechatronics (2) needs for survival, comfort and quality of Design for fatigue strength; Design of threaded An introduction to mechatronic systems, life. Technology Innovations. Technology elements; Rolling contact bearings; Flexible including uses and simple design; Simple and economic development. Design and elements; Shaft and associated parts; Design microprocessor programming; Mechanical manufacture of newer products. ‘Science of helical springs. aspects of mechatronic systems . and Technology Policy’ and ‘Vision 2016’ and . technological advancements in Botswana. MMB323 Thermodynamics (3) MMB417 Thermodynamics Ii (2) Technology Transfer. Environmental issues 1st and 2nd laws of thermodynamics; Cycles and principles of operation; cycles and and sustainable technological development. thermodynamic processes with ideal gas; analysis; combustion and emission control; Role of emerging media and the Internet in cycles of heat engines; energy systems. fuel process; wear, lubrication, steam, nozzles, global communication. Impact of information heat transfer and refrigeration. technology in the workplace. Impact of MMB324 Fluid Mechanics (3) technology on environment and eco-friendly Fluids and their properties; fluid statics; Basic MMB418 Pneumatics & Hydraulics (2) designs and technologies. fluid kinematics and fluid dynamics; viscous Provides an introduction to the basic principles flow in pipes; flow in pipes and duct systems; and control of pneumatic and hydraulic flow around a body; open channel flow; and systems including electro-pneumatic and fluid machinery. electro-hydraulic systems; Circuit and system design for function and capacity; Function Department of MMB325 Manufacturing (2) sequencing diagrams; Introduction to control Mechanical Engineering Introduction to manufacturing technologies, of such systems using programmable logic hot manufacturing processes, cold controllers. MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) manufacturing processes, measurements and Introduction to basic constructions and quality control. MMB419 Vibrations (2) mechanisms. Orthographic Projection is taught Vibration of multi-degree ofrreedom systems; with examples from all fields of engineering. MMB4I0 Advanced Manufacturing (2) modal testing; noise control. Students will also have some practice on Difference between conventional engineering drawings with reference to the manufacturing and software driven MMB511 Project (Stage I) (3) appropriate standards. manufacturing; CNC Technology and Part Defining the project problem; working out programming; Group technology; Computer an action plan and project methodology; MMB221 Computer Aided Drafting (2) aided process planning; Industrial robots; information retrieval and analysis; project The course introduces students to basic Discrete Control. predesign; writing a literature overview and a Computer Aided Drafting: Two dimensional progress report. and three-dimensional drafting systems; MMB411 Machine and Industrial Design (2) Use of CAD to generate Assembly and Lubrication and journal bearings; Spur, helical, MMB512 Plant Engineering (3) Detail engineering drawings; Title Block and worm and bevel gears design; Industrial design: This course covers design, selection, operation, plotting. assessing the need for industrial design; The maintenance and control of engineering impact of industrial design; Product: risk and plant; Power plant, combined heat and power, MMB222 Dynamics (2) reliability, probability concepts, interaction of process plants; Planned maintenance; Safety, Kinematics of particles; Newton’s Laws; materials, processing and design. costs, energy conservation, pollution and Kinetics of particles; Kinetics of rigid body; environmental factors. Impulse and momentum; Work, power and MMB421 Heat Transfer (3) energy. Thermal properties, the Fourier’s law, heat MMB513 Manufacturing Systems (4) diffusion equation, Newton’s Law of cooling, Introduction to manufacturing systems, MMB311 Solid Mechanics (3) External and external flow forced convection, Single station manufacturing cells, Cellular Deflection of beams; combined stresses; heat exchangers, thermal radiation manufacturing, Flexible Manufacturing buckling; metal fatigue; creep; stress &strain systems, Transfer lines. analysis; strain rosettes; strain energy; failure MMB413 Systems and Control criteria; torsion of non-circular sections; Engineering I (3) MMB514 Systems and Control plastic deformation. Linearised dynamic system models; applications Engineering 11(4) of Laplace transforms; transfer function Modelling and analysis of system dynamics; MMB312 Materials (2) This course is a study models; splane, transient performance and continuous and digital control system design; of engineering materials; this includes heat inverse Laplace transforms; frequency response elements of non-linear control. treatment, behaviour in service, evaluation of analysis: Bode, Nyquist, etc. materials and designing.

MMB414 Engineering Management (3) MMB515 Energy Systems (4) MMB313 Mechanics Of Machines (3) This is an introductory course to management Energy resources; Conventional and renewable Crank-effort diagram; General plane motion; science and engineering economics covering energy systems; Energy system design; Energy Kinematics of machines; Balancing; Lagrange’s management theory, social responsibility of an management and rational energy utilisation. equation; Gyroscopic motion; Vibration. industrial engineer, health safety, engineering

102 MMB516 Building and Factory Services (4) Design, layout, installation, efficient operation and maintenance of building and factory services, such as heating, ventilation and air conditioning, water, steam compressed air, fire-fighting, lifts and escalators, electricity and lighting systems for buildings and factories as well as efficient utilisation and provision of these services.

MMB521 Project (Stage Ii) (3) This is the continuation of the course MMB511.

MMB522 Production and Operations Management (3) Forecasting, production control, plant location, maintenance costing, personnel and productivity, work study and operations management tools.

MMB523 Industrial Engineering (4) Total systems intervention; System dynamics modelling; Cybernetics; Viable Systems Modelling; Interactive management; Productivity; Quality.

MMB524 Refrigeration And Air Conditioning (4) This course covers the theories and practice of refrigeration and air conditioning. This includes application of thermodynamics, fluid flow, heat and mass transfer to refrigeration processes; Plant components, controls, plant layout, air conditioning processes, psychometric design, and acoustics; Installation, commissioning and operation of a refrigeration plant.

MMB527 Thermal Fluid System Design Thermal design systems, system components aspects of design, exergetic analysis, heat transfer, economic analysis, optimization

MMB526 Computational Mechanics (4) Numerical solution of linear equations and differential equations; Numerical solutions using Matlab; The Finite Element Method in Engineering Mechanics; Programming in Matlab.

103 Faculty of Engineering and Technology

g Environmental Health Faculty of g School of Nursing g School of Medicine g Medical Laboratory Sciences HEALTH SCIENCES

ACTING DEAN FACULTY MANAGER FACULTY MANAGER T. T. Mokoena, BSc (Academic Administration) (Human Resources) (London), MSc (East H. TLHABANO, DARM M. SEGAETSHO, BA, Anglia), PhD (Bradford) (U.B), BA (UB), ARM, (UB) (UB) MSC (HRM) MPA (UB) (Salford University, UK) DEPUTY DEAN K.D. Mogobe, RN, RM, BEd (UB), MEd, MSc (Columbia University), PhD (University of Washington, Seattle)

104 within Botswana and SADC; Program Objectives FACULTY OF HEALTH •To provide a sound foundation on SCIENCES •identification of relevant and high-priority the principles of public health and the areas of research and research training in interrelationship between humans and the the health sciences that will contribute to environment. Introduction improved national and regional human health The University Council decided in November and welfare; •To develop competencies and skills needed 2005 to establish a Faculty of Health Sciences •ensuring that the faculty spearheads the after graduation to work effectively as an with effect from 01 April 2006. This decision drive for excellence in health professional environmental health professional in different stemmed from the University having resolved service delivery. settings. in academic year 2003/04 that during NDP9 it would engage in programme development This agenda will call for an holistic and •To impart skills to conduct research to that would be aimed at the long-term innovative approach to the review of the address environmental contamination objective of establishing a Faculty of Health learning and teaching, research and research problems and to contribute to sound public Sciences. training and professional service existing health policy development programmes of the faculty. Effective 01 June 2007, the Faculty of Health •To provide students with the skills to utilize Sciences was formally established and an To do this within an appropriate governance behavioral modification and motivation as Acting Dean appointed. framework, consultation with all interested positive approaches to the resolution of parties is expected to result in the University environmental health problems rather than Academic Organizational Structure approving the establishment of interim relying totally on enforcement. Organisationally, the Faculty is a “work arrangements to ensure a smooth transition in progress” and currently comprises the from the current structures, within and Entrance requirements following entities: outside the University, to those that shall Prospective students must: obtain under the aegis of a Faculty of Health •If entering the program through the • The Office of the Dean of Health Sciences that is embedded in a national direct entry route, satisfy the University of Sciences teaching health system. Botswana General Academic Regulation 20.21 • Department of Environmental and the Faculty of Science Special Regulation Health (the seed of a 23.2 of the Faculty of Science. If already future School of Public Health); DEPARTMENT OF registered under the Faculty of Science under • The School of Nursing (formerly the General BSc Program, must have obtained the Department of ENVIRONMENTAL at least a grade C in BIO 111 & 112; CHE Nursing Education); 101&102; MAT 111&122;PHY111,119,121&129 • The School of Medicine HEALTH Head: R.B. Matchaba – Hove, MB, ChB (UZ), at first year level. • The Department of Medical MSc Occup Med (London), DLSHTM Laboratory Sciences in If possessing a Diploma, satisfy General the School Departmental Regulations for the Academic Regulation 20.24 and appropriate of Allied Health Professions Undergraduate Program Special Regulations of the Faculty of Science. The plan is to set up a School of Pharmacy General Provisions Applicants with a Diploma in Environmental and to add departments of Nutritional Subject to the provisions of the General Health shall be admitted into level 200 Sciences and Rehabilitation Sciences to the Academic Regulations, the following or 300 of the degree progamme on the School of Allied Health Professions in the Departmental Regulations shall apply: basis of accumulated credits in the area of near future with the recruitment of core environmental health. founding staff. Programs and Titles of Degrees: The Department currently offers one program •If possessing other entry qualifications in Environmental Health leading to the deemed relevant by the Department, satisfy Recent and Future Developments following qualification: General Academic Regulation 20.22 or The principal activity of the Faculty in the General Academic Regulation 20.23 and any next few years will be to engage in strategic Bachelor of Science other appropriate Special Regulations of the planning that will embrace: (Environmental Health or BSc- EH degree) Faculty of Science. •affirmation/re-affirmation of the kind(s) and Our values Semester 1 number(s) of university-trained and educated In support of the UB values, the department Core Courses human resources for health that Botswana will focus on the following: CHE101 General Chemistry I (4) will need and the role(s) they are to play in BIO 111 Principles of Biology (4) the health system of the future: (i) Students - We place our students at the PHY112 Geometrical Optics, •working with all stakeholders to arrive core of our business Mechanics, Vibrations at a Faculty strategic plan that includes a (ii) Research – Research is the basis for our and Waves (4) statement of the vision, mission, values, goals vision and objectives of the Faculty as part of a (iii) Professionalism – We endeavour to MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4) national teaching health system; adhere to the highest professional and ethical COM 101 Introduction to Communications •design, development, approval and standards and computer Literacy Skills I (2) international accreditation of high quality (iv) Partnerships – Collaboration and GEC 121 Computing and information Skills international curricula that are appropriate networking are key to the delivery of our I (2) to the Botswana and African context, are programs aligned with the University Learning and (v) Advocacy - We endeavour to Teaching policy, promote awareness on safety, health and promote intra-faculty teaching and learning environmental issues. and articulate with programme offerings

105 Faculty of Health Sciences

Semester 2 Health (3) Admission to the School of Medicine Core Courses GEC/ Optional (10) The University of Botswana selects students CHE102 General Chemistry II (4) to enter the new medical degree programme BIO112 Diversity of Animals and Plants (4) Optional Courses in August, over May and June. Students PHY122 Electricity and Magnetism, CHE211 Introduction to Analytical seeking admission must apply by 1st April. MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4) Chemistry (2) These students will be selected on the basis COM 102 (2)Health Communication CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory of their year one results in Pre-Med, BSc or A’ GEC122 Computing and Information skills (1) level results, followed by assessment of their 11 (2) ENV10 Medical Geography (2) application form short essay and interviews. ENV382 Analytical Methods for Specific Personal and professional behaviours, Hazards (3) academic performance and communication Semester 3 ENV440 Geographic Information Systems skills will be considered in the process. Core Courses (3) Successful candidates will be immediately BIO120 Introductory Biochemistry (3) ENV462 Environmental Quality enrolled in the School of Medicine to begin ENH211 Introduction to Environmental Management- Land & Air (3) the Phase One Problem Based Learning (PBL) Health (3) ENV418 Environmental Policy (2) Curriculum. BIO301 Quantitative Biology (3) ENV412 Environmental Impact Assessment CHE211 Introduction to Analytical (3) It should be noted that for students not Chemistry (3) ENV463 Environmental Quality admitted to UB Medical School from the CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory Management- Water & Waste (3) Pre-Med programme, the application process I (1) CHE416 Environmental Chemistry (2) may vary with the different medical schools. GEC/Optional (4) CHE418 Special Topics in Analytical Those who gain admission to those other Chemistry (2) medical schools with which the Botswana Semester 4 BIO418 Food Microbiology (3) Government has partnerships will generally Core Courses LAW441 Law and Health Care (3) report after successful completion of the level ENH221 Principles and Practice of Health 200 Pre-Med programme, Education (3) Those who qualify for the University’s South ENH222 Epidemiology (3) African and Australian partner medical BIO216 General Microbiology (3) SCHOOL OF MEDICINE schools may transfer there after three ENH223 Control of Communicable diseases semesters to accommodate the academic (3) Founding Dean schedules of those schools. LAW203 Environmental Laws of Botswana T. A. Massaro, SB(MIT) (3) MS(Stanford), PhD(University of California, Undergraduate Degree Programme BIO225 Human Physiology and the Berkeley), MD (Wisconsin, Madison) The undergraduate programme is six years Environment (3) in length and divided into three parts. The Entry Requirements to the pre-medical first part is the first year of the current Semester 5 programme pre- medical programme , with some Core Courses (a) BGCSE/equivalent with a minimum of clinical exposure. Part two (Phase 1 of ENH313 Basic Toxicology (3) grade E in English Language and a grade of the MBBS program) will require 2 years CCB315 Environmental Engineering (3) C or better in any two courses from Biology, in a fully integrated curriculum of basic CCB318 Liquid Waste Management (3) Chemistry, Physics or a minimum of grade BB medical sciences within clinical PBL cases CCB319 Solid Waste Management (3) in Science Double Award or equivalent and a and clinical skills teaching with regular ASB 321 Meat Science (3) minimum of A in Physical Science and a C in clinical attachments. A 10 week Winter CCB331 Environmental Health and Biology or equivalent. Semester has been added to allow for the Building Services (3) (b) A-Level (Advanced Level) holders can greater intensity of medical education and Semester 6 enter at the second year provided that they an external rural clinical attachment. . The Core Courses have completed the clinical exposure track teaching methodology is based on body BIO305 Insect Pest/ Vector Control (3) that of the fi rst year. (N.B. Top A’ Level systems and includes plenary lectures, ENH321 Environmental Health Sampling students may apply for direct entry to many PBL within small groups, workshops, with and Analysis (4) medical schools including UB, bypassing the laboratories and clinical skills for practical ENH322 Food Safety and Hygiene (3) University’s premedical programme entirely.) learning . The curriculum is intended to ENH323 Occupational Health, Safety and (c) First year students in Level 100 of the BSc have a strong focus on the community. It Hygiene (3) degree may apply to transfer to Level 200 is flexible to meet the needs of both faculty PHY360 Atmospheric Pollution Control I (2) of the Premedical programme if they have and students, and respond to changing health ASB321 Meat Science (3) performed well academically (i.e., achieved care demands of the country. Design of the GPAs of at least 3.5 in all three Level 100 PBL content reflects the health problems and Winter Semester Sciences, 3.0 in Level 100 Mathematics resources of the community. The third part, ENH331 Internship (4) and 3.0 in at least one of the General or the three subsequent Phase 2 years will Education Courses), have been performed have required hospital and clinic rotations Semester 7 satisfactorily (a grade of at least “very good”); in the major disciplines. These experiences Core Courses in the clinical exposure course that takes will be enhanced with an opportunity to ENH411 Environmental Risk Assessment (3) place between year one and two, and have follow patients longitudinally and explore ENH412 Environmental Health Seminar (3) succeeded in being designated for a career in community services and public health efforts. PHY460 Atmospheric Pollution Control II medicine by the Ministry of Education (if a Some time will be spent in distant parts (2) GEC/ Optional (7) citizen of Botswana). of the country to gain experience in rural medical practice This Phase 2 Implementation Semester 8 is still under planning consideration. The Core Courses initial 36 students who entered the MBBS ENH413 Inspection and Report Writing (2) programme in August 2009 are expected to ENH422 Research Project in Environmental graduate from the University of Botswana,

106 School of Medicine in May 2014. Semester 6 (24 weeks) shall be determined by the Directorate of MED 411 Ambulatory Care and Community Academic Services. Internship Health 1.1.2 Applicants who register for the Bachelor The period of out-of country training varies MED 403 Internal Medicine 11 (8 weeks) of Nursing Science (Generic) Programmes from one medical school to another. It is MED 405 General Surgery 11 (8 weeks) shall be required: usually five or six years. On completion of MED 408 Obstetrics/ Gynecology 11 (8 a) To have taken at least 5 subjects, including their medical training, doctors are expected weeks) English Language and Mathematics, at the to do a one-year internship in Botswana Botswana General Certificate of Secondary before being registered by the Botswana Semester 7 (24 weeks) Education (BGCSE) examination or at one Health Professions Council (BHPC) to practice MED 501 Ambulatory Care and Community sitting of its equivalent; independently as a doctor. Health 11 (2) b) To have obtained a minimum grade of Pass MED 502 Community Health Project 11 (4 in English Language; Semester 1 weeks) (3) c) To have obtained a minimum grade of SOM 201 Foundations of Medicine (5) MED 506 Paediatrics 11 (8 weeks) (6) credit, or its equivalent, in Mathematics. SOM 202 Cardiovascular and Respiratory MED 509 Family 11 (4 weeks) (3) 1.1.3 In addition to the above basic Systems (5) MED 510 Emergency 11 (4 weeks) (3) requirements, applicants must have a SOM 203 Gatsro intestinal and Urinary MED 512 Psychiatry 11 (4 weeks) (3) minimum grade of C, or its equivalent, in systems (6) at least 2 of the following subjects: Physics, Semester 8 ( 24 weeks) Chemistry and Biology; and a minimum MED 511 Ambulatory Care and Community grade of B, or its equivalent, in Science. A Semester 2 Health 111 (2) double award or its equivalent is required. The SOM 204 Growth, Reproduction and MED 503 Neurology ( 4 weeks) (2) other qualifying subject must be one of the Endocrine system (6) MED 504 Anaesthesiology (4 weeks) (2) following: SOM 205 Blood and Immune system (4) MED 505 Orthopaedics (4 weeks) (2) SOM 206 Muscular Skeletal, Nervous System MED 507 Dermatology ( 2 weeks) (2) a) Development Studies and Special Senses (6) MED 509 ENT (2 weeks) (2) b) Literature in English MED 513 Ophthalmology ( 2 weeks) (2) c) Design and Technology First winter Semester MED 514 Urology (2 weeks) (2) d) Agriculture SOM 207 Psychological Health (5) MED 515 Plastic Surgery (2 weeks) (2) e) Art SOM 208 Community Attachment – MED 516 Nerosurgery (2 weeks) (2) f) Food and Nutrition Public Health (4) g) Computer Studies Semester 9 (24 weeks) h) Fashion and Fabrics Semester 3 MED 601 Ambulatory Care and Community i) Business Studies SOM 301 Skin pathology, Atherosclerosis Health iv (2) j) Home Management and Cancer (5 ) MED 603 Internal Medicine 111 k) Any other subject deemed appropriate by SOM 302 Infection, Viral, Bacterial and ( 8 weeks) (6) the Faculty of Science. Parasitic Disease (6) MED 605 General Surgery 111 ( 8 weeks) (6) SOM 303 Pregnancy, Birth and Child MED 609 Emergency 111 ( 4weeks) (3) 1.1.4 An applicant who has taken Health (5) MED 612 Psychiatry 11 (4 weeks) (3) relevant Advanced (A)-level or equivalent examinations and who has attained a Semester 4 Semester 10 minimum of one E and two O’s in the relevant SOM 303 Urinary System 11 (2) MED 602 Capstone course (4) subjects may be admitted to a Bachelor of SOM 305 Cardio Vascular and Respiratory MED 606 Paediatrics 111 (8 weeks) (5) Nursing Science Degree Programme. System 11 (5) MED 608 Obstetrics/ Gynaecology 1.1.5 If an applicant has grade E or better SOM 306 Muscular Skeletal System 11 (5) ( 8 weeks) (5) at Advanced (A)-level or equivalent SOM 307 Nervous System and Senses 11 (4) MED 610 family 111 ( 4 weeks) (3) qualifications in Science subjects, he/she may be awarded credits and exempted from Second Winter Semester equivalent course(s) prescribed for a Degree SOM 308 Community Attachment, Public SCHOOL OF NURSING Programme, subject to the recommendation Health Project 11 (4) of the relevant Head of Department and SOM 309 Gastro Intestinal Disease (5) Head: M.B. Sabone, RN, RM, Bed (UB), MSc, approval of the Deputy Dean. PhD (Case Western Reserve University) 3.2.3 PHASE 2 PROGRAMME 1.2 Course Listings for the Bachelor of 1.0 Special Regulations for the Bachelor of – THREE YEARS (Provisional) Nursing Science Nursing Science Degree Programme Generic Stream Subject to the provisions of the General Semester 5 (20 weeks) Academic Regulations and the Faculty of Level 100 MED 401 Introduction to Clinical Practice Education Special Regulations, the following Semester 1 (2) Departmental Special Regulations shall apply: General Education Courses MED 412 Clinical Applications of Basic COM 101 Introduction to Communication Science (2) 1.1 Entrance Requirements for the Bachelor and literacy Skills (2) MED 402 Internal Medicine (2) of Nursing Science COM 102 Health Communication MED 404 General Surgery (1- 3 weeks) (2) Generic Degree Programme (2) MED 406 Paediatrics (1 – 3 weeks) (2) 1.1.1 Admission to Level 100 of the MED 407 Obstetrics/Gynaecology Bachelor of Nursing Science Generic Core Courses (1 -3 weeks) (2) Degree Programme shall be on the basis BIO111 Principles of Biology (4) MED 409 Emergency (1 -3 weeks) (2) of performance in the Botswana General CHE101 Chemistry (4) MED 410 Family (1 -3 weeks) Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) MAT111 Mathematics (5) examination, or its equivalent, in Science BNS209 HIV/AIDS Education, Prevention subjects. There shall be cut-off points, which and Control in Botswana (4)

107 Faculty of Health Sciences

Semester 2 BNS310 Institution-Based Nursing Care AIDS Epidemic (3) Core Courses Practicum (2) POP303 Urbanisation, Migration and CHE102 Chemistry (4) SOC332 Traditional and Alternative Development MAT122 Mathematics (4) Medical Systems (3) POP404 Gender, Reproductive Health and Students can choose to take Physics at Level BNS311 Internship (4) Development (3) 100 or Level 200 of their study. POP405 Demographic Dimensions of PHY119 Physics (3) General Education Courses (2 credits) Poverty PHY111 Physics (3) All students shall select a course not already SOC234 Social Problems in Southern Africa PHY121 Physics (3) taken from the list of General Education (3) PHY129 Physics (1) Courses. 1.3 Entrance Requirements for Bachelor of Level 200 Optional Courses Nursing Science RN Completion Semester 3 Students shall choose 1 of the optional Candidates for the Bachelor of Nursing Core Courses courses listed in the optional course menu. Science Completion will fulfill the following BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) requirements: BIO223 Parasitology for Health Sciences Level 400 (3) Semester 7 a) A Diploma in General Nursing or STA111 Elementary Statistics (3) Core Courses its equivalent; PHY161 Physics for Nurses (3) BNS401 Principles of Management and b) A minimum of 2 years Nursing BNS201 Introduction to Professional Education in Nursing (2) experience after completion of a Diploma in Nursing (3) BNS402 Parent and Child Practicum (2) a General Nursing Programme; BNS203 Basic Nursing Concepts and Skills BNS405 Advanced Knowledge and Skill in c) Current registration with the Nursing in Health and Wellness (3) Adult Health (2) and Midwifery Council of Botswana BNS205 Primary Health Care: Individuals, BNS407 Nursing Management of High Risk or its equivalent; Groups and the Community (3) Childbearing Families (2) d) BGCSE or its equivalent with either a credit (Service Course BNS410 Adult Health Nursing Practicum in Combined Science or a pass in any one of (2) Biology, Chemistry or Physics and a pass in Semester 4 General Education Courses (6 credits) any other 4 subjects. Core Courses In addition, all students shall select 3 courses BNS211 Cell Biology not already taken from the list of General 1.4 Course Listings for the Bachelor of BIO216 Microbiology (3) Education Courses. Nursing Science BIO232 Human Biology Completion Stream BNS202 Basic Nursing Concepts and Skills Semester 8 in Health and Illness (3) Core Courses Level 200 BNS403 Principles and Practice of Semester 3 Optional Elective Courses (3 credits) Community Health Nursing (2) Core Courses All students shall take 1 optional course and BNS404 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) Elective: one course Theory (2) CHE109 Introductory Chemistry for BNS406 Adolescent Health and Nursing Science (3) Level 300 Development (2) PHY161 Physics (3) Semester 5 BNS408 Community Health Nursing STA111 Elementary Statistics (3) Core Courses Practicum (2) BNS201 Introduction to Professional BNS301 Pathophysiology (3) BNS409 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing Nursing (3) BNS302 Nursing Management of Low Risk Practicum (2) Childbearing Families (2) General Education Courses (4 credits) General Education Course BNS303 Introduction to Community Health In addition, all students shall select 2 courses COM 101-Introduction to Communication Nursing (2) not already taken from the listed General and Literary Skills BNS305 Basic Nursing Knowledge and Education Courses. Students shall also take Skills in Care of Well and Ill Adults one elective course, and one optional course Semester 4 (3) chosen from the following list: General Education Course BIO307 Biochemistry (3) COM102 Health Communication (2) BNS309 Community-Based Nursing Care Optional Courses Menu Practicum (3) BSW201 Introduction to Group Work Core Courses HEE114 Introduction to Nutrition (3) BSW202 Introduction to Working with BIO232 Human Physiology (3) Families and Individuals (3) BIO216 Introductory Microbiology (3) Elective Course (3 credits) BSW309 Social Policy (3) BIO120 Introductory Biochemistry (3) Students shall select 1 elective course, not EFH201 Counseling over the Lifespan already taken. General Education Course (2 EFH202 Theories and Techniques of Optional Courses (6 credits) credits) Counseling (3) Students shall also choose two of the 3-credit All students shall select a course not already EFH402 Counseling Persons with Special optional courses listed at the end of this taken from the list of General Education Needs (3) section. Courses. EFP100 Introduction to Educational Psychology (3) Level 300 Semester 6 HEE444 Issues in Food and Nutrition (3) Semester 5 Core Courses LAW441 Ethics and Law in Health Care (3) Core Courses BNS200 Pharmacology (3) POP220 History of Fertility, Mortality and BNS301 Pathophysiology (3) BNS300 Health Assessment (3) Migration (3) BNS307 The Individual in Health Illness (3) BNS304 Community Mental Health Nursing POP221 Theories of Fertility, Mortality and BNS309 Community–Based Nursing Care (2) Migration Practicum (3) BNS306 Intro to Nursing Research (3) POP225 Demographic Aspects of the HIV/ EFP213 Introductory Psychology (3)

108 In addition, all students shall take Psychology Institute of Health Sciences or equivalent 1 elective course. HEE444 Issues in Food Nutrition (3) qualification. The programme is designed LAW441 Ethics and Law in Health Care (3) to develop skills in clinical laboratory Semester 6 POP220 History of Fertility, Mortality and management, immunology and molecular Core Courses Migration diagnostics. The principal aim of the BNS300 Health Assessment (3) POP221 Theories of Fertility, Mortality and ‘completion’ programme is to upgrade BNS304 Community Mental Health Nursing Migration experienced medical laboratory technicians (3) POP225 Demographic Aspects of the HIV/ to become laboratory scientists who will be BNS306 Introduction to Nursing Research AIDS Epidemic (3) able to: (3) POP303 Urbanisation, Migration and BNS308 The Nursing Process in Family Development • provide leadership in medical Health (3) POP405 Demographic Dimensions of laboratory sciences; BNS310 Institution Based Nursing Care Poverty • serve the diagnostic needs of Practicum (3) SOC234 Social Problems in Southern Africa physicians and patients; SOC332 Traditional and Alternative (3) • carry out research to improve and Medical Systems (3) POP404 Gender, Reproductive Health and expand diagnostic laboratory BNS311 Internship (4) Development (3) services in the country. 1.0 Entrance Requirements for the BSc General Education Course (4 credits) 1.5 Assessment (Medical Laboratory Sciences) completion Students shall select 2 GEC courses from the 1.5.1 Continuous assessment in Levels 200, degree University-wide listing. Students shall also 300 and 400 shall be based on tests and/or 1.1 Applicants intending to enrol choose one optional course. assignments, and where applicable, clinical into the programme shall normally possess practice. a Medical Laboratory Technology diploma Level 400 1.5.2 The ratio of continuous assessment obtained from the Institute of Health Sciences Semester 7 to an end of semester examination shall (IHS) with a minimum of merit classification Core Courses be 1:1, unless otherwise specified in the overall and a minimum of two years relevant BNS401 Principles of Management and Departmental Special Regulations. post-qualification experience. Education in Nursing (2) 1.5.3 The above Regulations shall apply to 1.2 Applicants with qualifications other BNS402 Parent and Child Health Nursing both Generic and In-service Bachelor of than 1.1 above shall be required to submit their Practicum (2) Nursing Science Streams. qualifications to the University of Botswana BNS405 Advanced Knowledge and Skills in 1.5.4 General Regulations 00.811 to 00.826 to be evaluated for equivalence to the IHS Adult Health Nursing (2) and 00.842 shall apply to the Bachelor of medical laboratory technology diploma. As a BNS407 Nursing Management of high Risk Nursing Science Degree. general principle, applicants intending to study Childbearing Families for the BSc (Medical Laboratory Sciences) BNS410 Adult Health Nursing Practicum 1.6 Progression from Year to Year degree should have completed a minimum of To proceed from one semester to the next, 90 credits in a medical laboratory technology General Education Courses (6 credits) a student must pass all courses and have a programme from a recognised institution. In addition, all students shall select 3 General cumulative GPA of 2.0 or above as specified Education Courses not already taken. in General Regulation 00.842. 2.0 Program Structure

Semester 8 1.7 Award of Degree Semester 1 Core Courses To be awarded a Degree, a student must Core Courses BNS403 Principles and Practice of satisfy the relevant General Academic BIO211 Cell Biology (3) Community Health Nursing (2) Regulations 00.851 and 00.852. The Degree BIO212 Genetics (3) BNS404 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing shall be classified in accordance with the BIOP216 General Micribiology (3) Theory (2) provisions of General Academic Regulations BIO450 Research Project (3) (year long) BNS406 Adolescent Health and 20.4, with the cumulative GPA of 2.0 or MLS461 Medical Laboratory Practicum 1 Development (2) above completed in accordance with General (3) BNS408 Community Health Nursing Regulation 00.86. Faculty of Practicum (2) Education BNS409 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing Semester 2 Practicum (2) Core courses General Education Courses (6 credits) DEPARTMENT OF In addition, students shall select 3 General BIO308 Molecular Biology (3) Education Courses not already taken. MEDICAL LABORATORY BIO312 Virology (3) Students shall also choose one elective course SCIENCES BIO 416 Immunology (3) and one optional course from the following BIO450 Research Project (3) (Year long) listing: Founding Head: I. Kasvosve DMLT, MSc (UZ, MLS462 Medical Laboratory Practicum Zimbabwe), PhD (Ghent University, Belgium) 11 (includes 5 weeks Optional Course Menu Clinical Laboratory BSW201 Introduction to Group Work Rotation (6) BSW202 Introduction to Working with BSc (Medical Laboratory Families and Individuals Sciences) Completion 3.0 Assessment BSW309 Social Policy 3.1 Continuous assessment shall be according EFH201 Counseling Over Lifespan Programme to GAR 00.81 and 00.82 shall be based EFH202 Theories and Techniques of on tests and/or assignments, and where Counseling (3) The Department offers a one-year BSc applicable, clinical practice. EFH402 Counselling Persons with Special (Medical Laboratory Sciences) “completion” 3.2 The ratio of continuous assessment Needs (3) degree to qualifying holders of the Diploma to an end of semester examination shall EFP100 Introduction to Educational In Medical Laboratory Technology of the be 2:3, unless otherwise specified in the

109 Faculty of Health Sciences

Departmental Special Regulations.

4.0 Progression from Semester to Semester To proceed from one semester to the next, a student must pass at least 50% of the attempted credits and have a cumulative GPA of 1.23 or above as specified in General Regulation 00.842.

5.0 Award of Degree To be awarded a Degree a student must satisfy the relevant General Academic Regulations 00.851 and 00.852. The Degree shall be classified in accordance with the provisions of General Academic Regulations 20.4, with the cumulative GPA of 2.0 or above completed in accordance with General Regulation 00.86.

BSc (Medical Laboratory Sciences) generic Programme From August 2012 the Department of Medical Laboratory Sciences will offer a 4-year BSc (Medical Laboratory Sciences) degree to applicants with Botswana General Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) examination or its equivalent.

110 g AFRICAN LANGUAGES & LITERATURE g ENGLISH Faculty of g FRENCH g HISTORY g LIBRARY & INFORMATION HUMANITIES STUDIES g MEDIA STUDIES g THEOLOGY & RELIGIOUS STUDIES g CONFUCIUS INSTITUTE g VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS

DEAN FACULTY ADMINISTRATORS Moahi, K.H.N, BA (UBS), MSc (Sheffield), L. Monei,DABS (UB) BSc HRM (Cyprus) PhD (Pittsburgh) C.I.S. Intermediate (South Africa)

DEPUTY DEAN M.K. Tshoganetso BASS(UB) CPIR Mwikisa, P.W, BA (Zambia), MA, (Witwatersrand) MSc HRM (Cardiff). D.Phil(Sussex)

111 Faculty of Humanities

Introduction Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) Religious Studies subjects. Although for administrative purposes the examination, or its equivalent, in humanities b) Bachelor of Library and Information Studies Departments of Environmental Science and (languages, geography, social studies, history, which is composed of core and optional of Sociology are located in other Faculties, moral/religious education, and science courses from the department of Library and they are considered academically to be (cf.22.22a), and also See Regulation 22.22a for Information Studies part of the Faculty of Humanities. In fact, a other qualifying subjects) c) Bachelor of Arts in Library and Information considerable number of students who major 22.22 Applicants who register for Bachelors Studies which is composed of core and optional in Environmental Science and Sociology are Degree programmes in Humanities shall be courses from Library and Information Studies Humanities students. With the flexibility that required and another subject available as a major to is afforded by semesterised courses, more a) To have taken at least five subjects, including Humanities students departments in the Faculties of Business and English Language, at the Botswana General d) Bachelor of Information Systems Science will become accessible to Humanities Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) (Information Management) which is composed students, especially through cross-faculty examination or its equivalent; of core and optional courses from the Faculty programmes. With the new focus on educating b) To have obtained a credit in the English of Business, Department of Computer Science specialists in a generalist way, the Faculty language. and Department of Library and Information values a well-rounded education with the 22.23 An applicant who has taken relevant Studies. requisite ICT and numeracy skills. The Faculty Advanced (A) – level or equivalent examinations e) Bachelor of Media Studies which is of Humanities concentrates mainly on those and attained a minimum of one E and two C’s composed of core and optional courses from studies that specialise in understanding in the relevant subjects may be admitted to a the Department of Media Studies. human ideas, behaviour, culture and its Bachelor degree in Humanities programmes. 22.43 A combined degree (major/major) shall mediation, with a particular emphasis on 22.24 If an applicant has grade E or better at be a programme composed of core and optional humanity in Africa in relation to the rest of Advanced (A)-Level or equivalent qualifications courses from two equally-weighted subjects the world. This Faculty thus has a prime role in relevant subjects s/he may, subject to the which are concurrently studied. In order to to play in the discovery and the appreciation recommendation f the relevant Head of partially satisfy the requirement for a degree, of the heritage and liberal arts of the societies Department and the approval of the Dean’s a student must take and pass a minimum of 40 of Africa in general and of southern Africa Office, be awarded credits and exempted from credits from each of the two subjects. and Botswana in particular. In this regard, the equivalent course/s prescribed for a degree 22.44 A combined degree (major/minor) Faculty of Humanities, through research and programme. shall be a programme composed of core and teaching in its academic departments, is in a 22.25 A student who may transfer from a optional courses from two subjects. In order to privileged position to effectively contribute recognized university, or any other institution partially satisfy the requirements for a degree, to the realization of the Vision and Mission of higher learning, and on the submission a student must take and pass a minimum of 56 of the University. In addition, the Faculty of of a transcript of his/her academic records credits from the major subject and a minimum Humanities contributes to human resource may, subject to the recommendation of the of 24 credits from the minor subject. development by assisting in the training of relevant Head of Department and the approval 22.45 In Semesters 1 and 2 (Level 1) of a degree teachers. The departments in the Faculty of the Dean’s Office, be awarded credits and programme, each student shall take courses in provide the content base for secondary school exempted from equivalent course/s prescribed English as well as courses from at least two and tertiary level teachers of English, Setswana, for a degree programme. of the following subjects: African Languages French, History/Social Studies, Geography and and Literature, French, Environmental Science, Religious/Moral Education by offering majors 22.3 General Provisions History, Sociology, Theology and Religious in the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Education 22.31 A course may consist entirely of Studies, Psychology. and the Masters of Education Degrees in fieldwork, project work, practical-work, 22.46 In addition to core and optional courses, these disciplines. As the Faculty continues to seminar or tutorials or any combination of and in compliance with the General Regulation implement the provisions of the Tenth National these components. In addition to work during 00.2124d, each student shall, unless exempted, Development Plan (NDP10), the semesterised the semester, a course may include prescribed take two credits of General Education Courses academic programmes, and also plans new fieldwork or assignments during university in each of programmes within the plan period, it shall vacation periods. Area 1, Communication and Study Skills simultaneously address the requirements of 22.32 Unless otherwise provided in the and Area 2, Computer and Information the Revised National Policy on Education as departmental regulations, all courses are Skills, in each of Semesters 1 and 2 of his/ well as the aspirations of the National Vision semester long. her programme. In addition, a student shall 2016. It will also position itself strategically 22.33 For ease of reference, the use of course register for a minimum of twelve credits of within the plan period processes to face the codes shall provide information as follows: General Education Courses offered outside the challenges brought about by diminishing the first digit refers to the level of study, the Faculty of Humanities before completing his/ budget allocations and competition for fewer second to the status and orientation of the her programme of study. resources. course, and the last digit to the number of 22.47 Departments may specify projects course in each category. that each student shall carry out as partial 22.0 Special Regulations for the Faculty of fulfilment of the requirements for the award Humanities 22.4 Degree Structure a degree, based on an investigation of some 22.41 In accordance with General Academic original theme in his/her major subject under 22.1 Preamble Regulation 00.211, Departments in the Faculty the supervision of an academic member of 22.11 The following are the Faculty’s Special of Humanities shall offer courses which staff. This study shall be for one semester and Regulations and shall apply subject to the shall be prescribed in Departmental Special normally take place during the course of the General Academic Regulations Regulations. programme. The mode of assessment shall 22.12 In addition to these Special Regulations, 22.42 The Faculty of Humanities shall, be as prescribed under Special Departmental relevant Special Departmental Regulations depending on the core course in the subject Regulations. There shall only be one such shall also apply. area offer the following degree programmes: project per programme. a) Bachelor of Arts which is composed of 22.2 Entrance Requirements core and optional courses from African 22.5 Assessment 22.21 Admission into the Humanities languages and Literature, English, French, 22.51Continuous Assessment (CA) shall be as Degree Programmes shall be on the basis History, Archaeology, Environmental Science, prescribed in General Academic Regulations. of performance in the Botswana General Sociology, Psychology and Theology and 22.52 The examination in a course, whenever

112 required, shall normally be held during the Regulation 07.3.1 and General Regulation ALL134 Language Instruction II examination period at the end of the semester 00.62. (Elementary course in in which the course is taught. one of the Botswana 22.53 Performance in each course shall b) Combined Major/Major in African Languages Languages) Pre: ALL132 normally be evaluated according to stipulated and Literature ALL141 Introduction to African Oral and departmental requirements. Any departure The Combined Major/Major Programme shall Written Literature (Co) from indicated ratios shall require the approval consist of a total of 16 credits from the ALL142 The Study of Drama in Indigenous of the Faculty Board. core courses and additional credits from the Languages (Co) 22.54 Overall performance in a course shall be optional and other courses in accordance with ALL151 Short Story Theory and Practice assessed on a Percentage Scale, a Letter Grade Departmental Regulation 07.3.2 and General ALL152 Style in Writing and a Grade Point in accordance with General Regulation 00.62. ALL153 Introduction to the African Novel Regulations. c) Combined Major/Minor with African ALL154 Theory of Humour in Africa Languages and Literature as a Major 2.7 Award of Degree The Combined Major/Minor with African Level 200 22.71 To be awarded a degree, a student must Languages and Literature as a Major shall ALL221 Sound Systems in African satisfy the appropriate provision of General consist of 16 credits from the core courses and Languages (Co) Academic Regulations from core and optional/ additional credits from the optional and other ALL222 Structure of Words in African elective/general education courses. courses in accordance with Departmental Languages (Co) Regulation 07.3.3 and General Regulation ALL231 The Perception and Transcription 00.62. of African Language Sounds DEPARTMENT OF d) Combined Minor/Major with African ALL232 Language Instruction III Languages and Literature as a Minor (Intermediate Level AFRICAN LANGUAGES The Combined Minor/Major Programme with course in one of & LITERATURE African Languages and Literature as a Minor the Botswana languages) shall consist of a total of 8 credits from the Pre: ALL132 & ALL134 core courses and additional credits from the ALL233 Generative Phonology in African Bachelor of Arts Degree optional and other courses in accordance with Languages Pre: (ALL221) in African Languages and Departmental Regulation 07.3.4 and General ALL234 Language Instruction IV Regulation 00.62. (Intermediate Advanced Level Literature e) Multi-disciplinary Combined Degree course in one of the Programme Botswana languages) General Provisions The Multi-disciplinary Combined Degree Pre: ALL132, ALL134 & ALL 232 Subject to the provisions of General Programme in African Languages and Literature ALL241 History and Structure of the Academic Regulations and the Faculty of shall consist of a minimum of 4 credits in Setswana Novel (Co) Humanities Special Regulations, the following accordance with Departmental Regulation ALL242 African Written Poetry (Co) Departmental Regulations shall apply for the 07.3.5 and General Regulation 00.62. ALL251 Folk Speech in Africa Bachelor of Arts Degree in the Department of ALL252 Rites of Passage: A Study of Social African Languages and Literature. General Education Courses Dramas The Department of African Languages and ALL253 The Sociology of Literature Programme Structure Literature offers three (3) General Education Level 100 Courses (GECs), one (1) under Area 1: Level 300 At Level 100 (Semesters 1 and 2), the Communication and Study Skills and two (2) ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (Co) Programme shall consist of a total of 12 under Area 6: World Civilisations. ALL322 The Structure of Meaning (Co) credits from core courses (6 credits in each ALL323 Introduction to Stylistics and semester). Additional credits may be obtained Assessment and Examination Discourse Analysis (Co) from optional and other courses in accordance 1.3.1 Performance in each course shall be ALL331 Introduction to Translation with Departmental Regulations 07.1 and 07.2, evaluated by a combination of continuous ALL332 Language Instruction V (Beginners’ and General Regulation 00.62. assessment and final examination marks. Level course in one of the major 1.3.2 Continuous assessment shall normally languages of Africa, Part I) Level 200 constitute at least two pieces of work or one ALL333 Introduction to Research Methods At Level 200 (Semesters 3 and 4), the long paper per semester. ALL334 Introduction to Modern Theories Programme shall consist of a total of 12 1.3.3 The duration of the final examination in Grammatical Analysis credits from core courses (6 credits in each shall be two hours. ALL335 Language Instruction Course VI semester). Additional credits may be obtained (Beginners’ Level course in one of from optional and other courses in accordance Progression the major languages of Africa, with Departmental Regulations 07.1 and 07.2, In order to proceed from one semester to the Part II) Pre: ALL332 and General Regulation 00.62. next, a student must maintain a cumulative ALL336 Field Research Preparation and GPA in accordance with General Regulation Proposal Writing Pre: ALL333 Programme Structure 00.9. ALL341 Introduction to Literary Theory Levels 300 and 400 (Co) At Levels 300 and 400 (Semesters 5 to 8), the Level 100 ALL342 African Oral Narratives (Co) Programme shall comprise a Single Major, a ALL121 Introduction to the Study of ALL343 Introduction to African Popular Combined Major, a Major/Minor, Minor/Major Language and Linguistics (Co) Theatre (Co) and Multi-disciplinary Streams. ALL122 The Characteristics of Human ALL351 Politics and Southern African a)Single Major in African Languages and Language (Co) Poetry Literature ALL131 Language and Communication in ALL352 Epic Performance in Africa The Single Major Programme shall consist of a Africa ALL353 African Oral Literature and the total of 24 credits from the core courses and ALL132 Language Instruction I: (Beginners Media additional credits from optional and other Course in one of the Botswana ALL354 The Contemporary Setswana Novel courses in accordance with the Departmental Languages)

113 Faculty of Humanities

Level 400 ALL131 Language and Communication in emerged. ALL421 Introduction to Historical and Africa (3) Comparative Linguistics The content of the course will include a study ALL154 Theory of Humor in Africa (3) Based on Africa (Co) of the communication devices among human The course will focus on the structure and ALL422 A Sociolinguistic Study of beings, with special reference to Africa. The function of various types of the joke genre in Southern Africa (Co) course will also cover speech acts, writing Africa with a special focus on the text, context ALL423 The Bantu and Khoesan Languages systems as well as language acquisition phases and performance aspects. The issue of gender of Southern Africa (Co) and functions of language. and the influence of modern technology ALL431 Introduction to Psycholinguistics and the media on the genre will also be ALL432 Language Instruction VII ALL132 Language Instruction I scrutinized. (Intermediate Level (Beginners Course in one of the Botswana course in one of the major Languages) (3) ALL221 Sound Systems in African Languages African languages) Pre: ALL332 & The content will include an introduction to the (3) ALL335 culture and history of one of the Botswana The course content will include the definition ALL433 Research Project: Data Collection Languages and training in the basic use of the of phonology, phonemic analysis and the Pre: ALL333 & ALL336 language such as essential expressions and function of distinctive features. The course will ALL434 Introduction to Applied Linguistics self-expression. The course will also introduce also consider the structure of the syllable and ALL435 Language Instruction VIII the students to some of the basic structures of other prosodic phenomena. (Intermedate/Advanced the language. Level course in one of ALL222 Structure of Words in African the major African languages) ALL134 Language Instruction II Languages (3) Pre: ALL332, ALL335 & ALL432 (Elementary Level) (3) The content of the course will include the ALL436 Research Project: Data Analysis The content of the course will include a study definition and scope of morphology, the and Interpretation Pre: of the current state of one of the Botswana morpheme and its various types as well as ALL333, ALL336 & ALL433 languages as well as a study of some selected allomorphic variation. The course will then ALL441 World Literature in Setswana areas of usage such as reporting, expressing focus on the various types of morphemes Translation (Co) one’s feelings or seeking attention. The and apply the principles underlying word ALL442 Creative Writing, Theory and course will also introduce the students to the formation, analysis to an African language; Practice (Co) description of the language’s morphology and discuss the processes of term development in ALL443 Oral Poetry in Botswana (Co) syntax. Setswana. ALL451 Studies in African Aesthetics ALL231 The Perception and Transcription ALL452 Popular Culture in Africa ALL141 Introduction to African Oral and of African Language Sounds (3) ALL453 Women’s Literature in Botswana Written Literature (3) The content of the course will include practice ALL454 Children’s Traditions and Dramatics The content will include a study of sub-genres in identifying, describing and transcribing ALL455 Postcolonial Theory and of African oral and written literatures such as speech sounds. Also students will be trained African Literature oral and written stories (novel inclusive), oral in classifying the sounds according to shared ALL456 Introduction to African Thought and written poetry, traditional drama and phonetic features. GEC261 Languages of Botswana written plays and their form and functions in GEC262 Introduction to Cultural Studies society as well as how content and meaning ALL232 Language Instruction III GEC361 Introduction to Rhetoric and is such literatures are manipulated in order (Intermediate Level) (3) Public Speaking to differentiate insider/writer from outsider/ The course content will include a discussion reader as well as men from women. of the current state of one of the Botswana languages and then train the students in oral COURSE DISCRIPTIONS ALL142 The Study of Drama in Indigenous and aural skills, texts comprehension and an Languages (3) introduction to the literature created in the (African Languages & The course deals with intrinsic and extrinsic language. It will also provide skills in the Literature) aspects of drama with emphasis on the fact description of the structure of the target that plays are not primarily intended for language. ALL121 Introduction to the Study of reading but to be performed. Language and Linguistics (3) ALL233 Generative Phonology in African The content of the course will cover the study ALL151 Short Story Theory and Practice Language Analysis (3) of human language and its significance in (3) The course content will include an introduction human life. It will also deal with linguistics The course deals with theories of the short to generative phonology followed by the study as the scientific approach to language study, story but much of the time will be spent on of segmental, auto-segmental and metrical the branches of linguistics, how it is related reading short stories, critically analyzing them phonology. Setswana and one other African to other disciplines and how linguistics can be at the same time appreciatively enjoying and language will be used as case studies. applied to certain professions. getting involved in their production. ALL234 Language Instruction IV ALL122 The Characteristics of Human ALL152 Style in Writing (3) (Intermediate/advanced Level) (3) Language (3) The course will deal mainly with the relationship The course content will include the discussion The content of this course will include an between the author, the text and the readers of the salient issues concerning the current overview of the various theories about the with emphasis on aspects of style that enable and future situation of one of the Botswana origin of language and the relationship messages to reach the addressees. languages. The course will enhance the students’ between language origin, the development oral and aural skills, text comprehension and a of society and the structure of the brain. The ALL153 Introduction to the African Novel good understanding of the literature created course will also examine the difference between (3) in the language. human language and animal communication The course will basically introduce students as well as the unique characteristics of human to genre classification, textual analysis of ALL241 History and Structure of the language. the novel and the sociopolitical as well as Setswana Novel (3) the gender and cultural history from which it The course will include an exploration of the

114 evolution of the novel genre over time among ALL331 Introduction to Translation (2) Reception, Marxism and Deconstruction) the Setswana speaking peoples of Southern The course content will comprise the theory from which at least three will be selected for Africa and how it has been influenced by the of translation; types, modes and problems of discussion in a particular semester. social, cultural and political environment of translation; the role of semantics, pragmatics ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) the epoch of its composition and production, and discourse analysis in translation and The course will cover various sub-genres of especially in terms of structure, artistic style structural adaptation. Case studies will be institutionalized sub-Saharan African oral and themes. taken from the Botswana languages as well as narratives such as myths, folktales and legends international languages spoken in Botswana. that will be studied, analyzed and interpreted ALL242 African Written Poetry (3) from various theoretical viewpoints. The course will include a holistic theoretical ALL332 Language Instruction V (Beginners’ approach to African written poetry utilizing Level) (2) ALL343 Introduction to African Popular the Reader response, New Historicism and The content of the course will include an Theatre (2) Feminist theories. Included will be the structure introduction to the culture and history of one The course content will include the history of poetry and the influences of various epochs of the major languages of Africa and training of Popular Theatre in Africa from the pre- on the form and content of African written in the basic use of the language such as colonial to the postcolonial era with reference poetry. essential expressions and self-expression. The to socioeconomic problems facing Africa. course will also introduce the students to some Emphasis will be on practical drama and ALL251 Folk Speech in Africa (3) of the basic structures of the language. performances in schools and villages within The content of the course will cover aspects of the concept of intervention-participation- performance, aesthetics, form and function of ALL333 Introduction to Research conscientisation. the various communicative speech acts such Methods (2) as proverbs, riddles, epithets, euphemisms and The course will introduce students to ALL351 Politics and Southern African dysphemisms. The focus of the study will be on both quantitative and qualitative research Poetry (2) both literary texts and everyday discourse. paradigms in African Languages and Literature. The course content will include an analysis and Also the content will include objectivity in interpretation of translated or transcribed oral ALL252 RITES OF PASSAGE: A STUDY OF scientific research, topic selection, definition poetry that deals with socio-political criticism SOCIAL DRAMAS (3) of the problem, significance of a research and the influence thereof of oral traditions on The course content will cover performance, study, formulation of hypotheses, research political poetry in general. Also included will structural patterns and functions of the methodology, literature review and research be the influence of Negritude and African- calendar and life cycle ritual ceremonies that proposal framework. American poetry on Southern African protest affect the individual and the community. Also and resistance poetry. the importance of symbolism, role-play and ALL334 Introduction to Modern Theories in reversal of roles will be explored from various Grammatical Analysis (2) ALL352 Epic Performance in Africa (2) theoretical perspectives. The course content will include a study of the The content of the course will include basic current conception of a grammar, the modern characteristics of African epics, their historical grammatical theories, and their application to contexts, and the mode of delivery to the ALL253 The Sociology of Literature (3) African language description. audience. Basically, the course will include the importance of sociological considerations in understanding ALL335 Language Instruction Course VI ALL353 African Oral Literature and the literature. These encomp ass the writer’s social (Elementary Level) (2) Media (2) situation, the production and the consumption The course content will include the The content will include a study of the multiple of written literature and the impact of the study of the current state of one of the major ways in which the mass media influence oral historical, cultural and political environment languages of Africa as well as a study of some literature and how oral literature permeates on the production and consumption. selected areas of usage such as reporting, media-manipulated texts and contexts as expressing one’s feelings or seeking attention well as how it is portrayed by the media in its etc. Also, the course will introduce the various forms. ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (2) students to the description of the language’s The course content will include the discussion morphology and syntax. ALL354 The Contemporary Setswana of the principles and methods of sentence Novel (2)The course will include a critical analysis focusing on the basic structure of the ALL336 Field Research Preparation and analysis of artistic styles, thematic trends, sentence. The standard generative grammar Proposal Writing (2) inter-textual relationships and literary quality model will be used in sentence analysis, based The course will include techniques of fieldwork, of the Setswana novels recently written and on Setswana. data collection as well as archival research, published in Botswana and South Africa. resource planning, ethical issues and how to ALL322 The Structure of Meaning (2) write a research proposal. ALL421 Introduction to Historical and The course content will include the definition Comparative Linguistics based on Africa (2) of meaning, types of meaning, semantic ALL337 Introduction to Computational The course will include an introduction to features and lexical relations. It will also Linguistics (2) historical and comparative linguistics as a consider the modes of meaning interpretation, The course will introduce the students to a discipline and then look at how this approach context, deictic expressions, presuppositions variety of topics in computer-based language has been used in the comparison, classification and speech acts. analysis and processing among which three and accounting for patterns of change in the will be examined in a given semester. These languages of Africa. topics will include: computational syntax, ALL323 Introduction to Stylistics and computational phonology, computational ALL422 A Sociolinguistic Study of Discourse Analysis (2) semantics, computational lexicography, speech Southern Africa (2) The content of the course will include the synthesis, and machine translation. The course will include the patterns of study of register, stylistic variation, discourse language use in Botswana, the factors that devices, discourse appropriateness and ALL341 Introduction to Literary Theory (2) influence language change and maintenance conversation structure. The course content will include five literary and the various efforts, both formal and theories (mainly Structuralism, Psychoanalysis, informal, which are being made in order to

115 Faculty of Humanities

preserve, promote and empower languages. ALL442 Creative Writing, Theory and GEC262 Introduction to Cultural Studies Practice (2) (2) ALL423 The Bantu and Khoesan Languages The content of this course includes techniques The content of the course includes theories of Southern Africa (2) of writing in three genres: short stories, plays of cultural production, practices and values The course content will consist of (drama) and poems (poetry). in Africa. Sensitive questions of ethnicity and the origin and migration of the Bantu and multiculturalism are also discussed. Khoe-San language speakers, the settling ALL443 Oral Poetry in Botswana (2) GEC361 Introduction to Rhetoric and Public of the Bantu languages in the Southern The course will cover the performance and Speaking (2) African region, the classification of the Bantu significance of the various forms of indigenous The content of the course will include and Khoe-San languages and their major oral poetry that are composed and rendered aspects of African literature, language and characteristics. by oral artists under different cultural and philosophy with reference to interpersonal situational contexts in Botswana. communication. ALL431 Introduction to Psycholinguistics (2) The course will include the various approaches ALL451 Studies in African Aesthetics (2) to psycholinguistics, language production and The course content will include theories comprehension, the biological foundations of of aesthetic judgment and arguments DEPARTMENT OF language and language pathology. propounded by philosophers, artists, literary critics and consumers of objects of aesthetic ENGLISH ALL432 Language Instruction VII value. Staff Professors: (Intermediate Level) (2) M. J. Melamu, B.A. (Rhod.), Dip.Ed. (Durham), The course content will include discussion ALL452 Popular Culture in Africa (2) M.A. (SA), D. Phil. (Sussex) of the current state of one of the major The course will include a study of culture, A. J. C. Pongweni, B.A.(Hons), M.A., Ph.D languages of Africa, comprehension texts and subcultures and visual culture with emphasis (London); M.A.(Leeds), Cert. in Phon. (IPA) Cert. an introduction to the literature created in the on music, dance, films/videos, television, in Phon. of Englishfor Foreign Students (UCL) language, oral and aural skills and structural computer and their inter-textual relationship. analysis. It will also include the ideology of mass Associate Professors: culture, theories of consumption and its J. T. Mathangwane, B.A, P.G.D.E (UB), M.A. ALL433 Research Project: Data Collection confrontation with politics, religion and the (Leeds), (2) spirit of conservatism. M.A., PhD (Berkeley) The research project will be carried out through regular consultation with the relevant lecturer ALL453 Women’s Literature in Botswana Senior Lecturers: and will lead to the collection of data on the (2) M. M. Alimi, B.A., M.A., PhD. (Ibadan) chosen research topic and documentation of The course will include a study on various A. E. Arua, B.A. (Hons), M.A. (ESL), PhD (Ife) the research findings. literary texts created by women in Botswana M. M. Bagwasi, B.A., P.G.D.E. (UB), M.A. from oral to written, how they handle relations (Leeds), ALL434 Introduction to Applied of power, sexuality and gender issues, their M.A., PhD. (Indiana) Linguisitcs (2) vision and communicative strategies. R. Letsholo, Dip. Sec. Ed., B.Ed. (UB), M.Phil The course content will include the study of (Edi mental representation of grammar, the child’s ALL454 Children’s Traditions and Dramatics burgh), PhD (Michigan) processing of grammar, the psycholinguistic (2) J. McAllister, B.A. (Hons), M.A. (Toronto) Ph approach to mental process and the language The content of the course will include research (Queen’s) learning processes. on children’s traditional games, storytelling, A. J. Matiki, Dip. Ed., B.Ed. (Malawi), M.A. songs, and methods of dramatic improvisation (Ohio), PhD. (New Mexico) ALL435 Language Instruction VIII and creative writing for children’s books. L. S. Molema, B.A. (UBLS), M.A. (UBS), PhD. (Advanced Level) (2) (Mainz) The course synopsis will include a discussion ALL455 Postcolonial Theory and African K. C. Monaka, B.A., P.G.D.E. (UB), M.A., PhD of the salient issues concerning the current Literature (2) (London) state and future situation of one of the major The course examines from a historical S. Morapedi, B.A., PGDE, Cert. Lib, Dip. Lib. languages of Africa, advanced comprehension perspective the national, transnational and (UB), M.A (Shef), MA (Essex), PhD (Sussex) texts and a good understanding of the translational boundaries of culture with V. C. D. Mtubani, B.A. (London), M.A. (Leeds), literature created in the language, advanced reference to colonial and post-colonial PhD. (Exeter) oral and aural skills and an in-depth descriptive literature. P. W. Mwikisa, B.A. (Zambia), M.A., D. Phil knowledge of the language. ALL456 Introduction to African Thought (2) (Sussex) ALL436 Research Project: Data Analysis and The course content will include philosophical N. Ndana, B.A., P.G.D.E. (UB), M.A. (Alberta), Interpretation (2) treatise that exist within the discipline of Ph.D (UCT) The course will consist of supervised work on African philosophy and thought on various T. Otlogetswe, B.A., P.G.D.E. (UB) M.Phil hands-on data analysis, interpretation and topics that by their very nature raise questions (Oxford), PhD (Pretoria) research report write-up. of philosophical discussion. B. Seboni, B.A., CCE (UBS), M.A. (Wisconsin) ALL441 World Literature in Setswana GEC261 Languages of Botswana (2) Lecturers: Translation (2) The content of the course will include the M. M. Dikobe, B.A., P.G.D.E. (UB), M.A. (UCLA), The content of the course will include study of the various language groups that PhD. (Berkeley) primarily literary texts translated into settled in what is now Botswana and how they S. E. Ellece, B.A., P.G.D.E., (UB), M.A., PhD Setswana from other African languages, and have interacted over the years to give rise to (Lancaster) secondly those translated from foreign/non- the current language situation. The course will K. N. Kgafela-Mokoka, B.A., PGDE. (UB), M.A. African languages. A study of how (and why) also discuss the role of Setswana as national (Waikato) cultures are constructed, inter-textualized and and English as official language. N. Kgolo, B.A., P.G.D.E., M.A. (UB), M.A manipulated through translation will also be (Cambridge) done. G. Lilford, BA., (Vassar College), M.A., PhD

116 (Sussex) enables him/her to fit, with some additional This course introduces students T. D. Marman-Ngome, B.A., PGDE, M.A. (UB) training, into a wide range of managerial and to prose literature of the Southern African P. Mekgwe, B.A. (UB), M.A. (Sussex) DPhil administrative positions, including posts in region, covering various historical, political (Sussex) financial and business institutions. and social topics as they are written about in T. T. Mogobe, B.A., P.G.D.E. (UB), M.A. (Ibadan), the literature of the region. PhD (Leeds) Course Structure F-K. Omoregie, B.A., M.A. (Hons.) (Jos) 1.6.1 Courses in the Department of English ENG223 The Drama of Southern Africa (3) C. Rapoo, BA, PGDE (UB), MA (Lancaster), PhD shall be offered at Levels 100 to 400 for the This course introduces students to the drama (UCLA) undergraduate programmes as outlined below. of Southern Africa, covering the genesis and T. Sebina, B.A. (UB), M.A. (Warwick) 1.6.2 In addition to the Department’s courses, development of Southern African drama, O. Seda, BA (UZ) M.A. (Jos) an undergraduate candidate majoring in identifying a dramatic form that is Southern E. Thekiso, B.A. (UBS), M.A., PhD (Warwick) English shall take General Education Courses African, and relating, comparing and S. M. Tumedi, B.A. (UBS), Dip. in Journalism (GECs) and electives in accordance with contrasting such dramatic forms to those from (Ghana), M.A. (Sheffield) General Regulation 00.2124. other parts of Africa.

Departmental Regulations Level 100 Semester 4 Subject to the provisions of the Academic Semester 1 Core Course General Regulations and the Faculty of Core Courses Band A: Language Humanities Special Regulations, the following ENG121 Introduction to English Language ENG221 Introduction to English Departmental Regulations shall apply: Description and Usage (3) Linguistics (3) This course provides an overview of basic An introductory over-view of Descriptive Programmes and Titles of Degrees grammatical concepts and terms that Linguistics, viewed as a foundation for the The Department of English offers the students can apply to particular examples and study of English Language and Linguistics following programmes leading to the award difficulties of usage. courses. of a Degree: a) Single Major Programme leading to ENG113 Introduction to Literature: Optional Courses the award of a Bachelors Degree as per Prose (3) Band B: English Literature Departmental Regulations; This course is designed to introduce first-year ENG222 Introduction to English b) Combined Major/Minor Programme with students to the literary aspects of the essay Literature: Poetry and Drama (3) English as the Major leading to the award of and the (auto) biography, and to the structure The course seeks to introduce students to some a Bachelor of Arts Degree as per Departmental and components of the novel and short story. of the major poets and dramatists in English Regulations; Literature. It examines the works of some c) Combined Major/Major Programme with Semester 2 of the major poets and dramatists in English English and a second subject other than Core Courses Literature from Chaucer up to the present English as Majors leading to the award of a ENG131 Writing in English (3) time Bachelor of Arts Degree as per Departmental The course familiarises students with various Regulations; rhetorical principles and examines various Band C: African Literature d) Combined Major/Minor with English as the features of discourse types specific to ENG233 The Poetry of Southern Africa (3) Minor leading to the award of a Bachelor of particular genres. This course introduces students to the poetry Arts Degree as per Departmental Regulations, of Southern Africa. While focusing on the if the student is registered in the Faculty of ENG123 Introduction to Literature: Drama modern written forms, it also points to the Humanities; and Poetry (3) living, everyday experience of oral traditions e) Multi-disciplinary Programme leading to This course is designed to introduce students of poetry. The course is broadly representative the award of a Bachelor of Arts Degree as per to the literary and theatrical aspects of drama, of the countries, themes and forms of poetic Departmental Regulations. and to the structure and literary strategies of expression in the region. poetry. Entry Requirements Level 200 Band G: Theatre Studies Admission requirements to the Programmes in ENG217 Theatre History (3) the Department of English are specified in the Semester 3 This course introduces students to the study Faculty of Humanities Regulation 22.2. Core Course of Theatre, from a historical perspective. The Band A: Language course traces developments in Theatre across Award of Degree ENG211 The Pronunciation of English (3) the world; highlighting circumstances that A student must satisfy the appropriate This course introduces students to articulatory have either helped develop theatre or stifle it. provisions of General Academic Regulation processes and the description of English 20.4 to be awarded a Degree. sounds. Level 300 Semester 5 Career Opportunities for Graduates of the Optional Courses Core Course Department of English Band B: English Literature Band A: Language 1.5.1 Career prospects for Bachelor’s and ENG212 Introduction to English Literature: ENG351 Phonology of English (3) Master’s Degree holders in English include The Novel (3) The course introduces students to some of the professional employment in the fields of: The course seeks to introduce students to the phonological theories on the pronunciation of a) Education, teaching at secondary and development of the English Novel from its English and other languages known to them. In tertiary levels or in the field of curriculum infancy in the 18th Century to modern times. addition, it gives students the opportunity to development in the Ministry of Education; The course broadly examines the emergence apply this knowledge to some data to enhance b) Print and Electronic Media; of the English Novel and the conditions under their understanding of these theories. c) Publishing; which it emerged. d) Public Relations; Optional Courses e) The Civil Service. Band C: African Literature Band A: Language 1.5.2 Training in English studies provides the ENG213 Prose Literature of Southern ENG341 Introduction to Sociolinguistics recipient with the kind of adaptable mind that Africa (3) (3)

117 Faculty of Humanities

The course introduces students to the of African and European literature. morphologically. relationship between language and society. It focuses in particular on the description of ENG373 Botswana Literature (3) Band B: English Literature varieties of English and their use in various The course is a critical study of the novel, poetry, ENG312 Milton (3) contexts, and on the analysis of and solutions short story and drama of Botswana. It will A detailed study of the seminal poetical to language problems, especially in developing also trace the development of the literature. writings of John Milton. It will place Milton countries The course will focus on stylistic, thematic in the context of the tradition of world Epic and generic differences and similarities in the poetry and of English 17th Century poetry, ENG441 Introduction to Pragmatics (3) works. and systematically explore Miltonic ideas This course introduces students to Pragmatics, about literary genre, politics, religion and a discipline which studies various factors Band D: World Literature philosophy. involved in appropriate use and understanding ENG334 Commonwealth Literature (3) of language. It looks at such factors as A selection of works of prose, fiction, drama, ENG362 The Later Romantics (3) the speaker’s intentions and how they are poetry and essays drawn from a number of This course attempts to establish the surmised by the addressee, the speaker’s and literacy traditions in The Commonwealth. The relationship between the Early Romantics and addressee’s background attitudes and beliefs, choice of texts for study will help students to the later in terms of theme and style. Focusing their understanding of the context in which reflect on the problematic use of the English on Keats, Shelley and Byron, it will attempt the utterance is made, and their knowledge language as a medium of literary expression in to place the later Romantics in their proper of how language can be used for a variety of all Commonwealth societies. literary and socio-political context. purposes. Band E: Theory ENG372 Elizabethan and Jacobean Band B: English Literature ENG415 Readings in Literary Theory 1 (3) Poetry (3) ENG352 The Metaphysical Poets (3) The course surveys the changing conceptions The course examines how Elizabethan and This course will chart the development during of the nature and function of literature in the Jacobean writers employed the poetic mode to the 16th-17th Centuries of Metaphysical Western tradition from Plato and Aristotle in express views on private and personal feelings, poetry through its chief practitioners: Donne, the Classical period to Tolstoy and Marx in the and on social and public issues. Herbert, Vaughan and Marvell. It will study the nineteenth century. poetic devices, styles and subjects that link Band C: African Literature together these writers as Metaphysical poets. Band G: Theatre Studies ENG383 Critical Issues in Modern African ENG317 African Drama (3) Literature: Critical Debates in African ENG332 English Romantic Poetry: The The course offers students an opportunity to Literature (3) Early Romantics (3) critically look at a representative selection of Continued discussion of the major issues and This course deals with the early part of the African dramatic literature. The course helps trends in Modern African Literature using literature that came to be known as English students to identify and appreciate the various both creative works and critical writings of Romantic Poetry. Focus will be on Blake, themes explored in drama, its various styles African authors. Wordsworth and Coleridge. and techniques and its role in society. ENG343 Modern African Poetry (3) ENG342 Elizabethan and Jacobean ENG327 Practical Theatre (6, 2 Semesters) This course deals with the modes, styles and Literature: Drama (3) This course is an introduction to the practice themes of modern African poetry, and the A study of Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama of theatre such as the processes of script socio-political and cultural influences that as a significant literary, cultural, political and analysis, research, rehearsal, stagecraft and have shaped it. The traditions of modern religious expression of the Age. performance. The course will offer students an African poetry are studied across periods and opportunity to approach theatre holistically regions. ENG412 Introduction to Shakespeare (3) and to understand the relationships between This course deals with the achievement of the various arts that go into its making. ENG393 Currents of Thought in the Shakespeare as the hallmark of the English Literature of the African Diaspora: African- literary tradition through an exploration of Semester 6 Caribbean Literature (3) three of his more famous plays and a selection Core Course A critical study of Caribbean literature within of his most popular poems. Band A: Language the context of the forces and conditions that ENG311 Modern English Grammar (3) occasioned its advent, and continues to impact Band C: African Literature This course is a detailed description and its survival and future. ENG333 Critical Issues in Modern African analysis of modern English grammar: meaning Literature: Phases of Modern African Literature of grammar, word classes in English, English Band D: World Literature (3) phrase types and English sentence structure. ENG324 Twentieth Century American An examination of the major critical issues and Optional Courses Literature (3) trends in Modern African literature using both Band A: Language A critical examination of twentieth-century creative materials and critical works of African ENG321 Usage in English (3) American literature using representative texts authors. The course examines common problems of various genre -types: fiction, drama, and associated with word class usage (noun/ poetry. ENG353 Currents of Thought in the pronoun agreement, tense and voice in verbs, Literature of the African Diaspora: African- comparative and superlative forms in adjectives Band G: Theatre Studies American Literature (3) and adverbs) and sentence usage including ENG327 Practical Drama (6, 2 Semesters) A survey of African-American literature from modification, coordination, subordination and This course is an introduction to the practice slave narratives to contemporary works. fragmentation. of theatre such as the processes of script analysis, research, rehearsal, stagecraft and ENG363 Oral Literature (3) ENG361 Morphology of English (3) performance. The course will offer students an This course acquaints students with orality as The course provides students with an opportunity to approach theatre holistically a cultural process. It develops an appreciation understanding of the morphological structure and to understand the relationships between of verbal art and examines the fundamental of English and their own languages. It also the various arts that go into its making. sources and basis of the forms and structures teaches students how to analyse any language

118 Level 400 ENG433 Introduction to Gender Issues (3) ENG481 Language and Gender (3) Semester 7 This course will combine theoretical and This course introduces students to a range Core Course practical approaches to literature in order to of gender-related theoretical and analytical Band A: Language clarify how, and the extent to which, feminist issues in the structure and use of English, and ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (3) criticism can be applied to analyse literary examines the current trends in gender-related This course provides students with knowledge texts. language reform. of various approaches to syntax with specific emphasis on functional approaches. Band D: World Literature Band B: English Literature ENG424 The Novel in the Modern World ENG462 Shakespearean Poetry (3) Optional Courses (3) This course will explore a selection of Band A: Language Focusing on major novels published since Shakespeare’s sonnets and excerpts from the ENG331 Language Acquisition (3) 1950, this course provides an overview of how longer poems, focusing on major themes of The course introduces students to the novelists from different parts of the world Elizabethan poetry such as love, time, death, principles governing how humans acquire have developed the form as a means to address religion, and politics. a first language, and a second or additional important social, cultural and political issues. language. Important aspects of the course ENG472 The Development of the English include the role of the brain and other speech Band F: Project/Long Essay Novel: The Victorian English Novel (3) organs in language processing, and learner ENG416 Research Essay (6, 2 Semesters) A chronological study of the traditional strategies in Second Language Acquisition. The course offers the student the opportunity English Novel from the Romantic Movement to conduct supervised research which should to the end of the reign of Queen Victoria. ENG471 Introduction to Literary Stylistics result in the submission of an essay of 5000 Problems the novel address include the decline (3) – 7000 words. in religious faith due to Darwinism, and the Students will be introduced to a range of social pressures of the increase of urbanisation linguistic theories on which they will draw in Band G: Theatre Studies and industrialisation. their analysis of selected texts. ENG417 Theory and Practice of Drama (6, 2 Semesters) ENG482 Modern English Drama (3) Band B: English Literature This is a course designed for students with an An exploration of the stylistic and thematic ENG422 The Development of the English interest in the practice of theatre. It is intended advances made by British playwrights at Novel: The Early English Novel (3) to deepen students’ practical theatre skills and the beginning of the 20th century and their A chronological study of the development some important theories underlying the skills imprint on the development of drama during of the English Novel from its 18th Century of acting, directing for the stage, set design, the rest of the century. inception by Defoe through to Romantic lighting, script-writing. conceptions of the form. It will consider ENG492 Modern English Poetry (3) the novel’s evolution as a form of social ENG427 Dramatic Literature (3) The poets of the period explore the material commentary and its response to diverse social The course explores the importance of play and spiritual dislocations that were signs of and political pressures. texts in the development of theatre traditions the break-up of Western Civilisation. The around the world. It is designed to help course studies the poetry of Hopkins, W.B. ENG432 Victorian Poetry (3) students appreciate the difference between Yeats, T.S. Eliot and the poetry of WW1. A study of 19th Century English Victorian drama as literature and drama as theatre. poetry identifying the important themes and Band C: African Literature the characteristic poetic features of the age. Semester 8 ENG443 The African Novel II (3) It will consider the Victorian concerns about Core Course A study of the design and technical death, love, religious faith, marriage, the Band A: Language innovations to be seen in the African novel position of women, and the great growth and ENG451 Introduction to Semantics (3) written in English or translated into English optimism of the age. An introductory course to semantics which from indigenous and other languages of the hopes to promote an understanding of a continent of Africa. ENG442 Modern English Prose Fiction framework for conceptualising meaning 1900-1930 (3) leading to clear and logical thinking. ENG463 Gender Issues in African The course is an intensive study of a major Literature (3) work by each of the following writers: Joseph Optional Courses Requiring a comprehensive reading of feminist Conrad, E.M Forster, D.H. Lawrence, Virginia Band A: Language theory and some literary texts, the course Woolf and James Joyce. Students will explore ENG411 Form, Function, and Variation in encourages students to draw on different and analyse the way these works relate to the English (3) disciplines to explore representations of intellectual, cultural and social concerns of the The course focuses on the practical analysis motherhood and fatherhood in nationalist period. of texts against a background of various politics and literature; visual representations theoretical approaches to stylistics. of female and male sexuality; mainstream ENG452 Shakespearean Drama (3) feminist criticism and “womanism.” This course considers a selection of ENG431 Introduction to Discourse Shakespearean tragic, comedic and historical Analysis (3) ENG453 Bessie Head (3) texts, as well as their cultural setting, historical This course introduces students to Discourse This course focuses on Bessie Head as one of context and literary environment. Analysis, a discipline which is concerned with the major writers to emerge from Botswana how language users produce and interpret and Africa. Band C: African Literature language in situated contexts and how these ENG413 The African Novel I (3) constructions relate to social and cultural Band D: World Literature A study of the African novel written in English norms, preferences, and expectations. Among ENG434 Non-European World or translated into English from indigenous and other things, the course focuses on the nature Literature (3) other languages of the continent of Africa. and structure of written and spoken discourse This course provides an overview of the This study concentrates on the characteristic and attempts to link the characterization of literatures of unfamiliar cultures, covering themes and concerns of the African novel. speaker/writer meaning and its explanation in topics such as classical Asian poetry, the the context of use. novel in China and Japan, magical realism in

119 Faculty of Humanities

Latin America, identity and social status in take a maximum of 9 credits in Language. multi-ethnic and multi-lingual societies, the 1.7.6 In a Combined Degree (Major/Minor) DEPARTMENT OF FRENCH problems of translation. Programme, where English is the Major Entry Requirements subject, English shall comprise the following 1.1. Only candidates who have passed French in Band E: Theory at Level 400: the Botswana General Certificate of Secondary ENG435 Readings in Literary Theory II (3) a) In each semester, a minimum of 9 credits Education (BGCSE) or its equivalent may be The course surveys the various and sometimes made up of the core Language course, one admitted to Level 100 Group A conflicting twentieth-century approaches to Literature course and another Language Advanced Programme. literature from Russian Formalism to the more or another Literature, provided it is from a recent Feminist and Postcolonial arguments. different band; 1.2. Candidates without the above b) Over the two semesters, a student may only requirements may be admitted to Level 100 ENG425 Seminar on Feminist Literary take a maximum 9 credits in Language. Group B Beginners Programme. Theory (3) 1.7.7 In a Combined Degree (Major/ Minor) Although the course demands an in-depth where English is the Minor subject at Level Level 100 reading of feminist theory, emphasis will also 300: In each semester English shall comprise 3 Group A: Advanced Students (pre-requisite: be placed on interdisciplinary approaches. credits selected in consultation with the Head BGCSE in French or equivalent). Students will be encouraged to consider of Department from the Department’s course how theoretical statements affect their own offerings from Level 300 and above. Semester 1 thinking and ideologies. 1.7.8 In a Combined Degree (Major/Minor) Core Course where English is the Minor subject at Level FRE111 Practical French Language (3) Band F: Project/Long Essay 400: In each semester, English shall comprise 3 ENG416 Project/Essay in Either Language credits selected in consultation with the Head Optional Courses or Literature (6, 2 Semesters) of Department from the Department’s course FRE112 Spoken and Written French (2) The course offers the student the opportunity offerings from Level 300 and above. FRE113 French for Specific purposes 1 (2) to conduct supervised research which should 1.7.9 In a Single Major Programme at Level result in the submission of an essay of 5000 300, English shall comprise the following in Semester 2 – 7000 words. each semester: 15 credits made up of: a) The Core Course core Language course, one optional Language FRE121 Communication Skills in French (3) Band G: Theatre Studies course, two Literature courses selected from ENG417 Theory and Practice of Drama (6, different bands and another Language or Optional Courses 2 Semesters) Literature course also from a different band. This is a course designed for students with an b) Over the two semesters, a student must take FRE122 Techniques of Oral and Written interest in the practice of theatre. It is intended at least 12 credits, the equivalent of 4 courses, Expression (2) to deepen students’ practical theatre skills and in Language. FRE123 French for Specific Purposes II (2) some important theories underlying the skills 1.7.10 In a Single Major Programme at Level Group B: Beginners (pre-requisite: of acting, directing for the stage, set design, 400: In each semester, English shall comprise None) lighting, script-writing. 15 credits made up of the following: a) A core Language course; Semester 1 Programme Structure b) One optional Language course; Core Courses 1.7.1 In each semester at Level 100 English c) Two optional Literature courses provided FRE114 Basic French Language (3) shall comprise 6 credits made up of 1 core that each course is from a different band; FRE115 Oral and Written Comprehension course in Language (3 credits) and 1 core d) A project or long essay in either Language or (3) course in Literature (3 credits). Literature (6 credits over two semesters). 1.7.2 In each semester at Level 200 English 1.7.11 In a Multidisciplinary Programme at Semester 2 shall comprise 6 credits made up of the Levels 300 and 400, the student shall, in Core Courses following: consultation with his/her tutor and the Head of FRE124 Oral and Written Expression (3) a) A core course in Language and; Department, select for credit relevant courses FRE125 Elementary French Language (3) b) A Literature course selected from the from the Departmental offerings. Such courses available options. shall normally be at Level 300 and above. Level 200 1.7.3 In a Combined Degree (Major/Major) Semester 3 Programme, English shall comprise the Assessment and Examination Core Course following at Level 300: In each semester, 6 Student performance in each course shall be FRE211 Intermediate French Language (3) credits made up of the core Language course evaluated by taking into account continuous and one Literature course selected from any of assessment and final examination, except in Optional Courses the bands. the case of ENG416: Research Essay, where the FRE212 Business, Scientific and Technical 1.7.4 In a Combined Degree (Major/Major) completed essay will take the place of a final French (2) Programme, English shall comprise the examination. FRE213 Introduction to French Literature following at Level 400: In each semester, 6 (2) credits made up of the core Language course Progression from Semester to Semester FRE214 Introduction to the Culture and and one Literature course selected from any of In order to proceed from one semester to the Civilization of the the bands. next, a student must maintain a cumulative French-Speaking World (2) 1.7.5 In a Combined Degree (Major/Minor) GPA in accordance with General Regulation FRE217 French language I (2) Programme, where English is the Major 00.9. subject, English shall comprise the following Semester 4 at Level 300: Core Course a) In each semester, 9 credits made up of the FRE221 Advanced French Language (3) core Language course, one Literature course, and either another language course or another Optional Courses Literature course from a different band; FRE222 French for International Relations, b) Over the two semesters, a student may only

120 Tourism and Hotel Industry (2) exception of core courses and the Conversation FRE115 Oral and Written Comprehension FRE223 Intro. to African Literature in course FRE224, shall be evaluated by the (3) French (2) combination of continuous assessment and The aim of this course is to develop the FRE224 Conversation (2) the final examination in the ratio of 2.3. The students’ comprehension of spoken and FRE227 French language II (2) final examination shall consist of a written written French by equipping them with some paper of two hours duration. reading techniques and listening strategies 2. In levels 100 to 400, the final examination and strengthening their ability to express ideas Level 300 for all core courses shall comprise a written in French by means of both oral and written Semester 5 paper of two hours’ duration and an oral speech. The course will be based on oral and Core Course examination of 15 minutes in the ratio of 2.1. written comprehension of descriptive and FRE311 Proficiency in French Language 3. The continuous assessment of each course narrative passages for essay writing. (3) shall comprise a minimum of two oral and written assignments and/or two tests. FRE121 Communication Skills in French Optional Courses 4. The ratio between continuous assessment, (3) FRE312 French Novel and Poetry of the oral examination and written examination This course aims at developing the ability to use 19th Century (2) shall be 2.1.2. the French language efficiently in a practical FRE313 Introduction to French Linguistics 5. At Levels 100 400, a three hour Language way. It incorporates language activities related (2) Laboratory class shall be regarded as to all four skills that will enable learners to FRE314 French Culture and Civilization (2) equivalent to one lecture hour. understand and communicate in spoken and FRE315 Introduction to Text Analysis (2) written language. FRE317 French for Tourism and Hospitality Progression I (2) 1. In order to proceed from one semester to FRE122 Techniques of Oral and Written the next, a student must obtain a cumulative Expression (2) Semester 6 GPA, which is in accordance with General The aim of this course is to develop fluency Core Course Regulation 00.9. and accuracy in spoken and written French. FRE325 Advanced Communicative French 2. A minimum of credit in French in the Students will be trained to introduce nuance (3) Botswana General Certificate of Secondary in their oral expression through some Education (BGCSE) or its equivalent is required communicative activities. Emphasis will be Optional Courses in order to be admitted to Levels 200, 300 and placed on techniques and strategies relevant FRE321 African Caribbean Literature in 400 courses. to the planning and organization of writing French (2) tasks (writing reports, summaries, formal and FRE322 Culture and Civilization of French- Course Descriptions informal letters, expressing opinions etc.) Speaking Africa Countries (2) FRE111 Practical French Language (3) FRE323 French Linguistics and This course will reinforce students’ competence FRE123 French for Specific Purposes II Orthography (2) in oral and written French so that they have a (2) FRE324 French Essay Writing more spontaneous use of the French Language. This French Language course aims at equipping FRE327 French for Tourism and Emphasis will be laid on mastering basic students with reading techniques so as to Hospitality II (2) language functions and linguistic structures understand and interpret texts of their area learnt by students at secondary level for of specialization (Library and Information Level 400 effective expression in French both written Studies, History etc.) written in French. The Semester 7 and verbal. content comprises analysis and description of Core Course different types of the French discourse used in FRE411 French Language in Use (3) FRE112 Spoken and Written French (2) various disciplines This course aims at rapidly developing students’ Optional Courses fluency and accuracy in spoken and written FRE124 Oral and Written Expression (3) FRE412 Currents of Thought in the French by equipping them with listening and This course aims at helping students use French- Speaking Black reading skills and strategies. The content of acquired communication skills so as to express African Countries. the course will cover practical exercises both themselves freely in accurate spoken as well FRE413 Theory of Translation (2) oral and written in the classroom and in the as written French. Communication activities FRE414 Modern French Literature: Study Language Laboratory. will be performed in both spoken and written of a Genre, an Author (2) French in order to give students self-confidence FRE415 Research Essay (2) FRE113 French For Specific Purposes I (2) in the use of the French language. This French Language course aims at equipping Semester 8 students with reading techniques so as to FRE125 Elementary French Language (3) Core Course understand and interpret texts of their area This course will further develop communicative FRE426 Advanced Comm. Skills in French of specialization (economics, law and social skills and introduce new speech acts and (3) sciences) written in French. The content grammatical structures, and building up comprises analysis and description of different vocabulary on new topics in order for Optional Courses types of the French discourse used in various them to achieve proficiency in spoken and FRE421 French Language through disciplines offered to students at this level. written French. The content includes the Drama (2) consolidation of language functions and FRE422 Advanced French Linguistics (2) FRE114 Basic French Language (3) grammatical structures already acquired and FRE423 Translation (2) This is an intensive French Language course the introduction of new ones. FRE424 African Literature: Study of a intended to develop the student’s ability to Genre, an Author (2) communicate in French both orally and in FRE211 Intermediate French Language FRE425 Aspects of French Thought (2) writing. Emphasis is placed on elementary (3) FRE427 Caribbean Literature in French (2) linguistic structures with emphasis on free This course aims at consolidating expression (spoken and written), oral exercises communicative fluency and grammatical Assessment in the Language Laboratory to consolidate accuracy in order to help students achieve 1. Performance in each course, with the communicative and linguistic competencies. proficiency in spoken French. Students will

121 Faculty of Humanities

acquire useful oral and writing skills for setting opportunity to learn the register of French up efficient communication in French within typically used in a professional situation of FRE313 Introduction to French Linguistics standard situations. Focus will be placed on the communication. Study of vocabulary and (2) study of new language forms and functions. savoir-faire related to international relations This course will provide a general knowledge Classroom activities comprise oral and written or to tourism and the hotel trade. Students base for scientific study of the French exercises. are to choose one the following two topics: language and equip students with facts and FRE212 Business, Scientific and Technical French for International Relations or French skills to enable them to describe the French French (2) for Tourism and the Hotel Industry. language, and account for its internal changes. This course aims at giving students an The course entails an elaborate description of opportunity to learn the French language FRE223 Introduction to African phonetics, phonology/ morphology, semantics that can be used in professional situations Literature (2) and syntax of French. of communication. A study of the French This course is offered to introduce students to language mechanisms and structures that a variety of basic literary genres of particular FRE314 French Culture and Civilisation is necessary for understanding scientific authors from francophone Africa: novels, (2) and technical texts written in French. Study short stories, and poems, of intermediate This course examines aspects of French culture of the common and important commercial difficulty. The main objective will be to and civilization that are relevant to the study vocabulary related to the economic field. introduce students to a basic vocabulary of of literature and language and constitutes an literary discourse in French, to make them introduction to ways of life, social organization, FRE213 Introduction to French Literature aware of literary style and help them improve law, politics, attitudes and mentalities, etc. (2) communicative competence in French. Students will learn to appreciate better the This course is offered to introduce students to civilization of France and be able to pursue a variety of basic literary genres of particular FRE224 Conversation (2) studies of French language and literature. authors from France: novels, short stories, and This course aims to develop students’ ability poems, of intermediate difficulty. The main to understand and produce general notions FRE315 Introduction to Text Analysis (2) objective will be to introduce students to a (basic concepts) and help them improve This course intends to give students a basic basic vocabulary of literary discourse in French, their command of spoken French. Real-life familiarity with the genres of literature in to make them aware of literary style and help documents as well as communicative activities French and with different ways of approaching them improve communicative competence in will be used to strengthen the students’ ability texts: thematic studies, use of language, French. to communicate in French. Conversation from relationship between form and content, a topic, a text, a film, a documentary etc. will characterization and to familiarize them with FRE214 Introduction to Culture and lead to written exercises. the vocabulary used in French literary studies. Civilisation of the French Speaking World This will include study of some schools and (2) FRE227 French Language II (2)The content methods of literary criticism. This course intends to examine aspects of the of this course includes the consolidation culture and civilization of the French-speaking of language functions and grammatical world. A survey will be made of civilization of structures already acquired by students and FRE 317 French for Tourism and Hospitality French-speaking countries through authentic the introduction of new ones. It will focus I (2) materials based on economy, social life and on essential linguistic (oral and written) This is a practical course meant for students politics. Students will have the opportunity communication skills so as to be able to use who want to acquire relevant language to compare aspects of culture and civilization French effectively for the purpose of practical skills so as to communicate in a professional of the French-speaking world with their own communication. This course will develop situation. The aim of the course is to help culture. students’ ability to use the French language in students acquire a basic knowledge of the type a practical way. of French commonly used in the fields of the FRE217 French Language I (2) Hotel and Tourism Industry. It consists of the This course is designed to develop students’ FRE311 French Novel and Poetry of the study of vocabulary and linguistic skills related competence in spoken and written French so 19th Century (2) to the profession of tourism and the hotel that they may have a more spontaneous use This course aims at helping students achieve industry. This topic-based language course will of the French language. Emphasis will be laid proficiency in spoken French and improve their cover real-life contexts and situations. Focus on mastering basic language functions and written language skills. Students will obtain will be on oral and written communication linguistic structures for effective expression in a deeper knowledge of the structure and related to the situations and practices in the both written and spoken French. The content functioning of the French language in order to area of hotel and tourism management. The of this course will cover practical exercises, write and speak better in French. course will also examine aspects of the culture both oral and written, in the classroom and and civilization of the French-speaking world. the language laboratory. FRE312 French Novel and Poetry of the 19th Century (2) FRE321 African and Caribbean Literature FRE221 Advanced French Language (3) The aim of this course is to introduce students in French (2) This course aims to help students express to the major schools and movements of French This course aims at introducing students to the themselves as clearly as possible with more literature through the works of some of the main currents in Black African and Caribbean confidence and accuracy. Emphasis is on leading writers of the French tradition and to Francophone literature and to familiarize exercises reflecting real-life language use familiarize them with particular expressions them with the history, culture, experiences and leading to better pronunciation and and stylistic features used by selected authors and aspirations of Black African people and grammatical control. It is based on oral in their work. Students will become familiar people of African descent in the Caribbean and written exercises aimed at broadening with major writers and schools of the French through the study of selected works of prose vocabulary and improving style. Composition tradition and through them improve their and poetry by major writers. will cover the following areas: description, language skills and familiarity with French portrait and narration. culture. Students will read major works of FRE322 Culture and Civilisation of French French literature from selected movements of Speaking African Countries (2) FRE222 French for International Relations, the 19th century. This course aims at giving students an Tourism and the Hotel Industry (2) opportunity to gain a basic familiarity with the This course aims at giving students an civilization of French-speaking Black Africa

122 and the ability to understand their own culture F.Fanon, J.Roumain, .Rabemananjara, S. by the staff member. Possible topics include better by a comparison of the two. Aspects of Adotevi, V.Y. Mudimbe, A.Memmi etc. Negritude, women in Africa, tradition and the culture and civilization of French Speaking modernity. Black Africa will be examined. FRE413 Theory of Translation (2) FRE425 Aspects of French Thought (2) This course provides students with skills to The aim of this course is to familiarize students FRE323 French Linguistics and handle translation problems between French with currents of thought in France on social, Orthography (2) and English, Setswana and vice versa as well economic, political, and cultural problems, This course introduces students to the as an overview of theoretical problems of as well as their philosophical underpinnings, understanding of the fundamental basis of translation. It will also examine the role played as seen by influential French writers since the study of the French language and the by the vocabulary, structure and meaning the 1930s. Students will read selections from application of the scientific knowledge of in the theory of translation from French to major French intellectuals of the post-war the French language to the understanding of English and vice versa. period and from current journals. transcription and of the writing systems of FRE426 Advanced Communication Skills the language. It provides students with skills FRE414 Modern French Literature: Study in French (3) to manage possible language errors related to 0f a Genre or an Author (2) This course aims at reinforcing students’ pronunciation and writing. The aim of this course is to give students an in- competence in oral and written expression depth knowledge of a particular author, genre, and comprehension so as to give them more FRE324 French Essay Writing (2) literary movement, or subject in Modern confidence in speaking and discussing a variety The course aims at improving students’ French literature. Students will read several of topics. performance and competence in objective works of the chosen author, genre, or subject. reading and writing. Students will learn and put FRE427 Caribbean Literature in French into practice reading and writing techniques. FRE415 Research Essay (2) (2) The content will cover practical exercises such This course provides students with the The objective of this course is to introduce as: note-taking, summarizing, letter writing, opportunity to conduct research and use their students to the history, culture, experience writing paragraphs and compositions, reading linguistic skills to write on a chosen topic of and aspirations of people of African descent and writing different types of texts. linguistic, literary, or cultural interest. Students in the French speaking Caribbean. Coursework will be trained in research methods and carry includes a study from a selected period, theme, FRE325 Advanced Communicative French out such research under staff supervision and piece of the work of an author. (3) that will result in submission of a finished The aim of this course is to help students use dissertation. Admission to this course is subject acquired communication skills so as to express to Departmental approval. DEPARTMENT OF themselves freely and accurately in spoken and written French. The course content will FRE421 French Language Through Drama HISTORY cover practical exercises that will help learners (2) Degree Programmes to use French in simulated communicative The aim of this course is to develop particular Bachelor of Arts in Archaeology situations. communicative skills and strategies through Bachelor of Arts in History the use of some theatrical techniques. Students FRE 327 French for Tourism and Hospitality will have an opportunity to learn the French Entry Requirements II (2) language while writing their own plots, which The normal Entry Requirements are as This course aims at developing students’ they will perform subsequently. This course stipulated in General Regulation 20.20 and in communicative skills relevant to the includes the use of some theatrical techniques Departmental Regulation 1.4 profession of tourism, hotel management and and practical exercises and discussions of the catering industry. More precisely, it aims students’ work. (A) Archaeology Course Descriptions at reinforcing all basic grammatical structures and vocabulary acquired through language FRE422 Advanced French Linguistics (2) ARC101 Introduction to World Prehistory functions in order to equip students with the The course introduces students to the scientific The course aims to provide students with a necessary oral and writing skills for setting up description of the French language with basic understanding of world history, and an efficient communication in French within special emphasis on the phonetics/phonology, provides students with an opportunity to professional situations linked to Tourism and morphology/syntax and semantics. The appreciate prehistory on a global scale. 2 the Hotel Industry. approach is descriptive. Theoretical approaches lecture hours per week. (generativist, structuralist, transformationalist, etc.) will be referred to without being taken as ARC102 Introduction to Archaeology FRE411 French Language in Use (3) the explicit basis of the language analysis. Introduction to the nature of archaeological The aim of this course is to develop particular data its analysis and the state of knowledge communicative skills and strategies and to FRE423 Translation (2) of the subject in Botswana through, and carry out some communicative activities This is a practical course that will give students discussion of case studies from Botswana in as well as to familiarize students with the skills to handle the translation of French into particular and southern and eastern Africa in grammatical, stylistic, and linguistic problems accurate English and vice versa using simple general. 2 lecture hours per week. in spoken versus written French. Students texts and writings, real-life documents and will study form and structure of the French interpretation of speech. ARC201 Introduction to Archaeological language to improve their skills in conversation Theory and writing. FRE424 African Literature: Study of a The course presents to students archaeological Genre or an Author (2) theories, and analytical techniques general FRE412 Currents of Thought in the French This course gives students more in-depth employed in the study of archaeological Speaking Africa (2) knowledge of particular authors, genres, phenomena, and also discusses the history of The aim of this course is to familiarize students literary movements, or subjects in Francophone the discipline, its aims, goals, and development with currents of thought in the French- African literature. Students will read several as a discipline. 3 lecture hours per week. Speaking African and Caribbean countries. A works of selected authors, and gain an ability study of selected philosophers and thinkers in to apply what they have learnt to their other Africa and the Caribbean: S. Signora. Césaire, studies. Readings on the chosen topic assigned

123 Faculty of Humanities

ARC202 Introduction to Archaeological ARC315 Field Techniques origins of upright posture, tools, languages, Method This course introduces students to basic and our extraordinary brains. 3 lecture hours The course is an introduction to archaeological/ archaeological field skills--including map per week. prehistoric research methods, organisation, reading, orienteering, map-making, survey, curation and interpretation- -including excavation, sorting and cataloguing finds. ARC 413 Complex Societies (Previous Title: reconnaissance, environmental reconstruction, Students spend two weeks intensive fieldwork Farmers And State Formation) excavation, principles of stratigraphy, and training conditions under supervision. 3 credits This course examines why people turned to analysis of finds. 3 lecture hours per week. per 2 weeks. food production after more than a million years of successful hunting and gathering. ARC203 Introduction to African Case studies cover food production, sedentary Archaeology ARC316 Archaeological Interpretation life, and complex societies in the Near East, Seminar course introducing issues and debates This course teaches students how archaeologists Africa and Central America. 3 lecture hours in African archaeology, including palaeontology go about interpreting the past through a series per week. and key figures in the development of African of simulated archaeological problems that the archaeology, and requiring a long essay on the students solve. The problems closely resemble ARC 421 Geoarchaeology prehistory of the continent. 3 seminar hours actual archaeological evidence. 3 lecture hours The course focuses on spatial and temporal per week. per week. distributions of archaeological sites, landscape topography, geomorphology and subsurface ARC204 Introduction to Environmental ARC 317 Bioarchaeology I stratigraphy, and site context formation Archaeology (previous number: ARC 207) Study of the relationship between human theory. Practical classes include terrain unit This course provides theoretical background in beings and their natural and social evaluation. 3 lecture hours per week. ecology, geology and related fields, especially environments, integrating data from botanical those of the earth sciences used in conjunction and faunal remains. 3 lecture hours per week. ARC422 Bioarchaeology II (Previous Title: with archaeology. Includes 5-day field trip Faunal And Floral Analysis) during the short-break to Ngamiland and ARC321 Ethnoarchaeology This course explores processes leading to the Makgadikgadi. 3 lecture hours per week. This course introduces learners to basic formation of fossil records and examines concepts in ethnoarchaeology, the study methodologies and techniques of extracting, ARC301 Archaeological Heritage of contemporary societies/ cultures and analysing and interpreting plant and animal Management their relevance to archaeology. It focuses micro and macrofossil material from the (Previous Title: History of Archaeology) on the principles and development of the archaeological record. 3 lecture hours per Philosophy, policy and practice, to enable subdiscipline. 3 lecture hours per week. week. students to choose appropriate techniques for cultural and natural resources, and to ARC322 Special Subject (Previous Title: ARC471 Research Project: Fieldwork & comprehend the theoretical aspects of Cultural Case Studies in Ethnoarchaeology Preliminary Reports. 3 Credits Resource Management. 3 lecture hours per Study of a subject of current research and ARC472 Research Proposal: Intermediate & week. debate and/ or topical issues in Botswana Final Reports. 9 Credits and Southern African archaeology, based on ARC302 Quantitative Techniques current staff expertise--e.g. a study of Rock GEC462 Reconstructing African Heritage This course equips students for working with Art. 3 lecture hours per week. through Multimedia varied archaeological samples, and introduces The course uses specially designed audiovisual basic quantitative or statistical principles and ARC323 Research Methods in Archaeology multimedia materials to study the major techniques applied in the field and laboratory (Previous Title: Reading Material Culture in achievements of African prehistory evidenced practices as well as in research data analysis. 3 Archaeology) by the remains of material cultures, the lecture hours per week. Equipping students with basic knowledge and representation of material heritage by skills to conceptualize, plan and carry out archaeologists, and how African heritage can ARC304 Research Project Proposal archaeological research and data analysis. 3 be maintained and marketed. 2 lecture hours To test student initiative in choosing and lecture/ tutorial hours per week. preparing a Research Project Proposal based on analysis of previous research reports and ARC401 Archaeology of Botswana (A) BA in Archaeology publications. (pre-req.uisite for ARC 471 The course traces the history of archaeological Level 100 and compulsory for Single Major) 3 lecture/ research in Botswana and highlights major Semester 1 tutorial hour per week. influences in and contributions to scholarship, Core Courses and the impact of archaeology on the ARC 101 Introduction to Archaeology (2) ARC313 Stone Tools (Lithics) reconstruction of Botswana’s history and This course introduces students to the basics museum development. 3 lecture hours per Semester 2 of stone tool technology and typology-- week. Core Courses including learning how to make stone tools, ARC102 Introduction to World Prehistory how to identify and describe them, and how ARC 402 Advanced Archaeological Theory (2) others in the region have classified stone tools This course focuses on the ‘New Archaeology’ into various types. 3 lecture hours from the 1960s, including the infl uence of Level 200 Euro-American researchers on theoretical Semester 1 ARC 314 Ceramic Analysis archaeology and reviewing contributions Core Courses This course introduces students to the basics of of researchers in other parts of the world. 3 ARC201 Introduction to Archaeological ceramic technology and typology-- including lecture hours per week. Theory (3) how to make pots, how to identify and ARC203 Introduction to African describe whole vessels and potsherds, and how ARC 412 Human Origins Archaeology others in the region have classified. ceramics This course presents the naturalist’s point of into various types. 3 lecture hours per week. view of evolution and human origins, from around 5 million years ago until farming began about 10,000 years ago--discussing the

124 Semester 2 Ocean slave trades, contrasting mining and Core Courses HIS211 The Rise of Europe to World plantation labour with domestic labour and ARC202 Introduction to Archaeological Dominance military employment in the Mediterranean Methods (3) Rise of Europe from the Middle Ages to its and the Near East, Arabia and Persia, and ARC204 Introduction to Environmental position of world dominance in the late 19th the islands of the Oceans. 3 lecture hours per Archaeology century, including religion, social and cultural week. change, science and technology, witchcraft Level 300 and deviance, and changing relations with HIS332 African Diaspora in the Caribbean & Semester 1 other civilizations. 3 lecture hours per week. The Americas Core Courses Why Africans rather than natives became ARC301 Archaeological Heritage HIS212 Catastrophe & Survival in 20th slaves, African cultural survivals, slavery within Management (3) Century Europe mercantile and industrial economies, debates ARC323 Research Methods in Archaeology From world dominance to near self-destruction, about emancipation, subsequent racial (3) and then recovery in three major cycles: the segregation, black political and intellectual Semester 2 two world wars; the era of Fascism; and the movements. 3 lecture hours per week. Core Courses era of Communism--including extremism, HIS333 Introduction to Foreign Policy, ARC302 Quantitative Techniques (3) economic collapse and the Nazi Holocaust, Diplomacy and International Relations, 1800 ARC304 Research Project Proposal (3) with use of if lm. 3 lecture hours per week. to 1945 (core for Single Major Only) The concepts of diplomacy, foreign policy and ARC315 Field Techniques (optional) HIS213 Poverty, Economic Growth and international relations, and their historical Level 400 Affluence in Western Europe and America evolution; operation of the international Semester 1 Examining the transformation of Western system and role of big powers therein. 3 Core Courses European and American economies lecture hours per week. ARC401 Archaeology of Botswana (3) throughthe development of trade in medieval ARC417 Heritage Management (3) Europe, feudal economies, markets during HIS334 Superpowers in the 20th Century ARC471 Research Project Fieldwork & the renaissance, and the industrialization of Conceptual frameworks for analysing the Preliminary Report (3 credits core Western Europe and North America. 3 lecture international system; main historiographical for Single Major Only) hours per week. issues concerning the role of the big powers and the survival of small states. 3 lecture hours Semester 2 HIS214 Agriculture and Industrialisation per week. Core Courses in the World Economy to 1945 ARC402 Advanced Archaeological Theory Comparing the rise of capitalism in Britain, HIS335 Colonial Latin America to 1830 (3) France, Germany, Russia and parts of southern Conquest and establishment of colonial rule ARC472 Research Project Intermediate & and eastern Europe, with Japan and North by Spain and Portugal; the indigenous people Final Reports (9 credits core for America--with emphasis on agrarian transition, of Latin America, impact of conquest, the Single Major Only) commercial revolutions, economic crisis and establishment of colonial rule, and anticolonial recovery. 3 lecture hours per week. struggles. 3 lecture hours per week.

(B) BA in History HIS305 Historical Research Methods & HIS336 Modern Latin America Historiography of Botswana Independence and the failure of Pan Stages and processes in the research and Americanism; military dictatorships to COURSES DESCRIPTIONS writing of history--including topic selection, bureaucratic-authoritarianism; revolutions in data collection, evaluation, dating analysis Mexico, Cuba and Nicaragua and the rise of (Department of History) and interpretation of data, and systematic modern Latin American democratic states. 3 presentation of data as coherent meaningful lecture hours per week. HIS102 Introduction to the Study of History accounts of the past. Debates and research The course applies the skills and methods of lacunae on historical study of Botswana HIS341 From Slavery to Colonialism in West university historians to selected aspects of the ecology and environment, culture, family Africa history of Botswana and neighbouring areas, life, migration and settlement, trade and Contact with Islam, growth of states, impact raising questions of individual identity, gender, production, technological change, elite of slave trade and Scramble for colonisation, class, language and ethnicity, inheritance and formation, labour relations, political similarities and differences between French heritage. 2 lecture hours per week. institutions, religion, education, etc 4 lecture/ and British colonial conquest and systems of tutorial hours per week. rule and changes within them. 3 lecture hours HIS201 African Cultures & Civilisations to per week. C.1500 HIS306 Introduction to the Philosophy of Selected themes in prehistory, state formation, History & Research Project Proposal HIS342 Modern Anglophone, trade, and small-scale societies--from the The course discusses the issues relating to Francophone & Lusophone West Africa origin and spread of modern humans, via the scientific or non-scientific, objective or Political and socioeconomic changes since Ancient Egypt, Ethiopia and West African non-objective nature of historical knowledge, the outbreak of the Second World War: late kingdoms, to the rise and fall of Great and the various theories advanced to explain colonial constitutions; early independence Zimbabwe. 3 lecture hours per week. the entire course of the human past. Each and popular betterment; military-bureaucratic individual student writes a Research Project coups; structural adjustment and multiparty HIS202 Africa in the Era of the Atlantic proposal for consideration by the History democracy. 3 lecture hours per week. Slave Trade C.1500-c.1800 Department Board (pre-requisite for entering From later Islamic and Christian history in HIS 471 Research Project course). 4 lecture/ HIS343 Trade & Politics in Central African North Africa, via the growth of coastal and tutorial hours per week. Kingdoms interior trading states, slave trading in the Socio-economic and political organization Atlantic and Indian Oceans, with greater depth HIS331 African Diaspora in the Islamic World before contact with Europeans, contact with on south-eastern Africa. 3 lecture hours per & Asia Europeans and its impact, imposition of week. In the context of the Saharan and Indian colonial rule, and African reaction to colonial

125 Faculty of Humanities

policies up to the early 20th century. 3 lecture trading in ivory and slaves by Portuguese, hours per week. HIS431 Natives & Settlers in Early North French, and Swahili; British and German America intervention and colonial partition. 3 lecture HIS344 The Roots of Crisis in Modern The dispossession of native North Americans by hours per week. Central Africa European settlers between the Arctic and the Colonial administrations and settler economies, Caribbean; frontier penetration and settlement HIS442 Ecology & Empire, Conservation & resistance to colonialism, industrial workers, by free Europeans and slave Africans, native- Politics in Eastern Africa modern forms of nationalism in Zambia settler contact, and land alienation through Human settlement in relation to natural and Malawi, armed struggles in Angola and the 19th century. 3 lecture hours per week. environment, and effects of political Congo; ‘structural adjustment’ and multiparty intervention and land partition—including democratisation, SADC. 3 lecture hours per HIS432 Industrialisation & Expansion in tsetse-fl y and malaria, peasant farmers and week. Modern North America white settlers, wildlife conservation and Themes from the American Revolution to peasant ‘betterment’ schemes. 3 lecture hours HIS401 Mfecane & the Settler Scramble for the present day: expansionism/ imperialism per week. Southern Africa and isolationism; extensive use of intensive Historical debates on coastal frontiers in the agriculture; rapid development of extractive HIS445 Globalisation and Third World 18th century, interior states and Mfecane/ and manufacturing industries; markets, Economies in Africa, Latin America and Difaqane wars, settlers and missionaries; settlement and urbanisation; origins of the South-east Asia diamond and gold mining, migrant labour; Information Age. 3 lecture hours per week. How Africa found its modern development path African states, Boer republics, British, German compared with Latin America and South-East and Portuguese colonies. 3 lecture hours per HIS433 Civilization and Modernization in Asia: ‘African capitalism’, agrarian transition, week. China & Japan technology and productivity, incorporation Contrasting two ancient cultures and paths to into the international economy, and debates HIS412 Twentieth Century South Africa modernization: Japan’s conversion into a world in economic history. 3 lecture hours per week. Confrontations between white Afrikaner power with consumer-based capitalism, and nationalism and black African nationalism; China’s convulsions, socialist experimentation, HIS446 Growth, Policy and Poverty in racial segregation and apartheid; worker and subsequent political and economic Africa, Latin America, South & South-East resistance, native reserves and ‘Bantustans’; developments. 3 lecture hours per week. Asia liberation struggles up to 1994 and Comparing pre-colonial, colonial and achievements since then. 3 lecture hours per HIS434 Ancient, Colonial & Independent postcolonial world regions: institutional week. India & South Asia settings, rise of capitalist development, Ancient civilisations, Muslim and early contending rationalities in the agricultural HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners & the Impact European coastal trade; British colonial rule sector, famines, hunger, and starvation; of Colonial Rule in Botswana, Lesotho and and transformations during the colonial period; persistence of poverty and social exclusion. 3 Swaziland nationalism, independence and partition; lecture hours per week. Forms of ‘parallel rule’ through paramount different trajectories of India, Pakistan, etc. chiefs; economic and political relations with since independence. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS443 Islam, Imperialism & the Military the South Africa and Southern Rhodesia; in the Making Of Modern Egypt contrasting political development into HIS435 Modern Britain: Nation, Class, Islamization and Arabization of the Nile valley kingdoms and a republic; post-colonial Gender, Race, Religion, Culture, Power and the coast; Ottoman imperial rule; France internal and regional developments. 3 lecture Creation of the ‘imagined community’ of Britain and Britain; rise of Egyptian nationalism; hours per week. out of disparate cultures and ‘nations’; elites Sudan condominium; Nasser and Nasserism and power structures, class conflict ict, gender in the Arab world; Egypt’s role in Palestine, HIS416 Land, Labour & Liberation in assertion and ideas of ‘race’; postimperial crisis Islamic fundamentalism. 3 lecture hours per Mozambique, Namibia & Zimbabwe of identity and European Union membership. 3 week. Contrasting colonial conquests and heritages lecture hours per week. within the context of South African regional HIS444 French Colonialism & Its Aftermath domination, white settler and company land HIS436 The British Empire & in North Africa and labour alienation; armed liberation Commonwealth in World History Ottoman imperial rule but Morocco movements, post-colonial insurgence and land From 16th century rise to 20th century independent; imposition of French colonial reclamation. 3 lecture hours per week. decline of British world power: constitutional rule, alienation of land, white settlement; rise development of settler colonies into Dominions, of nationalism and socialism, anti-colonial HIS421 Political Ideas during the Ancient contrasted with non-settler colonies; insurgence; post-colonial developments and and Medieval Periods Commonwealth issues and membership crises contemporary problems. 3 lecture hours per Concepts and defi nitions, and the development since the 1950s. 3 lecture hours per week. week. of the philosophy and theory of the State from the Ancient to Medieval periods, to understand HIS437 Civilisations of the Ancient Near HIS471 Research Project: Fieldwork & the origins and historical background to later East & Mediterranean Preliminary Report political thoughts, cultures and theories. 3 Science and technology, ancient slavery, If the HIS 304 proposal has been accepted by lecture hours per week. identifying major achievements, of the the History Department Board, the student is ‘hydraulic societies’ of ancient Iraq and Egypt, allocated a supervisor and conducts fieldwork HIS422 Political Ideas during the Modern through the real or supposed ‘democracy’ of during the winter period. The preliminary and Contemporary Periods ancient Greece, to the end of the Roman and draft report is presented at a seminar during Further developments in the philosophy and Byzantine empires. 3 lecture hours per week. Semester I. 2 seminar hours (3 credits) per theory of the State and the organisation of week. societies to those students can understand HIS441 Slave Trade & Colonial Conquest political theory and ideas and participate in East Africa effectively in modern societies and the world Environmental, cultural and chronological HIS472 Research Project: Intermediate & system. 3 lecture hours per week. survey of hunting-gathering and pastoralism Final Reports on the plains to settled agricultural kingdoms; If the HIS 472 proposal has been judged

126 satisfactory by the History Department Board, persistence of poverty and economics of social economies and societies; and how visual media the student presents a preliminary draft report exclusion. 3 seminar hours per week have reported, represented, interpreted and to a seminar and then submits a final report manipulated events. 2 lecture hours at the end of Semester II. 2 seminar hours (6 HIS613 Political and Economic Aspects of credits) per week. Imperialism GEC362 Africa and its Past on Film European imperialism has had a profound Introducing students to the creation and HIS473 Special Seminar I impact on recent world history, and yet it is recreation of the history and imagery of Africa Special seminars are based on reading and surprisingly hard to explain satisfactorily. This in cinema and television, how the African past resources recommended by the expert staff course reviews the main political and economic has been represented in major television series, member in a chosen topic. Each seminar explanations for the phenomenon. 3 seminar and how Southern Africa people, particularly consists of an essay presentation by one hours per week Zulu and Khoe and San, have been represented student and a brief critique of by another in drama and documentary films. 2 lecture student, followed by discussion. 3 seminar HIS614 Cultural and Environmental hours hours per week. Approaches to the History of Imperialism The course considers scholarly issues and GEC462 Reconstructing African Heritage HIS474 Special Seminar II (Description as approaches in the relationship between through Multimedia for HIS 474) culture and imperialism, including The course uses specially designed audiovisual HIS601 History Research Methodology “postcolonial” theory, on the topics of empire, multimedia materials to study the major The nature of History and the techniques race and gender; the Orientalism debate; and achievements of African prehistory evidenced utilized for research and writing in the environmental and scientifi c imperialism. 3 by the remains of material cultures, the discipline--collection evaluation analysis and seminar hours per week representation of material heritage by interpretation of data, and the presentation HIS615 History of Religion in Africa archaeologists, and how African heritage can of the data in a coherent meaningful account An overview of the historical study of religion be maintained and marketed. 2 lecture hours in support of a point of view. 3 seminar hours in Africa, including introduction to the main per week theoretical issues. Students completing this (B) BA in History course should be familiar with and able to Level 100 HIS602 Philosophy of History discuss the main ideas current in the historical Semester 1 The course deals with the theoretical and study of African religion. 3 seminar hours per ARC101 Intro. World to Pre-History (core) philosophical aspects of historical studies. week. (2) It focuses on theory of knowledge or epistemology of history as a discipline, and the HIS616 Religion and Power in Botswana Semester 2 reflections of scholars on the course of human The course surveys relations between religion HIS102 Intro. to the Study of History history as a whole. 3 seminar hours per week and power, including “traditional religion” (core) (2) and chieftainship, impact of missionaries and HIS603 Historiographical Issues in traders, “church and state”, conflicts over Level 200 Pre-colonial Southern Africa medicine, rise of independent churches, and Semester 1 The course commences by considering the impact of post-colonial secularism. 3 seminar HIS201 African Cultures and Civilisations major “schools” of historical writing about hours per week to c. 1500(core) (3) Southern Africa, and then examines debates among historians, mainly in the 19th century, HIS627 Archaeology for Teachers Semester 2 ending with colonization and African responses Designed for secondary school teachers to HIS202 Africa in the Era of the Atlantic to it. 3 seminar hours per week update and expand their knowledge of three Slav Trade c.1500 -1800 (core) (3) archaeological modules: human evolution, the HIS604 Historiographical Issues in origins of food production, and the origins Level 300 Modern Southern Africa Add “Ern” of civilization, including current theories and Semester 1 The focus is on continual discourse and debate case studies. 3 seminar hours per week HIS305 Historical Research Methods and among historians concerning topics mainly HIS651, HIS 652, HIS 653, & HIS 654 Special Histography of Botswana (core)(3) in the 20th century, to give students a good Topics I, II, III, & IV grasp of the main historiographical trends and Topics vary from year to year, but are designed Semester 2 enable them to be more analytical and critical to immerse students in recent advanced HIS 306 Philosophy of History and in their own research. 3 seminar hours per scholarship in areas of expertise of current Research Project Proposal week staff. The course begins with a historiographical (core) (4) introduction by the staff member, and proceeds HIS611 Introduction to the Economic as a seminar under his/her guidance. 3 seminar Level 400 History of Africa hours per week Semester 1 The course takes a topical approach to HIS662 Research Proposal for Core Courses economic development in Africa, focusing Dissertation HIS401 Mfecane and the Settler Scramble on the origins of “African capitalism” and This course provides a structure in which for Southern Africa (3)(core) industrialization in North and Sub-Saharan students prepare their research proposals. Africa, and on controversies and debates in Students will meet regularly with assigned Semester 2 the economic history literature. 3 seminar staff members, and will be required to make Alternate Core Courses hours per week periodic reports. 2 credits/ tutorial hours per HIS412 Segregation, Apartheid & African week Nationalism in South Africa (3) HIS612 Case Studies in the Economic HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners & the Impact History of Africa GEC265 Two World Wars on Film of Colonial Rule in Topics range from the economy of precolonial The course introduces students to public Botswana, Lesotho & Africa, through critical examination of discourse on the two World Wars of the 20th Swaziland (3) contending rationalities in agriculture, century--how Europe, America and Japan, HIS416 Land, Labour & Liberation in institutional rigidities and the political and their colonial empires, underwent war Mozambique, Namibia & economy of famines, hunger, and starvation, and genocide; the impact of warfare on their Zimbabwe (3)

127 Faculty of Humanities

General Education Courses Services (3) Level 600 GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I LIS110 Administration and Management Semester 1 (2) of Information Centres (3) Core Courses GEC121 Computing and Information Skills BIM100 Introduction to Information HIS601 History Research Methodology (3) Fundamentals 1 (2) Management (3) HIS603 Historiographical Issues in Precolonial Southern Africa (3) Semester 2 General Education Courses Core Courses GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I Semester 2 REC013 Intro to Principles of Archival (2) Core Courses Arrangement (3) GEC121 Computing and Information Skills HIS602 Philosophy of History (3 credits) REC014 Search Room Operations (3) Fundamentals I (2) HIS604 Historiographical Issues in Modern REC016 Practicum (3) Semester 2 Southern Africa (3) Core Courses Optional Courses BIM101 Introduction to Information Assessment LIS104 Introduction to the Internet and Science (3) Assessment shall be as per Academic Web Design (3) LIS114 Collection Development and Regulations 00.8 LIS106 Information Resources Management (3) Management (3) Award of Degree Progression from Semester to Semester Optional Courses The award of the Degree shall be as per General Progression from semester to semester shall LIS104 Introduction to the Internet and Regulations 00.852 apply according to Regulation 00.9. Web Design (3) LIS106 Information Resources Assessment and Examinations Management (3) Evaluation of students’ performance in LIS112 Introduction to Publishing and the DEPARTMENT OF the Certificate in Archives and Records Book Trade (2) LIBRARY & Management Program shall be based on continuous assessment and a formal Level 200 INFORMATION STUDIES examination at the end of each semester. The Semester 3 weighting between continuous assessment Core Courses CAR100 Special Regulations for the Certificate and formal examination shall be 2:3. LIS202 IT Tools and Applications (3) in Archives and Records Management LIS223 Digital Libraries (3) Subject to the provisions of the General DIS110 Special Regulations for the Diploma LIS206 Introduction to Academic Regulations and Faculty of in Library and Information Studies Infopreneurship (2) Humanities Regulations, the following Subject to the provisions of the General General Education Courses should Departmental Regulations shall apply: Academic Regulations and the Faculty of not exceed 6 credits for both Humanities, the following Departmental semesters Entrance Requirements Regulations shall apply: The normal requirements for entrance to Optional Courses the certificate in Archives and Records Entrance Requirements LIS203 African Information Environment Management Program shall be: Botswana The normal requirement for entrance to the (3) General Certificate of Secondary Education Diploma in Library and Information Studies LIS211 Information and Society (3) or equivalent with at least passes in three Program shall be a Certificate in Library and BIM200 Information Management Systems subjects including English. Applicants with at Information Studies from this University or Development (3) least one year work experience in a registry or its equivalent from any other recognized related institutions will be preferred. institution, AND at least one year’s experience Semester 4 in a library or related institution. Candidates Core Courses Programme Structure with a Certificate in Library and Information LIS200 Organising Information (3) The Certificate in Archives and Records Studies from this University shall be admitted LIS205 Library Practice and Attachment Management extends over two semesters for directly to Level 2 of the Diploma Program. (3) full-time study or four semesters for part-time All candidates for admission must have a LIS227 Introduction to Knowledge (distance learning/sandwich) study in the single minimum of credit in English Language in Management (3) subject Archives and Records Management Botswana General Certificate of Secondary BIM202 Introduction to Databases leading to the award of the Certificate in Education or equivalent. and Information Retrieval (3) Archives and Records Management. Students General Education Courses should not exceed can take a minimum of 6 credits of optional Programme Structure 6 credits for both semesters courses or elective courses. The Program shall The Diploma in Library and Information Studies consist of a minimum of 30 credits. All core Programme extends over four semesters for Optional Courses courses must be passed. full-time study or six semesters for part-time LIS212 Information Resources in Business (distance learning) study in the single subject (3) Level 100 Library and Information Studies leading to LIS230 Legal Aspects in Information (3) Semester 1 the award of the Diploma in Library and Core Courses Information Studies. Progression from Semester to Semester LIS110 Administration and Management Progression from semester to semester shall of Information Centres (3) Level 100 apply according to Regulation 00.9. REC011 Introduction to Records Semester 1 Management (3) Core Courses Assessment and Examinations REC012 Introduction to Archives (3). LIS100 The Information Environment (3) Evaluation of students’ performance in the REC015 Introduction to Office Skills (3) LIS101 Introduction to Organising Diploma in Library and Information Studies REC017 Introduction to Information Information (3) shall be based on continuous assessment Technology (3) LIS103 Basic Reference Sources and and a formal examination at the end of each

128 semester. The weighting between continuous LIS106 Information its equivalent from any other recognized assessment and formal examination shall be Resources Management (3) institution may be admitted directly to 2:3. Level 3 of the program. Level 200 e) Candidates with a Certificate in DAR110 Special Regulations for the Diploma Semester 3 Library and Information Studies of in Archives and Records Management Core Courses this university or its equivalent from Subject to the provisions of the General REC212 Managing Media Archives (3) any other recognized institution may Academic Regulations and the Faculty of REC213 Introduction to Preservation and be admitted directly at Level 2 of the Humanities Regulations, the following Conservation (3) program. Departmental Regulations shall apply: REC218 Computer Applications in Archives and Records Management (3) Programme Structure Entrance Requirements LIS101 Introduction to Organizing The BLIS is a full-time Programme extending The normal requirements for entrance to Information (3) (pre-requisite for over eight semesters in the single subject the Diploma in Archives and Records LIS 200) Library and Information Studies leading to Management Programme shall be: the award of the Bachelors Degree in Library a) Certificate in Archives and Records General Education Courses and Information Studies. Management from this University or its Semester 4 equivalent from any other recognized Core Courses Level 100 institution; LIS200 Organising Information (3) Semester 1 b) Botswana General Certificate of Secondary pre-requisite, LIS101) Core Courses Education or equivalent with a credit in REC211 Administrative History (3) LIS100 The Information Environment (3) English; REC215 Microphotography & LIS101 Introduction to Organising c) Candidates with a credit in the Certificate Reprographics (3) Information (3) (pre-requisite in Archives and Records Management from REC216 Records Centre Management (3) for LIS200) this University shall be admitted directly to LIS103 Basic Reference Sources and Year Two of the Diploma Programme. Those Optional Courses Services (3) with a pass in the Certificate in Archives and BMS207 Public Relations, Writing and LIS110 Admin. and Management of Records Management of this University plus Reporting (3) Information Centres (3) two years post qualification experience will LIS212 Information Resources in Business BIM100 Introduction to Information be admitted directly to Year Two. (3) Management (3) LIS230 Legal Aspects in Information (3) Programme Structure LIS227 Introduction to General Education Courses The Diploma in Archives and Records Knowledge Management (3) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I Management Programme extends over four (2) semesters for full-time study or six semesters Progression from Semester to Semester GEC121 Computing and Information Skills for part-time (distance learning/ sandwich) Progression from semester to semester shall Fundamentals I (2) study in the single subject Archives and apply according to Regulation 00.9. Records Management leading to the award Semester 2 of the Diploma in Archives and Records Assessment and Examinations Core Courses Management. The Programme shall consist Evaluation of students’ performance for the BIM101 Introduction to Information of a minimum of 30 credits per year. All core Diploma in Archives and Records Management Science (3) courses must be passed. shall be based on continuous assessment and LIS114 Collection Development and a formal examination at the end of each Management (3) Level 100 semester. The weighting between continuous Semester 1 assessment and formal examination shall be Optional Courses Core Courses 2:3. LIS104 Intro. to the Internet and Web LIS110 Admin. and Management of Design (3) Information Centres (3) BIS220 Special Regulations for the Bachelor LIS106 InformationResources REC011 Introduction to Records of Library and Information Studies (BLIS) Management (3) Management (3) – Single Major Subject to the provisions of the LIS112 Intro. to Publishing and the Book REC012 Introduction to Archives (3) General Academic Regulations and the Faculty Trade (2) REC015 Introduction to Office Skills (3) of Humanities Regulations, the following REC017 Introduction to Information Departmental Regulations shall apply: Level 200 Technology (3) Semester 3 Entrance Qualifications Core Courses General Education Courses The normal requirements for entrance to LIS202 IT Tools and Applications (3) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I the BLIS single major degree shall be: (pre-requisite for LIS303) (2) a) A pass in the Diploma in Library and LIS223 Digital Libraries (3) GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Information Studies from this university LIS206 Introduction to Infopreneurship Fundamentals I (2) or its equivalent from any other (2) (pre-requisite for LIS404) recognized institution Semester 2 b) Botswana General Certificate of General Education Courses Core Courses Secondary Education or equivalent. All Should not exceed 6 credits for both REC013 Intro to Principles of Archival candidates for admission must have a semesters. Arrangement (3) minimum of credit in English Language. REC014 Search Room Operations (3) c) Candidates with at least one year’s Optional Courses REC016 Practicum (3) experience in a library or related LIS203 African Information Optional Courses institution will be given preference. Environment (3) LIS104 Introduction to the Internet & d) Candidates with a Diploma in Library and LIS211 Information and Society (3) Web Design (3) Information Studies of this university or LIS230 Legal Issues of Information (3)

129 Faculty of Humanities

BIM200 Information Management Systems Optional Courses Level 100 Development (3) CSI461 Computer Communications General Education Courses (4 to 6) Network Management (3) Other Subject Core Courses (12) Semester 4 LIS407 Emerging Technologies (3) Core Courses LIS412 Information Policies (3) Semester 1 LIS200 Organising Information (3) ENV440 Geographic Information Systems Core Courses (pre-requi site, LIS101) (2) LIS100 The Information Environment (3) LIS208 Principles of Data LIS101 Introduction to Organising Communications (3) Information (3) (pre-requisite for BIM202 Introduction to Databases and Semester 8 LIS200) Information Retrieval (3) Core Courses BIM100 Introduction to Information LIS227 Introduction to LIS404 Advanced Infopreneurship (3) Management (3) Knowledge Management (3) (pre-requisite LIS206) (pre-requisite for LIS403) LIS406 Database Management Systems Semester 2 Design (3) Core Courses General Education Courses LIS408 Project Work (3) (Must have taken BIM101 Introduction to Information Should not exceed 6 credits for both BIM402) Science (3) semesters. General Education Courses (4 LIS114 Collection Development and credits) Management (3) Optional Courses Optional Courses Level 200 LIS212 Information Resources in Business LIS425 Global Information System (3) Semester 3 (3) General Education Courses (4 to 6) LIS230 Legal Issues in Information (3) Progression from Semester to Semester Other Subject Core Courses (12) Progression from semester to semester shall Level 300 apply according to Regulation 00.9. Core Courses Semester 5 LIS223 Digital Libraries (3) Core Courses Assessment and Examinations LIS202 IT Tools and Applications (3) LIS300 Online Information Retrieval (3) Evaluation of students’ performance in BLIS (pre-requisite site for LIS303) LIS304 Understanding the User (3) shall be based on continuous assessment LIS211 Information and Society (3) LIS303 Advanced IT Applications (3) and a formal examination at the end of each (pre-requisite LIS202) semester. The weighting between continuous Semester 4 assessment and formal examination shall be Core Courses General Education Courses 2:3. LIS200 Organising Information (3) Should not exceed 6 credits for both (pre-requsite, LIS101) semesters. Award of the BLIS Single Major Degree LIS208 Principles of Computer Candidates must obtain a minimum of 120 Communication (3) Optional Courses credits including all core courses and optional BIM202 Introduction to Databases LIS309 School Librarianship (3) courses or elective courses, and twenty General and Information Retrieval (3) LIS310 Health Information Systems (3) Education Courses. In addition, Regulation 00.85 shall apply. Level 300 Semester 6 General Education Courses (4 to 6) Core Courses BIS230 Special Regulations for the Bachelor Other Subject Core Courses (12) LIS305 Advanced Organization of Arts, Library and Information of Information (3) (pre-requisite Studies Semester 5 LIS200) Core Courses LIS 306 Professional Attachment (3) (BALIS) Combined Major LIS300 Online Information Retrieval (3) LIS303 Advanced IT Applications (3) General Education Courses Subject to the provisions of the General (pre-requisite, LIS202) Should not exceed 6 credits for both Academic Regulations and the Faculty of LIS304 Understanding the User (3) semesters. Humanities Regulations, the following Departmental Regulations shall apply: Semester 6 Entrance Requirements Core Courses Optional Courses The normal requirements for entrance to the LIS305 Advanced Organisation of LIS311 Business Information Systems (3) BALIS Combined Major Degree Programme Information (3) (pre-req. LIS200) LIS312 Legal Information Systems (3) are that applicants shall have the Botswana LIS306 Professional Attachment (3) LIS313 Gender and Information General Certificate of Secondary Education Management (3) or equivalent, with a credit in English. Those Level 400 LIS314 Agricultural Information Systems applicants who will major in Social Science or General Education Courses (4 to 6) (3) Science Subjects must obtain a minimum of Other Subject Core Courses (12) credit in Mathematics or Computer Science. Level 400 Semester 7 Semester 7 Programme Structure LIS Core Courses Core Courses The BALIS is a full-time programme extending LIS401 Organising Internet Resources (3) LIS401 Organising Internet Resources (3) over eight semesters in the single subject LIS402 Marketing of Information LIS402 Marketing of Information Services Library and Information Studies and another Services (3) (3) subject leading to the award of a BALIS LIS403 Knowledge Management (3) LIS403 Knowledge Management (3) Combined Major with another subject. The BIM402 Research in Information (pre-requisite, LIS227) Programme shall consist of a minimum of Management (3) BIM402 Research in Information 30 credits per year. All core courses must be Management (3) passed.

130 Semester 8 Fundamentals II (2) electives to be chosen by the s LIS Core Courses Level 200 tudent. LIS425 Global Information Systems (3) Semester 3 LIS406 Database Management Systems Core Courses Level 400 Design (3) BIM200 Information Management Systems Semester 7 LIS408 Project Work (3) Development (3) Core Courses CSI241 Structured Programming (4) BIM400 Individual Project (3) Progression from Semester to Semester CSI292 Information Systems BIM402 Research in Information Progression from semester to semester shall Fundamentals (3) Management (3) apply according to Regulation 00.9. CSI471 Object Oriented Systems Optional Courses Development (3) Assessment and Examinations BIM201 Web Information Management (3) CSI461 ComputerCommunications Evaluation of student performance in BALIS LIS206 Introduction to Infopreneurship Networks Management (3) shall be based on continuous assessment (2) (pre-requisite for LIS404) and formal examination at the end of each LIS211 Information and Society (3) Optional Courses semester. The weighting between continuous GECs and Electives LIS403 Knowledge Management (3) assessment and formal examination shall be General Education Courses and electives (pre-requisite LIS227) 2:3. to be chosen by the student from any LIS407 Emerging Technologies (3) Award of BALIS discipline throughout the University. LIS412 Information Policies (3) Candidates must obtain a minimum of 120 Semester 4 CSI414 Information Interfaces and credits, including all core courses in both Core Courses Presentation (3) subjects. In addition, Regulation 00.85 shall BIM202 Introduction to Databases and BIS405 Legal and Ethical Issues of apply. Information Retrieval (3) Information Systems (3) CSI272 ComputerCommunication Network (pre-requisite BIS100) BIS210 Bachelor of Information Systems Fundamentals (3) (Information Management) (BIS) Degree CSI252 Operating System Concepts (3) General Education Courses and electives to BIM204 Designing and Implementing be chosen by the student. Entrance Requirements Intranets (3) The normal requirements for entrance to the Semester 8 Bachelor of Information Systems (Information Optional Courses Core Courses Management) Degree Programme shall be the BIM205 Business Process Modelling (3) BIS420 Strategic Information Systems (3) Botswana General Certificate of Secondary LIS227 Introduction to Knowledge CSI472 Social Issues of Information Education or equivalent with a credit in English Management (3) (pre-requisite for Technology (3) Language and Mathematics. LIS403) GECs and Electives Optional Courses Programme Structure General Education Courses and electives LIS404 Advanced Infopreneurship (3) The BIS Degree is a full-time programme to be chosen by the student from any (pre-requisite, LIS206) extending over eight semesters in the subject discipline throughout the University. LIS425 Global Information Systems (3) of Information Management, leading to the General Education Courses and award of a Bachelor of Information Systems Level 300 electives to be chosen by the Degree. Semester 5 student. Core Courses Level 100 BIM300 Distributed Systems (3) Progression from Semester to Semester Semester 1 BIS302 Decision Support Systems I (3) Progression from semester to semester Core Courses CSI315 Web Technology and Applications shall appy according to Regulation LIS100 The Information Environment (3) (3) 00.9. BIM100 Introduction to Information LIS304 Understanding the User (3) Management (3) Assessment and Examination STA101 Maths for Business and Social Optional Courses Evaluation of students’ performance shall be Sciences I (3) LIS300 Online Information Retrieval (3) based on continuous assessment and a formal STA116 Business Statistics I (4) BIM301 Information Security (3) examination at the end of each semester. The BIS308 Marketing Information Systems (3) weighting between continuous assessment General Education Courses and examinations shall be determined in each GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I General Education Courses and electives course. (2) to be chosen by the student. GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Award of the Degree Fundamentals I (2) Semester 6 Candidates must obtain a minimum of 120 Core Courses credits including all core courses and optional Semester 2 CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design (3) or elective courses, and 20 General Education Core Courses BIM303 Industrial Attachment (3) Courses. In addition, Regulation 00.85 shall BIM101 Introduction to Information BIS307 Project Management apply Science (3) of Information Systems (3) STA102 Maths for Business and Social Sciences II (3) Optional Courses STA114 Statistical Tools for Business (3) BIS303 Electronic Commerce (3) CSI314 Decision Support Systems II (3) General Education Courses CSI392 Ergonomics and Human Computer GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II Interaction (3) (2) CSI362 Database Concepts (3) GEC122 Computing and Information Skills General Education Courses and

131 Faculty of Humanities

Frequently Asked questions Certificate students may have no more than 10 13. What is the grading system for credits from GEC/Elective courses. This will be assignments, term papers and exams? 1. What is semesterization? one third of the minimum 30 credits required Semesterization is the process that UB is over 2 semesters to earn the award. The overall performance in a subject shall undertaking through changing its yearlong be assessed on a percentage scale divided as courses into courses that only run through Diploma students may have no more than 20 follows one semester. credits GEC/Elective courses. This will be one A 80% and above Excellent third of the minimum 60 credits required over B 70-79% Very good 2. What is a semester? levels 1 and 2 to earn the award. Holders of C 60-69% Good A semester comprises 14 teaching weeks, a Certificates who are exempted from Diploma D 50-59% Pass week of mid-semester break, and a 1-week level 100 must take up to 6 credits of GEC/ E 40-49% Marginal Fail period of study/revision time and finally a elective courses. F 39-and below Clear fail week for examinations. Degree students may have no more than 40 credits GEC/Elective courses. This will be one 14. What is the grading system for 3. What is a core course? third of the minimum 120 credits required assignments, term papers and exams? This is a course that must be taken in order to over levels 1, 2, 3 and 4 to earn the award. The overall performance in a subject shall meet the requirements of an award, that is, it Holders of Diplomas who are exempted from be assessed on a percentage scale divided as is mandatory or compulsory. Degree levels 1 and 2 must take at least 12 follows credits of GEC/elective courses including at 4. What is an optional course? least credits from Area 3. A+ 90 – 100% Outstanding This is a course that may be selected from a A 85-89.9% Excellent list of courses within a subject of study and Students are required to take GEC/Elective A- 80-84.9% Excellent which counts towards the requirements of credits as follows: B+ 75-79.9% Very good an award. B 70-74.9% Very good Certificate and Diploma Students B- 65-69.9% Good 5. What is an elective course? At least 4 credits in Area 1 (GEC 111 and 112) C+ 60-64.9% Good This is a course that may be selected from a At least 4 credits in Area 2 (GEC 121 and 122) C 55-59.9% Satisfactory list of courses outside a subject of study and Degree students C- 50-54.9% Satisfactory which counts towards the requirements of At least 4 credits in Area 1 (GEC 111 and 112) D+ 45-49.9% Poor-Fail an award. At least 4 credits in Area 2 (GEC 121 and 122) D 40-44.9% Poor-Fail 6. What is a prerequisite course? At least 2 credits in Area 3 D- 35-39.9% Poor-Fail This is a course that must be taken in At least 10 credits from Areas 4, 5, 6 and 7 E 0-34.9% Very Poor-Fail preparation for another course. 11. How many credits could I take in a 7. What is a co-requisite course? semester? DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA This is a course that must be taken A full-time student undertaking a certificate, concurrently with other courses to enhance diploma, degree, post graduate diploma or STUDIES learning in the program. masters program should carry a minimum workload of 15 credits per semester. Students Professor 8. What is an audit course? may also carry up to 18 credits maximum, and D.Kerr, BA (Newcastle-Upon-Tyne), DCC This is a course that may be taken by student beyond that, would have to seek permission (University of London), PhD (Eötvös Lórent, but for which no credit is awarded. It can from the deputy Dean’s office. Budapest) only be taken upon received assent from the A part-time student undertaking a certificate, Director, Academic Services and the relevant diploma, degree, post graduate diploma or Senior Lecturer Heads of Department(s). masters program should carry a workload of E.Akpabio, BA (Calabar), MA (Lagos), PhD between 6 to 14 credits per semester, unless (Uyo) 9. What is a General Education course? officially exempted. This is a course that is taken for the purpose It is possible to carry a higher workload Lecturers of broadening the knowledge of a student within each semester as a strategy of K. Ramojela, BA (Columbia, Chicago), MA and count towards the overall credit completing the requirements of a students (Emerson) requirement for an award. The courses are program. However, there is always the risk of S. Mosanako, Bachelor Social Work (UB), placed in 7 large groups as shown in the table carrying too many credits Masters Journalism (Westminster), below. N. Mankhi, Bed (St. Mark & St. John), Dip Ed 12. How many credits should I take in order (UB), MA (Westminster) Area Course group to graduate? W. Lesitaokana BA (Melbourne), Advanced 1. Communication and Study skills Program Minimum number of credits from Diploma of Arts (Melbourne) MA (Emerson) 2. Computer and Information Skills core, optional and elective courses for W. Njuguna, Dip. Journalism (Kalmar), BA 3. Modes of inquiry and critical thinking purposes of graduation (Messiah), MA (Daystar), MA (Harvard) 4. Physical education, health and wellness Certificate 30 (including 4 credits from W. Heuva, BA (Rhodes), BA Hons (Rhodes), MA 5. Science and technology General Education courses) (Rhodes), PhD (Kwazul Natal) 6. World civilization Diploma 60 (including 8-10 credits from L.Tutwane, BA (UB), Dip Creative Writing 7. World economy and business skills. General Education courses) (Hawick), MA (Cardiff) [On Study Leave] Bachelors 120 (including 20 credits from 10. How do I know whether I have taken the General Education courses) Staff Development Fellows correct GEC courses for my program? Masters 54 (including 24 credits from P. Matambo, BA (Nelson Mandela) [On Study dissertation and 6 credits from practical Leave] For all students, the total credits for GECs/ attachment) Electives must not exceed a third of the total Senior Technician credits for a programme: K. Senne, UHD (Kingston, London)

132 Technician Skills (1): Credits P. Matlhape, Dip. Graphic Design (Limkokwing, 2 credits CORE 15 CREDITS Malasia), BA (Curtin) 16 CREDITS

Level 1 Semester 2 Level 3 Semester 6 Bachelor of Media BMS112 Introduction to Media Technology, BMS328 Communication Research Methods Studies-BMS (Revised) 3 credits CORE 3 credits CORE BMS113 Theories of Mass Communication BMS329 Developmental Communication The Bachelor of Media Studies (BMS) that has 3 credits, CORE 3 credits CORE been taught since 2002 is now being phased ENG 111 Studies in Prose: BMS330 Media attachment out and replaced with a revised BMS, a BA 3 credits CORE 3 credits CORE (Media Studies) and a minor programme in ENG 123 Introduction to Literature, Drama BMS331 Print Journalism Editing Media Studies. By 2012 all students (apart and Poetry: 3 credits CORE 3 credits OPTIONAL from those taking repeats) will be enrolled GEC 112 Communication and Study Skills BMS332 Beat Reporting in the revised programme. What follows is (2): 2 credits CORE 3 credits OPTIONAL the revised BMS and BA (Media Studies). For GEC 122 Computing and Information Skills BMS333 Radio Documentary writing & students taking the old BMS, the programme (2) 2 credits CORE Production 3 credits OPTIONAL is unchanged from previous years, and such 16 CREDITS BMS334 TV & Video Documentary Writing students should consult their old calendars. & Production 3 credits OPTIONAL Level 2 Semester 3 BMS335 Motion Graphics 3 credits 1.0 Entrance Requirements BMS220 Introduction to Techniques OPTIONAL 1.0.1 The normal minimum entrance of Digital Media 3 credits CORE BMS336 PR & Advertising Campaigns requirement shall be the Botswana BMS221 Introduction to Journalism 3 credits OPTIONAL BGCSE or the equivalent with credit in 3 credits CORE BMS337 Cinema Language in World English and in three other subjects. BMS222 Introduction to Broadcasting Film 3 credits OPTIONAL 3 CORE, 1.0.2 Candidates who fulfill Regulation 3 credits CORE 1 OPTIONAL 1.0.1, have a credit in English and work BMS223 Introduction to PR & Advertising 12 credits 1 experience in Media are preferred. 3 credits CORE GEC or ELECTIVE3 credits 1.0.3 Candidates who do not meet Regulation BMS224 Introduction to Film and Video 15 CREDITS 1.0.1 but have the BGCSE or equivalent 3 credits CORE Level 4 Semester 7 and the CMS from a recognised 15 CREDITS BMS420 Media project or Dossier (1) institution may be admitted directly to 2 credits CORE Level 100 of the Programme. Level 2 Semester 4 BMS421 Current Issues in African media 1.0.4 Candidates with a Diploma in Media BMS225 Media Attachment 1 credit CORE 3 credits CORE Studies or its equivalent may be BMS226 Ethics for Media Professionals 3 BMS422 Broadcast Programming admitted directly to Level 300 of the credits CORE 3 credits OPTIONAL Programme. BMS227 Print Journalism Reporting & BMS423 Investigative Journalism Writing 3 credits OPTIONAL 3 credits OPTIONAL 1.1 Programme Structure BMS228 Broadcast Interviewing BMS424 Radio Drama Script-writing & 1.1.1 The Bachelor in Media Studies is a & Presentation Techniques 3 credits Productions 3 credits OPTIONAL full-time programme extending over OPTIONAL BMS425 TV & Video Drama 3 credits eight semesters. The programme BMS229 Basics of Video Production OPTIONAL should contain a minimum of 76 and 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS426 Economic & Social Issues in PR & a maximum of 88 credits. Part-time BMS230 Writing for PR & Copy-writing Advertising 3 credits OPTIONAL study for the Degree is also possible. It is 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS427 African Cinemas 3 credits expected that part-time students would BMS231 Major Film & Video Genres OPTIONAL finish their coursework in not more than 3 credits OPTIONAL 2 CORE, 1 or 2 OPTIONAL1 OR 2 ten semesters. 2 CORE, 1 OPTIONAL, 7 credits GECs or ELECTIVES 1.1.2 In Levels 2 (2nd semester) 3 and 4 of 3 GECs or ELECTIVES 9 Credits 16 15 CREDITS the Degree Programme, five specialised CREDITS streams will be offered: Level 4 Semester 8 a) Print Media Level 3 Semester 5 BMS428 Media Project or Dossier (2) b) Radio broadcasting BMS320 Media & Society 3 credits CORE 4 credits CORE c) Television broadcasting BMS 321 Media Law 3 credits CORE BMS429 Media Management & d) Public Relations BMS322 Audio Technology 3 credits Entrepreneurship e) Film and Video OPTIONAL 3 credits CORE Level 1 Semester 1 BMS323 Photojournalism 3 credits BMS430 On-Line Media Production BMS110 History of World Media, 3 Credits OPTIONAL 3 credits OPTIONAL CORE BMS324 Broadcast News Writing & BMS431 Health & Scientific Reporting BMS111 Media in Botswana, Production 3 credits OPTIONAL 3 credits CORE 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS432 Live Radio Broadcasting ENG 121 Intro to English Language, BMS325 Basics of TV Production 3 credits OPTIONAL Description 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS433 TV Entertainment Shows and Usage: 3 credits CORE BMS326 Research for PR & Advertising 3 credits OPTIONAL ENG 113 Introduction to Literature and 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS 434 Public Communication Campaign Prose: 3 credits CORE BMS327 History of Film & Video 3 credits OPTIONAL GEC 111 Communication and Study documentary 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS 435 Current Cinema 3 credits Skills (1): 2 CORE, 1 OR 2 OPTIONAL OPTIONAL 2 credits CORE 9 or 12 credits, 2 CORE 1 or 2 OPTIONALS GEC 121 Computing and Information 1 or 2 GECS or ELECTIVES 3 or 6 1 or 2 GECs or ELECTIVES

133 Faculty of Humanities

15 CREDITS BMS226 Ethics for Media Professionals, OPTIONAL 3 credits, CORE 6 OR 9 CREDITS (Media) AND ONE OF THE FOLLOWING Level 4 Semester 8 BA (Media Studies) BMS227 Print Journalism Reporting & 1, 2 OR 3 OUT OF: Writing, 3 credits, OPTIONAL BMS429 MediaManagement 1.0 Entrance Requirements BMS228 Broadcast Interview & & Entrepreneurship As for BMS Presentation Techniques 3 credits CORE 3 credits, OPTIONAL BMS430 On-Line Media Production 1.1 Programme Structure BMS229 Basics of Video Production, 3 credits OPTIONAL 1.1.1 The B.A. (Media Studies) is a full-time 3 credits, OPTIONAL BMS431 Health & Scientific Reporting programme extending over eight semesters, BMS230 Writing for PR & Copy-writing, 3 credits OPTIONAL as the Major part of a Combined Major/Minor 3 credits, OPTIONAL BMS432 Live Radio Broadcasting 3 credits programme. The Media Studies programme BMS231 Major Film & Video Genres, OPTIONAL should contain a minimum of 54 and a 3 credits, OPTIONAL6 CREDITS BMS433 TV Entertainment Shows 3 credits maximum of 56 credits. Part-time study for the (Media) OPTIONAL Degree is also possible. It is expected that part- BMS 434 Public Communication Campaign time students would finish their coursework in Level 3 Semester 5 3 credits OPTIONAL not more than ten semesters. EITHER BMS 435 Current Cinema 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS320 Media & Society 3 credits 6 OR 9 CREDITS (Media) Level 1 Semester 1 OPTIONAL OR BMS110 History of World Media, BMS 321 Media Law 3 credits OPTIONAL Minor Programme in Media Studies 3 Credits CORE OR AND 1, 2, OR 3 OUT OF BMS111 Media in Botswana, BMS322 Audio Technology 1.0 Entrance Requirements 3 credits CORE 3 credits OPTIONAL As for BMS ENG 121 Intro to English Language, BMS323 Photojournalism Description and Usage: 3 credits OPTIONAL 1.1 Programme Structure 3 credits CORE BMS324 Broadcast News Writing & 1.1.1 The Minor programme in Media Studies ENG 113 Introduction to Literature Production 3 credits OPTIONAL is a full-time programme extending over and Prose: 3 credits CORE BMS325 Basics of TV Production eight semesters, as the Minor part of a GEC 111 Communication and Study Skills 3 credits OPTIONAL Combined Major/Minor programme . The (1): 2 credits CORE BMS326 Research for PR & Advertising Media Studies programme should contain a GEC 121 Computing and Information Skills 3 credits OPTIONAL minimum of 30 credits. Part-time study for (1): 2 credits CORE BMS327 History of Film & Video the Programme is also possible. It is expected 1 ELECTIVE or COURSE FROM documentary 3 credits OPTIONAL that part-time students would finish their MINOR PROGRAMME 6 OR 9 CREDITS (Media) coursework in not more than ten semesters. 3 credits 16 CREDITS Streams are available in Journalism, Public Level 3 Semester 6 Relations or Mediated Drama Level 1 Semester 2 1, 2 OR 3 OUT OF: BMS112 Introduction to Media Technology, BMS329 Developmental Communication Level 1 Semester 1 3 credits CORE 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS 110 History of World Media, OR BMS331 Print Journalism Editing 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS113 Theories of Mass Communication 3 credits OPTIONAL OR 3 credits, CORE BMS332 Beat Reporting 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS 111 Media in Botswana, ENG 111 Studies in Prose: 3 credits CORE BMS333 Radio Documentary Writing & 3 credits OPTIONAL ENG 123 Introduction to Literature, Drama Production 3 credits OPTIONAL 3 CREDITS and Poetry: 3 credits CORE BMS334 TV & Video Documentary Writing GEC 112 Communication and Study Skills & Production 3 credits Level 1 Semester 2 (2): 2 credits CORE OPTIONAL BMS 112 Introduction to Media Technology, GEC 122 Computing and Information Skills BMS335 Motion Graphics 3 credits OPTIONAL OR (2) 2 credits CORE 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS 113 Theories of Mass Communication, 1 ELECTIVE or COURSE FROM BMS336 PR & Advertising Campaigns 3 credits, OPTIONAL 3 CREDITS MINOR PROGRAMME 3 credits 3 credits OPTIONAL 16 CREDITS BMS337 Cinema Language in World Film Level 2 Semester 3 3 credits OPTIONAL ONE OF: Level 2 Semester 3 6 OR 9 CREDITS (Media) BMS 221 Introduction to Journalism, ANY TWO OF THE FOLLOWING Level 4 Semester 7 3 credits, OPTIONAL BMS222 Introduction to Broadcasting, 1, 2 OR 3 OUT OF: BMS223 Introduction to PR & Advertising, 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS421 Current Issues in African media 3 credits, OPTIONAL BMS220 Introduction to 3 credits CORE BMS 222 Introduction to Broadcasting, Techniques of Digital Media, BMS422 Broadcast Programming 3 credits, OPTIONAL 3 credits, OPTIONAL 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS 224 Introduction to Video & Film, BMS221 Introduction to Journalism, BMS423 Investigative Journalism 3 credits, OPTIONAL 3 credits OPTIONAL 3 credits OPTIONAL 3 CREDITS BMS223 Introduction to PR & Advertising, BMS424 Radio Drama Script-writing 3 credits, OPTIONAL & Production 3 credits OPTIONAL Level 2 Semester 4 BMS224 Introduction to Film and Video, BMS425 TV & Video Drama 3 credits ONE OF: 3 credits, OPTIONAL 6 OPTIONAL BMS 227 Print Journalism Reporting & CREDITS (Media) BMS426 Economic & Social Issues in PR & Writing, 3 credits, OPTIONAL Advertising 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS 229 Basics of Video Production, Level 2 Semester 4 BMS427 African Cinemas 3 credits 3 credits, OPTIONAL

134 BMS 230 Writing for Public Relations, including the major production methods. 3 credits, OPTIONAL COURSE LISTINGS BMS 231 Major Cinema Genres, 3 credits (Department of Media BMS 225 MEDIA ATTACHMENT (1) OPTIONAL 3 CREDITS Studies) A one month internship in a media company during which the student observes and Level 3 Semester 5 becomes familiar with media organization and BMS 110 HISTORY OF WORLD MEDIA (3) ONE OF: participates in work practices A brief history of world media from the BMS 321 Media Law, invention of writing through to the internet 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS 226 MEDIA ETHICS (3) and other 21st century developments. The BMS 325 Basics of TV Production, An analysis of theoretical issues concerning course will also look at some of the major 3 credits OPTIONAL media ethics and their practical application in social impacts of media developments through BMS 320 Media and Society, various case studies of media within Botswana the ages. 3 credits OPTIONAL and beyond. BMS326 Research for PR & Advertising, BMS 111 MEDIA IN BOTSWANA (3) 3 credits OPTIONAL 3 CREDITS BMS 227 PRINT JOURNALISM REPORTING A brief history of media in Botswana, including AND WRITING (3) indigenous communication techniques, and Level 3 Semester 6 A practical course in how to report and write showing links to media in the region and the TWO OF: stories for print media journalism. The course wider world. A survey of current media houses, BMS 329 Development Communication, will be closely linked to UB Horizon, with trends and genres in Botswana is included. 3 credits OPTIONAL students expected to write stories for the BMS 331 Print Journalism Editing, newspaper, for which they will be assessed. BMS 112 INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA 3 credits OPTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (3) BMS 332 Beat Reporting, BMS 228 BROADCAST INTERVIEWING & An introduction to communication principles 3 credits OPTIONAL PRESENTATION TECHNIQUES (3) followed by a survey and simple explanation BMS333 Radio Documentary Writing & Techniques of interviewing and presentation of the major technologies used by 20th and production, 3 credits OPTIONAL for radio and television (course split into radio 21st century media. BMS334 TV/Video Documentary Writing or television after mid-semester break). & Production, 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS 113 THEORIES OF MASS BMS336 PR & Advertising Campaigns, BMS 229 BASICS OF VIDEO PRODUCTION (3) COMMUNICATION (3) 3 credits, OPTIONAL A mainly practical course on the basic A survey of some major theories of Mass 6 CREDITS requirements of pre-production, production Communication, including their applications and post-production in the making of video in communication practice (both mediated Level 4 Semester 7 films. and non-mediated) ONE OR TWO OF: BMS423 Investigative Journalism, BMS 230 WRITING FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS & BMS 232 INTRODUCTION TO TECHNIQUES OF 3 credits OPTIONAL COPY WRITING (3) DIGITAL MEDIA (3) BMS424 Radio Drama Scriptwriting & A mainly practical course on the basic An introduction to principles and practice of Production, 3 credits OPTIONAL requirements of copy-writing for both print design for digital media (desk-top publishing, BMS425 TV & Video Drama Script & and broadcast media in the field of Public digital imaging and web design). production, 3 credits OPTIONAL Relations and Advertising. Course and BMS426 Economic & Social Issues in PR & assessment linked to UB Horizon. BMS 221 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM Advertising, 3 credits OPTIONAL (3) 3 or 6 CREDITS BMS 231 MAJOR CINEMA & VIDEO A survey of print and on-line journalism GENRES (3) industries, including a description of the whole Level 4 Semester 8 A survey of the major genres, such as comedy, production process and the main requirements ONE OR TWO OF: adventures, blockbusters, thrillers, art films, of a journalist, including the basic elements of BMS 429 Media Management dramas and animated films. story writing. Course and assessment linked & Entrepreneurship, to UB Horizon. 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS 320 MEDIA & SOCIETY (3) BMS431 Health and Scientific Reporting, A theoretical course analyzing the way media BMS 222 INTRODUCTION TO 3 credits OPTIONAL represent various social groups and the way BROADCASTING (3) BMS433 TV/Video entertainment Shows, the media impact upon society. A survey of radio and television industries, 3 credits OPTIONAL including a description of the whole BMS435 Current Cinema, BMS 321 MEDIA LAW (3) production process and the main 3 credits OPTIONAL A survey of laws relevant to journalism, requirements of a broadcaster. BMS434 Public Communication Campaign broadcasting and telecommunications, with 3 credits OPTIONAL case studies to illustrate their application. BMS 223 INTRODUCTION TO PR & 3 or 6 CREDITS ADVERTISING (3) BMS 322 AUDIO TECHNOLOGY (3) A survey of the Public Relations and advertising Assessment A mostly technical course training students industries, including a description of the whole Assessment shall be as per General Academic in the correct use of various types of production process and the main requirements Regulation 00.8 microphones, mixers and other examples of of a worker in the Public Relations and audio technology. Advertising industries. Course and assessment Progression from one Semester to the next linked to UB Horizon. Progression from one Semester to the next BMS 323 PHOTOJOURNALISM (3) shall be as per General Regulations 00.9 The fundamentals of taking and editing both BMS 224 INTRODUCTION TO FILM & digital and non-digital photographs for print, VIDEO (3) Award of Degree television and on-line journalism. Course and A survey of the history of world film, from The award of the Degree shall be as per General assessment linked to UB Horizon. silent movies through to the digital age, Regulations 00.8

135 Faculty of Humanities

BMS 324 BROADCAST NEWS WRITING & BMS 336 PR & ADVERTISING CAMPAIGNS A practical and theoretical course on how to PRODUCTION (3) (3) set up and grow a small media company, and Electronic news gathering, news writing and Skills for planning, designing, writing and how management/organizational issues relate production for both radio and television. implementing total campaigns for Public to the wider economic landscape. Relations and Advertising. Course and BMS 325 BASICS OF TV PRODUCTION (3) assessment linked to UB Horizon. BMS 430 ON-LINE MEDIA PRODUCTION (3) The techniques of planning, writing and Preparation of material for online publishing; production of television programmes both in BMS 337 CINEMA LANGUAGE IN WORLD this includes streaming of video and audio the studio and outside. FILM (3) content, formatting images and text, and web- A survey of important cinematography and programming. Course and assessment linked BMS 326 RESEARCH FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS editing styles (such as montage, neo-realism, to Media Studies and UB Horizon web-sites. & ADVERTISING (3 cinema noire and magic realism), along with Market and product research in order to mini video projects to apply the theories in BMS 431 HEALTH & SCIENTIFIC REPORTING motivate campaigns in the fields of Public practice. (3) Relations and Advertising. A journalism course on the special skills BMS 420 MEDIA PROJECT & DOSSIER I (2) needed for researching and writing stories on BMS 327 HISTORY OF FILM & VIDEO The course will allocate students to individual issues of Health and Science. The course and DOCUMENTARY (3) tutors who will take students through the assessment are linked to UB Horizon. The history and genres of Film and Video research process up to the completion of the documentary, linked to practical work in project proposal for their chosen topics. BMS 432 LIVE RADIO BROADCASTING (3) documentary and feature script-writing. Techniques of radio for Studio and Outside BMS 421 CURRENT ISSUES IN AFRICAN live Broadcast shows in News, Educational and BMS 328 COMMUNICATION RESEARCH MEDIA (3) Entertainment fields. METHODS (3) The course will provide an overview of current An intensive course explaining the principles issues affecting African media including the BMS 433 TV/VIDEO ENTERTAINMENT SHOWS of research and useful quantitative and press or broadcast organizations that influence (3) qualitative media research methodologies. the media. Production of entertainment programmes such as game shows, talk shows, and music BMS 329 DEVELOPMENT COMMUNICATION BMS 422 BROADCAST PROGRAMMING (3) shows for television or video (3) How to design short and long term programme A survey of major development communication schedules for radio and television broadcasting. BMS 434 PUBLIC COMMUNICATION theories and their application in different The 2nd half of the semester may be split into CAMPAIGNS (3) media projects as part of total communications radio & television. Planning, designing and implementation of strategies. public media communication campaigns for BMS 423 INVESTIGATIVE JOURNALISM (3 government or NGO social change agencies BMS 330 MEDIA ATTACHMENT II (3) In depth, carefully researched, critical A three month internship in a media company journalism for print or broadcast media. For BMS 435 CURRENT CINEMA (3) during which the student observes and students taking the print pathway; the course Current issues in film and video production, becomes familiar with media organization and and assessment are linked to UB Horizon. distribution, exhibition, reception and participates in work practices. aesthetics. BMS 424 RADIO DRAMA SCRIPT-WRITING & BMS 331 PRINT JOURNALISM EDITING (3) PRODUCTION (3) A course that grounds students in the principles Writing drama scripts and producing them for and practices of editing for print journalists radio broadcasts, including casting, rehearsing, DEPARTMENT OF and editors. Course and assessment linked to recording and post-production editing. UB Horizon. THEOLOGY AND BMS 425 TV & VIDEO DRAMA (3) RELIGIOUS STUDIES BMS 332 BEAT REPORTING (3) Writing drama scripts and producing them A course that prepares students for reporting for TV and Video drama, including casting, Bachelor of Arts in Humanities and Degree in specialized fields such as crime, sport, rehearsing, recording and post-production Programme environment, health and entertainment. editing Special Regulations for the BA Programme BMS 333 RADIO DOCUMENTARY WRITING & BMS 426 ECONOMIC & SOCIAL ISSUES IN PR 1. Theology and Religious Studies is offered PRODUCTION (3) & ADVERTISING (3) as a Single Major Subject, a Major Subject in Skills for script-writing (and other pre- The impact of economic and social issues on a Combined Major programme, a Major and production work), production and post- Public Relations and Advertising campaigns Minor Subject and as a multidisciplinary degree production for radio documentaries and including issues of ethics and corporate as stipulated in General Regulations 22.37 and features. responsibility. 00.2114 and departmental regulations. 2. A multidisciplinary degree including Theology BMS 334 TV AND VIDEO DOCUMENTARY BMS 427 AFRICAN CINEMAS (3) and Religious Studies may, in accordance with WRITING & PRODUCTION (3 The course will include skills in film reviewing. General Regulation 00.2114 be approved in Skills for pre-production work, production and special cases, but only at the discretion of the post-production for TV/Video documentaries BMS 428 MEDIA PROJECT & DOSSIER II (3) TRS Department. and features. A research project involving any one or any 3. All courses offered in the TRS Department combination of media to show the student has will be semester long. However, students acquired the skills of using media techniques taking TRS 326 Directed Research I will also be BMS 335 MOTION GRAPHICS (3) for communication. required to take TRS 420 Directed Research II. A mainly practical course in special visual 4. Unless indicated otherwise all courses will effects and animation for television and BMS 429 MEDIA MANAGEMENT & carry 3 credits. video. ENTREPRENEURSHIP (3) 5. Not all courses listed may be offered in any

136 one semester. Semester 8 Semester 5 6. Students pursuing a Single Major in TRS are Three core courses and any three optional 1 core course in the area of specialisation required to take a total of 96 credits in TRS courses. (TRS 301 for Theology, TRS 302 for Religious consisting of 48 credits from the core courses Studies, TRS 303 for Biblical Studies and TRS and additional credits from optional and other MAJOR (TRS)/ MINOR 304 for Philosophy), and any two optional courses. courses. 7. Students pursuing a Major in TRS as part of In a Major/Minor Degree a student shall take a combined Major/Minor are required to take the following courses: Semester 6: a total of 84 credits in TRS consisting of 48 1 core course in the area of specialisation credits from the core courses and additional Level: 100 (TRS 314 for theology, TRS 315 for Religious credits from optional and other courses. Studies, TRS 316 for Biblical Studies and TRS 8. Students pursuing a Major in TRS as part of Semester 1 317 for Philosophy) and any two optional a combined Major/Major are required to take 1 core course, any one optional course. courses. a total of 60 credits in TRS consisting of 24 credits from the core courses and additional Semester 2 Level: 400 credits from optional and other courses. 1 core course, any one optional course. Semester 7: 9. Students pursuing a Minor in TRS as part of Level: 200 1 core course in the area of specialisation a combined Minor/Major are required to take Semester 3 (TRS 401 for Theology, TRS 402 for Religious a total of 36 credits in TRS consisting of 24 1 core course, any one optional course. Studies, TRS 403 for Biblical Studies and TRS credits from the core courses and additional Semester 4: 1 core course, any one optional 404 for Philosophy) and any two optional credits from optional and other courses. course. courses. 10. Unless otherwise specified in the published course description or in a written syllabus Level: 300 Semester 8: distributed by the instructor to the students Semester 5 1 core course in the area of specialisation during the first week of class lectures, course 2 core courses in the area of specialisation (TRS (TRS 415 for Theology, TRS 416 for Religious assessment will be by a standard (750-1,000 301 for Theology, TRS 304 for Biblical Studies, Studies, TRS 417 for Biblical Studies and TRS word) written assignment, a mid-term test, TRS 302 for Religious Studies and TRS 305 418 for Philosophy) any two optional courses. and a final examination, weighted 1: 1: 2 for Philosophy), other area and two optional respectively. courses. 11. Students from other departments and other faculties, who wish to take TRS courses Semester 6: Minor (TRS) /Minor as electives, may take any course for which 2 core courses in the area of specialisation In a Minor/ Major Degree the student shall they have the pre-requisites. (TRS 315 for Theology, TRS 316 for Religious take the following courses: 12. Students pursuing a Single Major Studies, TRS 317 for Biblical Studies and TRS with concentration in Biblical studies are 318 for Philosophy), any two optional courses. Level: 100 recommended to include Biblical languages Semester 1: 1 core course. either Hebrew (for Old Testament) or Greek Level: 400 Semester 2: 1 core course. (for New Testament). Semester 7 2 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS Level: 200 Programme Structure 401 for Theology, TRS 402 for Religious Studies, Semester 3: 1 core course. Single Major Programme TRS 403 for Biblical Studies and TRS 404 for Semester 4: 1 core course. In a Single Major Degree, a student shall take Philosophy), and two optional courses. the following: Level: 300 Semester 8: Semester 5: Level: 100 2 core course from the area of specialisation 1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS Semester 1: (TRS 415 for Theology, TRS 416 for Religious 301 for Theology, TRS 302 for Religious Studies, 1 core course, any one optional course. Studies, TRS 417 for Biblical Studies and TRS TRS 303 for Biblical Studies and TRS 304 for 418 for Philosophy), and any two optional Philosophy) and any one optional course. Semester 2: courses. 1 core course, any one optional course. Semester 6: 1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS Level: 200 Major (TRS)/ Major 314 for Theology, TRS 315 for Religious Studies, Semester 3: TRS 316 for Biblical Studies and TRS 317 for 1 core course, any one optional course. In a Major/Major Degree a student shall take Philosophy) and any one optional course. Semester 4: 1 core course, any one optional the following courses: course. Level: 400 Level: 100 Semester 7: Level: 300 Semester 1 1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS Semester 5: 1 core course and any one optional course. 401 for Theology, TRS 402 for Religious Studies, Three core courses and any three optional Semester 2: 1 core course and any one TRS 403 for Biblical Studies and TRS 404 for courses. optional course. Philosophy) and any one optional course. Semester 6: Level: 200 Semester 8: Three core courses and any three optional Semester 3 1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS courses. 1 core course and any one optional course. 415 for Theology, TRS 416 for Religious Studies, Level: 400 Semester 4: TRS 417 for Biblical Studies and TRS 418 for Semester 7 1 core course and any one optional course. Philosophy) and any one optional course. Three core courses and any three optional courses. Entry Requirements Level: 300

137 Faculty of Humanities

The normal entry requirements shall be as Semester 5 TRS410 Theory of Government (3) stipulated in General 20.2 and Departmental Core Courses TRS411 Politics and Development of Regulations. TRS301 Christology (3) Biblical Thought 3) TRS302 Missionaries in 19th Century TRS412 Ecumenical Theology (3) Level 100 South Africa (3) TRS413 Hinduism (3) Semester 1 TRS303 Creation and the Bible (3) TRS414 Metaphysics V: Materialism (3 ) Core courses TRS304 African Philosophy and Culture (3) TRS101 Introduction to Biblical Studies (3) Semester 8 Optional Courses Core Courses Optional Courses TRS305 Judaism (3) TRS415 Twentieth Century Theologians (3) TRS102 Religion and Science (3) TRS306 Intermediate Greek I: TRS416 Religion and Modernity (3) TRS103 Religions of Botswana (3) Exam. of selected texts (3) TRS417 Paul’s Epistles (3) TRS104 Christianity and the rise of New TRS307 Beginning Arabic II: Arabic TRS418 Contemporary African Philosophy Religious Movements in construction (3) (3) Botswana (3) TRS308 Beginning Biblical Hebrew I: TRS105 Asian Religions: A Survey (3) Introduction to Hebrew Script (3) Optional Courses TRS106 Ethics: Classical Theories (3) TRS309 Psychology of Religion (3) TRS419 IntermediateHebrew TRS310 Professional Ethics (3) II: Hebrew Texts Semester 2 TRS311 Metaphysics II: Idealism (3) and Dead Sea Scrolls (3) Core Courses TRS312 Logic II: Logic and the Sciences (3) TRS420 Directed Research II: TRS107 African Traditional Religions (3) TRS313 History of Christianity: Medieval Research Project (3) to the Reformation (3) TRS421 History of Christianity: Optional Courses Modern and contemporary (3) TRS108 History of Philosophy I: Semester 6 TRS422 Epistemology III: Rationalism & Classical Greek Philosophy (3) Core Courses Empiricism (3) TRS109 Biblical Interpretation (3) TRS314 Christian Moral Theology (3) TRS423 History of Philosophy IV: TRS110 God in the Hebrew Bible (3) TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3) Contemporary (3) TRS111 Epistemology I: Theory of TRS316 History and Mythology of Jesus (3) TRS424 Buddhism (3) Knowledge (3) TRS317 Theodicy: The Co-existence of God TRS425 The theology of the Reformation TRS112 Bible and Gender (3) and Evil (3) (3) TRS426 Religious Rituals and Sacred Places Level 200 Optional Courses (3) Semester 3 TRS318 Beginning Biblical Hebrew II: TRS427 Applied Ethics (3) Core Courses Translation of Hebrew Texts (3) TRS428 Religious Pluralism (3) TRS201 Logic I: Introduction to Logic (3) TRS319 Philosophy of Religion (3) Optional Courses TRS320 Epistemology II: Theories of Truth THEOLOGY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES COURSE TRS202 Hebrew Bible Narratives (3) (3) DESCRIPTIONS TRS203 African Traditional Religions in TRS321 Metaphysics III: Botswana (3) Body/mind Problem (3) TRS101 Introduction to Biblical Studies TRS204 Theologies of Gender (3) TRS322 History of Christianity in Southern (3) TRS205 History of Philosophy II: Africa (3) This course will present a general overview of Post-Aristotle to Medieval (3) TRS323 Intermediate Greek II: Translation the contexts in which the Old Testament and TRS206 Beginning Biblical Greek I: New of selected texts (3) the New Testament came into being and a Testament Greek (3) TRS324 Intermediate Arabic I: survey of the contents of both testaments. It TRS207 Introduction to Christian Theology Arabic grammar (3) will consider various ways in which the Bible is (3) TRS325 Foundational Structures of Islam used in Judaism and Christianity. TRS208 The Hebrew Bible as History & (3) Story (3) TRS326 Directed Research I: Research TRS102 Religion and Science (3) Methods (3) This course will study the assumptions, Semester 4 practices, and methodologies of what is Core Courses Level 400 commonly called “religion” and what is TRS209 History of Christian Thought (3) Semester 7 commonly called “Science”. It will ascertain the Core Courses similarities and differences, continuities and Optional Courses TRS401 New Religious Movements (3) discontinuities between the two domains. TRS210 Gospel Narratives (3) TRS402 Religion and Politics (3) TRS211 Ecclesiology (3) TRS403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible (3) TRS103 Religions of Botswana (3) TRS212 Beginning Biblical Greek II: New TRS404 Metaphysics IV: Personal Identity This course will study the different religious Testament Greek (3) (3) traditions that exist in Botswana with the TRS213 Johannine corpus (3) view towards a better understanding of their TRS214 Beginning Arabic I: Intro. to the Optional Courses beliefs, rituals and practices. It will survey ATR, basic Arabic (3) TRS405 Intermediate Hebrew I: Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, Bahái, Sikhism TRS215 Metaphysics I: Appearance and Examination of selected and Buddhism as they have developed and are Reality (3) Hebrew texts (3) currently practiced in Botswana. TRS216 History of Philosophy III: TRS406 Intermediate Arabic II: Translation Post-Medieval to 19th Century (3) of Arabic texts (3) TRS220 Critical Thinking (3) TRS407 Islam’s socio-cultural, legal and TRS104 Christianity and the Rise of New TRS221 Politics of Gender (3) political structures (3) Religious Movements in Botswana (3) TRS222 Religion and development (3) TRS408 Directed Research I: Research This course will study changes that have taken Methods (3) place in the Christian churches of Botswana Level 300 TRS409 African Christian Theologies (3) since independence. It will examine the rise of

138 New Religious Movements and the integration decisions, and classifications. TRS210 Gospel Narratives (3) of Christian belief and practice with cultural This course will study gospels of the New tradition. TRS202 Hebrew Bible Narratives (3) Testament, Mark, Matthew, Luke and John. This course will study several short narratives Students will study the gospels through TRS105 Asian Religions A Survey (3) from the Hebrew Bible selected from different employing different perspectives such as This course will present a comprehensive books. Focus will be on the literary dimension historical, literacy, sociological and liberation survey of Asian religions, namely Jainism, of the story, narrative technique, effect on a methods. Sikhism, Zoroastrianism, Confucianism, Bahái, reader, ideology and social location implied in Shinto and Taoism. the narrative. TRS 211 Ecclesiology (3) This course will study the doctrine of the TRS106 Ethics: Classical Theories (3) TRS203 African Traditional Religions in Christian Church, its nature and functions This course will offer an introduction to moral Botswana (3) in relation to other doctrines, such as the philosophy particularly by exploring the origins This course will study the beliefs and practices doctrine of God, Christology, and sacraments. of ethical reflection among the classical Greek of traditional religions in Botswana. It will It will examine the scriptural, historical and philosophers, including the Sophists, Socrates, survey a large number of the ethnic groups in systematic dimensions of the doctrine of the Plato and Aristotle. the country, with emphasis on continuity and Church from its origin in New Testament times TRS107 African Traditional Religions (3) change in their mutual relationships and in through the patristic period, the Reformation, This course will study the beliefs and practices their development. and the post-Reformation period. of African traditional religions from a phenomenological point of view. It will focus TRS204 Theologies of Gender (3) TRS212 Beginning Greek II: New in particular on the traditional religions of This course will explore theological questions Testament (3) Southern Africa. surrounding the issues of gender and gender This course is a continuation of Beginning identity. It will examine traditional theological Koine Greek I. TRS108 History of Philosophy I: Classical positions as well as those of feminist/womanist Greek Philosophy (3) theologians TRS213 Johannine Corpus (3) This course will study the thought of major This course will study the Johannine Corpus Greek Philosophers of the classical period, TRS205 History of Philosophy both the Gospel of John and the Epistles including the pre-Socratics (e.g Parmenides, II: Postaristotle to Medieval (3) of John. It will examine the historical, Heraclitus, Pythagoras and Pratogoras), This course will study the development of philosophical and political factors that shaped Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle, and the post- philosophy from the time following the classical its theology in the apostolic period. Aristotle schools of Stoicism, Epicureanism Greek Philosophers until the Middle Ages. and Skepticism. In particular it will examine the interaction TRS214 Beginning Arabic I: Introduction of philosophy and religious thought, both to Basic Arabic (3) TRS109 Biblical Interpretation (3) Christians and Islamic. This course will introduce students to the This course will study different methods, both Arabic script and teach them how to write it. modern and contemporary, of reading the TRS206 Beginning Greek I: New Testament It will study basic Arabic grammar and how to Bible. It will explore modern historical critical Greek (3) read basic prescribed texts. methods like textual, form, compositional and This course will introduce students to the basic redactional criticisms. elements of New Testament Greek (Koine) and TRS215 Metaphysics I: Appearance and teach them how to write it. It will focus on Reality (3) TRS110 God in the Hebrew Bible (3) basic Koine grammar and how to read some This course will introduce student to basic This course will study the diverse depictions prescribed texts. and fundamental concepts of metaphysics. of God in the Hebrew Bible, including the Students will examine why the Platonic theory identities of the surrounding cultures. In TRS207 Introduction to Christian Theology assigns reality to the “forms” and appearance particular, it will explore such themes as (3) to the sensible objects. anthropomorphism, creation, monotheism and This course will study the nature of theology, its mythology, the justice of God, the figure of different branches and its relevance to society. TRS216 History of Philosophy III: Post- Wisdom, female imagery and God. It will focus on the different methods used in Medieval of 19th Century (3) doing theology, its sources, its relationships This course will survey the main strands of TRS111 Epistemology I: Theory of Knowledge with other sciences and its application. philosophy from the Renaissance to modern (3) times. It will consider Renaissance philosophy, This course will introduce students to the TRS208 The Hebrew Bible as History and the critical examination of reason and theory of knowledge. Students will explore Story (3) pragmatism. how Plato, René Descartes, Baruch de Spinoza This course will study both the historical texts and Gottfried von Leibniz approached the in the Hebrew Bible and the eternal historical TRS 220 Critical Thinking (Optional 3 theory of knowledge from a rationalist point factors that have shaped the formation of Credits) of view. the Hebrew Bible. It will examine in detail the This course will train students not to take theological focus and agenda of Hebrew Bible anything they hear, read, write and do for TRS112 Bible and Gender (3) historical texts. granted without first critically assessing and This course will explore the construction of analyzing them. In order to do these students gender and identity in the Hebrew and Christian TRS209 History of Christian Thought (3) will examine key logical concepts and principles Testaments. It will examine how different types This course will study the development of such as laws of identity, non contradiction of biblical literature constructed gender over Christianity and Christian thought from the and exclude middle. Some logical formal and various times and circumstances. New Testament period to its establishment informal will also be dealt with. as the state religion of the Roman Empire TRS201 Logic I: Introduction to Logic (3) under Constantine. It will emphasize relations TRS 221 The Politics of Gender (Optional This course will define “Philosophy” and between the Church and the state and how 3 Credits) Logic”, and examine in detail informal these affected the life of the Church and of fallacies and deductive methods of reasoning. Christian believers. TRS 222 Religion and Development (Optional It will explore the nature of definitions, 3 Credits)

139 Faculty of Humanities

This course undertakes a study of religion religion. Translation of Biblical Texts (3) amidst social transformation in different This course is a continuation of Beginning countries with special reference to sub- TRS310 Professional Ethics (3) Biblical Hebrew I. Saharan Africa. In the process of assessing This course will examine the question of the role of religion, taking into account the whether professional morality is independent TRS319 Philosophy of Religion (3) theories of development, secularization and of and separate from ordinary morality. It will This course will study some fundamental issues modernization, it also looks at the paradigms look at business, medicine, law and political connected with the human activity called in conflict in the socio-political and economic ethics. “religion”. It will use rational, critical analysis spheres. to investigate the nature of belief, worship, TRS311 Metaphysics II: Ideal Ism (3) and sacrifice, the question of the existence TRS301 Christology (3) This course will study issues of particular of a supernatural being, and the roles that This course will study the meaning and importance in the philosophy of the religion plays in the lives of human beings. significance of the person of Jesus Christ. It metaphysical idealists George Berkeley, will examine critically the life of Jesus from the Immanuel Kant, George W. F. Hegel and others. TRS320 Epistemology II: Theories of Truth time of his conception to his resurrection and Concepts such as existence, being causality, (3) the developing understanding of Christology change, time and other shall be examined. This course will examine the concepts of through the first five years of Christian knowledge and belief and relate them to thought. TRS312 Logic II: Logic and the Sciences theories of truth. It will discuss theories such (3) as the “correspondence theory”, the “coherence TRS302 Missionaries in Nineteenth This course will examine the place of logic theory”, and the “pragmatist theory”. Century Southern Africa. (3) in philosophy, the sciences, and other This course will investigate early missionaries’ human activities and relations. It will study TRS321 Metaphysics III: Body/mind attitudes toward African culture, beliefs and the concepts (in) validity and soundness of Problem (3) practices. It will draw much of its information arguments, and the different patterns that This course looks at the mind and body from primary sources. arguments can follow. It will consider the problem. It will examine different theories benefits of symbols and will introduce students that arose as an attempt to answer the TRS303 Creation and the Bible (3) to the use of elementary symbolic language. questions concerning dualism, behaviourism, This course will focus on the creation texts of functionalism, epiphenomenalism and others. the Hebrew Bible. They will be compared and TRS313 History of Christianity: Medieval contrasted with other ancient Near Eastern To Reformation (3) TRS322 History Of Christianity in Southern creation accounts. This will also examine This course will study the development of Africa (3) creation in the New Testament. the church from the Middle Ages to the This course will study the origin and Reformation. It will examine the separation development of the Christian Church in TRS304 African Philosophy and Culture between Eastern and Western Christianity, Southern Africa from its inception to the (3) scholasticism, sacramentalism and opposition present. It will examine the cultural context in This course will examine how philosophy and to monarchic papacy. which the Church was introduced and the role culture have interacted in an African context. of foreign missionary societies in that process. It will investigate the thought of several TRS314 Christian Moral Theology (3) African thinkers. This course will examine the moral implications TRS323 Intermediate Greek II: Translation of being a Christian in a secular society in of Selected Texts (3) TRS305 Judaism (3) the context of the teachings of the Christian This course will build on the knowledge of New This course will present an introduction to the church. It will focus on issues related to Testament vocabulary, grammar and syntax main beliefs and practices of the several forms Christian behaviour in regard to marriage and acquired in Beginning Koine Greek I and II of post-biblical Judaism. The course will cover other ethical issues. and intermediate Koine Greek I. Students will some of the milestones of the history of the translate and study closely selected passages Jewish people. TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3) from one book of the New Testament. This course will study the influence of religion TRS306 Intermediate Greek I: Examination in society. It will examine sociological theories TRS324 Intermediaries Arabic I: Arabic of Selected Texts (3) of religion and the concrete interaction of Grammar (3) religion and particular societies. This course will study intermediate Arabic This course will build on the knowledge of New grammar and examine classical and Testament vocabulary, grammar and syntax TRS 316 History of Mythology (3) contemporary Arabic texts. It will also expose acquired in Beginning Koine Greek I and II. This course will study the presentation of the student to standard Arabic oral drills. Jesus in the four gospels. It will investigate TRS307 Beginning Arabic II: Arabic how each gospel characterizes Jesus and the TRS325 Foundation Structures of Islam Construction (3) significance of such characterisation, as well (3) This course is a continuation of Beginning as the character of Jesus that emerges in Paul’s This course will study the basic doctrines and Arabic I. writings. practices of Islam. It will introduce the primary sources of Islam and survey the social history TRS308 Beginning Biblical Hebrew I: TRS 317 Theology: The Co-existence of of the Muslim community from its emergence Introduction to Hebrew Script (3) God and Evil (3) through its early years. This course will introduce the student to the This course will examine various philosophical Hebrew script and teach them how to write it. arguments for the existence of God. It will It studies basic Hebrew grammar and how to discuss the various proofs that have been read basic prescribed texts. proposed concerning the existence of God TRS309 Psychology of Religion (3) and will examine the problem of Evil and the TRS326 Directed Readings: Research This course will critically discuss the relationship difficulties it poses for arguments for the Methods (3) between religion and psychology. It will study existence of God. In this course the student will undertake and examine the various theories, principles, independent study under the guidance of a and methods spruced by the psychologists of TRS318 Beginning Biblical Hebrew II: supervisor who will be responsible for advising

140 and instructing the student in matters of This course will discuss the theory of the state, TRS419 Intermediate Hebrew II: Hebrew research method as well as content. such thinkers as Plato, Thomas Hobbes, John Texts and Dead Sea Scrolls (3) Locke, Jean-Jacques Rousseau and Karl Marx This course will build on the knowledge of TRS401 New Religious Movements (3) have presented it. Biblical Hebrew vocabulary, grammar and This course will examine new Christian syntax acquired in Beginning Biblical Hebrew I theologies from new Christian movements TRS411 Politics and the Development of and II. Set texts from the Hebrew Bible and the emerging today in various regional, social and Biblical Thought (3) Dead Sea Scrolls will be studied closely. intellectual settings across the world. It will This course will foreground the idea that the pay special attention to theological and social texts of the Bible were written, collected, TRS420 Directed Research (3) developments in Africa. edited and read in political environments. In this course the student will undertake Political agendas, in turn, have left discernible independent study under the guidance of a TRS402 Religion And Politics (3) traces in biblical literature. supervisor who will be responsible for advising This course will foster a rethinking of the and instructing the student in matters of relationship between religion and politics and TRS412 Ecumenical Theology (3) research method as well as content. analyze the changing dimensions of society, This course will study the theological religion, and the state. foundations of the ecumenical movement, TRS421 History of Christianity: Modern whose aim is to achieve organic church unity. It and Contemporary (3) TRS403 The Doctrine of Sin In The Bible will investigate the New Testament, especially This course will study the expansion of the (3) the Johannine and Pauline writings, to discern church from Europe and America to other This course examines the concepts of “Sin” and the scriptural basis for ecumenical theory and parts of the world during the missionary era “evil” in the Hebrew Bible and the Christian practice. of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. New Testament. It will investigate related It will discuss issues such as colonialism and concepts such as law and commandment, TRS413 Hinduism (3) missiology. purity/impurity, judgement, punishment, and This course will study Hinduism from the forgiveness. Harrappan culture to contemporary period. TRS422 Epistemology: Rationalism and The approach will be thematic including Empiricism (3) TRS404 Metaphysics IV: Personal Identity themes such as creation, sacrifice, polytheism The student will study the philosophy position (3) and others. that knowledge is only attained through This course will examine the question of thesenses, and that truth must conform to the personhood. The course will look at different TRS414 Metaphysics V: Materialism (3) rules of logic and of material science. criteria of personal identity. It will also look at This course will examine the main tenets divided minds and consciousness. of materialism: the uniformity of law, the TRS423 History of Contemporary denial of teleology, the denial of any form of Philosophy (3) TRS405 Intermediate Hebrew: Examination existence beyond that envisaged by the natural This course will study the basic tenets of logical of Selected Texts (3) sciences. Particularly attention will be given to positivism and ordinary language philosophy. This course will build on the knowledge of the thought of Karl Marx, William James and It will also explore philosophical questions that Biblical Hebrew vocabulary, grammar and John Dewey. arise from contemporary concerns such as war syntax acquired in Beginning Biblical Hebrew and peace and others. I and II. The student will study closely set texts TRS415 Twentieth Century Theologians from all three main divisions of the Hebrew (3) TRS424 Buddhism (3) Bible. This course will study several major theologians, This course will study the origin, development Protestant and Roman Catholic, of the and basic concepts of Buddhism. It will TRS406 Intermediate Arabic II: Translation twentieth century, and the contributions their trace ways in which different “Buddhisms” of Arabic Texts (3) thought has made to the development of developed. This course is continuation of Intermediate contemporary systematic theology. Arabic I yet students who have not successfully TRS42 The Theology of the Reformation (3) completed that course may take TRS 406. TRS416 Religion and Modernity (3) This course will study the religious, social This course will study the relationship and economic and political factors that led to the TRS407 Socio-Cultural, Legal and Political interaction between religion and popular Reformation and counter –Reformation in the Structures of Islam (3) culture. It will explore the significance and sixteenth century Europe. It will consider some This course will study the growth of the early importance of religious expressions contained of the important theological themes that Muslim community. It will trace and reflect in various media such as films, theatre, music dominated the thinking of the Reformers. critically upon the development and evolution and others. of the theological, jurisprudential and mystical TRS426 Religious Rituals and Sacred schools. It will explore the thoughts and TRS417 Paul’s Epistle (3) Places (3) practices of individual representatives of these This course will cover the Pauline and Deutero- This course will study the role of sacred sites, schools. Pauline letters of the New Testament. It will shrines, rivers, mountains, worship centers use different methods to analyze the socio and other sacred places in several religious TRS409 African Christianity Theologies historical context that gave rise to Pauline traditions. (3) letters. This course will comprise readings from TRS427 Applied Ethics (3) African theologians that focus on important TRS418 Contemporary African Philosophy This course will study the concept of human theological issues facing the African Church (3) rights, the nature and origin of human rights, today. It will examine the question of the This course will study some of the major and some specific contemporary ethical issues enculturation of the Church in Africa, taking issues that have shaped, and continue to that arise from the question of human rights, into account the cultural, social, economic shape, African’s social, economic and political such as abortion, infanticide and others and political factors in both colonial and landscape. It will examine the development postcolonial Africa. and application of such theories as humanism, TRS428 Religion and Pluralism (3) African socialism and others. This course will discuss the relationship TRS410 Theories of Government (3) between religion and religious pluralism. It will

141 Faculty of Humanities

explore the theories pertaining to religious Level 400 100 GEC 2 pluralism, and probe the related notions or BFA400 Theatre History: Asia** 400 GEC112 Communication & Study Skills religious language, religious dialogue and Optional 14 weeks 3 Theory 100 EC 2 inter-religious cooperation. BFA403 Acting, Movement & Mime III400 GEC121 Computing & Information Skills Optional 14 weeks 3 Practical Fundamentals 100 GEC 2 BFA404 Playwriting III*** GEC122 Computing & Info Skills 400 Optional 14 weeks Fundamentals II 100 GEC 2 DEPARTMENT OF VISUAL 3 Practical MTK100 Principles of Marketing BFA405 Design & Technical Theatre III 100 Optional 3 AND PERFORMING ARTS 400 Optional 14 weeks 3 DSW207 Culture, Change and Social Work Practical in Botswana 200 Optional 3 BFA406 Theatre & Society in Africa DTB222 Graphics 200 Optional 3 Bachelor of Fine Arts [Special Author] 4 00 EPP201 Art Introduction 200 Optional 3 Optional 14 weeks 3 Theory EPP202 Practical Arts Skills for the Teacher COURSES BFA409 Advanced Directing 400 Optional 200 Optional 3 Level 100 28 weeks 6 Practical GEC200 GEC2 BFA410 Dramatic literature II [Europe]** GEC200 GEC2 BFA100 Introduction to the Theatre 100 400 Optional 14 weeks Theory MTK200 Integrated Communications Core 14 weeks 3 Theory BFA411 Theories of Modern Drama 200 Optional3 BFA 102 Theatre in Botswana 100 [1920-Present] 400 ALL 343 Introduction to African Popular Core 14 weeks 3 Theory Optional 14 weeks 3 Theory Theatre 300 Optional3 BFA 101 Workshop Theatre*100 BFA 412 Theatre Administration ALL 352 Epic Performance in Africa Core 28 weeks 6 Practical 400 Optional 14 weeks 300O ptional3 Level 200 3 Theory/Practical BMS 301 Scripting for the Electronic Media BFA 200 Theatre History I**200 BFA 415 Drama-in-Education [DIE] [3 Credits] 300 Optional3 Core 14 weeks 3 Theory 400 Optional 14 weeks 3 BMS 310 Popular Culture in Society & the BFA 201 Production Workshop I Theory/Practical Media 300 Optional3 200 Core 28 weeks 6 Practical BFA 416 Senior Project 400 Core 28 weeks BMS 314 Public Relations II 300 Optional 3 BFA 202 Theatre in Botswana [Popular 6 Theory/Practical BMS329 Developmental Communication Theatre] 200 BFA 417 Theatre-for-Development 300 Optional 3 Core 14 weeks 3Theory 400 Optional 28 weeks 6 BMS333 Radio Documentary Writing & BFA 203 Acting, Movement & Mime I Theory/Practical production 300 Optional 3 200Core 14 weeks 3 Practical BFA 418 Theatre & Tourism BMS334 TV and Video BFA 204 Playwriting*** 200 400 Optional 14 weeks Documentary Writing Core 14 weeks 3 Practical 3 Theory/Practice & Production 300 Optional3 BFA 205 Design & Technical Theatre I DTB 312 Aesthetics 300 Optional 3 200Core 14 weeks 3 Practical NOTE: EPP 302 Practical Skills in Teaching of Art BFA 206 Theatre in Africa I** • Emboldened courses are newly created 300 Optional 3 200 Core 14 weeks 3 Theory courses for the proposed programme. GEC300 GEC2 Level 300 • All Practical courses are assessed on a GEC300 GEC2 BFA 309 Directing I 70% [practical exam] and 30% [CA] HEE358 Fashion and Society 300 300 Core14 weeks 3 Practical format. The practical examination is a Optional 3 BFA310 Dramatic Literature I [Africa] semester-long/year-long extensive work HEE359 Design Fundamentals 300 300 Core 14 weeks 3 Theory on a theatre project that culminates in a Optional 3 BFA312 Stage Management 300 performance. MKT304 Advertising Core14 weeks 3 Theory/Practical • * This course will assessed on a 60% (Prerequisite: MKT200) 300 BFA313 Theatre Ethics 300 [ensemble production] and 40% [CA] Optional3 Core 14 weeks format POP302 Research Methods 300 Optional3 3 Theory • ** These are existing courses in the ALL454 Children’sTraditions and Dramatics BFA302 Theatre in Botswana Department of English 400 Optional 3 [Theatre & Mass Media] • ***These courses are part of ENG327 BMS401 Image in Africa 400 Optional 3 300 Optional 14 weeks 3 Theory [Practical Theatre] and ENG417 [Theory BMS405 Public Relations III 400 Optional 3 BFA303 Acting, Movement & Mime II and Practice of Drama] currently being BMS409 TV & Video Production IV [includes 300 Optional 14 weeks offered in the Department of English TV/Video drama] 400 Optional 3 3 Practical • All practical courses shall, to a large BMS410 Radio Production IV BFA304 Playwriting II 300 Optional degree, employ a hands-on, out-of-class [includes Radio drama] 14 weeks 3 Practical experience by going on attachments/ 400 Optional 3 BFA305 Design & Technical Theatre II apprenticeships to relevant theatre BMS424 Radio Drama Script-writing 300 Optional 14 organizations. & Production 400 weeks3 Practical Optional3 BFA306 Theatre in Africa II** 300 OPTIONAL COURSES FROM OTHER GEC400 GEC 2 Optional 14 weeks 3 Theory DEPARTMENTS**** GEC400 GEC2 BFA308 American Theatre 300 Optional HEE457: History and Conservation of 14 weeks 3 Theory ALL142 The Study of Drama in Indigenous Textiles 400 Optional 3 BFA311 Playback Theatre 300 Optional Languages 100 Optional 3 PHR424: Movement& Creative Dance 6 weeks 3 Practical ARB121 Design Communication 100 Technique 40 Optional 3 BFA314 Theatre History [Europe]** 300 Optional 3 Optional 14 weeks 3 Theory ARB123 History of Art 100 NOTE BFA318 Theatre Attachment 300 Optional 3 • ****All optional courses from other Core: 4 weeks 3 Practical GEC111 Communication and Study Skills 1 Departments are existing courses.

142 APPENDIX 1: THEATRE PROGRAMME information literacy; Social responsibility and [original one-act play] [ABBREVIATED COURSE DESRIPTIONS] leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; Cross- cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical INTRODUCTION TO THE THEATRE standards. PRODUCTION WORKSHOP I LEVEL 1 [CORE] 3 CREDITS LEVEL 2 [OPTIONAL] 6 CREDITS Mode of Assessment 30% coursework This course offers a theoretical panoramic 70% exam This intensive workshop course introduces coverage of important theoretical foundations students to the processes of working with from the ancient Greek period to the modern ACTING, MOVEMENT AND MIME I scripted a play and preparing the play for period. Course spread touches on most arms LEVEL 2 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS performance. Students will engage in text of the arts of Theatre, ranging from stage analysis, social research, creative interpretation, movement to costume, scene design and This course offers a critical and creative rehearsals and then performance. This is construction, acting and directing. This introduction to acting, movement and mime a course for performers, designers, and course helps to familiarize students with the for the stage. The course, devoted to the directors. traditions, components and development of development of the physical instrument of the Outcomes: Information and communication Theatre and dramatic arts from the earliest actor [the body], will include basic physical, technology knowledge and skills; Self- times to the 21st century. vocal, imaginative skills, miming skills, and directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and Outcomes: Information and communication development of general stage movement for creative thinking skills; Problem-solving technology knowledge and skills; Self- the beginning actor. skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and Outcomes: Information and communication and employability skills; Organizational creative thinking skills; Problem-solving skills; technology knowledge and skills; Self- and teamwork skills; Research skills and Entrepreneurship and employability skills; directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and information literacy; Social responsibility and Research skills and information literacy; Cross- creative thinking skills; Problem-solving leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; Cross- cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical standards. and employability skills; Organizational and standards. teamwork skills; Research skills and information Mode of Assessment 40% coursework literacy; Cross-cultural fluency; Accountability Mode of Assessment 30% coursework 60% Written exam and ethical standards. 70% Practical exam

THEATRE IN BOTSWANA LEVEL 1 [CORE] 3 Mode of Assessment 30% coursework THEATRE HISTORY I [1642-1800] CREDITS 70% Practical exam LEVEL 2 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS

This introductory course offers a composite DESIGN AND TECHNICAL THEATRE I This is a follow-up on the Theatre History coverage of the socio-historical contexts and LEVEL 2 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS course in Level I. this course specifically tracks philosophical bases of drama, performance and the historical development of British Theatre Theatre practices and traditions in Botswana An introduction to the techniques involved and drama from the Middle Ages to 1800, the looking at indigenous performances and in costume, light, set, and sound designing Spanish Theatre to 1700, and Theatre in France Theatre practices, colonial and postcolonial for the Theatre. Productions currently being 1500-1700. literary drama and Theatre in Botswana. presented at the University will serve as the Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; sources for study. skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem- Outcomes: Information and communication Problem-solving skills; Communication skills; solving skills; Research skills and information technology knowledge and skills; Self- Entrepreneurship and employability skills; literacy; and Cross-cultural fluency. directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and Research skills and information literacy; Cross- creative thinking skills; Problem-solving skills; cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical Mode of Assessment 40% coursework Entrepreneurship and employability skills; standards. 60% Written exam Organizational and teamwork skills; Research skills and information literacy; Interpersonal Mode of Assessment 40% coursework WORKSHOP THEATRE skills; Cross-cultural fluency. 60% Written exam LEVEL 1 [OPTIONAL] 6 CREDITS Mode of Assessment 30% coursework THEATRE IN AFRICA An introduction to the paradigm shifts from 70% Practical exam. LEVEL 2 [CORE] 3 CREDITS conventional to the actor, dancer and musician’s Theatre. The course is geared towards nurturing PLAYWRITING This course explores the nexus between history, the talents of emerging Theatre practitioners LEVEL 2 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS culture and identity in African performance. The and to focus the students’ natural sense of course raises questions about representation play on the creative process of Theatre. This Principles of playwriting will be taught through and the production of theatrical knowledge course will enable students to understand practices. Development of techniques required within and across African cultures. While the concepts techniques used in the devising for dramatic stage scripts include original play-texts dealing with cultural practices, plays, and facilitation of community-Theatre. writing and adaptations with emphasis on history, politics, religion and social problems Students will acquire workshopping skills in play construction, character development, plaguing the African continent will be studied, creating independent plays, while providing dialogue, and mood. in-depth historical and sociological studies of them with fresh insights into collaborative and Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning indigenous forms of drama in Africa will also ensemble playing. skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; be surveyed. Outcomes: Information and communication Problem-solving skills; Communication skills; Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning technology knowledge and skills; Self- Entrepreneurship and employability skills; skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and skills and information literacy; Cross-cultural Problem-solving skills; Communication skills; creative thinking skills; Problem-solving fluency; Accountability and ethical standards. Entrepreneurship and employability skills; skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship Research skills and information literacy; and employability skills; Organizational Mode of Assessment 30% coursework Interpersonal skills; and Cross-cultural and teamwork skills; Research skills and 70% Exam fluency.

143 Faculty of Humanities

Mode of Assessment 40% coursework cultural fluency. and employability skills; Research skills and 60% Written exam information literacy; and Cross-cultural Mode of Assessment 40% coursework fluency. THEATRE IN BOTSWANA [POPULAR 60% Written exam THEATRE] Mode of Assessment 40% coursework LEVEL 2 [CORE] 3 CREDITS DESIGN AND TECHNICAL THEATRE II 60% Practical exam This course is a continuation of Theatre in LEVEL 3 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS Botswana at Level 1. The course will now take PLAY BACK THEATRE a more detailed look at popular performances This course is a follow-up to Design and LEVEL 3 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS and Theatre-for-Development in Botswana. Technical Theatre I. in this course the Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; techniques involved in costume, light, set, and This course will place Playback Theatre in a Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem- sound designing for the Theatre are taken to literary and historical context as a modern solving skills; Communication skills; Research a higher level. Productions currently being development of oral traditional ceremonial skills and information literacy; Interpersonal presented at the University will serve as the ritual. Students will learn about stories and skills; and Cross-cultural fluency. sources for study. how they work; about the history of the Outcomes: Information and communication approach and its comparison to Theatre of the Mode of Assessment 40% coursework technology knowledge and skills; Self- oppressed, Theatre for development, and other 60% Written exam directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and forms of interactive Theatre; and about the creative thinking skills; Problem-solving underlying theories of respect for persons and ACTING, MOVEMENT AND MIME II skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship positive social change on which it is based. The LEVEL 3 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS: and employability skills; Organizational basic forms of Playback Theatre will be taught PREREQUISITE: ACTING, MOVEMENT AND and teamwork skills; Research skills and experientially, and students will practice the MIME I information literacy; Interpersonal skills; and roles of actor, musician, conductor, and teller. Cross-cultural fluency. Also introduced will be the group dynamics A more advanced course on acting, movement, necessary for successful encounters with and mime for the stage. This course continues Mode of Assessment 30% coursework community audiences. development of skills acquired in Acting, 70% Practical exam Outcomes: Information and communication Movement and Mime I. Helps students develop technology knowledge and skills; Self- believable characters while working on acting, DIRECTING I directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and movement and mime exercises and duet LEVEL 3 [CORE] 6 CREDITS creative thinking skills; Problem-solving scenes from contemporary dramatic literature. skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship This is a course for actors, dancers and This is an introductory practical course in and employability skills; Organizational physical performers and as such will uncover a directing plays and an analysis of skill and role and teamwork skills; Research skills and performer’s physical personality and presence of the director. The course will explore script information literacy; Social responsibility and on stage, to prepare work using the body as an analysis, casting, staging, space, composition, leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; Cross- intuitive and symbolizing instrument. Students movement, picturization, rhythm and tempo cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical taking this course will also explore Physical of actors, and scripts. Special emphasis will be standards. Theatre forms and approaches. on directing the one-act play. Outcomes: Information and communication Outcomes: Information and communication Mode of Assessment 30% coursework technology knowledge and skills; Self- technology knowledge and skills; Self- 70% Practical exam directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving creative thinking skills; Problem-solving PLAYWRITING II skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship LEVEL 3 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS and employability skills; Organizational and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork skills; Research skills and and teamwork skills; Research skills and This course continues, at an advanced level, information literacy; Interpersonal skills; and information literacy; Social responsibility and the playwriting course in Level 2. At this level Cross-cultural fluency. leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; Cross- the techniques of writing other forms such as cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical Film, Radio and TV scripts will be added to the Mode of Assessment 30% coursework standards. course. 70% Practical exam Students will be expected to write a short Mode of Assessment 30% coursework play loosely based on an existing classic AMERICAN THEATRE [20-21st CENTURY] 70% Practical exam from which they write their own – fresh, LEVEL 3 [CORE] 3 CREDITS relevant and personal - new, full-length play. DRAMATIC LITERATURE [AFRICA] The idea behind this approach is two-fold. This course focuses on the development of the LEVEL 3 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS Firstly, it gives the writers a sense of complete American Theatre from the 20th to the 21st creative freedom, along with the security century, paying attention to the changing This course focuses on the history and of a failsafe structure. Secondly, through conditions of the Theatre in the United States development of drama in Africa. Dramatic the deep investigation of a classic work, the and other American nations. Topics include literature refers to the texts of plays that writers absorb an understanding of how all the black Theatre, women’s Theatre, off-Broadway can be read, as distinct from being seen and elements of drama are effectively employed. and Minority Theatre. It examines the plays heard in performance. Therefore, drama will Outcomes: Information and communication as theatrical experiences to such aspects as be studied primarily as a literary form but technology knowledge and skills; Self- staging, acting, lighting and music and the attention will also be given to placing the directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and responses of American drama to changing drama in the Theatre and cultural milieu from creative thinking skills; Problem-solving social and political thought in the Americas. which it developed. Authors to be studied will skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning include, for instance, Soyinka, J.P. Clark, Wilde, and employability skills; Research skills and skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Shaw, Aidoo, Fugard etc. information literacy; and Cross-cultural Problem-solving skills; Entrepreneurship Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning fluency. and employability skills; Research skills and skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; information Interpersonal skills; and Cross- Problem-solving skills; Entrepreneurship

144 Mode of Assessment 30% coursework in Theatre practice from 1875-1915. This technology knowledge and skills; Self- 70% Exam [original course will provide a theoretical base for the directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and multi-scene play] exploration, as well as providing a conceptual creative thinking skills; Problem-solving framework for Theatre research in modern skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship STAGE MANAGEMENT European drama. and employability skills; Organizational LEVEL 3 [CORE] 3 CREDITS Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning and teamwork skills; Research skills and skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; information literacy; Social responsibility and This course deals with the techniques and Problem-solving skills; Communication skills; leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; Cross- conventions commonly in use for staging the Entrepreneurship and employability skills; cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical production, planning, rehearsals, coordinating, Research skills and information literacy; and standards. technical requirements, and professional Cross-cultural fluency. standards expected in staging a production. Mode of Assessment 30% coursework Outcomes: Information and communication Mode of Assessment 40% coursework 70% Practical exam technology knowledge and skills; Self- 60% Written exam directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and ADVANCED DIRECTING creative thinking skills; Problem-solving THEATRE IN AFRICA II LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 6 CREDITS skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship LEVEL 3 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS and employability skills; Organizational This course is an advanced exploration of the and teamwork skills; Research skills and This course is an extension of Theatre in Africa directing process. This course is the principal information literacy; Social responsibility and I. the course seeks to imbue students with training forum for the directing specialization. leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; Cross- knowledge of drama, thematic concerns, and It is a rigorous practicum that hones the cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical theatrical practices [performance mode and vision of each student-director. Each directing standards. styles] as they obtain in West and east Africa student will analyze a play script to uncover from pre-colonial days to the present. Play- dramatic events, beats, dramatic structure, Mode of Assessment 30% coursework texts which explore African problems from the spine or through-line, and inciting incident 70% Practical exam colonial period to the present will be studied. which will culminate in the performance of a Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning full-length play by each student offering this THEATRE ETHICS skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; course. LEVEL 3 [CORE] 3 CREDITS Problem-solving skills; Entrepreneurship Outcomes: Information and communication and employability skills; Research skills and technology knowledge and skills; Self- This course will examine a series of information literacy; and Cross-cultural directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and contemporary plays and Theatre productions fluency. creative thinking skills; Problem-solving in relation to the ethics of representation. skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship It will explore the writer’s or the director’s Mode of Assessment 40% coursework and employability skills; Organizational responsibilities in staging the self and the 60% Written exam and teamwork skills; Research skills and other in Theatre and the strategies they information literacy; Social responsibility and adopt to highlight and problematize this THEATRE IN BOTSWANA [THEATRE AND leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; Cross- process. By combining theoretical, textual and THE MASS MEDIA] LEVEL 3 [OPTIONAL] 3 cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical performance analysis, the course will engage CREDITS standards. with debates surrounding, for instance, alterity, community research, consent, cultural The focus of this course will be contemporary Mode of Assessment 30% coursework and autobiographical memory, defamation, Theatre in Botswana, taking particular look 70% Practical exam intellectual property rights, representation at Botswana Theatre and the mass media - of violence, sexuality, and trauma in Theatre. television drama; video drama/movie. DESIGN AND TECHNICAL THEATRE III The course will also look at concepts such as Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS meta-Theatre and the role of the author in skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; the Theatre text as well as practices that aim Problem-solving skills; Entrepreneurship A study of the technical aspects of Theatre to embody ethical positions in and through and employability skills; Research skills and including set, properties construction, scene performance. Theatre Ethics will combine the information literacy; and Cross-cultural designing and painting, costumes construction, pleasure and excitement of attending live fluency. lights and sound design at an much advanced Theatre, with the challenge of exploring and level. This course will also include script discussing the principles that frame moral Mode of Assessment 40% coursework analysis, the creation of floor plans, elevated choice. 60% Written exam drawings of stage sets, construction of a stage Outcomes: Critical and creative thinking model, lighting plot, phases of costume design, skills; Problem-solving skills; Communication ACTING, MOVEMENT AND MIME III analysis of characters, and period research. skills; Entrepreneurship and employability LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS: Students specialize in one of the following skills; Research skills and information literacy; PREREQUISITE: ACTING, MOVEMENT AND areas: costume/make-up, lighting, or set Interpersonal skills; Cross-cultural fluency; MIME II design. Each specialization offers students an Accountability and ethical standards opportunity to receive an advanced hands-on A much more advanced course on acting, training and contribute to a range of staged Mode of Assessment 70% coursework movement, and mime for the stage. This theatrical productions. 30% exam course continues development of skills Outcomes: Information and communication acquired in Acting, Movement and Mime II. technology knowledge and skills; Self- Helps students develop believable characters directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and THEATRE HISTORY: EUROPE while working on acting, movement and mime creative thinking skills; Problem-solving LEVEL 3 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS exercises and duet scenes from contemporary skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship dramatic literature. The students offering this and employability skills; Organizational This course surveys the heritage and beginning course will form the core of actors for students and teamwork skills; Research skills and of modern European drama, investigating offering Advanced Directing. information literacy; Social responsibility and significant movements and key personalities Outcomes: Information and communication leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; Cross-

145 Faculty of Humanities

cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical technology knowledge and skills; Self- This course provides the students the standards. directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and opportunity of studying in depth the work of a creative thinking skills; Problem-solving particular African author. The author, content Mode of Assessment 30% coursework skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship bibliography and mode of teaching this 70% Practical exam and employability skills; Research skills and course will be determined from time to time information literacy; and Cross-cultural as circumstances allow. The study of such an DRAMA-IN-EDUCATION fluency. author affords the students the opportunity LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS of also surveying the role of African Theatre Mode of Assessment 30% coursework and playwrights in their engagement with the This course introduces Drama-in-Education 70% Exam nagging problems of the environment and as a methodology for learning. It enables [original multi-scene cultural super-structures, including econo- communication between individuals exploring play] political conditions in African societies. This person to person experiences. Drama brings course responds to the growing awareness people in touch with play, improvisation, group SENIOR PROJECT of the contributions, and impact of Theatre interaction, role play and creative problem LEVEL 4 [CORE] 6 CREDITS on African societies and arms students with solving. While the Drama-in-Education course the tools of theatrical/dramatic criticism of will consist mainly of practical and experiential In this course each student majoring in Theatre society. work, there will also be an important theoretical will write a proposal on any chosen topic on Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning aspect included. any of the major areas of Theatre. After writing skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Outcomes: Information and communication the proposal students can then either choose Problem-solving skills; Communication skills; technology knowledge and skills; Self- to carry out a practical project on the topic, or Entrepreneurship and employability skills; directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and complete a full-length essay on the topic. Research skills and information literacy; and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; Cross-cultural fluency. skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem- and employability skills; Organizational solving skills; Information and communication Mode of Assessment 40% coursework and teamwork skills; Research skills and technology knowledge and skills; Self- 60% Written exam information literacy; Social responsibility and directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; Cross- creative thinking skills; Problem-solving THEATRE AND TOURISM cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS standards. and employability skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social responsibility and This course will focus on the role of Theatre Mode of Assessment 30% coursework leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; Cross- in promoting tourism in Botswana by 70% Practical exam cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical exploring ways of matching tourists’ actual standards. experiences of the destination with the image DRAMATIC LITERATURE II [EUROPE] and expectations created by the Theatre. This LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS Mode of Assessment 100% coursework course will also explore not only issues of basic satisfaction, but also of authenticity, This course is a continuation of the THEATRE ADMINISTRATION changes in culture, heritage interpretation, introductory work done in third year at an LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS and presentation. This course will involve the advanced level. This course will entail detailed students working with communities to produce study of dramatists and play texts. Among the This course is designed to study the tools of plays or devising plays for communities. dramatists to be studied will be Aeschylus, Theatre management and producing, box Outcomes: Information and communication Sophocles, Euripides, Menander, Seneca, the office, price and percentages, publicity, pro- technology knowledge and skills; Self- Wakefield Master, Marlowe, Shakespeare, Ben motion, and production costs, and dealing directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and Jonson, Lope de Vega, Moliere, Racine, Dryden, with publishers and agencies. Regional creative thinking skills; Problem-solving and Congreve. Theatre problems are analyzed. This course skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning will, therefore, focus on the business of and employability skills; Organizational skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Theatre, administration, budgeting, feasibility and teamwork skills; Research skills and Problem-solving skills; Entrepreneurship studies, funding, publicity/promotion, master information literacy; Social responsibility and and employability skills; Research skills and scheduling, and event handling. leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; Cross- information literacy; and Cross-cultural Outcomes: Information and communication cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical fluency. technology knowledge and skills; Self- standards. directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving Mode of Assessment 60% coursework Mode of Assessment 40% coursework skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship 40% Practical exam 60% Practical exam and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork skills; Research skills and THEATRE ATTACHMENT PLAYWRITING III information literacy; Social responsibility and LEVEL 3 [CORE] 3 CREDITS LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; Cross- cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical A one month internship in a Theatre company In Playwriting III [Advanced playwriting] each standards. during which the student observes and student is expected to produce a full-length becomes familiar with Theatre organization play of any style. This course is for the student and participates in work practices. who has developed experience in creating Outcomes: Information and communication a narrative presentation, this course will Mode of Assessment 30% coursework technology knowledge and skills; Self- further the study of the dramatic structure of 70% Practical exam directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and short and full length plays, screenplays, and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving teleplays. This course focuses on the writing of THEATRE AND SOCIETY IN AFRICA [SPECIAL skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship an original full-length play. AUTHOR] LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS and employability skills; Organizational Outcomes: Information and communication and teamwork skills; Research skills and

146 information literacy; Social responsibility and THEORIES OF MODERN DRAMA leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; Cross- [1920-PRESENT] LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical 3 CREDITS standards. The course involves the study of the major modern theories and developments that Mode of Assessment 100% coursework have shaped the Twentieth Century Theatre from 1920 to the present. Students will be THEATRE-FOR-DEVELOPMENT trained to become familiar with modern and LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 6 CREDITS experimental developments of Theatre and drama. This course introduces students to the concept Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning of Theatre as an instrument of conscientization skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; and empowerment for the socially deprived Problem-solving skills; Entrepreneurship communities. In this course, Theatre will be and employability skills; Research skills and approached an agent of integrated rural information literacy; and Cross-cultural development used as a method for non-formal fluency. adult education in rural and marginalized areas. The course will enable students to Mode of Assessment 40% coursework perceive the relationship between popular 60% Written exam Theatre and non-formal education as it will be anchored on the grassroots approach to education and development. The course will also train students to become catalysts and participants in rural development. Outcomes: Information and communication technology knowledge and skills; Self- directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social responsibility and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; Cross- cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical standards.

Mode of Assessment 30% coursework 70% Practical exam

THEATRE HISTORY: ASIA LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS

This course will explore the history and origins of the major forms of Asian Theatre, performance and production style and practices of both the traditional Asian Theatre and the contemporary theatrical trends and influences with the objective of exposing students to, and broadening their appreciation of, the theatrical arts of Asia. This course will also identify the similarities and the differences between the various Asian theatrical forms, and explore the influences of western style Theatre on Asian theatrical practices, and the significant influences of Asian Theatre on the west. Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship and employability skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social responsibility and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; and Cross-cultural fluency.

Mode of Assessment 40% coursework 60% Practical exam

147 Faculty of Humanities

g BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES CHEMISTRY g COMPUTER SCIENCE Faculty of g ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE g GEOLOGY SCIENCE g MATHEMATICS g PHYSICS

DEAN FACULTY ADMINISTRATOR E.M. SCIENTIST Prof. M.P. Modisi, BSc (Ibadan) L.M. Paledi, BA, MPA (UB) Mr. E.M. Coetzee MS(South Dakota School of Mines MPhil Physics, BSc Applied Sciences and Tech), PhD(McMaster) MANAGER, HR NHD Mech. Eng. ND Electron P.G. Morapedi Microscopy DEPUTY DEAN BA PhDE (UB) MSc (HR+ER) Prof. V.R.K. Murty, BSc, PhD(Andra) (Brunel University) MASS SPECTROMETRE LMIRPS,MSAPI,MISRP SCIENTIST ICPMS SENIOR SCIENTIST Dr. K. Sichilongo, BSc Chemistry, M. Zhai,BSc (Beijing), PhD (McMaster) MSc Analytical Chemistry and Instrumentation, PhD Mass Spectronometry and Separation NMR SENIOR SCIENTIST Science M. Bezahih, BSc, MSc (Addis) PhD (UB)

148 Faculty of Science

DEPARTMENT OF Semesters 1 and 2 Semester 4 All students who wish to pursue the Biological BIO211 Cell Biology (3) (also offered BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES Sciences programme as Single Major should, in in sem.3) addition to BIO111 and BIO112, take CHE101 BIO212 Genetics (3) (also offered in sem.3) Bachelor of Science and CHE102. BIO213 Plant Structure and Function Biological Sciences (pre-req. to BIO316) (3) Semesters 3 and 4 BIO215 Principles of Ecology (pre-req. to General Provisions Students must take BIO211, BIO214, BIO217 BIO313, BIO314, BIO408, BIO409, Subject to the provisions of the General and BIO218 in Semester 3. Students must BIO411, BIO412, BIO426, BIO429, Academic Regulations and the Faculty of take BIO212, BIO213, BIO215 and BIO216 in BIO434) (3) Science Special Regulations, the following Semester 4. Students are also advised to take BIO216 General Microbiology (pre-req. to Departmental as electives CHE211 & CHE213 (Analytical BIO309, BIO310, BIO312, BIO416, Regulations shall apply. Chemistry), CHE232 & CHE234 (Organic BIO418, BIO419, BIO420, BIO436) Chemistry) and CHE242 & CHE244 (Physical (3) (also offered in sem.3) Programmes and Titles of Degrees Chemistry). BIO225 Human Physiology and the The Department of Biological Sciences offers Environment (3) the following programmes leading to the Semesters 5 and 6 BIO232 Human Physiology (3) award of the mentioned degrees: Students must take BIO301, BIO307 and at (i) Single Major programme leading to the least two Optional Courses in Semester 5. Semester 5 award of the degree of Bachelor of Science Students must take BIO306, BIO308 and at BIO301 Quantitative Biology (3) (Biological Sciences, Single Major); B.Sc. least two Optional Courses in Semester 6. BIO307 Biochemistry (pre-req. to BIO417) (Biological Sciences). (3) (ii) Combined degree (Major/Minor) programme Semesters 7 and 8 BIO309 Mycology (pre-req. BIO216) (3) with Biological Sciences as the Major leading Students must take BIO450 and at least 3 BIO313 Dynamics of Savannah Ecosystems to the award of the degree of Bachelor of Optional Courses in semester 7. Students must (pre-req. BIO215) (3) Science (B.Sc.). take BIO450 and at least 3 Optional Courses BIO315 Invertebrate Zoology (3) (iii) Combined degree (Major/Major) programme in semester 8. BIO316 Plant Physiology with Biological Sciences and another Science (pre-req. BIO213) (3) subject leading to the award of the degree of Level BIO317 Comparative Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.). Semester Vertebrate Physiology (iv) Combined degree (Minor/Major) Core Courses (pre-req. to BIO214) (3) programme with Biological Sciences as the All courses are worth 3 credits each except Minor leading to the award of the degree of BIO111 and BIO112 (worth 4 credits each) and Semester 6 Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.). BIO450 (which is worth 6 credits). Students BIO305 Insect Pest/Vector Control (3) who wish to pursue Single Major, Major/Minor BIO306 Developmental Biology (3) Entrance Requirements or Major/Major in Biological Sciences must BIO308 Molecular Biology Admission to the Biological Sciences shall be take and pass BIO111 & BIO112. (pre-req. to BIO417) (3) as specified in the Faculty of Science Special BIO310 Bacteriology (pre-req. BIO216) (3) Regulations. Entrance requirements specific Semester 1 BIO311 Plant Systematics (3) to particular programmes shall be as specified BIO111 Principles of Biology (pre-req. to BIO312 Virology (pre-req. BIO216) (3) under the specific programmes below. Single Major,Major/Minor and BIO314 Conservation Biology Major/Major) (4) (pre-req. BIO215) (3) Structure of the Programme BIO122 Anatomy, Physiology and BIO318 Chordates (3) The Department of Biological Sciences shall: Biochemistry (3) (i) Offer courses at levels 100 to 400 for the Semester 7 undergraduate programme Semester 2 BIO403 Applied Botany (3) (ii) From time to time, design and offer courses BIO112 Diversity of Animals and Plants BIO409 Life History Strategies (pre-req. for specific needs of other Departments in (pre-req. to Single Major, Major/ BIO215) (3) the University provided there are no suitable Minor and Major/Major) (4) BIO412 Aquatic Biology (pre-req. BIO215) courses already on offer. BIO120 Introductory Biochemistry (3) (3) (iii) Contribute to General Education Courses BIO123 Introduction to Microbiology and BIO417 Biotechnology (pre-req. BIO307 & offered through the Faculty of Science. Stored Products Entomology BIO308) (3) (iv) Offer a Single Major Degree programme as BIO419 Medical Microbiology per Departmental Special Regulations 2.1. Semester 3 (pre-req. BIO216) (3) (v) Offer a Combined Degree Major/Minor BIO211 Cell Biology (pre-req. to BIO307) BIO421 Entomology (3) programme as per Departmental Special (3) (also offered in sem.4) BIO423 Exercise Physiology (3) Regulations 2.2. BIO212 Genetics (pre-req. to BIO308) (3) BIO425 Parasitology (3) (vi) Offer a Combined Degree Major/Major (also offered in sem.4) BIO427 Evolution (3) programme as per Departmental Special BIO214 Intro. to Mammalian Physiology BIO431 Plant Responses to Environmental Regulations 2.3. (pre-req.to BIO317) (3) Stress (3) (vii) Offer a Combined Degree Minor/Major BIO216 General Microbiology BIO432 Plant Tissue Culture (3) programme as per Departmental Special (pre-req.toBIO309,BIO310, BIO312, BIO436 Environmental Microbiology Regulations 2.4. BIO416, BIO418, BIO419, BIO420, (pre-req. BIO216) (3) BIO436) (3)(also offered in sem.4) BIO437 Micro techniques in Biology (3) SINGLE MAJOR (Biological Sciences) BIO217 Animal Diversity BIO450 Research Project (yr long - 6) To be admitted into the Single Major (Biological (pre-req. to BIO315) (3) Sciences) programme, a student must have BIO218 Biology of Flowering Plants (3) Semester 8 obtained at least Grade C (GPA: 2.5) in both BIO223 Parasitology for Health BIO408 Wildlife Biology of Southern BIO111 and BIO112. Sciences (3) Africa (pre-req. BIO215) (3) BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) BIO411 Wetlands Ecology and

149 Faculty of EngineeringScience and Technology

Management (pre-req. BIO215) (3) DEPARTMENT OF Common First Year Programme BIO416 Immunology (pre-req. BIO216) (3) Semester 1 BIO418 Food Microbiology CHEMISTRY CHE101 General Chemistry I (4 credits) (pre-req.BIO216) (3) MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I BIO420 Plant Pathology 1.0 Departmental Regulations for (4 credits) (pre-req. BIO216) (3) Undergraduate Courses PHY111 Geometrical optics, Mechanics, BIO422 Applied Entomology The Department has a curriculum that will Vibrations &Waves (3) (pre-req. BIO315 or BIO421) (3) enable undergraduates to qualify for a PHY119 Physics Practicals 1.1 (1) BIO424 Vertebrate Structure (3 ) Bachelors Degree in the single subject of GEC111 Communication & Study skills I BIO426 Behavioural Ecology Chemistry, and a Bachelors Degree with a (pre-req. BIO215) (3) Major in Chemistry and a Major or a Minor in Service Courses BIO429 Ecological Impact Assessment one other Science subject. The Department also CHE107 Chemistry Applied to Home (pre-req. BIO215) (3) offers a Minor programme in Chemistry. The Economics (3) BIO430 Post-harvest Physiology (3) Department offers the following programmes: CHE109 Introductory Chemistry for BNS (3) BIO434 Plant Ecology (pre-req.BIO215) (3) BIO450 Research Project (yr long - 6 ) • Single Major programme leading to a Recommended Electives Bachelor of Science Degree in Chemistry ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Bachelor Of Education (B.Ed) • A Combined Degree with a Major in MGT100 Principles of Management (3) Degree Chemistry and a Major or Minor in another B.Ed students can take any of the courses Science subject leading to a Combined Semester 2 in Biological Sciences as prescribed by the Bachelor of Science CHE102 General Chemistry II (4 ) Faculty of Education as long as they satisfy Degree (pre-req. CHE101) course pre-req. MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4 ) Service Courses 1.1 Entry Requirements PHY121 Electricity & Magnetism, Modern Bachelor of Environmental Health To enter into any of the Chemistry programmes, Physics (3) BIO225 Human Physiology and the in addition to fulfilling the faculty requirements PHY129 Physics Practicals 1.2 (1) Environment (3) for progression from Year One to Year Two, GEC121 Communication & Study skills II BIO305 Insect Pest/Vector Control (3) students must have a minimum average Bachelor of Nursing Education grade of C+ (for Single major), C (for Major in Recommended Electives BIO120 Introductory Biochemistry (3) Chemistry) and C- (for Minor in Chemistry) in ACC100 Introduction. to Accounting (3) BIO223 Parasitology for Health CHE101 and CHE102. ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) Sciences (3) MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) 1.2 Programme Outlines and Structures BIO232 Human Physiology (3) (a) Common First Year Programme Chemistry as Single Major Programme Two general Chemistry courses, CHE101 and Semester 3 Home Economics Education CHE102, each consisting of 3-credit lectures Core Courses Courses for the Bachelor of Education in Home and a 1-credit lab, will be offered to the CHE211 Introduction to Analytical Economics Education shall be specifi ed by the common programme for first year Science Chemistry (2) (pre-req. CHE 101 Department of Home Economics. Two such students. & CHE102) courses are: CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I BIO122 Anatomy, Physiology and (b) Single Major Programme (1) (Pre - req CHE !01 & CHE Biochemistry (3) In the Single Major programme, students take 102; Co-req CHE211) BIO123 Intro. to Microbiology and Stored 85 credits of core courses, 20 credits of General CHE232 Structure and Survey of Products Entomology Education courses, and will have opportunities Functional Groups I (2) to select more credits from a range of optional (pre-req. CHE 101 Assessment and elective courses. Eleven (11) credits of & CHE102) (a) All courses except BIO450 shall normally each of Mathematics and Physics courses, are CHE234 Organic Chem. Lab I (1) (unless otherwise stated) be assessed on the included in the core credits. (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE102) basis of continuous assessment and one fi nal MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3) examination in the ratio of 2:3 (CA:Exam). (c) Combined Degree Programme (Chemistry PHY211 Mechanics & Physical Optics (2) Continuous Assessment shall be comprised of Major) PHY219 Physics Practicals 2.1 (1) at least one written test, one practical and one Students in the Combined Degree programme assignment. with a Major in Chemistry, in addition to the Semester 4 (b) There shall be no written examination in 34 credits taken in Year One, must complete a Core Courses BIO450. The course shall be assessed as follows: minimum of 47 credits in Chemistry, a minimum CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Project Proposal (including proposal seminar of 3 credits each in Mathematics and Physics, Main Group Chemistry presentation) 20%, Experimental Work 10%, and 12 credits in General Education courses. (2) (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE102) Final Seminar Presentation 15% and Final Students must also meet the requirements for CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I Report 55%. the second Major or Minor as specified by the (1) (CHE 101 & CHE 102 ; Co- appropriate department. req CHE221) Progression from Semester to Semester CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry Progression from semester to semester shall be (d) Combined Degree (Major/ Minor) (2) (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE102, as specifi ed in Faculty Regulations 23.6 and Programme (Chemistry Minor) MAT122) General Regulations 00.92. Students in the Combined Degree (Major/ CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Minor) programme with a Minor in Chemistry, (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE 102 ; Award of a Degree in addition to the 34 credits taken in Year One, Co-req CHE242) To be awarded a degree, a student must satisfy must complete 18 credits in Chemistry core requirements set in Faculty Regulations 23.7 courses consisting of 12 core credits in Year Semester 5 and General Academic Regulations 00.851 Two, 4 core credits in Year Three, and 2 credits Core Courses of Year Three practicals. CHE311 Separation Techniques (3)

150 (pre-req. CHE211) Recommended Elective Semester 5 CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2) PHY412 Statistical Mechanics and Core Courses (pre-req. CHE221&CHE223) Solid State Physics (2) CHE311 Separation Techniques (3) CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II (pre-req. CHE211) (1) (Pre req CHE 223 ; Co-req Semester 8 CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2) CHE321) Core Course (pre-req. CHE221&CHE223) CHE331 Structure and Survey of CHE452 Student Research Project (3) CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II Functional Groups II (3) (pre-req. CHE352) (1 ) (Pre – Req CHE 223; Co (pre-req.CHE232) req CHE321) CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic Optional Courses: Take at least 9 Credits from CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic and Electrochemistry (2) the following and Electrochemistry (2) (pre-req. (pre-req.CHE 242) CHE412 Sample Handling & Biochemical CHE242) CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II Analysis (3)-core (pre-req. CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (1) (pre-req. CHE242 & CHE311& CHE312) (1) (pre-req. CHE242&CHE 244) CHE 244) CHE416 Environmental Chemistry (2) CHE351 Chemical Informatics (1) CHE351 Chemical Informatics (1) (pre-req. CHE311 and CHE312 Co-req CHE 412) Recommended Electives Recommended Electives CHE418 Special Topics in Analytical BIO307 Biochemistry (3) BIO307 Biochemistry (3) Chemistry (2) PHY313 Mathematical Methods of PHY313 Mathematical Methods of (pre-req. CHE311 &CHE312) Physics I (2) Physics I (2) CHE422 Advanced Organo-metallic and Solid State Chemistry (3) Semester 6 (pre-req. 322) Semester 6 CHE312 Analytic Spectroscopy (2) CHE426 Special Topics in Inorganic CHE312 Analytic Spectroscopy (2) (pre-req. CHE211) Chemistry (2) (pre-req. CHE321 & (pre-req. CHE211) CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II CHE322) CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II (1) (pre-req. CHE 211/CHE 213 ; CHE432 Secondary Metabolites and (1) (pre-req. CHE211/CHE213 Co req CHE311 & CHE 312) Biomolecules (3) (pre-req. CHE331) Co -req CHE311 & CHE 312) CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic CHE436 Special Topics in Organic CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic Chemistry (3) (pre-req. CHE321) Chemistry Chemistry (3) (pre-req. CHE321) CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2) (2) (pre-req. CHE331) CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2) (pre-req. CHE232 & CHE 331) CHE442 Advanced Physical Chemistry II (3) (pre-req. CHE232 & CHE 331) CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (pre-req. CHE341) CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) (pre-req. CHE234 & CHE 331) CHE470 Excited State Chemistry (2) (1) (pre-req. CHE234 & CHE331) CHE342 Quantum Chemistry & its CHE352 Literature Project (1) (pre-req. Applications (3) Chemistry as Major Subject in Combined CHE351) (pre-req. CHE242&CHE 341 Degree Co-req CHE322) Semester 3 Semester 7 CHE352 Literature Project (1) (pre-req. Core Courses Core Course CHE351) CHE211 Introduction to Analytical CHE331 Structure and Survey of Chemistry (2) (pre-req. CHE 101 & Functional Groups II Semester 7 CHE102) (3) (pre-req. CHE232) Core Courses CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I Optional Courses: Take at least 6 Credits from CHE411 Advanced Analytical Techniques (1) (Pre - req CHE !01 & CHE the following (3) (pre-req. CHE311& CHE312) 102 ; Co-req CHE211) CHE411 Advanced Analytical Techniques CHE421 Advanced Transition Metal CHE232 Structure and Survey of (3) (pre-req. CHE311& CHE312) Chemistry (3) (pre-req. CHE322) Functional Groups I (2) CHE421 Advanced Transition CHE 431 Heterocyclic Chemistry, Synthetic (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE102) MetalChemistry(3)(pre-req. Reactions and Design of Organic CHE234 Organic Chem. Lab I (1) (Pre- CHE322) Synthesis (3) (pre-req. CHE331 & req CHE 101 & CHE102) CHE431 Heterocyclic Chemistry, Synthetic CHE332) MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3) Reactions and Design of Organic CHE441 Advanced Physical Chemistry I PHY211 Mechanics & Physical Optics (2) Synthesis (3) (3) (pre-req. CHE341) PHY219 Physics Practicals 2.1 (1) (pre-req. CHE331& CHE332) CHE441 Advanced Physical Chemistry I (3) Optional Courses: Take at least ONE course Semester 4 (pre-req. CHE341) from the following Core Courses CHE413 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Semester 8 Laboratory (2) (pre-req. Main Group Chemistry (2) Core Course CHE311& CHE312 ) (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE102) CHE342 Quantum Chemistry & its CHE423 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I Applications (3) (2) (Pre req CHE 323;Co-req (1credit) (CHE 101 & CHE 102; (pre-req. CHE242 & CHE341, CHE421) Co-req CHE221) Co-req CHE433 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHE242 Introductory Physical CHE322) Laboratory (2) (pre-req. CHE334) Chemistry (2) CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II CHE443 Physical Chemistry Laboratory III (pre-req. CHE 101 & (1) (pre-req. CHE234 & CHE331) (2) (pre-req. CHE343) CHE102, MAT122) CHE452 Student Research Project (3) CHE446 Special Topics in CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) (pre-req. CHE352) Physical Chemistry (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE 102 ; (2) (pre-req. CHE341 & CHE342) Co-req CHE242)

151 Faculty of EngineeringScience and Technology

Recommended Elective Applications (3) Science the student must have met one of the ENV476 Natural Resources Management (pre-req. CHE242 & CHE following requirements: and Economics (2) 341, Co-req CHE322) a) Passed with minimum grade of C in each of Chemistry As Minor Subject In Combined CHE352 Literature Project (1credit) MAT111, MAT122, or STA 101 and STA 102, and Degree (pre-req. CHE351) one other Science subject. b) Awarded a Diploma in Computer Studies Semester 3 Recommended Electives or equivalent programme from this University Core Courses BIO308 Molecular Biology (3) or other similar institution and passed with a CHE211 Introduction to Analytical MGT303 Entrepreneurship and minimum average of 60%. Chemistry (2) (pre-req. CHE New Business Formations (3) c) Passed A-level or equivalent examination 101 &CHE102) and achieved at least D in Mathematics and CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I Semester 7 Physics and any other science subject (1) (Co-req CHE101 & CHE102 Not required to take any Chemistry courses. ,Co- req CHE211) Bachelor of Science, Computer Science CHE232 Structure and Survey of Semester 8 Single Major Functional Groups I (2) Not required to take any Chemistry courses. Semesters 1 &2 (pre-req. CHE 101 Recommended Electives (Courses shall apply as prescribed in the & CHE102) ENV476 Natural Resources Management relevant Faculty regulations.) CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) and Economics (2) (pre-req. CHE 101 &CHE102) Semester 3 1.3 Assessment and Examination Core Courses Semester 4 The coursework shall be continuously assessed. CSI231 Discrete Mathematics I (3) Core Courses Continuous assessment shall consist of written CSI241 Structured Programming (4) CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main tests, assignments and laboratory exercises CSI261 Machine Organisation (3) Group Chemistry (2) (pre-req. where applicable. The weighting of final CSI292 Information Syst. Fundamental (3) CHE 101 &CHE102) examination where applicable, shall not be CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I less than 50% of the overall grade for a given Optional Courses (1) (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE 102 course. MAT221 Calculus (3) Co-req CHE221) MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry 1.4 Progression from one Semester to the Statistics (3) (2) (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE102, next Semester PHY211 Mechanics and Physical Optics (2) MAT122) Progression from one semester to the next CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I shall be as per General Regulations 00.9 Semester 4 (1) (pre-req. CHE101&CHE102, Core Courses Co-req CHE242) 1.5 Award of Degree CSI232 Discrete Mathematics II (3) Required to take at least 6 Credits including 2 The award of the degree shall be as per General CSI242 Data Abstraction and Structures Credits of Laboratory from the CHE Courses in Regulations 00.852 (4) Semester 5 and 6 CSI252 Operating System Concepts (3) CSI272 Communication Network Semester 5 DEPARTMENT OF Fundamentals (3) CHE311 Separation Techniques (3) MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3) (pre-req. CHE211) COMPUTER SCIENCE CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2) Optional Courses Programmes and Programme Titles (pre-req. CHE221&CHE223) MAT212 Linear Algebra (3) The Department of Computer Science offers CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry PHY222 Electronics and Nuclear Physics (2) the following undergraduate and postgraduate Laboratory II (1) (Pre req CHE programmes: 223,Co-req CHE321) Semester 5 • Single major programme leading to award CHE331 Structure and Survey of Core Course of: Functional Groups II (3) CSI311 File Systems and Data a) BSc (Computer Science); (pre-req. CHE232) Management (4) b) BIS (Computer Information Systems). CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic CSI322 Algorithms Analysis and Design (3) • Combined major/minor programme leading andElectrochemistry (2) CSI341 Introduction to Software to award of: (pre-req. CHE242) Engineering (3) a) BSc (Computer Science (major), other CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II CSI361 Computer Architecture (3) subject (minor); (1) (pre-req. CHE242 & CHE 244) CSI315 Web Technology and Applications • Combined minor/major programme leading CHE351 Chemical Informatics (1) (3) to award of: a) BSc (Computer Science (minor), other Semester 6 Optional Courses subject (major); CHE312 Analytic Spectroscopy (2) CSI314 Decision Support Systems (3) (pre-req. CHE211) CSI372 Expert Systems (3) Entry Requirements CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II CSI351 Assembly Language Programming Undergraduate Entry Requirements (1), (pre-req. CHE 211/213, (3) For admission into the Single major or Co req CHE 311 & CHE 312) CSI331 Numerical Methods (3) Combined programmes students must meet CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic the Faculty of Science entry requirements as Chemistry (3) (pre-req. CHE321) Semester 6 specified in special regulations of the Faculty CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2) Core Course of Science 23.2. In addition, the following (pre-req. CHE232 & CHE 331) CSI332 Programming Languages (3) Departmental Special Regulations shall apply CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design (3) for entry to Level 200. For admission into (1) (pre-req. CHE234 & CHE 331) CSI352 Industrial Attachment (2) Level 200 of the Department of Computer CHE342 Quantum Chemistry and CSI362 Database Concepts (3)

152 CSI382 Formal Languages and Automata CSI272 Communication Networks CSI452 Computer Simulation and (3) Fundamentals (3) Modelling (3) Optional Courses Optional Courses CSI422 Operations Research (3) CSI392 Human Computer interaction (3) CSI232 Discrete Mathematics II (3) CSI432 Intelligent Interfaces and Systems CSI393 Multimedia Computing (3) MAT212 introduction to Linear Algebra (3) (3) CSI312 Programming Languages CSI442 Artificial Intelligence (3) Translation (3) Semester 5 CSI494 Computer Graphics II (3) Core Courses Semester 7 CSI311 File Systems and Data Bachelor of Computer Science – Combined Core Courses Management (4) Minor Students must take a minimum of 6 CSI403 Project I (2) CSI322 Algorithms Analysis and Design (3) credits from core CS courses and a minimum CSI423 Systems Programming (3) CSI341 Introduction to Software of 9 credits from other approved programmes, CSI461 Communication Networks Engineering (3) excluding GEC courses, in each semester. Management (4) Students may also take optional courses Optional Courses offered by the Department. Optional Courses CSI361 Computer Architecture (3) CSI421 Operating Systems (3) CSI351 Assembly Language Semester 3 CSI411 Complexity and Computability Programming (3) Core Courses Theory (3) CSI331 Numerical Methods (3) CSI241 Structured Programming (4) CSI433 Algorithmic Graph Theory (3) CSI315 Web Technology and Applications (3) CSI261 Machine Organization (3) CSI414 Information Interfaces and Presentation (3) Semester 6 Optional Courses CSI451 Knowledge Engineering (3) Core Courses MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3) CSI491 Pattern Recognition (3) CSI332 Programming Languages (3) CSI493 Computer Graphics I (3) CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design (3) Semester 4 CSI352 Industrial Attachment (2) Core Courses Semester 8 CSI362 Database Concepts (3) CSI242 Data Abstraction and Data Core Courses Structures (4) CSI405 Project II (4) Optional Courses CSI272 Communication Network CSI382 Formal Languages and Automata Fundamentals (3) Optional Courses (3) CSI462 Distributed Systems (3) CSI392 Human Computer interaction (3) Optional Courses CSI441 Software Engineering (3) CSI312 Programming Languages CSI292 Information Systems Fundamentals CSI471 Object-Oriented Systems (3) Translation (3) (3) CSI481 Database Systems (3) CSi232 Discrete Mathematics II (3) CSI431 Formal Methods (3) Semester 7 CSI434 Knowledge Management Core Courses Semester 5 Systems (3) CSI403 Project I (2) Core Courses CSI422 Operations Research (3) CSI461 Communication Networks CSI452 Computer Simulation and Management (4) CSI341 Introduction to Software Modelling (3) Engineering (3) CSI422 Operations Research (3) Optional Courses CSI432 Intelligent Interfaces and CSI423 Systems Programming (3) Optional Courses Systems (3) CSI461 Communication Networks CSI311 File Systems and Data CSI442 Artificial Intelligence (3) Management (4) Management (4) CSI494 Computer Graphics II (3) CSI361 Computer Architecture (3) Optional Courses CSI351 Assembly Language Programming Bachelor of Science, Computer CSI421 Operating Systems (3) (3) Science CSI411 Complexity and Computability CSI331 Numerical Methods (3) - Combined Major Theory (3) CSI315 Web Technology and Applications (3) Students must take a minimum of 12 credits CSI433 Algorithmic Graph Theory (3) from core CS courses and a minimum of 3 CSI414 Information Interfaces and Semester 6 credits from another approved programme, Presentation (3) Core Courses excluding GEC courses, in each semester. CSI451 Knowledge Engineering (3) CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design (3) Students may also take any optional courses CSI491 Pattern Recognition (3) offered by the Department. CSI493 Computer Graphics I (3) Optional Courses CSI362 Database Concepts (3) Semester 3 Semester 8 CSI352 Industrial Attachment (2) Core Courses Core Courses CSI362 Database Concepts (3) CSI231 Discrete Mathematics I (3) CSI405 Project II (4) CSI382 Formal Languages and Automata CSI241 Structured Programming (4) (3) CSI261 Machine Organisation (3) Optional Courses CSI392 Human Computer interaction (3) CSI292 Information System CSI462 Distributed Systems (3) CSI312 Programming Languages Fundamentals (3) CSI441 Software Engineering (3) Translation (3) CSI471 Object-Oriented Systems (3) Semester 4 CSI481 Database Systems (3) Semester 7 Core Courses CSI431 Formal Methods (3) Core Courses CSI242 Data Abstraction and CSI434 Knowledge Management CSI315 Web Technology and Structures (4) Systems (3) Applications (3) CSI252 Operating System Concepts (3) CSI422 Operations Research (3) CSI461 Communication Networks

153 Faculty of EngineeringScience and Technology

Management (4) Optional Courses Level 200 CSI372 Expert Systems (3) Semester 3 Semester 8 CSI373 Economics of Information Core Courses Core Courses Technology (3) ENV215 Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3) CSI471 Object-Oriented Systems (3) CSI393 Multimedia Computing (3) CSI481 Database Systems (3) LIS311 Business Information Systems (3) Optional Courses LIS312 Legal Information Systems (3) ENV211 Elements of Human Geography I Business Information Systems Bachelor of LIS314 Agricultural Information (3) (pre: ENV102) Science (Computer Systems (3) ENV214 Elements of Physical Information Systems) BIS309 Accounting Information Environment I (3) (pre: ENV101) Systems (3) Semester3 CSI332 Programming Languages (3) Semester 4 Core Courses CSI382 Formal Languages and Core Courses CSI231 Discrete Mathematics I (3) Automata (3) ENV216 Introduction to Remote CSI241 Structured Programming (4) Sensing (3) CSI261 Machine Organisation (3) Semester 7 CSI292 Information System Fundamental Core Courses Optional Courses (3) CSI403 Project I (2) ENV219 Elements of Human Geography II CSI461 Communication Networks (3) (pre: ENV102) Optional Courses Management (4) ENV220 Elements of Physical LIS223 Digital Libraries (3) Environment II (3) (pre: ENV101) MGT203 Quantitative Methods (3) Optional Courses MAT221 Calculus I (3) CSI414 Information Interfaces and Levels 300 to 400 MAT271 Introduction to Presentation (3) Single Major Programmes Mathematical Statistics (3) CSI451 Knowledge Engineering (3) In accordance with General Academic MGT400 Strategic Management (3) Regulation 00.62, in each of Semesters 5 to 8 Semester 4 LIS407 Emerging Technologies (3) the Single Major Programme in Environmental Core Courses ENV440 Geographic Information Systems Science shall consist of 10 to 12 core and CSI232 Discrete Mathematics II (3) (3) optional courses for each of the Human CSI242 Data Abstraction and Structures CSI421 Operating Systems (3) Environment Areas of Specialisation, with (4) optional courses selected from the following CSI252 Operating System Concepts (3) Semester 8 lists. Availability of courses and areas of CSI272 Communication Networks Core Courses specialisation are subject to the staffing Fundamentals (3) CSI405 Project II (4) situation in the particular semester and/ or year. In accordance with Departmental Optional Courses Optional Courses Regulation 1.4,Entry into the programme is by MAT212 Linear Algebra (3) CSI462 Distributed Systems (3) application to HoD. MAT Calculus II (3) CSI441 Software Engineering (3) LIS227 Intro to Knowledge Management CSI481 Database Systems (3) Human Environment Areas of Specialisation (3) LIS425 Global Information Systems (3) Courses in the Human Environment Areas of MGT200 Organisational Design & BIS417 Information Systems Auditing (3) Specialisation fall into the following career Development (3) areas: a) Area 1: Population, Economy and Semester 5 Resources; Core Courses DEPARTMENT OF b) Area 2: Rural and Agricultural CSI311 File Systems and Data Development; Management (4) ENVIRONMENTAL c) Area 3: Management of the Urban and CSI341 Introduction to Software SCIENCE Industrial Environment; Engineering (3) d) Area 4: Tourism Development and Policy. CSI315 Web technology and Applications (3) 4. Entrance Requirements BIS302 Decision Support Systems I(3) Normal entry requirements shall be as Semester 5 stipulated in General Regulation 20.00 in this Core Courses Optional courses Calendar and Departmental Regulation 1.4 (By Area of Specialisation) CSI371 Information Systems Resource (see Departmental Handbook). ENV301 Environmental Issues (2, all areas) Management (3) ENV303 Directed Readings (2, all areas) LIS300 Online Information Retrieval (3) 5.1 Human Environment Programmes ENV304 Quantitative Techniques in Human LIS310 Health Information Systems (3) Level 100 Geography (3, all areas) MGT301 Organizational Behaviour (3) All courses at this level are core courses. ENV302 Concepts and Principles in CSI322 Algorithm Analysis and Design (3) Semester 1 Population Geography (2, Area 1) CSI361 Computer Architecture (3) ENV101 Introduction to the Physical and ENV305 Rural Geography (2, Area 2) (not Human Environments I (2) available 2010/11) (Not Semester 6 ENV103 Elementary Quantitative available in 2010/11) Core Courses Techniques in Geography I (3) ENV309 Tourism I: Principles and Practices CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design (3) (2, Area 4) CSI352 Industrial Attachment (2) Semester 2 ENV317 Industrialisation Trends and the CSI362 Database Concepts (3) ENV102 Introduction to the Physical and Developing World (2, Area 3) (not CSI314 Decision Support Systems II (3) Human Environments II (2) available 2010/11) CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3) ENV104 ElementaryQuantitative ENV321 Urbanisation in Techniques in Geography II (3) the Developing World (2, Area 3)

154 (pre: ENV210/211/212/219/ Population Geography URP213,301) POP303/ URP200/204) (3, Area 1) (pre: ENV313) POP423 Population and Development (3, Area Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV402 Natural Resource Conservation 1 and 2) ENV305 Rural Geography (2, Areas 1 and 4) and Management (3, all (not available 2010/11) areas) (not available 2010/11) Major/Minor Programme with Environmental ENV306 Globalisation, ENV404 Rural Development Theory and Science as the Major Socioeconomic and Practice (2, Area 2) In accordance with General Academic Environmental Change ENV405 Urban and Rural Regulation 00.62, in each of Semesters 5 to 8, (2, all areas) (not available Survey Techniques (2, Area 2) the Single Major Programme in Environmental 2010/11) ENV407 Ecotourism (2, Area 4) (pre: Science shall consist of 7 to 8 core and optional ENV307 Human Settlements: ENV309&318) courses, with optional courses selected from Principles and Morphology ENV423 Urban Social Theory (2, Area 3) accompanying lists. The areas of specialisation (2, all areas) (pre: (pre:ENV315/383/ specified under Regulation 2.1 shall also apply ENV210/211/212/219/ POL301/SOC421/433/ URP400/407) to this Programme. Availability of courses POP303/URP200/204) ENV424 Industry and the Environment and areas of specialisation are subject to the ENV309 Tourism I: Principles and Practices (2, Area 3) (not available 2010/11) staffing situation in the particular semester (2, Areas 1 and 2) and/or year. In accordance with Departmental ENV310 Medical Geography (2, all areas) Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) Regulation 1.4, entry into the programme is ENV319 Economic Geography (2, all areas) ENV406 Regional Development Studies (2, by application to HoD. (not available 2010/11) all areas) (not available 2010/11) ENV321 Urbanisation in the ENV425 The African Environment Semester 5 Developing World (2, Area 1) (pre: (3, all areas) Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV210/211/212/219/ ENV447 Environmental Hazards ENV301 Environmental Issues (2, all areas) POP303/URP200/204) (2, all areas) ENV302 Concepts and Principles in ENV404 Rural Development Theory and Population Geography (2, Area 1) Semester 6 Practice (2, Areas 1 and 4) ENV304 Quantitative Techniques in Human Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV407 Ecotourism (2, Areas 1 and 2) Geography (3 credits, all areas) ENV311 Environment, Population and (pre: ENV309&318) ENV305 Rural Geography (2, Area 2) (not Development (3, Area 1)(pre: ENV423 Urban Social Theory available 2010/11) ENV302 or POP120) (2, Area 1) (pre: ENV315/383/ ENV309 Tourism I: Principles and Practices ENV312 Sustainable Development (2, all POL301/SOC421/433/ URP400/407) (2, Area 4) areas)(pre: ENV301) ENV424 Industry and the Environment ENV317 Industrialisation Trends and ENV314 Project Proposal (2, all areas) (2, Area 4) (not available 2010/11) Developing Countries (pre: ENV303) (2, Area 3) (not available 2010/11) ENV315 Environmentalism Semester 8 ENV383 Advanced Human and Social Theory Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) Geography (2,Humanities (2, all areas) (pre: ENV408 Tourism and Development (2, Students) (pre: ENV102/211/219) ENV210/211/212/219/383/POL301/ Areas 1 and 2) SOC322/SOC327) (pre: ENV309&318) Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV313 Elementary Techniques in ENV414 Project Data Collection, Analysis ENV306 Globalisation, Socioeconomic Population Geography (3, Area 1) and Reporting II (2, all areas)(pre: and Environmental Change (2, all (pre: ENV302) ENV400) areas) (not available 2010/11) ENV316 Agricultural Development (2, Area ENV456 Remote Sensing for Socio- ENV307 Human Settlements: Principles 2) economic Applications and Morphology (2, all areas) (pre: ENV318 Tourism II: Tools and Analysis (3, all areas) (pre:ENV216) ENV210/211/212/219/ (2, Area 4) (pre: ENV309) ENV415 Rural Development in Botswana POP303/URP200/204) ENV320 Botswana’s Environment (2, all (2, Areas 1 and 2) ENV310 Medical Geography (2, all areas) areas) (not available 2010/11) ENV418 Environmental Policy (2, Area 4) ENV319 Economic Geography (2, all areas) ENV481 Concepts and Principles of (not available 2010/11) Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) Industrialisation (2, Area 3) ENV339 Methods and Techniques in ENV315 Environmentalism and Social Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) Environmental Appraisal (2, all Theory (2, all areas)(ENV210/211/21 ENV403 Gender and Environment areas) 2/219/383/ POL301/SOC322/327) (2, all areas) ENV305 Rural Geography (2, Areas 1 and 4) ENV339 Methods and Techniques in ENV412 Environmental Impact Assessment (not available 2010/11) Environmental Appraisal (3, all areas) (not available ENV309 Tourism I: Principles and Practices (2, all areas) 2010/11) (2, Areas 1and 2) ENV318 Tourism II: Tools and Analysis ENV427 Energy and Environment (2, all ENV317 Industrialisation Trends and the (2,Areas 1 and 2) (pre: ENV309) areas) (not available 2010/11) Developing World (2, Areas 1 and POP305 Population Dynamics, Policies and ENV476 Natural Resource Management 2) (not available 2010/11) Programmes (3, Area 1) and Economics (2, all areas) ENV321 Urbanisation in the ENV416 Transport and Environment Developing World Semester 7 (2, Areas 2, 3 and 4) B (2, all areas) Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) Environmental pre ENV210/211/212/219/ ENV400 Project Data Collection, Policy (2, Areas 1, 2 and 3) POP303/URP200/204) Analysis and Reporting I ENV419 Development Geography (3, all (1, all areas)(pre:ENV314) areas) (not available 2010/11) Semester 6 ENV426 GIS for Socioeconomic ENV483 Advanced Map-work and Air Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) Applications (3, all areas) Photo Interpretation (3, all areas) ENV311 Environment, Population and (pre: ENV215) ENV484 Urbanisationand Environment Development (3, Area 1) ENV401 Advanced Techniques in (2, Area 3) (pre: ENV307/321/ ENV312 Sustainable Development

155 Faculty of EngineeringScience and Technology

(2, all areas)(pre: ENV301) Semester 8 course. ENV313 Elementary Techniques Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) Semester 7 in PopulationGeography ENV415 Rural Development in Botswana (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- (3, Area 1) (pre: ENV302) (2, Areas 2 and 4) req.) ENV316 Agricultural Development ENV418 Environmental Policy (2, Area 4) There are no core courses for the Combined (2, Area 2) ENV424 Industry and Environment Major/Major Programme in Semester 7. ENV318 Tourism II: Tools and Analysis (2, Area 3) (not available 2010/11) Students shall take, therefore, 5 to 6 credits (2, Area 4) (pre: ENV309) from the following list of optional courses: ENV384 Advanced Physical Geography Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV401, ENV402, ENV404, ENV405, ENV406, (2,Humanities) ENV403 Gender and Environment ENV407, ENV408, ENV423, ENV424, ENV425, (pre: ENV101/214/220) (2, all areas) ENV426, ENV447. ENV412 Environmental Impact Assessment Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) (3, all areas) Semester 8 POP306 Population and Development (not available 2010/11) (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- (3, all areas) ENV418 Environmental Policy req.) ENV315 Environmentalism and Social (2, Areas 1, 2 and 3) There are no core courses for the Combined Theory (2, all areas)(ENV210/21 ENV419 Development Geography Major/Major Programme in Semester 8. 1/212/219/383/POL301/ (2, all areas)(not available 2010/11) Students shall take, therefore, 5 to 6 credits SOC322/327) ENV427 Energy and Environment from the following list of optional courses: ENV320 Geography of Botswana (2, all (2, all areas)(not available 2010/11) ENV402, ENV403, ENV412, ENV415, ENV416, areas) (not available 2010/11) ENV456 Remote Sensing for ENV418, ENV419, POP423, ENV427, ENV456, ENV339 Methods and Techniques in Socioeconomic Applications ENV476, ENV481, ENV482, ENV483, ENV484. Environmental Appraisal (2, all (3, all areas) (pre: ENV216) areas) (not available 2010/11) ENV476 Natural Resource Management Combined Major/Minor Programme with ENV318 Tourism II: Tools and Analysis and Economics (2, all areas) Environmental Science as the Minor (2,Areas 1 and 2) (pre: ENV309) ENV416 Transport and Environment In the Combined Major/Minor Programme with POP305 Population Dynamics, Policies and (2, Areas 2, 3 and 4) Environmental Science as Minor, students shall Programmes (3, Area 1) ENV483 Advanced Map-work and take 3 to 4 credits of Environmental Science Air Photo Interpretation courses in each of Semesters 5 to 8. No areas Semester 7 (3, all areas) of specialisation apply to this Programme. The Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV484 Urbanisation and Environment availability of courses is subject to the staffi ENV401 Advanced Techniques in (2,Area 3) ng situation in the particular semester. Population Geography (3, Area 1) (pre: ENV307/321/URP213,301) (pre: ENV313) POP423 Population and Development Semester 5 ENV404 Rural Development Theory and (3, Areas 1 and 2) (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- Practice (2, Area 2) req.) ENV405 Rural Survey Techniques Combined Major/Major Programme In Semester 5, Combined Major/Minor (2, Area 2) Combined Major/Major students shall take 5 to students shall take core course ENV301 and at ENV407 Eco-tourism (2, Area 4) (pre: 6 credits of core and/or optional Environmental least 2 additional credits from the following ENV309&ENV318) Science courses in each of Semesters 5 to 8. Environmental Science optional courses: ENV424 Industry and the Environment No areas of specialization are prescribed under ENV302, ENV304, ENV305, ENV306, ENV307, (2,Area 3) (not available 2010/11) this Programme. However, candidates could ENV309, ENV310, ENV317, ENV319, ENV321, use templates for Single Majors or Major/ ENV339 and ENV383. For students registered Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) Minors (Environmental Science Major) to in the Faculty of Humanities, ENV383 shall be ENV406 Regional Development Studies guide their selection of courses. Availability of taken as a core course. (2, all areas) (not available courses is subject to the staffing situation in 2010/11) the particular semester and/or year. Semester 6 ENV425 The African Environment (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- (3, all areas) Semester 5 req.) ENV426 GIS for Socioeconomic (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- In Semester 6, Combined Major/Minor Applications (3, all areas) req.) In Semester 5, Combined Major/Major (Environmental Science Minor) students (pre: ENV215) students shall take core course ENV301 and an shall take core course ENV312 and at least ENV447 Environmental Hazards additional 4 credits from the following list of 2 additional credits from the following (2, all areas) optional courses: ENV302, ENV304, ENV305, Environmental Science optional courses: ENV402 Natural Resource Conservation ENV306, ENV307, ENV309, ENV310, ENV317, POP305, ENV313, ENV311, ENV315, ENV316, and Management (3, all areas) ENV319, ENV321, ENV339 and ENV383. ENV318, ENV320, and ENV384. For students (not available 2010/11) For students registered in the Faculty of registered in the Faculty of Humanities, ENV407 Ecotourism (2, Areas 1 and 2) (pre: Humanities, ENV383 shall be taken as a core ENV384 shall be taken as a core course. ENV309&ENV318) course. ENV404 Rural Development Theory and Semester 7 Practice (2, Areas 1 and 4) Semester 6 (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- ENV423 Urban Social Theory (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- req.) (2, Areas 1 and 3) req.) In Semester 7, Combined Major/Minor (pre:ENV315/383/POL301/ In Semester 6, Combined Major/Major (Environmental Science Minor) students SOC421/433/URP400/407) students shall take core course ENV312 and shall take 3 to 4 credits from the following ENV424 Industry and the Environment an additional 4 credits from the following list Environmental Science options: ENV401, (2, Area 4) (not available 2010/11) of optional courses POP305, ENV311, ENV313, ENV402, ENV404, ENV405, ENV406, ENV408, ENV315, ENV316, ENV318, ENV320, and ENV423, ENV424, ENV425, ENV440, and ENV384. For students registered in the Faculty ENV447. of Humanities ENV384 shall be taken as a core

156 Semester 8 (3)(pre: ENV218) Combined Major/Minor Programme with (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- ENV340 Biogeography (2) Environmental Science as the Major req.) ENV382 Analytical Methods for Specific In accordance with General Academic In Semester 8, Combined Major/Minor Hazards (3) Regulation 00.62, the Combined Major/Minor (Environmental Science Minor) students Programme in Physical Environment shall shall take 3 to 4 credits from the following Semester 6 consist of 7 to 8 credits from core and optional Environmental Science options: ENV402, Core Courses courses, with optional courses selected from ENV403, ENV412, ENV415, ENV416, ENV418, ENV312 Sustainable Development the following lists. Courses ENV303, ENV400 ENV419, POP423, ENV427, ENV456, ENV476, (2)(pre: ENV301) and ENV414 jointly satisfy Faculty Regulation ENV481, ENV482, ENV483 and ENV484. ENV314 Project Proposal (2) (pre: ENV303) 23.47. Availability of courses is subject to the ENV336 Advanced Statistical Techniques staffi ng situation in the particular semester. 5.2 Physical Environment Programmes for Environmental Science (3) The Physical Environment Programmes are Semester 3 designed for students registered in the Faculty Optional Courses Core Courses of Science and are subject to Departmental ENV335 Principles of Hydrology (3) ENV210 Introduction to the Human Regulations 1.4.1.2 to 1.4.1.5. ENV337 Dynamic Meteorology (3) Environment I (2) ENV339 Methods and Techniques for ENV213 Introduction to the Physical Level 100 Environmental Appraisal Environment I (2) In accordance with Faculty Special Regulation (2) (not available 2010/11) 23.45, Environmental Science is not offered a ENV342 The Climate System (3) Optional Courses this level to students registered in the Faculty ENV385 Soil Geography (3) ENV215 Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3) of Science. Semester 7 Semester 4 Levels 200 to 400 Core Courses Core Courses Semester 3 ENV400 Project Data Collection, Analysis ENV212 Introduction to the Human Core Courses and Reporting I (1) (pre: ENV314) Environment II (2) (pre: ENV210) ENV210 Introduction to the Human ENV440 Geographical Information Systems ENV218 Introduction to the Physical Environment I (2) (3) (pre: ENV215) Environment II (2) (pre: ENV213) ENV213 Introduction to the Physical Environment I (2) Optional Courses Optional Courses ENV441 Applied Hydrology I (3) (pre: ENV216 Introduction to Remote Sensing Optional Courses ENV335) (3) ENV215 Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3) ENV442 Boundary Layer Climates (3) ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2) Semester 5 Semester 4 ENV449 Land Reclamation (3) Core Courses Core Courses ENV450 Rangeland Management I (3) (pre: ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) ENV212 Introduction to the Human ENV340) ENV303 Directed Readings (2) Environment II (2) (pre: ENV210) ENV462 Environmental Quality and ENV218 Introduction to the Physical Management: Optional Courses Environment II (2) (pre: ENV213) Land and Air (3) (pre: ENV382) ENV330 Remote Sensing for Environmental ENV475 Pedology (2) Science (3) (pre: ENV216) Optional Courses ENV477 Internet Kalahari Transect Land- ENV331 Hydro-meteorology (2) ENV216 Introduction to Remote use Change Modelling I (3) ENV332 Air Photo Interpretation (3) (pre: Sensing (3) ENV215/216) Semester 8 ENV334 Principles of Soil Science (3) Single Major Programme Core Course ENV338 Introduction to Geomorphology In accordance with General Academic ENV414 Project Data Collection, Analysis and (3) (pre: ENV218) Regulation 00.62, in each of Semesters 5 to 8 Reporting II (1, all areas)(pre:ENV400) ENV340 Biogeography (2) the Single Major Programme in Environmental ENV382 Analytical Methods for Specific Science shall consist of 10 to 12 core and Optional Courses Hazards (3) optional courses for each of the Physical ENV445 Arid Lands Geomorphology (2) Environment Areas of Specialisation, with (pre: ENV338) Semester 6 optional courses selected from the following ENV451 Rangeland Management II (2) (pre: Core Courses lists. Availability of courses is subject to the ENV450) ENV312 Sustainable Development (2) staffi ng situation in the particular semester ENV452 Soil survey and land evaluation (3) (pre: ENV301) and/or year. (pre: ENV334/385) ENV314 Project Proposal (2) (pre: ENV303) ENV458 Water Resources Development and ENV336 Advanced Statistical Techniques Semester 5 Management (2) for Environmental Science (3) Core Courses ENV463 Environmental Quality and ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) Management: Water Optional Courses ENV303 Directed Readings (2) and Wastewater (3) (pre: ENV462) ENV335 Principles of Hydrology (3) ENV330 Remote Sensing for Environmental ENV478 Climates of Southern Africa (2) ENV337 Dynamic Meteorology (3) Science (3) (pre: ENV216) (pre: ENV342) ENV339 Methods and Techniques for ENV479 Applied Hydrology II (3) (pre: Environmental Appraisal (2) (not Optional Courses ENV335) available 2010/11) ENV331 Hydro-meteorology (2) ENV480 Internet Kalahari Transect Land- ENV342 The Climate System (3) ENV332 Air Photography (3) use Change Modelling II (3) ENV385 Soil Geography (3) (pre: ENV215/216) (not available 2010/11) ENV334 Principles of Soil Science (3) ENV338 Introduction to Geomorphology

157 Faculty of EngineeringScience and Technology

Semester 7 ENV218 Introduction to the Physical ENV452 Soil Survey and Land Core Course Environment II (2) Evaluation (3) (pre: ENV334/385) ENV400 Project Data Collection, Analysis and ENV458 Water Resources Development Reporting I (1) (pre: ENV314) Optional Courses and Management (2) ENV216 Introduction to Remote ENV463 Environmental Quality Optional Courses Sensing (3) and Management: Water and ENV440 Geographical Information Systems ENV217 Quantitative Techniques Wastewater (3) (pre: ENV462) (3) (pre: ENV215) for Environmental Science II (3) ENV478 Climates of Southern Africa (2) ENV441 Applied Hydrology I (3) (pre: ENV479 Applied Hydrology II (3) ENV335) Semester 5 (pre: ENV335) ENV442 Boundary Layer Climates (3) Core Course ENV485 Research Essay (2) ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2) ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) ENV449 Land Reclamation (3) Combined Minor/Major Programme with ENV450 Rangeland Management I (3) Optional Courses Environmental Science as Minor (pre: ENV350) ENV330 Remote Sensing for Environmental In accordance with General Academic ENV462 Environmental Quality and Science (3) (pre: ENV216) Regulation 00.62, the Major/Minor Programme Management: Land and Air (3) ENV331 Hydro-meteorology (2) in Physical Environment shall consist of 3 to (pre: ENV382) ENV332 Air Photography (3) 4 core and optional courses, with optional ENV475 Pedology (2) (pre: ENV332) (pre: ENV215/216) courses selected from the following lists. ENV334 Principles of Soil Science (3) Availability of courses is subject to the staffi Semester 8 ENV338 Introduction to Geomorphology ng situation in the particular semester. Core Course (3) (pre: ENV218) ENV414 Project Data Collection, Analysis ENV340 Biogeography (2) Semester 3 and Reporting II ENV382 Analytical Methods for Core Courses (2, all areas) (pre: ENV400) Specific Hazards (3) ENV210 Introduction to the Human Environment I (2) Optional Courses Semester 6 ENV213 Introduction to the ENV445 Arid Lands Geomorphology (2) Core Courses Physical Environment I (2) (pre: ENV338) ENV312 Sustainable Development (2) ENV451 Rangeland Management II (2) (pre: ENV301) Semester 4 (Pre: ENV450) ENV336 Advanced Statistical Techniques Core Courses ENV452 Soil Survey and Land Evaluation for Environmental Science (3) ENV212 Introduction to the (3) (pre: ENV334/385) Human Environment II (2) ENV458 Water Resources Development and Optional Courses (pre: ENV210) Management (2) ENV335 Principles of Hydrology (3) ENV218 Introduction to the ENV462 Environmental Quality and ENV337 Dynamic Meteorology (3) Physical Environment II (2) Management: ENV339 Methods and Techniques for (pre: ENV213) Water and Wastewater (3) Environmental Appraisal (2) (pre: ENV462) (not available 2010/11) Semester 5 ENV478 Climates of Southern Africa (2) ENV342 The Climate System (3) Core Course (pre: ENV342) ENV385 Soil Geography (3) ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) ENV479 Applied Hydrology II (3) (pre: ENV335) Semester 7 Optional Courses Core Courses ENV330 Remote Sensing for Environmental Combined Major/Major Programme In None Science (3) (pre: ENV216) accordance with General Academic Regulation ENV331 Hydro-meteorology (2) 00.62, the Major/Major Programme in Physical Optional Courses ENV332 Air Photo Interpretation (3) Environment shall consist of 5 to 6 credits ENV440 Geographical Information (pre: ENV215/216) from core and optional courses, with optional Systems (3) (pre: ENV215) ENV334 Principles of Soil Science (3) courses selected from the following lists. ENV441 Applied Hydrology I (3) ENV338 Introduction to Geomorphology Course ENV485 satisfi es Faculty Regulation (pre: ENV335) (3) (pre: ENV218) 23.47. Availability of courses is subject to the ENV442 Boundary Layer Climates (3) ENV340 Biogeography (2) staffi ng situation in the particular semester. ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2) ENV382 Analytical Methods for ENV449 Land Reclamation (3) Specific Hazards (3) Semester 3 ENV450 Rangeland Management I (3) Core Courses (pre: ENV350) Semester 6 ENV210 Introduction to the ENV462 Environmental Quality Core Course Human Environment I (2) and Management: Land and Air (3) ENV312 Sustainable Development (2) ENV213 Introduction to the (pre: ENV382) (pre: ENV301) Physical Environment I (2) ENV475 Pedology (2) (pre: ENV332) Optional Courses Optional Courses Semester 8 ENV336 Advanced Statistical ENV209 Quantitative Techniques for Core Courses Techniques for Environmental Science I (3) None Environmental Science (3) ENV215 Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3) ENV335 Principles of Hydrology (3) Optional Courses ENV337 Dynamic Meteorology (3) Semester 4 ENV445 Arid Lands Geomorphology (2) ENV339 Methods and Techniques for Core Courses (pre: ENV338) Environmental Appraisal (2) ENV212 Introduction to the ENV451 Rangeland Management II (2) (not available 2010/11) Human Environment II (2) (pre: ENV450) ENV342 The Climate System (3)

158 ENV385 Soil Geography (3) Hydrogeology as per Departmental Semester 4 Regulation 4.0. Core Courses Semester 7 GEO202 Optical Mineralogy (2) Core Courses Entry Requirements GEO203 Photogeology and Remote Sensing None (a) Admission to the Geology Single Major Applied to Geology (2) Optional Courses and Combined Degree Programmes shall be as GEO206 Petrography (3) ENV440 Geographical Information Systems specified in the Faculty of Science Regulations GEO207 Chemical Geology (3) (3) (pre: ENV215) 23.2.1 and 23.4. MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II (3) ENV441 Applied Hydrology I (3) (b) Students who wish to register for (pre: ENV335) Geology (Single Major or Combined Degree) Level 300 ENV442 Boundary Layer Climates (3) at Level 200 must have taken and passed At Level 300, the Single Major Programme ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2) Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and Geology will consist of 35 credits of core courses ENV449 Land Reclamation (3) or Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry at which include a winter course GEO301 (Field ENV450 Rangeland Management I (3) Level 100. Mapping) to be done during the long vacation/ ENV462 Environmental Quality (c) In accordance with the Faculty of Science winter semester after Level 200. and Management: Land and Air Special Regulation 23.2.4, a Geology student Long Vacation/Winter Semester (3) (pre:ENV382) (Single Major and Combined Degree) can GEO301 Field Mapping (3) ENV475 Pedology (2) (pre: ENV332) register directly at Level 200 but cannot be exempted from Level 100 Geology courses. Semester 5 Semester 8 (d) A student admitted to Level 200 Geology Core Courses Core Courses who has not completed Level 100 Geology GEO302 Igneous Petrology (3) None courses must take them during the first GEO303 Sedimentary Petrology (3) semester of Level 200. GEO305 Ore Geology (3) Optional Courses (e) A student admitted to Level 200 Geology GEO306 Exploration Geophysics I (3) ENV445 Arid Lands Geomorphology (2) who has successfully completed Level 100 GEO312 Research Methods & Computer (pre: ENV338) Geology courses must comply with the Applications in Geology (2) ENV451 Rangeland Management II (2) University of Botswana Academic General (pre: ENV450) Regulation 00.311 by taking relevant General Semester 6 ENV452 Soil Survey and Land Evaluation Education courses or Elective courses in Core Courses (3) (pre: ENV334/385) consultation with the Head of Department. GEO304 Advanced Structural Geology (4) ENV458 Water Resources Development GEO308 Metamorphic Petrology (3) and Management (2) Award of Degree GEO309 Hydrogeology (3) ENV463 Environmental Quality and To be awarded a Bachelor of Science Degree GEO310 Exploration Geophysics II (3) Management: in Geology or a Bachelor of Science for GEO311 Paleontology and Stratigraphy (3) Water and Wastewater (3) a Combined Degree involving Geology as GEO313 Theoretical Geochemistry (3) (pre: ENV462) a subject, a student must satisfy General ENV478 Climates of Southern Africa (2) Academic Regulations 00.85 and 00.9 and Level 400 ENV479 Applied Hydrology II (3) Faculty of Science Special Regulation 23.7. At Level 400, the Single Major Programme (pre: ENV335) shall consist of 23 credits of core courses and ENV485 Research Essay (2) Course Structure at least 3 credits from optional courses. Geology courses shall be offered at Levels 100 to 400 for the Undergraduate Programme Long Vacation/Winter Semester as outlined in Regulations 2.1 to 2.4 below GEO401 Research Project (Data Acquisition) DEPARTMENT OF and Levels 600 to 700 for Master of Science candidates. Semester 7 GEOLOGY Core Courses Level 100 GEO401 Research Project (6, year long) Programmes and Titles of Degrees Semester 1 GEO404 Geology of Africa (3) The Department of Geology offers the GEO101 Introduction to Geology (4) GEO407 Economic Geology (3) following Programmes leading to the award of GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) the mentioned Degrees: Semester 2 Optional (choose at least 1) • Single Major Programme, leading to the GEO102 Introduction to Mineralogy (3) GEO409 Geology of Botswana (3) award of a Bachelor of Science Degree in GEO410 Advanced Methods in Exploration Geology as per Departmental Regulation 2.2 Levels 200, 300 and 400 Geophysics (3) • Combined Major/Minor with a Geology Bachelor of Science, Geology Single Major major leading to the award a Bachelor of Semester 8 Science At Level 200, the Single Major Programme Core Courses degree as per Departmental Regulation 2.2 consists of 19 credits of core courses and 9 GEO401 Research Project (6, year long) • Combined Major/Major Degree Programme credits of elective courses from Statistics and GEO402 Geotectonics (2) with Geology and one of Chemistry, Mathematics. In addition, students must take GEO403 Exploration Geochemistry (3) Environmental Science and Physics leading a minimum of 4 credits of General Education GEO405 Engineering Geology (3) to the award of a Bachelor of Science Courses. + 4 credits of GEC’s/Electives Degree as per Departmental Regulations 2.2 • Combined Major/Minor with Semester 3 Bachelor of Science, Combined Geology as a Minor leading to the award Core Courses (Geology Major) of the degree in which the student is GEO201 Structural Geology (3) enrolled as per Departmental Regulation GEO204 Sedimentology (3) Level 200 2.2 GEO205 Introduction to Hydrogeology (3) At level 200, the Major/Minor programme • Master of Science Programme leading to the MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3) shall consist of 19 credits of core courses. In award of a Master of Science Degree in STA113 Basic Statistics (3) addition, the students must take the relevant

159 Faculty of EngineeringScience and Technology

General Education Courses and comply with Bachelor of Science, Combined GEO409 Geology of Botswana (3) Academic General Regulations 00.62 Major Semester 8 Level 200 Optional Courses (choose at least 2) Semester 3 At level 200, the Major/Major Programme shall GEO402 Geotectonics (2) Core Courses consist of 11 credits of core courses for GEO403 Exploration Geochemistry (3) GEO201 Structural Geology (3) all streams ( Geology/Chemistry; Geology/ GEO405 Engineering Geology (3) GEO204 Sedimentology (3) Environmental Science; and Geology/Physics. Important Notice for 4th Year Combined Major GEO205 Introduction to Hydrogeology (3) In addition, the student must take the relevant Students Students who are registering at level 200 and General Education Courses and comply with (a) Students who wish to do a research project have not taken GEO101 and GEO102 in the fi Academic General Regulation 00.62 in Geology must register for GEO406 (in rst year have to register for these courses at semester 2). level 200. Semester 3 (b) Students who do not register for GEO406 Core Courses must register for a project in the other Semester 4 GEO201 Structural Geology (3) subject. Core Courses GEO205 Introduction to Hydrogeology (3) GEO202 Optical Mineralogy (2) Students who are registering at Bachelor of Science, Combined GEO203 Photogeology and Remote Sensing level 200 and have not taken Major (Geology/Environmental Applied to Geology (2) GEO101 and GEO102 in the Science) GEO206 Petrography (3) first year have to register for these courses at GEO207 Chemical Geology (3) level 200. Semester 5 Core Courses Level 300 Semester 4 GEO305 Ore Geology (3) At Level 300, the Major/Minor Programme Core Courses GEO307 Petrology I (2) (Geology Major) shall consist of 23 credits. GEO203 Photogeology and Remote Sensing In addition, the students must take relevant Applied to Geology (2) Semester 6 General Education Courses. GEO206 Petrography (3) Core Courses GEO309 Hydrogeology (3) Long Vacation/Winter Semester Level 300 GEO314 Petrology II (2) GEO301 Field Mapping (3) At Level 300, the Major/Major Programme is offered in the 3 following streams: Level 400 Semester 5 a) Geology/Chemistry; At level 400, the Major/Major programme Core Courses b) Geology/Environmental Science; shall consist of 3 credits of core courses and GEO305 Ore Geology (3) c) Geology/Physics. 5 to 6 credits of optional courses. In addition, GEO307 Petrology I (2) the students must take the relevant General GEO312 Research Methods & Computer The programme consists of 13 credits of core Education courses and comply with the Faculty Applications in Geol. (2) and optional courses. In addition, the students of Science General Regulation 00.62 GEO315 Introduction to Exploration must take the relevant General Education Geophysics (3) courses and comply with Academic General Semester 7 Regulation 00.62 Core course Semester 6 GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) Core Courses Long Vacation/Winter Session Optional Courses GEO304 Advanced Structural Geology (4) Core Course for all Streams (choose at least 1) GEO309 Hydrogeology (3) GEO301 Field Mapping (3) GEO407 Economic Geology (3) GEO313 Theoretical Geochemistry (3) GEO409 Geology of Botswana (3) GEO314 Petrology II (2) Bachelor of Science, Combined Major (Geology/Chemistry) Semester 8 Level 400 Optional Courses (choose at least 2) At Level 400, the Major/Minor Programme Semester 5 GEO402 Geotectonics (2) shall consist of 15 credits of core courses and Core Courses GEO403 Exploration Geochemistry (3) at least 2 to 3 credits from optional courses. GEO305 Ore Geology (3) GEO405 Engineering Geology (3) GEO307 Petrology l (2) Important Notice for 4th Year Combined Major Long Vacation/Winter Semester Students GEO401 Research Project (Data Acquisition) Semester 6 (a) Students who wish to do a research project Core Courses in Geology must register for GEO406 (in Semester 7 GEO313 Theoretical Geochemistry (3) semester 2). Core Courses GEO314 Petrology II (b) Students who do not register for GEO406 GEO401 Research Project (year long) must register for a project in the other GEO404 Geology of Africa (3) Level 400 subject. GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) At level 400, the Major/Major programme shall consist of 3 credits of core courses and Bachelor of Science, Combined Semester 8 5 to 6 credits of optional courses. In addition, Major (Geology/Physics) Core Courses the students must take the relevant General GEO401 Research Project (6) Education courses and comply with the Faculty Semester 5 GEO403 Exploration Geochemistry (3) of Science General Regulation 00.62 Core Courses Optional Courses (choose at GEO307 Petrology I (2) least 1) Semester 7 GEO315 Introduction to Exploration GEO402 Geotectonics (2) Core course Geophysics (3) GEO405 Engineering Geology (3) GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) Optional Courses (choose at least 1) GEO407 Economic Geology (3)

160 Semester 6 Progression Semester 5 Core Courses Student progression is made in accordance In Semester 5, the Single Major Programme GEO309 Hydrogeology (3) with The University of Botswana General shall consist of 9 credits of core courses. GEO314 Petrology II (2) Academic Regulation 00.9 An additional 6 credits may be taken from optional courses in accordance with General Level 400 Regulation 00.62.Levels 300 and 400 At level 400, the Major/Major programme DEPARTMENT OF shall consist of 3 credits of core courses and Core Courses 5 to 6 credits of optional courses. In addition, MATHEMATICS MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) the students must take the relevant General MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) Programmes and Titles of Degrees Education courses and comply with the Faculty MAT323 Vector Calculus (3) The Department of Mathematics offers the of Science General Regulation 00.62 following Programmes leading to the award of Optional Courses (6 credits) the mentioned degrees: Semester 7 MAT251 Vectors and Introductory • Single Major Programme leading to the Core course Mechanics (3) award of a Bachelor of Science Degree in GEO404 Geology of Africa (3) MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical Mathematics as per Departmental Regulation GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) Statistics (3) 2.1 MAT361 Maths. Programming and Game • Combined Major/Minor Programme with Semester 8 Theory (3) Mathematics as the Major, leading to the GEO402 Geotectonics (2) MAT371 Mathematical Statistics I (3) award of a Bachelor of Science Degree as per GEO405 Engineering Geology (3) Departmental Regulation 2.2 Important Notice for 4th Year Combined Semester 6 • Combined Major/Major Programme leading Major Students (a) Students who wish to do In Semester 6, the Single Major Programme to the award of a Bachelor of Science Degree a research project in Geology must register for shall consist of 9 credits of core courses. as per Departmental Regulation 2.3 GEO406 (in semester 2). An additional 6 credits may be taken from • Combined Major/Minor Programme with (b) Students who do not register for GEO406 optional courses in accordance with General Mathematics as the Minor leading to the must register for a project in the other Regulation 00.62. award of a Bachelor of Science Degree as per subject. Departmental Regulation 2.4. It is stipulated Core Courses that the student must be registered in the MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) Faculty of Science. Bachelor of Science, Combined MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) MAT324 Differential Equations (3) Major/Minor (Geology minor) Entry Requirements Optional Courses Admission to the Mathematics Programmes The combined Major/Minor programme with MAT342 Computing II (3) shall be as specified in Faculty of Science Geology as a Minor shall consist of 24 credits MAT344 Numerical Methods for Linear Regulation 23.21. of core courses taken in Semesters 3 to 8. Algebra 3) Core Courses MAT352 Dynamics I (3) Single Major (Mathematics Major) GEO101 Introduction to Geology (4) MAT372 Mathematical Statistics II (3) Level 100 GEO102 Introduction to Mineralogy (3) Semester 1 GEO201 Structural Geology (3) Semester 7 MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4) GEO204 Sedimentology (3) In Semester 7, the Single Major Programme GEO205 Introduction to Hydrogeology (3) shall consist of 9 credits of core courses. GEO206 Petrography (3) An additional 6 credits may be taken from Semester 2 GEO305 Ore Geology (3) optional courses in accordance with General MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4) GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) Regulation 00.62. The project course MAT400 It is important to note which courses are taken shall run over Semesters 7 and 8. Level 200 in the first semester or second semester Semester 3 of the academic year (Refer to Single Major Core Courses Core Courses Programme for such information) MAT400 Project (3) MAT211 Introductory Set and Number MAT411 Linear Algebra (3) Theory (3) Service Courses MAT421 Functions of a Complex MAT221 Calculus I (3) The following are offered as service courses for Variable (3) non-Geology Majors Optional Courses (6 credits) GEO103 Geology for Teachers (3) Optional Courses MAT251 Vectors and Introductory GEO104 Introductory Geology for MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3) Mechanics (3) Engineers(2) MAT425 Measure Theory (3) MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical MAT431 General Topology (3) Statistics (3) General Education Courses MAT441 Numerical Analysis (3) GEC250 Earth Processes, Mineral Resources MAT451 Dynamics II (3) Semester 4 and Development (2) MAT453 Electromagnetic Theory (3) Core Courses GEC251 Groundwater and Society (2) MAT461 Optimisation and Control MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3) Theory (3) MAT222 Calculus II (3) Assessment and Examination MAT471 Multivariate Statistics (3) (a) 2.5.1 If not stated otherwise, the Optional Courses (6 credits) examination will represent 2/3 and the Semester 8 MAT242 Computing I (3) continuous assessment 1/3 of the final marks. In Semester 8, the Single Major Programme MAT244 Numerical Methods (3) (b) GEO301 shall be examined by continuous shall consist of 12 credits of optional courses MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) assessment only. in accordance with General Regulation 00.62.

161 Faculty of EngineeringScience and Technology

Optional Courses Statistics (3) CombinedMajor/Major MAT404 Topics in Advanced Mathematics MAT361 Maths. Programming and Game (3) Theory (3) Programme MAT412 Number Theory (3) MAT371 Mathematical Statistics I (3) Semester 3 MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph Theory In Semester 3 the Combined Major/Major (3) Semester 6 Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3) In Semester 6, the Combined Major/ Minor courses. Additional credits may be taken from MAT422 Functional Analysis (3) Programme shall consist of 9 credits of core optional courses in accordance with General MAT424 Dynamical Systems (3) courses. Additional credits may be taken from Regulation 00.62. MAT426 Partial Differential Equations (3) optional courses. MAT432 Algebraic Topology (3) Core Courses MAT442 Computational Mathematics (3) Core Courses MAT211 Introductory Set & Number MAT452 Quantum Mechanics (3) MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) Theory (3) MAT454 Introduction to Fluid Dynamics (3) MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) MAT221 Calculus I (3) MAT462 Mathematical Modelling (3) MAT324 Differential Equations (3) Optional Courses MAT472 Linear Models (3) MAT251 Vectors and Introductory MAT474 Stochastic Processes (3) Optional Courses Mechanics (3) MAT476 Statistical Computing (3) MAT342 Computing II (3) MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical MAT344 Numerical Methods of Linear Statistics (3) Algebra (3) Combined Major/Minor MAT352 Dynamics I (3) Semester 4 Programme (Mathematics MAT372 Mathematical Statistics II (3) In Semester 4, the Combined Major/Major Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core Major) Semester 7 courses. Additional credits may be taken from In Semester 7, the Combined Major/Minor optional courses in accordance with General Semester 3 Programme shall consist of 9 credits of core Regulation 00.62. In Semester 3, the Combined Major/Minor courses. Additional credits may be taken from Core Courses Programme with Mathematics as the Major optional courses. The project course MAT400 MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3) shall consist of 6 credits of core courses and 3 shall run over Semesters 7 and 8. MAT222 Calculus II (3) credits from optional courses. Core Courses Core Courses Optional Courses MAT211 Introductory Set and Number MAT400 Project (3) MAT242 Computing I (3) Theory (3) MAT411 Linear Algebra (3) MAT244 Numerical Methods (3) MAT221 Calculus I (3) MAT421 Functions of a Complex Variable MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) (3) Optional Courses (3) Semester 5 MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Optional Courses In Semester 5, the Combined Major/Major Mechanics (3) MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3) Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical MAT425 Measure Theory (3) courses. Additional credits may be taken from Statistics (3) MAT431 General Topology (3) optional courses in accordance with General MAT441 Numerical Analysis (3) Regulation 00.62. Semester 4 MAT451 Dynamics II (3) Core Courses In Semester 4 the Combined Major/Minor MAT453 Electromagnetic Theory (3) MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core MAT461 Optimisation and Control MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) courses and 3 credits from optional courses. Theory (3)

MAT471 Multivariate Statistics (3) Optional Courses (3) Core Courses MAT323 Vector Calculus (3) MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3) Semester 8 MAT222 Calculus II (3) In Semester 8, the Combined Major/Minor Semester 6 Programme shall consist of 9 credits of In Semester 6, the Combined Major/Major Optional Courses (3) optional courses. Programme shall consist of 3 credits of core MAT242 Computing I (3) courses. An additional 3 credits may be taken MAT244 Numerical Methods (3) Optional Courses from optional courses in accordance with MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) MAT402 History of Mathematics (3) General Regulation 00.62. MAT412 Number Theory (3) Core Courses Semester 5 MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph MAT324 Differential Equations (3) In Semester 5 the Combined Major/Minor Theory (3) Programme shall consist of 9 credits of core MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3) courses. Additional credits may be taken from MAT422 Functional Analysis (3) Optional Courses optional courses. MAT424 Dynamical Systems (3) MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) MAT426 Partial Differential Equations (3) MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) Core Courses MAT432 Algebraic Topology (3) MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) MAT442 Computational Mathematics (3) MAT342 Computing II (3) MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) MAT452 Quantum Mechanics (3) MAT344 Numerical Methods of Linear MAT323 Vector Calculus (3) MAT454 Introduction to Fluid Dynamics (3) Algebra (3) MAT462 Mathematical Modelling (3) MAT352 Dynamics I (3) Optional Courses MAT472 Linear Models (3) MAT251 Vectors and Introductory MAT474 Stochastic Processes (3) Semester 7 Mechanics (3) MAT476 Statistical Computing (3) In Semester 7, the Combined Major/Major MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core

162 courses. Additional credits may be taken from Core Courses MAT484 Introduction to Probability and optional courses in accordance with General MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) Statistics for Teachers (3) Regulation 00.62. The project course MAT400 MAT323 Vector Calculus (3) shall run over Semesters 7 and 8. Assessment and Examination Semester 6 Performance in each course shall be evaluated Core Courses In Semester 6, the Major/Minor Programme by the combination of continuous assessment MAT411 Linear Algebra (3) with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 3 and final examination marks in the ratio of MAT421 Functions of a Complex credits of core courses. 1:2, except for the computing courses, where Variable (3) the ratio shall be 1:1. The project course MAT Core Course 400 will have 30% of the final mark allocated Optional Courses MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) to the supervisor’s evaluation of the work MAT361 Maths. Programming and Game done, 50% of the final mark allocated to the Theory (3) Semester 7 final report, which will be assessed by two MAT371 Mathematical Statistics I (3) In Semester 7, the Major/Minor Programme internal examiners and 20% of the final mark MAT400 Project (3) with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 3 allocated to the oral examination. MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3) credits of core courses. MAT425 Measure Theory (3) Progression from Semester to Semester MAT431 General Topology (3) Core Course In order to proceed from one semester to the MAT441 Numerical Analysis (3) MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) next, a student must obtain a cumulative Semester 8 GPA, which is in accordance with General Semester 8 In Semester 8, the Major/Minor Programme Regulation 00.9. In Semester 8, the Combined Major/Major with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 6 Programme shall consist of 6 credits of credits of core courses. Award of Degree optional courses in accordance with General To be awarded a Degree, a student must satisfy Regulation 00.62. Core Courses the appropriate provisions of General MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) Academic Regulation 23.71. Optional Courses MAT324 Differential Equations (3) MAT372 Mathematical Statistics II (3) Courses for Non-Mathematics Majors (Service MAT402 History of Mathematics (3) course) MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph MAT201 Ancillary Mathematics (3) DEPARTMENT OF Theory (3) Engineering Mathematics PHYSICS MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3) MAT191 Design Mathematics I (3) MAT422 Functional Analysis (3) MAT192 Design Mathematics II (3) 1.0 Departmental Regulations MAT442 Computational Mathematics (3) MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3) 1.1 General Provisions MAT462 Mathematical Modelling (3) MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II (3) Subject to the provisions of General Academic MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III (3) Regulations and the Faculty of Science Special Combined Major/Minor MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IVA (3) Regulations, the following Departmental MAT394 Engineering Mathematics IVB (3) Regulations shall apply: Programme MAT491 Engineering Mathematics V (3) (Mathematics Minor) MAT492 Engineering Mathematics VI (3) 1.2 Programmes and Titles of Degrees The Department of Physics offers the following Semester 3 Bachelor of Education Degree Programmes leading to the award of the In Semester 3, the Major/Minor Programme mentioned degrees: with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of (Secondary) In Semesters 5 to 8, students pursuing the 6 credits of core courses in accordance with • Single Major Programme leading to the Bachelor of Education (Secondary) Programme General Regulation 00.62. award shall take credits from the following core of a Bachelor of Science Degree in Physics courses: Core Courses as/ MAT211 Introductory Set and Number Departmental Regulation 2.3.1 Semester 5 Theory (3) • Combined Major/Minor with a Physics MAT381 Calculus for Teachers I (3) MAT221 Calculus I (3) Major MAT383 Linear Algebra for Teachers (3) leading to the award of a Bachelor of MAT387 Mechanics for Teachers I (3) Semester 4 Science Degree MAT389 Linear Programming and Game In Semester 4, the Major/Minor Programme as/Departmental Regulation 2.3.2 Theory for Teachers (3) with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 6 •Combined Major/Major Programme with credits of core courses in accordance with Physics and another subject other than Physics Semester 6 General Regulation 00.62. as Majors leading to the award of a Bachelor MAT382 Calculus for Teachers II (3) of Science Degree as/Departmental Regulation MAT384 Computing for Teachers (3) Core Courses 2.3.3 MAT388 Mechanics for Teachers II (3) MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3) •Combined Major/Minor with Physics as the MAT222 Calculus II (3) Minor leading to the award of the Degree in Semester 7 which the student is enrolled, as/Departmental MAT481 Geometry for Teachers I (3) Semester 5 Regulation 2.3.4 MAT483 Real Analysis for Teachers (3) In Semester 5, the Major/Minor Programme •Master of Science Programme in Physics MAT485 Number Theory and Abstract with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of leading to the award of a Master of Science Algebra for Teachers (3) 6 credits of core courses in accordance with Degree as/Departmental Regulation 5.0 General Regulation 00.62. •MPhil and PhD Programmes in Physics Semester 8 leading to the award of MPhil (Physics) MAT324 Differential Equations (3) and PhD (Physics) Degrees, respectively, as/ MAT482 Geometry for Teachers II (3) Departmental Regulation 6.0.

163 Faculty of EngineeringScience and Technology

1.3 Entry Requirements Core Courses PHY441 Nuclear Physics (2) 1.3.1 Admission to the Physics Programmes PHY311 Mechanics (2) PHY442 Solid State Physics II (2) shall be as specified in the Faculty of Science PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) PHY443 Mathematical Methods for Regulation 23.21. PHY313 Mathematical Methods for Physics IV (2) 1.3.2 To register in Level 300 of the Physics Physics I (2) PHY448 Research Project in Physics II (2) Single Major Programme, a student must PHY314 Electronics I (2) PHY449 Physics Practicals 4.4 (2) have obtained a minimum of a CGPA of 3.0 in PHY339 Physics Practicals 3.3 (2) Optional Courses Physics courses by the end of Level 200. PHY412 Statistical Mechanics and PHY423 Introduction to Seismology (2) Solid State Physics I (2) PHY424 Radiation Physics (2) 1.4 Award of Degree PHY444 Electronics III (2) To be awarded a Degree, a student must Optional Courses PHY445 Atomic Physics (2) satisfy the appropriate provisions of General PHY315 Introduction to Potential Fields in Academic Regulation 23.71. Geophysics (2) 2.3.2 Combined Major/Minor Programme PHY331 Relativity (2) (Physics Major) 2.0 Programme Structure PHY332 Literature Survey in Physics (2) 2.0.1 The Physics courses shall be offered Semester 5 at Levels 100 to 400 for the undergraduate Semester 6 In Semester 5, the Combined Major/Minor programme as outlined in Regulations 2.1 to In Semester 6, the Single Major Programme Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core 2.3 below, Levels 600 to 700 for the Master of shall consist of 12 credits of core courses. courses and at least 4 credits from optional Science candidates and Levels 800 and 900 for Additional credits may be taken from optional courses. the MPhil and PhD candidates. courses in accordance with General Regulation Core Courses 00.62. PHY311 Mechanics (2) 2.0.2 In addition to Physics courses, an PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) undergraduate candidate majoring in Physics Core Courses PHY319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) shall take General Education Courses (GECs) PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) and electives in accordance with General PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) Optional Courses Regulation 00.2124. PHY323 Vibrations, Waves and Optics (2) PHY313 Mathematical Methods for PHY341 Mathematical Methods for Physics I (2) 2.0.3 The Department of Physics offers service Physics II (2) PHY314 Electronics I (2) courses in Physics to Non-Physics Majors as PHY349 Physics Practicals 3.4 (2) PHY315 Introduction to Potential Fields outlined in Regulation 2.4. PHY421 Solid State Physics I (2) in Geophysics (2)

2.0.4 The Department of Physics offers GECs Optional Courses Semester 6 under Area 5: Science and Technology as PHY324 Electronics II (2) In Semester 6, the Combined Major/Minor outlined in Regulation 2.5. PHY325 Environmental Physics (2) Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core PHY425 Applied Acoustics (2) courses and at least 4 credits from optional 2.1 Level 100 courses. Semester 1 Semester 7 PHY111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, In Semester 7, the Single Major Programme Core Courses Vibrations and Waves (3) shall consist of 12 credits of core courses. PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) PHY119 Physics Practicals 1.1 (1) Additional credits may be taken from optional PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) courses in accordance with General Regulation PHY329 Physics Practicals 3.2 (2) Semester 2 00.62. PHY121 Electricity and Optional Courses Magnetism, Modern Physics (3) Core Courses PHY323 Vibrations, Waves and Optics (2) PHY129 Physics Practicals 1.2 (1) PHY411 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (2) PHY324 Electronics II (2) PHY431 Statistical Mechanics and PHY325 Environmental Physics (2) 2.2 Level 200 Solid State Physics II (2) Semester 3 PHY432 Quantum Mechanics II (2) Semester 7 PHY211 Mechanics and Physical Optics (2) PHY433 Mathematical Methods for In Semester 7, the Combined Major/Minor PHY212 Properties of Matter and Physics III (2) Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core Thermodynamics (2) PHY438 Research Project in Physics I (2) courses and at least 4 credits from optional PHY219 Physics Practicals 2.1 (1) PHY439 Physics Practicals 4.3 (2) courses. Core Courses Semester 4 Optional Courses PHY411 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (2) PHY221 Electricity and Magnetism (2) PHY413 Energy Physics (2) PHY412 Statistical Mechanics and PHY222 Electronics and Nuclear Physics(2) PHY414 Digital and Microprocessor Solid State Physics I (2) PHY229 Physics Practicals 2.2 (1) Systems (2) PHY419 Physics Practicals 4.1 (2) PHY415 Applied Optics (2) 2.3 Levels 300 and 400 PHY434 Fluid Dynamics (2) Optional Courses 2.3.1 Single Major Programme PHY413 Energy Physics (2) Semester 8 PHY414 Digital and Microprocessor Semester 5 In Semester 8, the Single Major Programme Systems (2) In Semester 5, the Single Major Programme shall consist of 12 credits of core courses. PHY415 Applied Optics (2) shall consist of 12 credits of core courses. Additional credits may be taken from optional PHY418 Project in Physics 4.1 (2) Additional credits may be taken from optional courses in accordance with General Regulation courses in accordance with General Regulation 00.62. Semester 8 00.62. In Semester 8, the Combined Major/Minor Core Courses Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core PHY422 Microcomputing for Physics (2) courses and at least 4 credits from optional

164 courses. Semesters 5 to 8 aspects of chemistry. In Semesters 5 to 8, the Combined Major/Minor Core Courses (Physics Minor) Programme shall consist of 4 CHE102 General Chemistry II (4 credits) PHY421 Solid State Physics I (2) to 5 credits of any of the Physics courses from This is a continuation of CHE101. The PHY422 Microcomputing for Physics (2) the core courses or optional courses of the fundamental principles associated with PHY429 Physics Practicals 4.2 (2) Combined Major/ Minor Physics Programme properties of chemical systems will be as defined in Regulation 2.3.2, in the given presented. Optional Courses semester. To complete the Physics Minor PHY423 Introduction to Seismology (2) Programme, a candidate must take 4 credits of CHE107 Chemistry Applied to Home PHY424 Radiation Physics (2) practical courses, PHY319 or PHY329 at Level Economics (3 credits) PHY425 Applied Acoustics (2) 300, and PHY419 or PHY429 at Level 400. The role that chemistry plays in everyday life PHY428 Project in Physics 4.2 (2) will be presented. Atomic structure, periodic 2.4 Service Courses table, oxidation and reduction, chemistry 2.3.3 Combined Major/Major Programme The following Physics courses are offered as of carbon compounds, acids and bases, service courses for non- Physics majors. soaps and detergents, food and energy, fats, Semester 5 carbohydrates, proteins, minerals and vitamins, In Semester 5, the Combined Major/Major PHY161 Physics for Nurses (3) additives, poisons and toxins, gases, polymers Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core PHY162 Physics Applied to Home and plastics, cosmetics. courses. Additional credits may be taken from Economics (3) optional courses from PHY313, PHY314 and PHY360 Air Pollution Control I (2) CHE109 Introductory Chemistry for Bachelor PHY315 in accordance with General Regulation PHY460 Air Pollution Control II (2) of Nursing Science, Bns (3 credits) 00.62. Topics include: Structure and bonding, Bachelor of Education (Secondary) Degree stoichiometry, solutions, chemistry of Core Courses Semesters 5 to 8 certain elements, electricity and chemical PHY311 Mechanics (2) In Semesters 5 to 8, students pursuing the change, osmosis, reaction rates and catalysis, PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) Bachelor of Education (Secondary) Degree radioactivity. PHY319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) Programme shall choose credits from the core courses or optional courses of the Combined 200 Level Courses Semester 6 Major/Minor Physics Programme as defined in CHE211 Introduction To Analytical Chemistry In Semester 6, the Combined Major/ Major Regulation 2.3.2, or from the Combined Major/ (2 credits) Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core Major Programme as defined in Regulation Basic principles of analytical chemistry, courses. Additional credits may be taken as 2.3.3, in the given semester. The courses concepts of classical and modern methods optional courses from PHY323, PHY324 and chosen must include practical courses PHY319, in analytical chemistry, statistical treatment PHY325 in accordance with General Regulation PHY329, PHY419 and PHY429. of experimental data including error analysis 00.62. and significance tests; Gravimetry, titrimetry; 2.5 General Education Courses Introduction to analytical spectroscopy and Core Courses The Department of Physics offers the following electro analytical chemistry. PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) courses under the Area 5: Science and PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) Technology, with a tag of General Education CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I PHY329 Physics Practicals 3.2 (2) Courses. (1 Credit) GEC252 Origin of the Universe (2) Practical experience in analytical procedures, Semester 7 GEC253 Energy and Society (2) classical and modern methods of analytical In Semester 7, the Combined Major/Major chemistry, an overview of analytical Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core 3.0 Assessment and Examination instrumentation and the progress made towards courses. Additional credits may be taken Performance in each course shall be evaluated development of analytical methodology, as optional courses chosen from PHY413, by the combination of continuous assessment gravimetric analysis, titrimetric analysis, PHY414, PHY415 and PHY418 in accordance and final examination marks in the ratio of Electro analytical/ spectrophotometry. with General Regulation 00.62. 1:2, except for Physics practicals and Physics projects, which will be assessed by continuous CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main Core Courses assessment only. Group Chemistry (2 Credits) PHY411 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (2) Structure of the atom based on elementary PHY412 Statistical Mechanics and 4.0 Progression from Semester to Semester quantum theory. Bonding in simple molecules Solid State Physics I (2) In order to proceed from one semester to the based on molecular orbital and valence PHY419 Physics Practicals 4.1 (2) next, a student must maintain a cumulative bond theories; Trends in periodic properties GPA, which is in accordance with General and chemical reactions of s- and p-block Semester 8 Regulation 00.9. elements. In Semester 8, the Combined Major/Major Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I courses. Additional credits may be taken from (1 credit) optional courses chosen from PHY423, PHY424, This course covers qualitative inorganic PHY425 or PHY428 in accordance with General COURSE LISTINGS analysis, the synthesis of a selection of Regulation 00.62. compounds, as well as solution chemistry of Core Courses main group elements. PHY421 Solid State Physics I (2) Department of Chemistry PHY422 Microcomputing for Physics (2) CHE232 Structure And Survey Of Functional 100 Level Courses PHY429 Physics Practicals 4.2 (2) Groups I (2 credits) CHE101 General Chemistry I (4 credits) Survey of various functional Groups; Aspects Course covers fundamental concepts and 2.3.4 Combined Major/Minor Programme of stereochemistry; Review of alkanes, alkenes principles of chemistry, i.e. the structure of (Physics Minor) and alkynes: addition and substitution matter, quantitative as well as qualitative reactions. Organic halogen compounds:

165 Faculty of EngineeringScience and Technology

substitution and elimination reactions, CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic CHE342 Quantum Chemistry And Its aromatic compounds, and electrophilic Chemistry (3 credits) Applications (3 credits) substitution reactions. Introduction to Introduction to group theory and basic Microscopic concepts of physical chemistry. chirality’s: Acids and bases: alcohols, ethers, knowledge of organo-metallic chemistry. Basic principles of quantum mechanics, epoxides, carbonyls compounds. Fundamental concepts of organometallic postulates, simple quantum mechanical chemistry; organometallic chemistry of systems (particle in a1-D and 3-D box), CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I transition elements; catalytic applications of rotational and vibrational energy levels (1 credit) organometallic compounds. in molecules, rotational, vibrational and Course topics include: Purification and electronic spectroscopy, photophysical and separation of organic compounds-distillation CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II photochemical processes in molecules and and fractional distillation, crystallization (1 credit) atoms, photochemical kinetics. and recrystallization melting point and Involves use of modern instruments to refractive index determination; Introduction characterize organic compounds. Synthesis of CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II to qualitative analysis of organic compounds; inorganic compounds and their characterization (1 credit) Preparations of simple organic compounds. using various techniques such as NMR, IR and Practical familiarization with microscopic UV-VIS spectroscopy; Reactions of transition and time dependent macroscopic aspects of CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry elements and their compounds physical chemistry. Laboratory experiments (2 credits) in application of quantum chemistry, Basic principles of thermodynamics: first, CHE331 Structure And Survey Of Functional spectroscopy, photochemical kinetics, second and third laws of thermodynamics; Groups II (3 credits) conductivity and transport phenomena. rates of chemical reactions. Spectroscopic methods in organic chemistry: UV, IR NMR and MS. Stereochemistry: Chirality, CHE351 Chemical Informatics (1 credit) CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I chiral compounds without stereogenic centres, Use of conventional and electronic chemical (1 credit) prochiral centres. Theory of aromaticity, information resources. An overview of This is an introduction to laboratory techniques nucleophilic aromatic substitution reactions information resources in chemistry. Purpose in physical chemistry, Experiments dealing and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons-. of scientific literature. Peer review process. with properties of solutions, Calorimetry, Conformations of cycloalkanes. Reactions of Electronic and non-electronic databases. thermodynamics, electrochemistry and enolate anions: Aldol, Claisen and Knoevenegel Searching methodologies including Internet chemical kinetics. condensations, Michael addition and Robinson searching (use of chemical web browsers). annulation reactions. Enamines. The Mannich Searching for information using chemical 300 Level Courses reaction. names, CAS numbers, structures, sub- CHE311 Separation Techniques (3 credits) structures, molecular formulas, etc. Searching Introduction to chromatographic separation CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry material safety data sheets (MSDS). and detection techniques: Liquid-liquid (2 credits) extraction; column chromatography, TLC, Study of reaction mechanisms. Review of CHE352 Literature Based Project (1 credit) GC and HPLC, Supercritical fluid; Capillary nucleophilic substitution and elimination Course will cover professional writing in electrophoresis. Detection systems include reactions – E1, E2, SN1, SN2, SNi, and E1CB. chemistry and scholarly project reports. FID/ECD & thermal conductivity for GC. UV- Structure – reactivity relationships: equilibrium Writing styles in chemistry: comprehensive Vis,/ DAD/ fluorescence detector for HPLC. and rate constants - the Hammett equation. report on an assigned topic in chemistry under Electrochemical / conductivity detectors for Methods for determining reaction mechanisms. the supervision of an academic staff. Thorough Ion Chromatography. Pericyclic reactions: Frontier Molecular Orbital search of the chemical literature including the Theory, cycloadditions, electrocyclic reactions latest information available on the subject. CHE312 Analytical Spectroscopy (2 credits) and sigmatropic rearrangements. Introduction to spectroscopic methods. 400 Level Courses Molecular absorption & emission:- UV-visible, CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory III CHE411 Advanced Analytical Techniques IR, phosphorescence, fluorescence, Fourier (1 credit) (3 credits) transform spectroscopy. Atomic absorption & Introduction to modern synthetic and Advanced analytical methods: Statistical emission techniques; AAS / AES and ICP-MS; characterization methods for organic treatment of experimental data; NMR and X-ray spectroscopy. compounds: Preparation of liquid and solid Electroanalytical Chemistry;-potentiometry, products then separation, purification and voltammetry, coulometry, classical and CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II identification by physical and spectroscopic modern polarography, Instrumentation and (1 credit) properties- UV, IR and NMR techniques. application of GC-MS, LC-MS, CE-MS, tandem Introduction to practical aspects of Chemical and spectroscopic methods in MS, Thermochemical and Radiochemical spectroscopic methods of analysis: UV-visible, qualitative analysis of organic compounds. methods of analysis; isotope dilution and IR, Fourier transform spectroscopy, GC, HPLC, Molecular modeling. Simulation of spectra. activity analysis. AAS/AES, etc. CHE341 Applications Of Thermodynamic CHE412 Sample Handling and Biochemical CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2 and Electrochemistry (2 credits) Analysis (3 credits) credits) Introduction to the applications of Sampling strategies, sample preparation and Introduction to nomenclature, properties chemical thermodynamics to solutions and clean-up techniques; solid phase extraction, and reactions of coordination compounds & electrochemical processes. Partial molar solid phase micro-extraction, dialysis, solvent complexes; isomerism and magnetic properties quantities, thermodynamics of mixing, extraction, supported liquid membrane. . Valence bond and crystal field theories; properties of ideal solutions, non-ideal Enzymatic analysis methods; application of absorption spectra; field strength; Jahn-Teller solutions, activity and activity coefficient, immobilised enzymes, competitive binding effects; covalency and electron delocalization phase diagrams, chemical equilibrium, immunoassays, enzyme immunoassays, in complexes. Thermodynamics of complex conductivity, ion activities, standard potentials, proteomics, and genomics. Properties of formation. Hard and soft acids and bases. Non- electrochemical cells applications of standard antibodies. Polymer structure elucidation of aqueous chemistry . The chemistry of d-block potentials. carbohydrate polymers; precipitation assays. elements and their compounds. Trends in the properties of elements of groups 3 to 12.

166 CHE413 Advanced Analytical Chemistry homogeneous catalysis with organometallic CHE446 Special Topics in Physical Laboratory (2 credits) compounds; Chemistry and applications of Chemistry (2 credits) Modern instrumental methods of analysis: boranes, carboranes and metalloboranes. Detailed treatment of topics chosen from: solid- atomic absorption (AAS), flame emission, CHE431 Heterocyclic Chemistry Synthetic state chemistry; irreversible thermodynamics; graphite furnace-AAS, inductively coupled Reactions and Design of Organic Synthesis molecular dynamics; intermolecular forces; plasma- AAS. Sample handling strategies. (3 credits) atmospheric and/or astrophysical chemistry. Micro high performance anion exchange Aromaticity and reactions of heterocyclic CHE452 Senior Research Project (3 credits) chromatography. Hyphenated techniques; compounds – furan, pyrrole, thiophene, The course involves scientific bench work LC-MS, MS-capillary electrophoresis, pyridine, indole, and quinoline. Synthetic research. Will comprise a study leading to electrochemistry workstations reaction, Protective groups.; Molecular a written report and shall be based on an rearrangements. Design of organic synthesis: original investigation of a chemical problem. CHE416 Environmental Chemistry introduction to disconnection approach / To be carried out under the supervision of a (2 credits) retrosynthetic analysis. member of staff. Introduction to environmental pollutants and CHE470 Excited State Chemistry (2 credits) their analysis using local case studies e.g., SO2 CHE432 Secondary Metabolites and emission from the BCL mine; Pesticide analysis, Biomolecules (3 credits) industrial waste management; Selection of safe Carbohydrates: structure, nomenclature, Department of Computer methods of disposal. Degradation reactions stereochemistry and reactions of Science and the dispersal pathways of materials into monosaccharides and disaccharides. Structure the environment. and properties of polysaccharides. Amino acids 2.5 BSc/BIS Degree Course Details and proteins: structure, nomenclature and CHE418 Special Topics in Analytical stereochemistry of amino acids and peptides, CSI231 Discrete Mathematics I (3) Chemistry (2 credits) analysis of peptides and proteins. Chemistry pre-req.: MAT122/STA102 Special topics selected from the following: of purines and pyrimidines. Nucleosides, Sets, relations and functions Propositional Application of Analytical Chemistry, Food, nucleotides and nucleic acids. Mechanisms and predicate calculus; Mathematical proofs; Drugs and Forensic Analysis, Chemostatistics of co-enzymes. Examples of secondary Induction; Basic number theory — well- and Clinical Analysis. metabolites from the acetate, mevalonate and ordering, divisibility and congruence; Discrete shikimic acid pathways. probability; Algebraic structures — groups and CHE421 Advanced Transition Metal rings Chemistry (3 credits) CHE433 Advanced Organic Chemistry Advanced topics in transition metal chemistry Laboratory (2 credits) CSI232 Discrete Mathematics II (2) and introductory bio-inorganic chemistry. Advanced laboratory techniques in organic pre-req. : CSI231 Electronic properties of transition metal synthesis- multi-step synthesis of organic Counting - basics, pigeon-hole principle, complexes; magnetic properties of transition compounds. Extraction and isolation of permutations and combinations, generating metal complexes; inorganic reaction naturally occurring compounds from plant permutation and combinations, principle of mechanisms; introduction to photo-chemical origin- application of chromatographic and inclusion and exclusion. Discrete probability reactions; f-block chemistry; introduction to spectroscopic methods. Analysis of mixtures of and probability theory: Sequences and bioinorganic chemistry organic compounds. summations. Recurrence relations: Graphs CHE436 Special Topics in Organic - representation, isomorphism, connectivity, CHE422 Advanced Organometallic and Solid Chemistry (2 credits) Euler and Hamilton paths. Trees - application, State Chemistry (3 credits) Selection may be made from the following traversal, sorting, spanning and minimum Organometallic Chemistry: Main group specialised topics: Chemistry of drugs; spanning trees. organometallics; structure and chemistry Chemistry of lipids; Selected natural of (C5H5)2MLn complexes; organometallic products; Agrochemicals; Free radicals and CSI241 Structured Programming (4) chemistry in synthesis; stereochemically non- photochemistry; Polymer materials pre-req.: GEC122 rigid molecules; metal clusters and metal-metal Problem solving with computer: The bonds; low- and high-nuclearity clusters; NMR CHE441 Advanced Physical Chemistry I programming process. High level language spectra; Latimer diagrams, oxidation state (3 credits) programming: data types, input/output, stability. Solid state chemistry: lattices; crystal Entropy and probability, partition functions, control structures, functions, objects and packing; ionicstructures; crystal defects; applications of statistical thermodynamics. classes, file I/O; simple data structures metallic bonding; spinels. Colloidal solutions, electrical double layer, like arrays and records. Programme design Liquid-gas and liquid-liquid interfaces, Gibbs concepts. Programme testing, debugging and CHE423 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory adsorption equation, spreading, solid-gas documentation Practical problem-solving (2 credits) interface, adsorption isotherms, rates of exercises. Physical methods in Inorganic Chemistry: the surface processes, adsorption and catalysis. study of physical and chemical properties of CSI242 Data Abstraction and transition metal and organometallic complexes CHE442 Advanced Physical Chemistry II Structures (4) using electronic, infrared, and nuclear (3 credits) pre-req. : CSI241 magnetic resonance spectroscopy techniques Reaction kinetics, techniques of fast reactions, Abstraction, decomposition, Abstract Data as well as optical isomerism, reaction kinetics, theories of reaction rates, reaction in Types, information hiding; records, sets, arrays, and inert atmosphere techniques. solution, composite reactions, chain reactions, tables, stacks, queues, binary trees, trees, explosions,. Transport phenomena. Polymers, graphs, etc. Object-orientated paradigm; CHE426 Special Topics in Inorganic kinetics of polymerization, osmometry, practical application in problem-solving. Chemistry (2 credits) viscometry, gel-permeation chromatography., Selection may be made from the following TGA, DSC. Introductory polymer processing. CSI252 Operating System Concepts (3) specialised topics: Nanochemistry, Synthesis History, evolution, philosophies, structures of inorganic materials for the fabrication CHE443 Physical Chemistry of OS systems. Introduction to the concepts of semiconductors; Molecular orbital Laboratory III (2 credits) processes; resource management; virtual calculations; Kinetics and mechanisms of Laboratory experiments in polymers, surface machines; scheduling; memory management; inorganic reactions in solution media; Applied and colloid chemistry. file systems; device management, allocation

167 Faculty of EngineeringScience and Technology

techniques, memory protection; virtual Error recovery strategies Symbol table design specifications verification, and validation memory; paging and segmentation. OS in Binding Compiler writing tools: Incremental Elementary proof of correctness Code and security and protection: OS interface and compiling, interpreters’ Abstract machine design reading, structured walkthroughs. distributed/network. Detailed comparative concept Testing strategies Software reliability issues study of features and architecture of current Configuration management. CASE tools Team OS CSI314 Decision Support Systems II (3) project assignments Structure of the decision problem DSS CSI261 Machine Organization (3) Framework and applications: DSS Model CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design (3) Introduction to computer hardware: Representation. DSS; Data Warehousing, Data General Systems Theory: development life cycle; Computer systems organization: CPU marting and Data Mining for DSS; DSS Re- analysis; description and modelling techniques: organization; memory organization; I/O engineering; Modelling and decision support; Systems development project planning: devices characteristics. Digital logic circuit; Decision model construction; Forecasting; concepts and tools; System Requirements; Combinational logic: sequential logic. Data Optimisation and Simulation; Group support design: implementation, changeover and representation; data coding: error detection systems. Model Based Management Systems. maintenance overview; Documentation; and correction. Microprogramming based on DS and IS DSS Development Tools Group DSS; Systems development management; Modern a simplified machine example; sample macro- DSS development project systems development tools, implementation, architecture. Some examples from Intel-80x86 techniques, and methodologies; Systems architectures CSI315 Web Technology and Analysis and Design project. Applications (3) CSI272 Computer Communications pre-req. : CSI241 CSI351 Assembly Language Networks Fundamentals (2) The Internet, intranet and Web technologies; Programming (3) Network basic Concepts Data transmissions, Systems development; Rapid Applications Assembly language programming Language Multiplexing, Concentrators; Front-end Development concept; Web application hierarchy, the assembly-linking process Controllers line connectors, components development, architectures, environments, and the role of the OS in assembly level of data communications system, network and technologies. Web applications Web programming. Machine level data structures topologies, ISO-OSI reference model, LAN, Development using Web-authoring tools Assembly language programming techniques: WAN, Internet; Network Components and Database –Web connectivity Scripting advanced data structures like arrays; advanced Technologies. Installation of networks languages for Web development; Web I/O. Interrupt handling and introduction to particularly LAN and WAN Network tools, application Client/Server technologies Project. concurrent programming. Use and definition of cables, hubs, and routers, NICs. Practical macros; conditional assembly object modules involving cables preparations etc, network CSI322 Algorithm Analysis and Design and linking Assembly/high-level language installation. NOS and installation. (3) interface. Run-time considerations pre-req.: CSI242 CSI352 Industrial Attachment (2) CSI292 Information Systems Measuring algorithm performance: worst pre-req.: Completion of All Level 200 Fundamentals (3) case analysis; average case analysis; lower courses Fundamental Systems Concepts; Systems bounds.Techniques of efficient algorithm components and relationships; IS in design: greedy method, dynamic programming CSI361 Computer Architecture (3) perspective; Information and knowledge graph traversal. Illustration with topics from pre-req. : CSI261 economy; Information as an organizational integer and polynomial arithmetic; matrix The computer system: interconnection resource; Processing models; IS Architectural multiplication; random number generation; structure; internal & external memory; Framework: IS infrastructure: Organisations sorting; searching; graph and tree algorithms. input/output; relationship between the as systems; IS in organizational context; IS Introduction to complexity theory Parallel and architecture and the OS. Advance topic in Development frameworks: Life cycles and Randomized algorithms computer organization: pipelining; horizontal Methodologies; Global IS; Fundamentals of IS vertical microprogramming architecture; for Enterprise: Elements of Socio-economics CSI331 Numerical Methods I (3) microprogramming applications. Alternative of of IS. Case studies Approximation and errors Finite differences architectures: parallel processing; vector Interpolation Solution of linear an non – processing; RISC vs. CISC. CSI311 File Systems and Data linear equations. Numerical integration Curve Management (4) fittings CSI362 Database Concepts (3) pre-req.: CSI242 Principles and concepts of the DBS DBMS Techniques for storing, accessing, and CSI332 Programming Languages (3) architecture Databases and data modelling managing long-term data in computer pre-req.: CSI241 Services of DBMS Overview of database systems Hardware and software aspects of Principles of programming language design. A languages Transactions The relational data processing: processors, storage devices, brief history of major developments Procedural model. Mapping from a conceptual model communications, file I/O control. Techniques and non-procedural paradigms (languages- to a relational model Database design for organizing and managing files: DBMS. functional, logic, object-oriented, parallel) methodologies The network and hierarchical Data organisation methods in relation to Virtual machines and language translation models. Database Design languages Overview physical database design. Major practical data Binding time Sequence control. Representation of commercially available systems. Practical management systems implementation of data types; data control, sharing, and work with DBMS type checking. Encapsulation Polymorphism CSI312 Programming Language Run-time storage management: allocation, CSI371 Information Systems Resources Translation (3) recovery, and reuse of storage. Management (3) pre-req. : CSI241, CSI351/CSI361 Information Systems resources (ISR) ISR The principles and design aspects of CSI341 Introduction to Software Management objectives, responsibilities, programming language translation. Compiler Engineering (3) principles and environment. IS Management, organisation Lexical analysis, Syntax analysis, The software development process Control and Maintenance (MCM) concepts IS type checking, code generation, optimisation Design objectives. Function oriented and Management tasks and state models; Tasks at Alternative parsing strategies, comparison object oriented design methodologies. ISR Tasks Management level; IS Control and with respect to time and space trade offs. Documentation Implementation strategies Maintenance Processes modeling; Organisation Grammars and ambiguity Data representation Debugging, anti bugging Introduction to of ISR management ISR Management

168 types. ISR Management issues; practice; IT CSI405 Project II (4) transportation problem, networks, simulation, infrastructure Library; resources planning; and pre-req: CSI403 queuing theory, inventory control and impact on organisational planning cycle Case Continuation of CSI405 covering forecasting models. OR packages and their studies implementation and full documentation in uses form of a project report CSI372 Expert Systems (3) CSI423: Systems Programming (3) pre-req.: CSI241 pre-req.: CSI241 Expert System technology forward CSI411 Complexity and Computability Introduction to Systems Programming and backward reasoning State space, theory (3) Process Control and Scheduling Processes decompositions and game trees Heuristic pre-req.: CSI322 Threads and Threads Programming File I/O search. Plausible reasoning Bayesian probability Computational complexity of algorithms and Signal Processing. Memory Management theory Certainty factors and other approach Phrases like NP-Complete and NP-Hard have Programming Distributed Systems and to uncertainty Knowledge representation (KR) already become common to the lexicon of Client Server Programming Unix socket Knowledge acquisition. Hybrid expert systems algorithm designers. Computability, addresses programming. Java Systems Programming: design. ES development tools ES and database time-honoured issues such as the famous SWING, multithreading and networking. systems. Intelligent data handling halting problem, and, of course, some of the more interesting variations on the Turing CSI431 Formal Methods (3) CSI373 Economics of Information machine theme. Introduction to Formal Methods: Introduction; Technology (3) Rationale for use of formal methods; Review Economic aspects of IT; systems managers, CSI412 Topics in Computer Science (3) of specification methods; Properties of system users, the IT industry, and national A selected advanced topic in computer science specifications; Specification classes; Overview policy-makers; the systems management may be offered depending on the qualification of formal method approaches. Mathematical perspective; performance and capacity, system and interest of available teaching staff. This Basis for Formal Methods: Propositional financing, and price-for- service strategies. course would be offered in first semester logic; Predicate calculus; Theories and proof Cost/ benefit trade-off and measurement. Number of hours/week: 4 lecture hours, or systems; Reasoning and proof techniques. Impacts of IT industries and markets National equivalent. Formal Specification using Z : Z notation and issues Global competition Informatics policies, structure; Building Z specifications; Functional and the role of IT in development CSI414 Information Interfaces and and data refinement; Proving properties of Presentation (3) Z specifications; Use of automated theorem CSI382: Formal languages and Automata (3) General: Multimedia IS; Animations Artificial, proving tools. pre-req.: CSI231 and CSI232 augmented and virtual realities. Audio I/O; Theory of formal languages The Chomsky Hypertext Navigation and maps; Video; Users CSI432 Intelligent Interfaces and hierchy of formal grammars and the Interfaces; Auditory feedback: Benchmarking; Systems (3) corresponding automata Finite state automata Evaluation/methodology; Graphical user pre-req.: CSI372 and regular expressions Deterministic and interface (GUI) I/O strategies; Interaction styles Introduction to Natural Language Processing nondeterministic finite state automata, Natural language prototyping; Screen design Natural Language Interfaces The linguistic Criterion for regularity Context-free grammars Standardization; Style guides Theory and Application if NLP NLP as a tool for Linguistic and push down automata Pumping Lemma for methods; User-centred design User interface Research. Software for Natural Language regular and context-free languages Push- management systems Voice I/O Windowing Systems Comparison between Natural down automata in parsing programming systems Group and Organization interface: Language Interactive Interfaces and direct languages Decision problems Hypertext/Hypermedia: Sound and Music manipulation, graphical interfaces Computing. CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3) CSI433 Algorithmic Graph Theory (3) Basic principles and methodology for user CSI416 Topics in Information Systems (3) pre-req.: CSI322 interface design, Background of human Selected current topics in Information Systems Graph Algorithms: depth first search, breadth information processing and human factors. may be offered depending on the qualification first search, connected components, topological Practical case studies Techniques for user- and interest of available teaching staff. This sorting, shortest path algorithm, network flow, centred analysis and design Prototyping tools course would be offered in first semester. string searching, parallel computation, graph Introduction to Usability Engineering and partitioning, and graph isomorphism. evaluation methods. Methods for enhancing CSI421 Operating Systems (3) system usability including systems ergonomics pre-req.: CSI252 CSI434 Knowledge Management Issues in analyzing, designing and Systems (3) CSI393 Multimedia Computing (3) implementing operating systems (OSs); Models pre-req.: CSI362 Multimedia computing concepts and of OS structure Processes: models, scheduling. Knowledge systems theoretical foundations principles; Multimedia computing application, Memory management: allocation techniques, infrastructure enabling technologies, emerging Multimedia computing application packages; memory protection; virtual memory; paging applications and management Knowledge- Multimedia components - Sound, Graphics, and segmentation. File System: structure; based Economy; Knowledge Management Animation, Video; Understanding multimedia directories; implementation; security and systems; Types of knowledge Technologies KM components and developing contents; Web protection and deadlocks. Distributed technical infrastructure; Data Warehousing/ Integration of multimedia components; Visual OSs: design issues; communications; Data Mining and Knowledge delivery communication; Database integration of synchronization; processes and processors. Systems; Knowledge modeling; Application multimedia components. In-depth case studies of implementation of of AI technologies in KMS development; Case selected Operating Systems. studies; CSI403 Project I (2) Project proposal, Literature review, Systems CSI422 Operations Research (3) CSI441 Software Engineering (3) Analysis and Design It shall be a pre-req. course Operations Research (OR): concepts, tools, pre-req. CSI341 which must be passed before taking CSI405. techniques, applications in solving practical Conventional development Requirements problems. Topics include: linear programming, analysis architectural high-level design, parametric programming, dual, post implementation testing maintenance Formal optimal analysis, integer programming, the development Project planning and control

169 Faculty of EngineeringScience and Technology

Metrics and measurement Software reliability design, OO databases; Software reusability processing etc modelling AI/KBS approaches environments Abstraction Polymorphism Object messages AI/KBS development techniques Principles of and encapsulation Classes, inheritance, and CSI493 Computer Graphics I (3) object-oriented systems Prototyping Software class categories Foundations and collection pre-req. : CSI241 reuse classes Iconic user interfaces. Design and Computer Graphics (CG)?, Image Analysis(IA) CSI442 Artificial Intelligence (3) implementation Survey of Object Oriented vs. CG. Hardware devices Software packages pre-req. : CSI372 features of programming languages, modelling 2D-Graphics; homogenous coordinates, Proof techniques: State space search: database and knowledge – based systems. Transformations, Clippings 3D-Grahics 2D exhaustive, heuristic, performance evaluation. screens, projection Realism (basic illumination Searching decompositions, AND/OR graphs, CSI472 Social Issues of Information models, primary and secondary effects. means-end analysis. Playing games by searching Technology (3) trees minimax procedure, pruning: Alternative Historical development and transfer of Science CSI494 Computer Graphics II (3) search strategies. Searching and rule base and Technology of computing; Social context pre-req. : CSI493 systems. Language for AI problem solving: of computing; Perspectives to computer Colour Models and Colour Applications; Natural Language Processing. Computer systems development; Risks and liabilities Modelling in 3D; Surface Rendering; Lighting vision systems and image processing: Neural of computer-based systems; intellectual effects; Computer Animation; Interaction; networks. property; Privacy and civil liberties; Computer Computer Graphics in Scientific Visualization; crime; Ethics and professionalism issues; IT Graphics on the World Wide Web; Graphics CSI451 Knowledge Engineering (3) in socio-economic development: Computing and multimedia systems. pre-req.: CSI372 technology transfer to Developing countries. The facility of KE and problem solving – an Case studies GEC Area 2 overview Fuzzy sets and fuzzy operations GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Fuzziness and probability. Fuzzy systems Neural CSI481 – Database Systems (3) for Degree Students I (2) Networks Theoretical and Computational pre-req.: CSI362 Hardware and software systems concepts models Real and artificial neurons Fuzzy Database systems development framework, and principles OS and file management neurons and fuzzy neural networks NN for Planning; Logical and Physical DB design basics Applications areas of computers; Knowledge Engineering and problem Solving Query processing. Backup and recovery Data Communications and network systems; NN as a problem solving paradigm Hybrid Concurrency Management; Performance Internet and Electronic mails basics; Computers Symbolic and Fuzzy Systems tuning DB security, integrity and control. and society issues; Information skills and DBS architectural frameworks: Client/Server, organisation Information need, and sources CSI452 Computer Simulation (3) Distributed and parallel DBS. Object-oriented Security and legal issues. Problem-solving with pre-req.: CSI331 and MAT271 DB KB and DBS Intelligent DB Data and DBA; computers Practical laboratory exercises. Models, model development, verification, and Data Warehouse DB Design; Web-DBS; DB validation; Simulation Study; Discrete and Programming languages Current topics GEC 122 Computing and Information Skills Continuous Probability distributions Linear for Degree Students II (2) congruential method for generating uniform CSI482 Information Systems Engineering (3) pre-req.: GEC121 random numbers; Tests for uniformity and Information Systems(ISs) Engineering Advanced operating systems file management; independence; Inverse transform technique, principles; Design for ISs; IS architectural (ISA): Spreadsheet and database management; Use Acceptance-rejection technique ; Student, frameworks, models, and concepts; IS Strategies, of basic spreadsheet application package Chi-square and Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests, Planning; methodologies; .IS Requirements facilities; Basic database application package Covariance and Correlation, ANOVA; Testing Engineering; IS Engineering; Enterprise IS facilities; Principles of problem-solving with for significance of regression. Integration: Framework, dimensions, and computers. Design and specification with impacts; Legacy IS re-engineering; Data pseudo-code and other tools; evaluating CSI461 Computer Communications Warehouse systems engineering; Web-based information sources; Practical Networks Management (4) systems engineering; IS Engineering impacts pre-req.: CSI272 assessment; . Practical I GEC 221 Information Management Skills (2) Data communications: theory, and systems pre-req.: GEC122 structures. Networks types, structures, ISO- CSI484 National Information Systems Word processing and database management; OSI reference model Protocols types and Infrastructure (3) application package facilities; DB application structure. Protocol layers: functions. LAN and IS Technology (IST) and techno-economic package facilities; problem-solving methods WAN and ISDN; Network management and development; National IST (NIST); Components Data communication and network systems Administration and Perspectives; IT structure and System. Evaluating information sources; Electronic Human capital economic growth, and policy; information resources. Information CSI462 Distributed Systems (3) National development vision versus IST management using intermediate to advanced pre-req.: CSI411 and CSI361 infrastructure vision Models to Strategic Database management; Electronic information Design issues of Distributed Systems (DS), thrusts: E-Governance; IST culture issues; communications Topic analysis; integrated Architecture, design, and implementation of Telecommunications regulation. Legislative information management. DS. Comparison of DS to PC’s and centralized framework for IST; translating vision to reality, systems. Performance security and reliability thrusts to action; Case studies GEC222 Problem-Solving with issues Process communication: IPC, remote Spreadsheet (2) procedure calls (RPC), java communications, CSI491 Pattern Recognition (3) pre-req.: GEC122 transactions; processing and concurrency pre-req. : CSI372 Problem solving Concepts and principles control. Naming, security, Distributed file Introduction to Pattern Recognition Statistical Spreadsheet problem-solving methodology: system, replication, shared memory, distributed Decision theory, Image processing and Problem-specification and solution design. algorithms and message passing. Analysis. Pattern recognition models Pattern Advanced Spreadsheet features. Survey of Recognition Design Methodology. NN for Spreadsheet application domains Spreadsheet CSI471 Object Oriented Systems Pattern recognition Pattern Recognition programming Practical problem-solving using Development (3) implementation – interactive systems, special spreadsheet facilities Further information pre-req.: CSI241 architectures Pattern recognition applications skills: Electronic information sourcing and Object-orientation paradigm; analysis – computer vision, signal processing, text evaluation; Information synthesis; Practical

170 lab exercises. MAT 242 Computing I (3) MAT342 Computing II (3) Elements of programming; Procedures and Recursion, pointers and linked lists; Object GEC 223 Web Application Skills (2) subroutines; Structured design; Introduction oriented programming; Dynamic memory pre-req.-GEC122 to modularization. allocation; Mathematical usage of objects and The Internet and Web technologies; Systems modules. development Web Application development MAT244 Numerical Methods (3) cycle; Web-Based Systems, structure and Computer arithmetic; Numerical approximation MAT344 Numerical Methods of Linear applications; Survey of Web application and integration. Algebra (3) development tools and use; HTML components Direct and iterative methods for solving and syntax; Web planning, design using MAT251 Vectors and Introductory systems of linear equations; Numerical programmatic (e.g. scripting) and non- Mechanics (3) methods for computation of eigenvalues and programmatic approaches; Use of tables and Vectors; Vector calculus; Particle motion in eigenvectors of matrices. pictures; Validation and verification, error a straight line; Newton’s laws of motion; checking; Qualities of a good web site; Static Kinematics; Dynamics in space; Statistics. MAT352 Dynamics I (3) versus Dynamic web concepts; Practical Central forces, systems of particles, variable MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) mass; Non-inertial frames; Rigid body motion; GEC321 Multimedia Information Work, power and energy; Momentum; Simple Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics. Presentation Skills (2) harmonic motion; Statics of rigid bodies; pre-req.: GEC122 Centre of gravity; Dynamics of a rigid body. MAT361 Mathematical Programming and Multimedia information resources; Use Game Theory (3) of facilities in appropriate Presentation MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical Graphical solution for linear programming; application packages Integrated use of Statistics (3) Simplex method and new developments; K-T presentation application packages with related Sample space and probability function; condition and basic methods for non-linear application packages (e.g. Word processing, Distributions of random variables; programming; Linear programming method Spreadsheet, and Database packages). Advanced Expectations; Normal distribution; Applications for two person zero-sum games. information skills: Topic analysis - Information of t, chi-square and F distributions; Sampling needs analysis and problem definition; Use of distributions; Statement of central limit MAT371 Mathematical Statistics I (3) advanced electronic information resources. theorem; Confidence intervals and testing of Review of probability; Distributions of random hypothesis. variables; Conditional distributions; Normal, Department of Mathematics gamma, t, chi-square and F distributions; MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3) Different modes of convergence; Limiting MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4) Determinants and matrices; Application of distributions; Introduction to estimation Basic algebra; Introduction to functions; derivatives; Number sequences and series; theory and hypothesis testing. Trigonometry; Series; Induction; Complex Partial derivatives; Application of integration. numbers; Permutations and combinations. MAT372 Mathematical Statistics II (3) MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II (3) Estimation theory; Classical methods of MAT122 Introductory MathematicS II (4) Ordinary differential equations; Statistics; estimation versus Bayes estimation; Theory of Calculus; Co-ordinate geometry; Vectors. Probability; Binomial, Poisson and normal uniformly powerful tests and likelihood ratio distributions. tests; Introduction to linear models; Linear MAT191 Design Mathematics I (3) regression and ANOVA models. Basic Algebra; Trigonometry, Statistics. MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) Groups; Factor groups; Homomorphisms; MAT381 Calculus for Teachers I (3) MAT192 Design Mathematics II (3) Rings. Differentiation; Integration. Co-ordinate Geometry; Matrices and MAT382 Calculus for Teachers II (3) Determinants; Calculus. MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) Complex numbers; Differential equations; Group actions; p-groups; Rings; Fields. Partial differentiation MAT201 Ancillary Mathematics (3) Linear algebra; Calculus; Probability and MAT 321 Real Analysis I (3) MAT383 Linear Algebra for Teachers (3) statistics. The real number system; Sequences of real Linear equations; Matrices; Transformations; numbers; Series; Functions; Continuity; Vectors; Geometric equations. MAT211 Introductory Set And Differentiability; Integration. Number Theory (3)Logic; Sets; Relations; MAT384 Computing for Teachers (3) Integers; Modular Arithmetic. MAT 322 Real Analysis II (3) Introduction to computing; Basics of Introduction to Rn as a metric space; programming; laboratory exercises. MAT212 Introductory Linear Algebra (3) Differentiation in Rn ; Power series; Integration Linear equations; Matrices; Vector spaces; in Rn. MAT387 Mechanics for Teachers I(3) Transformations; Eigenvectors. Vectors; Co-ordinate systems; Kinematics; MAT 323 Vector Calculus (3) Velocity; Acceleration; Projectiles; Relative MAT 221 Calculus I (3) Vectors and applications to lines and planes; motion and circular motion. Techniques of integration; Applications of Curves and surfaces; Differentiation and integration; Improper integrals; Generalized integration of vector functions; The divergence MAT388 Mechanics for Teachers II (3) mean value theorem; Taylor’s theorem; theorem and Stoke’s theorem. Newton’s law of motion; Momentum and Differential equations; Sequences and series. impulse; Conservation of momentum; Work, MAT324 Differential Equations (3) power and energy; Simple harmonic motion. MAT 222 Calculus II (3) Second order linear differential equations; MAT389 Linear Programming and Game Theory Power series; Conic sections; Differential Power series solutions to ordinary differential For Teachers (3) calculus; Multiple integrals. equations; Systems of differential equations; Mathematical formulation of linear Boundary value problems for ordinary programming (LP) problem; Graphical method; differential equations and partial differential The simplex procedure and other techniques; equations. Game theory; Two-person games; Zero-sum

171 Faculty of EngineeringScience and Technology

games; Mixed strategies; Graphical solution; MAT425 Measure Theory (3) distribution; Maximum likelihood estimation The best mixed strategy as an LP problem. Measure spaces; Measurable functions; of m and S of Np (m,S) distribution; Likelihood Integration; Spaces of functions; Product ratio test for testing Ho: m = mo; Multivariate MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III (3) measures. regression; Canonical correlations; Principal Laplace transforms; Vector analysis; components. Interpolation; Numerical solution of differential MAT426 Partial Differential Equations (3) equations; Fourier series representation of Initial boundary problems for parabolic, elliptic MAT 472 Linear Models (3) periodic functions. and hyperbolic equations. General linear model and linear hypotheses; Models of full rank and models not of full MAT431 General Topology rank; Estimable functions; Testable hypotheses; MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IVA (3) Topological spaces; Bases and sub-bases; The exponential family and generalized Laplace transforms; Partial differential Continuous mappings; Hausdorff spaces; linear models; Introduction to fi xed models; equations; Complex analysis. Compact spaces; Connected spaces. Illustration of fi tting models to real life data with a computer package. MAT394 Engineering Mathematics IVB (3) MAT432 Algebraic Topology (3) Partial differential equations; Laplace Homotopy theory; Homology theory; MAT 474 Stochastic Processes (3) transforms. Categories and functors. Stochastic processes in both discrete and continuous time; Markov chains; Poisson MAT400 Project (3) MAT441 Numerical Analysis (3) processes; Renewal theory; Branch processes; MAT402 History Of Mathematics (3) Multi-step linear methods and Runge Kutta Applications. The origins of mathematics; Greek mathematics; methods for ordinary differential equations; Mathematics in other cultures; The European Finite difference methods for partial MAT 476 Statistical Computing (3) renaissance; Modern mathematics. differential equations. Use of symbolic computation in statistics with a computer algebra system; Developing MAT404 Topics in Advanced MAT442 Computational Mathematics (3) computational methods for selected problems Mathematics (3) Symbolic calculations with a computer; of multivariate statistics; Using a statistics Topics to be determined. Automatic symbolic differentiation and package for estimation and testing of integration; Symbolic solution of differential hypotheses in different statistical models MAT411 Linear Algebra (3) equations; Approximation of functions with a with real life data and/or data supplied by Vector spaces; Linear transformations; computer. simulation. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors; Inner product spaces; Multilinear algebra. MAT451 Dynamics II (3) MAT481 Geometry for Teachers I (3) Further work on systems of particles; Logic; Axiomatic systems; Incidence geometry; MAT412 Number Theory (3) Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics; Euclidean geometry. Brief revision of elementary number theory; Variational principles; anonical transforms; Quadratic reciprocity; Number theoretic Hamilton-Jacobi theory. MAT482 Geometry for Teachers II (3) functions; Sums of squares; Algebraic Analytic Geometry in the Euclidean plane integers. MAT452 Quantum Mechanics (3) and space; Transformational Geometry in the Quantization rules; Application to the hydrogen Euclidean plane. MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph atom; Schrodinger wave equation; Poisson Theory (3) brackets and commutation relations;The MAT483 Real Analysis for Teachers (3) Graphs; Planar graphs; Paths; Directed graphs; uncertainty principle. Sequences; Functions; Continuity; Derivatives; Networks; Matchings. Riemann integral. MAT453 Electromagnetic Theory (3) MAT416 Abstract Algebra III Electric fi eld; Electric currents in linear MAT484 Introduction to Probability and Group theory; Field theory. conductors; Biot-Savart law; Magnetic fi Statistics For Teachers (3) eld; Potentials and related boundary value Sample space and probability function; MAT421 Functions of a Complex problems; Maxwell’s equations. Distributions of random variables and their Variable (3) moments; Binomial, Poisson, normal and The elementary functions; Analytic functions; MAT454 Introduction to Fluid Dynamics (3) other probability functions; Estimation and Series; Calculus of residues; Introduction Tensor methods; Two dimensional steady fl ow; hypothesis testing. to conformal mappings and analytic Stream lines and streak lines; Properties of fl continuation. uids; Mass conservation; Continuity equations; MAT485 Number Theory and Abstract Convective derivative; Vorticity. Algebra for Teachers (3) MAT422 Functional Analysis (3) Elementary number theory; The Diophantine Normed linear spaces; Inner product spaces; MAT 461 Optimization And Control equation; Congruences; Fermat’s and Wilson’s Fundamental theorems for normed linear Theory (3) theorems; Group theory; Polynomials. spaces; Applications. Calculus of variation; Pontryagin maximum principle; Optimal control of linear systems; MAT491 Engineering Mathematics V MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3) Linear systems with quadratic cost. Partial differential equations; Bessel functions; Laplace transforms and applications; Fourier Legendre polynomials; Reliability theory series; Fourier transforms and applications; MAT 462 Mathematical Modelling (3) Classifi cation of partial differential equations; Population models; Competing species; MAT492 Engineering Mathematics VI Boundary value problems. Epidemic models; Van der Pol and Lotka- Tests of hypothesis; Linear programming; Volterra equations. Stochastic processes. MAT424 Dynamical Systems (3) Periodic attractors; Stability and bifurcations; MAT 471 Multivariate Statistics (3) Chaos and chaotic attractors. Multivariate, marginal and conditional distributions; Multivariate normal distribution Np (m,S). Wishart distribution and Hotelling T2

172 g ECONOMICS g LAW g POLITICAL & Faculty of ADMINISTRATIVE STUDIES g POPULATION STUDIES g PSYCHOLOGY SOCIAL g SOCIAL WORK g SOCIOLOGY g STATISTICS SCIENCES

DEAN DEPUTY DEAN FACULTY ADMINISTRATORS Prof. H. K. Siphambe, BA (UB), MA R.G. Majelantle, BA (UB), PGDipPop- M. B. Maje, BA PGDE (UB), MEd (Western Michigan), PhD (Manitoba) Stud (Rips, Ghana), MA (Pennyslva- (Birmingham) nia) M.P. Ntshebo, BA(UB), MSc HRM (Salford)

173 Faculty of EngineeringSocialScience Sciences and Technology

ntroduction Special Regulations of the Faculty of Social Social Sciences II (3) The Faculty of Social Sciences comprises the Sciences STA121 Elements of Probability (3) following Departments: 24.00 General Regulations of the University •Economics shall apply. Level 200 •Law 24.01 Failure, without good cause, to deliver Core Courses •Political and Administrative Studies an assignment within the first 24 hours of the Semester 1 •Population Studies due date shall carry a penalty of 5 percentage ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) •Psychology marks. Failure to submit the assignment before ECO231 Intermediate Mathematics for •Social Work the end of the week from the due date shall Economists (3) •Sociology incur a zero mark. •Statistics. Semester 2 DEPARTMENT OF ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) Programmes of Study ECONOMICS ECO232 Intermediate Statistics for Until recently, the Faculty concentrated mainly Economists (3) on its Combined Major Programmes, which Bachelor of Arts in Economics allows students to choose any 2 areas of study Degree Programme Level 300 from the Departments mentioned above, i. Core Courses e. Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences (BASS), Special Departmental Regulations for the Semester 1 and with special permission, from courses Bachelor of Arts in Economics (Combined ECO311 Microeconomics I (3) offered by other Faculties or Departments, e.g. Degree and Economics Minor) ECO321 Macroeconomics I (3) Environmental Science and Accounting. ECO331 Mathematics for Economists I (3) Entry Requirements ECO341 Econometrics I (3) However, in order to more effectively meet Subject to the provisions of General Regulation ECO463 Economics of Botswana and the demand for fully trained Social Scientists, 20.20, at least a credit in Mathematics shall Southern Africa (3) the Faculty has been trying to activate its be required for all students intending to Single Major Programmes to provide for take Economics as a Major or Minor subject. Semester 2 specialisation in particular areas. During the Alternative qualifications may be accepted ECO312 Microeconomics II (3) academic year 1981/82, the Faculty changed as per General Academic Regulation 20.24b. ECO322 Macroeconomics II (3) its Year 1 and Year 2 Programmes from the unit Requirements for entry into the Bachelor ECO332 Mathematics for Economists II (3) to the subject system. With the introduction of Arts (Economics) Degree Programme are ECO342 Econometrics II (3) of the subject system, students in the Faculty determined by the Department of Economics ECO465 History of Economic Thought (3) are still being provided with the facility of Board and may vary from year to year. The electing 1 of their majors as Environmental Department offers Economics as a Single Level 400 Science (Faculty of Science), and Accounting Major Bachelor of Arts (Economics) Degree, Core Courses (Faculty of Business). Furthermore, in response a Combined Major (Major/Major) Degree for Semester 1 to the growing need for middle-level the BASS and other Degrees, and a Minor in ECO431 Research Methods in Economics (3) manpower, the Departments of Population Economics. Students majoring in other subjects Plus: 4 Optional Courses. Studies, Social Work, Sociology and Statistics may take courses in Economics provided the offer Programmes leading to the Diploma in pre-requisites are satisfied. Semester 2 Population Studies, Social Work, Criminal ECO432 Project in Applied Economics Justice Studies and Statistics. Consistent with (3, core) Single Major Programme its objectives, the Faculty started offering its Students intending to take Economics as a Plus: 4 Optional Courses. first Post Graduate Programme during the Single Major shall take and pass the following 1990/91 academic year. This was the Masters courses: Optional Courses in Public Administration. Since then six (6) ECO221 Intermediate Microeconomics for more Post Graduate Programmes have been Non-Majors Level 100 introduced. These are the Master of Arts in Law, Intermediate Macroeconomics for Core Courses ECO222 in Statistics, in Economics, Population Studies, Non-Majors Semester 1 Development Studies and Social Work. A new Development Economics ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) ECO411 Masters degree programme in Politics and Development Problems and Policy STA101 Mathematics for Business and ECO412 International Relations has been introduced in Social Sciences I (3) ECO421 International Trade August 2007. International Finance STA116 Introduction to Statistics (3) ECO422 ECO441 Economics of Agriculture Agricultural Policy and Rural Semester 2 ECO442 Development ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) Environmental Economics STA102 Mathematics for Business and ECO451

174 ECO452 Resource Economics Semester 2 total assessment. This applies to all courses ECO463 Economics of Botswana and ECO312 Microeconomics II (3) except ECO432 (Project in Applied Economics) Southern Africa ECO322 Macroeconomics II (3) ECO465 History of Economic Thought ECO332 Mathematics for Economists II (3) Research Proposal ECO466 Public Finance All students taking ECO431 Research Methods ECO467 Labour Economics Level 400 in Economics shall write a research proposal ECO468 Industrial Economics Core Courses that shall be graded, and there shall be no final ECO469 Money and Banking Semester 1 examination for that course. The proposal for ECO473 Financial Economics ECO341 Econometrics I (3) this course will normally be used as a basis for ECO474 Health Economics ECO463 Economics of Botswana and ECO432 Project in Applied Economics. ECO475 Transport Economics Southern Africa (3) Progression from one Semester to Semester Plus one Optional Course Progression from one Semester to the next NB: ECO221 and ECO222 are not available for shall be as per General Regulations 00.9 Students taking Economics as a Major. Semester 2 ECO342 Econometrics II (3) NB: Students in Levels 300 and 400 may Plus: 2 Optional Courses. DEPARTMENT OF LAW take any of the above-listed optional courses provided they satisfy the pre-requisites. Minor in Economics The Department of Law offers programmes and Students intending to take Economics as a Mi- courses leading to the award of the following Combined Major Programme nor subject shall take and pass the following qualifications: Students intending to take Economics as a courses: Combined Major shall take and pass the fol- • Bachelor of Laws (LLB) lowing courses: Level 100 • Master of Laws (LLM) Core Courses Level 100 Semester 1 Bachelor of Laws (LLB) Degree Core Courses ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Entry Requirements Semester 1 STA101 Mathematics for Business and 1.The normal requirement for admission to the ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Social Sciences I (3) Bachelor of Laws degree programme shall be STA101 Mathematics for Business and the Botswana General Certificate of Secondary Social Sciences I (3) Semester 2 Education (BGCSE) obtained at one sitting STA116 Introduction to Statistics (3) Core Courses with a minimum of five credits, one of which ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) shall be in English language, or an equivalent Semester 2 STA102 Mathematics for Business and qualification. ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) Social Sciences II (3) 2. An applicant in possession of a Diploma STA102 Mathematics for Business and in Law from this University, obtained with Social Sciences II (3) Level 200 a minimum classification of a credit, or an STA121 Elements of Probability (3) Core Courses equivalent qualification shall also be eligible Semester 1 for admission to the LLB programme. Level 200 ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) 3. Subject to Academic General Regulation Core Courses 00.4, a student admitted to the LLB programme Semester 1 Semester 2 with a Diploma in Law shall be exempted from ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) taking Levels 100 and 200 courses on the LLB ECO231 Intermediate Mathematics for programme designated by the Departmental Economists (3) Levels 300 and 400 Board as equivalent to courses passed under Semester 2 Students are required to take 2 Optional the Diploma in Law Programme and shall be ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) Courses. allocated comparable credits under the LLB ECO232 Intermediate Statistics for Assessment programme for the exemptions. A student Economists (3) The continuous assessment (CA) of each course admitted to the LLB programme with a will normally include at least 2 components as Diploma in Law will not normally be entitled Level 300 outlined in the General Academic Regulation to register for courses offered at levels 300, Core Courses 00.811. These 2 components will normally 400 and 500 of the LLB programme before Semester 1 be in written form. However, non-written completing and accumulating credits for ECO311 Microeconomics I (3) presentations will count for no more than 10 levels 100 and 200 Core, Optional, Electives ECO321 Macroeconomics I (3) percent of the CA. The CA will count for 40 and General Education Courses. ECO331 Mathematics for Economists I (3) percent of the total assessment while the final examination will count for 60 percent of the

175 Faculty of Social Sciences

Duration Level 200 Semester 8 The normal duration for the LLB degree Semester 3 LAW435 Public International Law II (3) programme shall be ten (10) semesters on a LAW231 Criminal Law, General Principles (3) LAW436 Clinical Legal Education II (4) full-time basis. Students entitled to exemptions LAW232 Delict, General Principles (3) LAW437 Human Rights Law (3) in terms of Academic General Regulations, LAW233 Contract Law (4) LAW438 Law of Business Associations II (3) Faculty and Special Departmental Regulations LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) And one of may however complete the programme within GEC /Elective (2) LAW439 Gender and the Law (3) a shorter period which, for students with a Total Number of Credits 15 LAW440 Law and the Media (3) Diploma in Law, may not be less than six (6) LAW441 Law and Health Care (3) semesters on a full time basis. Semester 4 LAW442 Social Security Law (3) LAW235 Specific Offences in Criminal Elective (3) Programme Structure Law (3) Total Number of Credits 16 1. The LLB programme shall consist of specified LAW236 Specific Delicts (3) Core (C) and Optional (O) courses in the LAW237 Administrative Law (3) Level 500 principal subject Law offered at Levels 100 to LAW201 Introduction to Property Law Semester 9 500, and Electives (E) and General Education (3)GEC / Elective (4) LAW531 Clinical Legal Education III (4) Courses (GEC) in other subject areas offered at Total Number of Credits 16 LAW532 Conveyancing Principles and comparable levels. Practice (4) 2. Students shall normally be required to take Level 300 LAW535 Research Paper (3) and complete credits for the Core courses in Semester 5 And at least two of the manner and sequence indicated in the LAW202 Land and Mineral Resources Law (3) LAW536 International Moot (3) programme structure. The Core courses at LAW331 Civil Procedure and Practice (4) LAW537 Private International Law I (3) each level and semester from Levels 100 to 400 LAW332 Evidence (4) LAW538 International Organizations (3) have generally been designed and arranged to LAW333 Criminal Procedure (3) LAW539 International Business prepare LLB students for other Core courses at LAW334 Employment Law (3) Transactions (3) each successive higher level. Total Number of Credits 17 LAW540 Intellectual Property Law I (3) 3. Optional courses on the LLB programme Total Number of Credits 17 shall be offered subject to optimal student and Semester 6 approval of the Departmental Board. LAW335 Sale, Lease and Credit Agreements Semester 10 4. Subject to changes approved from time (3) LAW533 Introduction to Notarial Practice (4) to time, LLB courses shall be arranged as LAW336 Negotiable Instruments and ACC407 Accounting for Lawyers (4) follows:- Banking Law (3) And at least three of LAW337 Labour Relations Law (3) LAW536 International Moot (3) Level 100 LAW338 Law and the Environment (3) LAW541 Intellectual Property Law II (3) Semester 1 LAW339 Succession and Administration of LAW542 International Trade Law (3) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills (2) Estates (2) LAW538 International Organizations (3) GEC121 Computer and Information Skills And one of LAW543 Private International Law II (3) Fundamentals I (2) LAW340 Insurance and Agency Law (3) LAW539 International Business LAW131 Introduction to Law (3) LAW217 Insolvency and Secured Transactions (3) LAW132 Comparative Legal History and Transactions (3) Total Number of Credits 17 Systems (3) LAW218 Tax Law in Botswana (3) LAW133 Law of Persons (3) Total Number of Credits 17 Minimum Total Credits for the Programme: GEC / Elective (4) 165 Credits Total Number of Credits 17 Level 400 Semester 7 Award of Degree Semester 2 LAW431 Public International Law I (3) A student shall be eligible for the award of the GEC112 Communication and Study Skills LAW432 Jurisprudence (4) LLB degree upon completion of a minimum of II (2) LAW433 Clinical Legal Education I (4) 165 credits from the Core, Optional, Electives GEC122 Computer and Information Skills LAW434 Law of Business Associations I (3) and GECs indicated in the programme struc- Fundamentals I(2) And One of ture. LAW106 Customary Law (3) LAW439 Gender and the Law (3) LAW134 Family Law (3) LAW440 Law and the Media (3) Assessment LAW135 Law and Social Research LAW441 Law and Health Care (3) 1. The following Special Regulations shall Methods (2) LAW442 Social Security Law (3) supplement Academic General Regulations GEC / Elective (4) Elective (3) and Faculty of Social Sciences Regulations on Total for Number of Credits 16 Total Number of Credits 17 assessment and grading of law courses on the

176 LLB programme. 3. Oral examination on work performed in the LAW253 Foundations of Engineering Law 2. Except for courses LAW135, Law and Legal Clinic - 20% (3, Sem 3) Social Research Methods; LAW433, Clinical Total 100% Legal Education I; LAW436, Clinical Legal Level 300 Education II; LAW531, Clinical Legal Education International Moot LAW351 Introduction to Company Law III; LAW535, Research Paper; and LAW536, The Course Law536, International Moot, shall (4, Sem 1) International Moot, each Core and Optional be assessed as follows: LAW353 Planning and Environmental Law course on the LLB programme shall be assessed 1. Documents prepared for the Moot - 60% (3, Sem 1 or 2) through continuous assessment and a formal 2. Advocacy skills in the Moot - 40% Level 400 written examination taken at or before the Total 100% LAW452 Construction Law (3, Sem 1 or 2) end of the semester. LAW453 Labour and Industrial Property Law Research Paper (3, Sem 1 or 2) Continuous Assessment The final version of the research paper in course 1. Continuous assessment shall consist of at LAW535 shall be submitted for examination least two or more of the following pieces of by the relevant date and marked out of DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL work: written assignments, written tests, oral 100 per cent. A student who fails to submit AND ADMINISTRATIVE tests, mock trials, moots, class or seminar the research paper for examination by the STUDIES exercises, practicals, projects, research exercises relevant date shall be awarded an incomplete or independent study. Grade (I) in accordance with Academic General Subject to the provisions of the General 2. Except for the courses LAW135, Law and Regulation 00.844. Delay and Failure to Academic Regulations, the following Social Research Methods; LAW433, Clinical Submit Continuous Assessment Work Subject Departmental Regulations shall apply. Legal Education I; LAW436, Clinical Legal to Special Departmental Regulations 3.6.4 and Education II; LAW531, Clinical Legal Education 3.65, failure without good cause to submit 4.2. Programmes and Titles of Degrees III; LAW535, Research Paper; and LAW536, continuous assessment work within twenty- The Department of Political and Administrative International Moot, the ratio between four hours of the due date shall carry a penalty Studies offers the following undergraduate continuous assessment and the formal of 5 percentage marks. Failure to submit the programmes leading to the award of the examination in law courses shall be 2:3. work within forty-eight hours of the due date under-mentioned degrees: 3. Law and Social Research Methods,LAW135, shall carry a penalty of 50 percentage marks. 4.2.1 Single Major Public Administration Law and Social Research Methods, shall be Failure to submit the work within one week Programmes (PAS Regulations 2.1) leading to assessed through at least two or more pieces from the due date shall incur a zero mark. the award of the BA (Public Administration) of continuous assessment work. Each piece of 4.2.2 Single Major Political Science Programme continuous assessment work shall be marked Formal Examinations (PAS Regulations 2.2) leading to the award of and shall contribute towards the final mark of Formal written examinations for Core and the BA (Political Science) 100 per cent for the course. Optional law courses on the LLB programme 4.2.3 Combined Major/Major Programme (PAS 4 Clinical Legal Education Courses I to III shall shall be of the type and for the duration Regulations 2.3) leading to the award of the be assessed as follows: approved by the Departmental Board and BA (Social Sciences) indicated in the course outline or at the 4.2.4 Combined Major/Minor Programme (PAS a) LAW 433 Clinical Legal Education I beginning of each course. Regulations 2.4.1 and 2.4.2) leading to the 1. Participation in seminars and written award of BA (Social Sciences) assignments - 30% Service Courses 4.2.5 Combined Minor in Public Administration 2. Oral examination on work performed in the Subject to optimal student demand and the + Major in Other Programme Legal Clinic - 20% availability of staff and other resources, the 4.2.6 Combined Minor in Political Science + 3. End of semester examination - 50% Department of Law shall offer the following Major Other Programme Total 100% courses at levels 100 to 600 to students not registered for law programmes. 4.3 Entry Requirements b) LAW 436 Clinical Legal Education II Admission to the programmes offered by 1. Oral Examination on work performed in the Level 100 the Department shall be on the basis of Legal Clinic - 40% GEC277 Law and Society in Botswana performance in the Botswana General 2. Moot/Mock trial documents and (2 sem 1 or 2) Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) performance - 60% LAW151 Law and Social Work (4 sem 1) examination, or its equivalent, and as specified Total 100% in the General Academic Regulations. Level 200 c) LAW 531 Clinical Legal Education III LAW251 Foundations of Business Law 4.4 Assessment 1. Internship Report - 30% (3, Sem 1) Performance in each course shall be evaluated 2. Moot/mock trial documents and LAW252 Specific Business Transactions by the combination of continuous assessment performance - 50% (4, Sem 2) and final examination marks in the ratio of

177 Faculty of Social Sciences

2:3 in favour of the final examination. The Semester 2 POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern only exceptions are internships, projects and Core Courses Africa (3) seminars, which shall be assessed only through PAD102 Institutions and Processors of SOC327 Political Sociology (3) assignments. The final examination for Public Administration (3) POL308 Politics and Management of every course shall normally be 2 hours long. POL 102 Modern State (3) Natural Resources or However, the department reserves the right to ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) or review the mode of assessment, and respective STA112 Statistical Tools for Social ENV476 Natural Resources lectures shall specify approved mode of Research (3) Management and Economics (2) assessment prior to any intake or at the start Plus one Elective and two GECs Plus one GEC of the semester in which the course is taken. Total Credit 16 Total Credits 17

4.5 Award of Degree Level 200 Level 400 To be awarded a Degree, a student must satisfy Semester 1 Semester 1 the appropriate provisions of the General Core Courses Core Courses Academic Regulation 23.71 and the Special PAD201 Organization Theories (3) PAD401 DevelopmentAdministration (3) Regulations of the Faculty of Social Sciences. ECO221 Basic Macroeconomics for non- PAD403 Internship (3) Majors; or PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) 4.6 Degree Structure ECO 211 Intermediate Micro Economics (3) Two Optional Courses from 4.6.1 The Public Administration and Political LAW234 Constitutional Law PAD405 Seminar in Public Policy (3) Sciences courses shall be offered at Levels 100 Plus one Elective and two GECs. PAD407 Comparative Public to 400 for the undergraduate programmes. Total Credits 16 Administration (3) 4.6.2 In addition to Public Administration and PAD413 Leadership & Governance (3) Political Sciences courses, an undergraduate Semester 2 Plus one Elective candidate majoring in these courses shall Core Courses Total Credits 18 take the General Education Courses (GECs) PAD202 Public Administration in and Electives in accordance with the General Botswana (3) Semester 2 Regulation 00.2124. ECO222 Intermediate Macro Economics for Core Courses 4.6.3 The Department of Political and non-Majors; or PAD406 Ethics and Public Administration (3) Administrative Studies offers undergraduate ECO 212 Intermediate Macro Economics (3) PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public Public Administration and Political Science SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social Admin (3) courses (as Combined Majors including a Major Research (3) PAD410 Public Financial Management (3) combined with a Minor) to students majoring Two Optional Courses from in other subjects. In addition, the Department Plus one Optional Course, one Elective and one PAD408 International Administration (3) offers single majors in Political Science and GEC. PAD411 Local Government Finance (3) Public Administration. Total Credits 17 PAD412 Research Project in Public 4.6.4 The Department of Political and Administration (3) Administrative Studies offers GECs as outlined Level 300 Plus one GEC in the General Academic Regulations. Semester 1 Total Credits 17 Core Courses 5.0 Undergraduate PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) 5.2 Bachelor of Social Degree Course Listings PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (3) Science Degree Programme in PAD303 Local Government Management (3) Political Science 5.1 Bachelor of Social Science One Optional Course from: (Single Major) Degree in Public Administra- SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) tion (Single Major) PAD 308 Industrial Relations Level 100 POL 306 International Political Economy Semester 1 Level 100 POL 310 Contemporary Africa Core Courses Semester 1 Plus one Elective and one GEC POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) Core Courses Total Credits 17 PAD101 Introduction to Public PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration (3) Administration (3) Semester 2 ECO111 Basic Micro Economics (3) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Core Courses STA111 Basic Statistics (3) POL 101 Introduction to Political Science (3) PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) Plus two GECs. STA III Basic Statistics (3) PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) Total Credits 16 Plus one Elective and two GECs LAW237 Administrative Law (3) Total Credits 16 Two Optional courses from:

178 Semester 2 POL308 Politics & Management of POL102 The Modern State (3) Core Courses Natural Resources (3)/core-coding ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) POL102 Modern State (3) ENV 301: Environmental Issues (2) STA 112 Statistical Tools for Social PAD102 Institutions and Processes of or Research (3) Public Admin.(3) ENV 476: Natural Resource Plus two GECs. ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) Management & Economics (2) Total Credits 16 STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Plus one GEC Research (3) Total Credits= 18 Level 200 Plus One Elective and two GECs. Semester 1 Total Credits 16 Level 400 Core Courses Semester 1 PAD201 Organisation Theories (3) Level 200 Core Courses POL201 Botswana Politics (3) Semester 1 POL401 International Relations (3) ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics for Core Courses POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3) Non-Majors (3); or ECO211: POL201 Botswana Politics (3) POL410 Internship in Political Science (3) Intermediate Micro Economics (3) ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics for Two Optional Courses from LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) non-major or 211: Intermediate POL406 Africa in World Politics (3) Plus one Elective and one GEC Micro Economic (3) POL407 Civil Military Relations (3) Total Credits 17 LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) Plus one Elective and two GECs. PAD413 Leadership & Governance (3) Semester 2 Total Credits 16 Plus one Elective Core Courses Total Credits 18 PAD202 Public Administration in Semester 2 Botswana (3) Core Courses Semester 2 POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) Core Courses ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics for ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics POL405 Comparative Politics (3) Non-Majors (3); or ECO212: for non-major: or 2/2 Intermediate POL409 Security Studies (3) Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) Macro-economics (3) Two Optional Courses from Two Optional Courses from SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social POL403 Modern Ideologies (3) POL204 Media and Politics (3) Research (3) POL411 Research Project in Political SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social One Optional Course from Science (3) Research (3) POL204 Media and Politics (3) PAD408 International Administration (3) SOC236 Social Inequality (3) Plus one Elective and one GEC SOC236 Social Inequality (3) Plus one Elective and one GEC Total Credits 17 Plus one GEC Total Credits= 17 Total Credits 17 5.3 Bachelor of Social Science Level 300 Degree Programme Level 300 Semester 1 Semester 1 POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) Major in Public Administration + Major in Core Courses POL306 International Political Economy (3) Political Science PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (4) POL310 Contemporary Africa (3) POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) One Optional Course from Level 100 Three Optional Courses from POL302 Politics of South Africa (3) Semester 1 POL310 Contemporary Africa (3) SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) Core Courses PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) Plus one Elective and one GEC PAD101 Introduction to Public POL302 Politics in South Africa (3) Total Credits 17 Administration (3) PAD303 Local Government Management (3) POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) POL306 International Political Economy (3) Semester 2 ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) PAD308 Industrial Relations (3) Core Courses STA111 Basic Statistics (3) Plus one GEC (2) POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3) Plus one Elective and two GECs. Total Credits 18 POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3) Total Credits 16 LAW237 Administrative Law (3) Semester 2 Two Optional Courses from Semester 2 Core Courses POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Core Courses PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) Africa (3) PAD102 Institutions and Processes of Public POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3) SOC327 Political Sociology Administration (3) LAW237 Administrative Law (3)

179 Faculty of Social Sciences

Three Optional Courses from ECO111 Basic Micro-Economics (3) Africa (3) POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3) STA111 Basic Statistics (3) POL308 Politics & Management of Natural POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Plus 2 GECs and one Other Major course (6). Resources (3) or Africa (3) Total Credits 19 ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) or PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) ENV476 Natural Resource Management and POL308 Politics and Management of Semester 2 Economics Natural Resources (3) /core-coding Core Courses Plus one GEC and One Other Major course (6) ENV 301: Environmental Issues (2) POL102 Modern State (3) Total Credits 17 or ENV 476: Natural Resource ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) Management & Economics (2) STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Level 400 Plus one GEC Research (3) Semester 1 Total Credits 17 Plus 2 GECs and Core Courses One Other Major course (6). POL401 International Relations (3) Level 400 Total Credits 19 POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3) Semester 1 Two Optional Courses from Core Courses Level 200 POL406 Africa in World Politics (3) PAD401 Development Administration (3) Semester 1 POL407 Civil Military Relations (3) POL 401 International Relations (3) Core Courses POL411 Research Project in Political Science PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) POL201 Botswana Politics (3) (3) or Optional Course from other Three Optional Courses from LAW 234 Constitutional Law (3) major PAD403/POL410 Internship in Public ECO221 Intermediate Microeconomics for Plus Other Major course (6) Administration/Political Science (3) Non-Economists (3) or Total Credits 18 PAD407 Comparative Public ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) Administration (3) Plus 2 GECs and one Other Major course (6). Semester 2 PAD 405 Case Studies in Public Policy Total Credits 18 Core Courses PAD413 Leadership & Governance Semester 2 POL405 Comparative Politics (3) POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3) Core Courses Two Optional Courses from POL406 Africa in World Politics (3) POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) POL403 Modern Ideologies (3) Plus on Elective ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics for POL409 Security Studies (3) Total Credits 18 Non-Majors (3) or PAD408 International Administration ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) (3) or Optional Course from other Semester 2 SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social major Core Courses Research (3) Plus one Elective or one GEC and Other Major PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public course (6) Administration (3) Plus one GEC and one Other Major course (6) Total Credits 18 POL405 Comparative Politics (3) Total Credits 17 Two Optional Courses from 5.5 BA Social Science Degree Programme Ma- PAD 406 Ethics and Public Management (3) Level 300 jor Public Administration + Other MAJOR PAD408 International Administration (3) Semester 1 PAD 410 Public Financial Administration Core Courses Level 100 POL409 Security Studies (3) POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) Semester 1 PAD 412/ POL411 Research Project in Public POL306 International Political Economy (3) Core Courses Administration/Political Science (3) One Optional Course from PAD101 Introduction to Public Plus one Elective and one GEC POL302 Politics of South Africa (3) Administration (3) Total Credits 17 SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) ECO111 Basic Micro Economics (3) or Optional Course from Other Major STA 111 Basic Statistics (3) 5.4 Bachelor of Social Plus one Elective or one GEC Plus 2 GECs and Other Major courses (6). Science Degree Programme Total Credits 18 Total Credits 19

Major in Political Science and Major in An- Semester 2 Semester 2 other Subject. Core Courses Core Courses POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3) PAD102 Institutions & Processes of Public Level 100 LAW237 Administrative Law (3) Administration (3) Semester 1 One Optional Course from ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) Core Courses POL305 Politics of Southern (3) STA112 Statistical Tools for Social POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Research (3)

180 Plus one GEC and one Other Major courses (6) Level 400 Level 200 Total Credits 17 Semester 1 Semester 1 Core Courses Core Courses Level 200 PAD401 Development Administration. (3) POL201 Botswana Politics (3) Semester 1 PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics for Core Courses Two Optional Courses from Non-Majors (3) or PAD201 Organisation Theories (3) PAD403 Internship (3) ECO211 Intermediate Micro Economics (3) LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) PAD407 Comparative Public One Optional Course from ECO221 Intermediate Microeconomics for Administration (3) LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) Non-majors (3) or ECO 211 PAD405 Case Studies in Public Policy (3) or Plus one Elective or, two GECs and one Minor Intermediate Microeconomics (3 Optional Course from other major course. Plus one GEC and one Other Major course. One other Major Course Total Credits= 18 Total Credits 17 Total Credits 18 Semester 2 Semester 2 Semester 2 Core Courses Core Courses Core Courses POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) PAD202 Public Administration in PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public ECO222 Intermediate Macro Economics (3) Botswana (3) Administration (3) or ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics for One Optional Course from ECO212 Intermediate Macro Economics (3) Non-Majors (3) PAD406 Ethics and Accountability (3) SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social PAD408 International Administration (3) Research Research (3) PAD 410 Public Financial Administration (3) One Optional Course from PAD412 Research Project in Public POL204 Media and Politics (3) Plus one GEC and Other Major course (6). Administration or Optional Course SOC236 Social Inequality (3) Total Credits 17 from other major Plus one GEC and one Minor course Plus one Elective, one GEC and other Major Total Credits 17 Level 300 Courses (6) Semester 1 Total Credits 18 Level 300 Core Courses Semester 1 PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (3) 6.6 Bachelor of Social Core Courses PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) Science Degree Programme: POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) One Optional Course from Major in Political Science and POL310 Contemporary Africa (3) PAD303 Local Government Management (3) Minor in other subject One Optional Course from or Optional Course from other major POL302 Politics of South Africa (3) Plus one Elective, or one GEC and Other Major Level 100 POL306 International Political Economy (4) courses (6) Semester 1 SOC338 Democracy and Development (3) Total Credits 18 Core Courses Plus one Elective or one GEC and one Minor POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) course Semester 2 PAD101 Introduction to Public Total Credits 18 Core Courses Administration (3) PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Semester 2 LAW 237 Administrative LAW (3) STA111 Basic Statistics (3) Core Courses One Optional course from Plus two GECs and Minor course (3). POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3) PAD 304 Public Enterprise Management (3) Total Credits 19 POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3) POL308 Politics & Management of LAW237 Administrative Law (3) Natural Resources (3) /core-coding Semester 2 One Optional Course from ENV 301 Environmental Issues (2) Core Courses POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern or ENV 476: Natural Resource POL102 The Modern State (3) Africa (3) Management & Economics (2) PAD102 Institutions and Processes in POL308 Politics and Management of or Optional Course from the Major Public Admin. (3) Natural Resources (3) or Plus one Elective or one GEC and Other Major ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) or courses (6) STA 112 tatistical Tools for Social ENV476 Natural Resource Management and Total Credits 18 Research (3) Economics (2) Plus two GECs and one Minor course.(3) Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Minor Total Credits 19 course (3) Total Credits 17

181 Faculty of Social Sciences

Level 400 Non-Majors (3) or Analysis (3) Semester 1 ECO211 Intermediate Micro Economics (3) Plus one Elective and one Minor course Core Courses Plus one Elective, two GECs and one Minor Total Credits 15 POL401 International Relations (3) Course. POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3) Total Credits 19 Semester 2 One Optional Course from Core Courses POL406 Africa in World Politics (3) Semester 2 PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public POL407 Civil Military Relations (3) Core Course Administration (3) POL410 Internship in Political Science (3) PAD202 Public Administration in PAD410 Public Financial Management (3) Plus one Elective and one Minor Course Botswana (3) One Optional Course from Total Credits 15 ECO222 Intermediate Macro Economics for PAD406 Ethics and Public Management (3) Non-Majors (3) or PAD411 Local Government Finance (3) Semester 2 ECO 212 Intermediate Macro Economics (3) PAD412 Research Project in Public Core Courses One Optional Course from Administration (3) POL405 Comparative Politics (3) SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Minor POL409 Security Studies (3) Research (3) course One Optional Course from Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Minor Total Credits 17 POL403 Modern Ideologies (3) Course POL411 Research Project in Political Total Credits 17 5.8 Bachelor of Social Science (3) Science Degree Programme: Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Minor Level 300 Minor Political Science + Course Semester 1 Major in Other Subject Total Credits 17 Core Courses PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) Level 100 5.7 Bachelor of Social Science PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (3) Semester 1 Degree Programme: Major in Two Optional Courses from Core Courses for Minor Public Administration + PAD303 Local Government Management (3) POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) Minor PAD308 Industrial Relations (3) STA111 Basic Statistics (3) SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) Plus two Major Core Courses (6), and two Level 100 Plus one GEC and one Minor Course GECs. Semester 1 Total Credits 17 Total Credits 16 Core Courses PAD101 Introduction to Public Semester 2 Semester 2 Administration (3) Core Courses Core Courses for Minor ECO111 Basic Micro Economics (3) PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) POL102 The Modern State (3) POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) LAW 237 Administrative Law (3) STA 112 Statistical Tools for Social STA111 Basic Statistics (3) One Optional Course from Research (3) Plus two GECs and one Minor Course. PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) Plus two Major Core Courses, one Elective and Total Credits 19 POL308 Politics and Management of two GECs. Natural Resources (3) or Total Credits 16 Semester 2 ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) or Core Courses ENV476 Natural Resource Management Level 200 PAD102 Institutions and Processes of Public and Economics (2) Semester 1 Administration (3) Plus two GECs and one Minor course. Core Courses for Minor POL102 Modern State (3) Total Credits 16 POL201 Botswana Politics (3) ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) Plus two Major Core Courses, one Elective and STA112 Statistical Tools Social Research (3) Level 400 two GECs. Plus two GECs and one Minor Course. Semester 1 Total Credits 16 Total Credits 19 Core Courses PAD401 Development Administration (4) Semester (2) Level 200 PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) Core Courses for Minor Semester 1 One Optional Course from POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) Core Courses PAD403 Internship (3) Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional PAD201 Organisation Theories (3) PAD407 Comparative Public Course, one Elective and one GEC. LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) Administration (3) Total Credits 17 ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics for PAD405 Case Studies in Public Policy

182 Level 300 Level 200 DEPARTMENT OF Semester 1 Semester 1 POPULATION STUDIES Core Courses for Minor Core Courses for Minor POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) PAD201 Organisation Theories (3) Diploma in Population Studies Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Plus two Major Core Courses, one Elective and Course, one Elective and one GEC. two GECs. Special Regulations for Diploma in Popula- Total Credits 17 Total Credits 16 tion Studies Subject to the provisions of the Academic Semester 2 Semester 2 General Regulations 000 and 100, and the Fac- Core Courses for Minor Core Courses for Minor ulty of Social Sciences Special Regulations, the POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3) PAD202 Public Administration in following Special Regulations shall apply: Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Botswana (3) Course, one Elective and one GEC. Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Entrance Requirements Total Credits 17 Course, one The normal requirement for entrance into Di- Elective and one GEC. ploma in Population Studies shall be: Level 400 Total Credits 17 a) A minimum of 3 credits (one of which is Semester 1 Mathematics) in the Botswana General Cer- Core Courses for Minor Level 300 tificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) or its POL401 International Relations (3) Semester 1 equivalent; Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Core Courses for Minor or: Course, one PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (3) OR: b) A GPA of at least 2.0 at the Certificate in Elective and one GEC. Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Civil Registration and Population Dynamics of Total Credits 17 Course, one this University or its equivalent; Elective and one GEC. Semester 2 Total Credits 17 Duration of the Programme Core Courses for Minor The normal duration of the Diploma in Popula- POL405 Comparative Politics (3) Semester 2 tion Studies Programme shall be 4 to 6 semes- Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Core Courses for Minor ters on a full-time basis or 8 to 12 semesters Course, one PAD307 Human Resource Management (3) on a part-time basis. Elective and one GEC. Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Total Credits 17 Course and two GECs. Programme Structure Total Credits 16 5.9 Bachelor of Social Science The curriculum and methods of assessment shall be as follows: Degree Programme: Minor in Level 400 Public Administration + Major Semester 1 Level 100 in Other Subject. Core Courses for Minor Semester 1 PAD401 Development Administration (4) Core courses (6 credits) Level 100 Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional POP120 Introduction to Substantive Semester 1 Course and one Elective. Demography (3 credits) Core Courses for Minor Total Credits 18 STA116 Introduction to Statistics (3 credits) PAD101 Introduction to Public Elective courses (6 credits) Administration (3) Semester 2 General Education courses (3 credits) STA 111 Basic Statistics (3) Core Courses for Minor Plus two Major Core Courses, and two GECs. PAD406 Ethics & Public Management (3) Students planning to enter a degree pro- Total Credits= 16 OR: gramme after the completing of their Diploma PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public should take STA101 as well. Semester 2 Administration Core Courses for Minor Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Semester 2 PAD102 Institutions and Processes of Public Course, one Elective and one GEC. Core courses (6 credits) Administration (3) Total Credits 17 POP121 Introduction to Epidemiology and STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Technical Demography (3 credits) Research (3) POP110 Elements of Research Methods (3 Plus two Major Core Courses, and two GECs. credits) Total Credits= 16 Elective courses (6 credits) General Education courses (3 credits)

183 Faculty of Social Sciences

Level 200 Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) or Elective courses (3 credits) Semester 3 its equivalent; General Education courses (3 credits) Core courses (6 credits) Or: POP200 Methods of Demographic b) A GPA of at least 2.0 in the Diploma in Students entering the degree programme after Analysis (3 credits) Population Studies of this University or its the completing of their diploma should take POP201 Computing for Demographers (3 equivalent; Other qualifications for entrance STA102 as well if the course was not taken credits) to the Bachelor’s Degree in Population during the diploma studies. Optional courses (3credits) Studies may be accepted on their own merit Select from the following: as alternatives as shown by the General Level 300 POP202 Introduction to Population and Regulation 00.052. Semester 5 Developments (3 credits) Core course (6 credits) POP206 Population Policy of Botswana Duration of the Programme POP300 Sources, Evaluation, (3 credits) The normal duration for the Bachelor of Arts Adjustment and General Education Courses (6 credits) Degree in Population Studies Programme shall Analysis of Demographic Data be 8 to 10 semesters of full-time study. (3 credits) Semester 4 Level 100 POP302 Research Methods (3 credits) Core Courses (3 credits) Semester 1 Optional course (3 credits) POP203 Demographic Data Analysis and Core courses (9 credits) POP304 Inter-relationships of Fertility, Report Writing (3 credits) POP120 Introduction to Substantive Mortality and Migration (3 credits) Optional courses (3 credits) Demography (3 credits) Select one from the following: STA101 Mathematics for Business and Semester 6 POP204 Reproductive Health and Family Social Sciences (3 credits) Core courses (6 credits) Planning (3 credits) STA116 Introduction to Statistics (3 credits) POP301 Computer Applications in POP205 Demography of Southern Africa Population Analysis (3 credits) (3 credits) Semester 2 Optional courses (3 credits) Elective courses (6 credits) Core courses (6 credits) Select from the following: General Education courses (3 credits). POP121 Introduction to Epidemiology and POP303 Migration, Urbanisation and Technical Demography (3 credits) Development (3 credits) It is recommended that all Diploma students STA102 Mathematics for Business and POP305 Population Policies and take POP202: Introduction to Population and Social Sciences (3 credits) Programmes (3 credits) Development. General Education courses (8 credits) General Education courses (4 credits)

Assessment Level 200 Level 400 Each course shall be evaluated by a combina- Semester 3 Semester 7 tion of continuous assessment and final exam- Core courses (6 credits) Core courses (9 credits) ination or semester paper in the ratio of 2:3. POP220 History of Fertility, Mortality and POP400 Integrating Population Variables Migration (3 credits) into Development Planning Award of Diploma POP221 Theories of Fertility, Mortality and (3 credits) In order to be awarded the Diploma, a student Migration (3 credits) POP401 Research Paper (3 credits) must have completed a minimum of 60 credits POP402 Indirect Estimation Techniques and have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0. Students entering the degree programme after (3 credits) the completing of their diploma should take Semester 8 Bachelor of Arts Degree STA101 as well if the course was not taken Optional courses (6 credits) Special Regulations for the Major/Major during the diploma studies. Select from the following: Programme in Population Studies POP403 Population, Development and Subject to the provisions of the Academic Semester 4 Environment (3 credits) General Regulations 000 and 200, the follow- Core courses (6 credits) POP404 Gender, Reproductive Health and ing Special Regulations shall apply: POP222 Demography of Botswana Development (3 credits) (3 credits) POP405 Demographic Dimensions of Entrance Requirements POP223 Demographic Techniques (3 credits) Poverty (3 credits) The normal requirement for entrance into Optional courses (3 credits) POP406 Demographic Aspects of Ageing the Bachelor’s Degree in Population Studies Select one from the following: (3 credits) Programme shall be: POP224 Demographic Aspects of the POP407 Demographics (3 credits) LabourForce (3 credits) Elective courses (2 credits) a) A minimum of 5 credits (one of which POP225 Demographic Aspects of the HIV/ General Education courses (2 credits) is Mathematics) in the Botswana General AIDS Epidemic (3 credits)

184 Assessment 2.3.3 Students who enroll for psychology Level 300 Each course shall be evaluated by a as part of a combined degree (major/major) For the Combined Major, all but one Level 300 combination of continuous assessment and shall be expected to combine courses from psychology courses are optional in order to en- final examination or semester paper in the psychology and the second subject in the ratio able the student flexibility in his/her choice of ratio of 2:3. of 50:50 (major/major). courses. Level 300 Combined Major students 2.3.4 Students at any level of their university are expected to enroll in at least two psychol- Progression studies may be allowed to enroll in a psychology ogy courses per Semester. In order to proceed from one semester to the course at another level with the permission of next, a student must obtain a Cumulative GPA the Head of Department. Semester 5 that is in accordance with General Regulation Optional Courses 00.9. 2.4 Programme Structure PSY302 Psychological Testing and Level 100 Psychometrics (3) General Education Courses offered by the Semester 1 PSY303 Cognition and Learning (3) Department. Core Courses PSY304 Health Psychology (3) Semester 1 & 2 STA101*) Mathematics for Social Sciences I PSY305 Organisational and Personnel GEC 372 Migration and Globalisation (2) (3) Psychology (3) GEC278 Population and Society (2) STA116*) Introduction to Statistics (3) PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) Semester 6 *) or equivalent course Core Courses DEPARTMENT OF PSY311 Research Methods in Psychology (3) PSYCHOLOGY Semester 2 Core Courses Optional Courses PSY102 Biological Basis of Human PSY309 Human Factors in the Work Programmes Behaviour (3) Environment (3) The Department offers two degree programmes PSY310 Consumer Psychology (3) at undergraduate level: Level 200 i) Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences degree Combined Major students are expected to Level 400 with Psychology as Combined Major (Major/ enroll in at least two psychology courses per For the Combined Major, all Level 400 psychol- Major) and Semester. ogy courses are optional in order to enable the ii) Bachelor of Psychology degree, which is a student flexibility in his/her choice of courses. semi-professional programme. Semester 3 Level 400 Combined Major students are ex- 2.0 Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences with Core Courses pected to enroll in at least two psychology Psychology as Combined Major PSY201 Theories of Personality (3) courses per Semester.

2.1 Aims of the Programme Optional Courses Semester 7 The main aim of a Bachelor’s programme with PSY202 Social Psychology (3) Optional Courses Psychology as a Combined Major is to intro- PSY203 Developmental Psychology of PSY406 Psychological Challenges of duce students to the discipline of psychology Childhood and Adolescence (3) HIV/AIDS (3) and provide them with basic knowledge about PSY204 History and Philosophy of PSY407 Special Topics in Psychology (3) major substantive areas of research in psychol- Psychology (3) PSY409 Sensation and Perception (3) ogy.

Semester 4 Semester 8 2.2 Entrance Requirement Core Courses Optional Courses Subject to provisions of General Academic PSY208 Statistics for Psychology I (3) PSY410 Applied Psychology (3) Regulations 20.2, a credit in Mathematics shall PSY411 Psychopathology (3) be required for applicants intending to enroll Optional Courses PSY412 Research Project (3) for Psychology as a Combined Major. PSY206 Developmental Psychology of Adulthood and Old Age (3) 2.5 Assessment 2.3 General Provisions. PSY207 Psychology of Work and Labour Assessment of psychology courses shall 2.3.1 Psychology as a Combined Major shall Relations (3) be based on any one or combinations of consist of an eight semester programme and the following: tests, assignments, written with core and optional psychology courses. examinations, oral examinations as approved 2.3.2 Subject to special regulations of by the Department. programmes in other departments, students may pursue a combined major in psychology and any other major of their choice.

185 Faculty of Social Sciences

3.0 Bachelor of Psychology and supervised practical work and a research PSY304 Health Psychology (3) (B.Psych.) Programme project based on empirical data. PSY305 Organisational and Personnel 3.3.2.7 The B.Psych. programme shall include Psychology (3) 3.1 Objectives of the Programme a supervised internship undertaken over six Students who graduate with a Bachelor of months with a minimum of 960 hours practical Semester 6 Psychology (B.Psych.) degree shall be qualified experience. Core Courses to work as semi-professionals in the field of PSY306 Counselling I (3) psychology, more specifically as “psychological 3.4 Programme Structure PSY307 Psychological Assessment (3) counsellors”. In order to become full Level 100 PSY311 Research Methods in Psychology professional psychologists, graduates would, Semester 1 (3) however, require post-graduate training in Core Courses Psychology on either Masters or Doctorate STA101*) Mathematics for Social Sciences Optional Courses level that provides coursework and internship. I (3) (students choose at least one) STA116*) Introduction to Statistics (3) PSY309 Human Factors in the Work 3.2 Entrance Requirement PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) Environment (3) Subject to provisions of General Academic *) or equivalent course PSY310 Consumer Psychology (3) Regulations 20.2, a credit in Mathematics shall be required for applicants intending to enroll Semester 2 Level 400 for a B.Psych. degree. Core Courses Semester 7 PSY102 Biological Basis of Human Core Courses 3.3 General Provisions Behaviour (3) PSY401 Research Project (3) 3.3.1 The B.Psych. degree shall consist of an PSY402 Abnormal Psychology II (3) eight-semester programme. Level 200 PSY403 Counselling II (3) 3.3.2 A student who intends to pursue a B.Psych. Semester 3 degree shall take a minimum of 87 credits in Core Courses Optional courses psychology courses (consisting of 54 credits PSY201 Theories of Personality (3) (students choose at least two courses) in core and 15 credits in optional psychology PSY202 Social Psychology (3) PSY404*) Psychotherapy (3) courses and 18 credits in the internship), 6 PSY405**) Training and Human Resource credits from core Mathematics and Statistics Optional Courses Development (3) courses, and 20 credits from General Education (students choose at least one) PSY406 Psychological Challenges of Courses. Required credits from another subject PSY203 Developmental Psychology of HIV/AIDS (3) taken during Level 100 and Level 200 shall be Childhood and Adolescence (3) PSY407 Special Topics in Psychology (3) determined by this other subject. PSY204 History and Philosophy of *) This course is recommended to students who 3.3.2.1 The core and optional psychology Psychology (3) wish to pursue a career in the field of clinical courses shall consist of 6 credits at Level 100, psychology. **) This course is recommended to 12 credits at Level 200, 24 credits at Level 300 Semester 4 students who wish to pursue a career in the and 33 credits at Level 400. Core Courses field of industrial psychology. 3.3.2.2 B.Psych. students at any level of their PSY208 Statistics for Psychology I (3) university studies may be allowed to enroll in Semester 8 a psychology course at another level with the Optional Courses Core Course permission of the Head of Department. (students choose at least one) PSY408 Internship* (18 credits) 3.3.2.3 A student who intends to pursue a PSY206 Developmental Psychology of The internship shall start with the first week of B.Psych. degree shall enroll in a Bachelor’s Adulthood and Old Age (3) Semester VIII and continue for at least eight programme of any faculty at Level 100 and PSY207 Psychology of Work and Labour weeks in the Winter vacation. Level 200 and study psychology together with Relations (3) another major subject. 3.5 Assessment 3.3.2.4 Students shall normally be selected Level 300 3.5.1 Assessment of psychology courses shall for the B.Psych. programme after completing Semester 5 be based on any one or combinations of Level 200 to start the programme at Level 300 Core Courses the following: tests, assignments, written (fifth semester). PSY301 Abnormal Psychology I (3) examinations, oral examinations, practical 3.3.2.5 Students who are not selected for PSY302 Psychological Testing and examinations as approved by the Department. the B.Psych. programme may continue with Psychometrics (3) 3.5.2 Assessment of the performance on the psychology as a Combined Major. PSY303 Cognition and Learning (3) internship shall consist of an evaluation of 3.3.2.6 The B.Psych. programme shall consist the intern according to criteria set by the of core and optional psychology courses that Optional Courses Department. include lectures, seminars, laboratory work (students choose at least one) 3.5.2.1 A student who fails the internship shall

186 be permitted to repeat the internship be permitted to continue his/her studies with GEC112 Communication and Study Skills only once. psychology as a combined major. 2 (2) 3.5.2.2 A student who, for a good reason, fails GEC122 Computing and Information Skills to complete the internship may be awarded 3.8 Award of the Degree Fundamentals II (3) an “I” (incomplete) grade and may, with the In order to be awarded the B.Psych. degree, a consent of the Head of Department and the student must meet the requirements of the Level 200 Dean of the Faculty, be allowed an additional Academic General Regulations, Faculty and Semester 1 period, not exceeding ten weeks, to complete Departmental Special Regulations and obtain SWF200 Fieldwork (Block Placement) (3) the work. a minimum of Grade Point of 3.0 (60%) in the SWF201 Fieldwork and Professional 3.5.3 A student who fails the B.Psych. internship. Development (3) requirements may be permitted to continue DSW200 Introduction to Counselling in his/her psychology studies as a combined Social Work (3) major. DEPARTMENT OF DSW201 Introduction to Social Policy (2) SOCIAL WORK DSW202 Selected Issues in Social Work (2) 3.6 Special Departmental Regulation DSW205 Probation (3) Subject to provisions of the General Diploma in Social Work (DSW) General Education Course/Elective Examination Regulations, admission to an Programme (2 or 3 credits) examination of a course that contains essential practical components (e.g. PSY305, PSY306, Entry Requirements NB: SWF200 is a 12-week block placement in PSY403, PSY404 and PSY405) shall be subject Subject to the General Regulations 200 and social welfare agencies that takes place during to or given if a student has achieved a class the Special Regulations of the Faculty of Social the long vacation between Levels 1 and 2. attendance of at least 80% and a continuous Sciences, the following Special Regulations of assessment mark of at least 50%. Students the Department of Social Work shall apply: Semester 2 who fail to achieve the required minimum The normal minimum requirement is a BGCSE DSW203 AIDS and Home Based Care (3) class attendance or continuous assessment with credit in English or a Certificate in Social DSW204 Social Work and Social mark in courses with an essential practical Work from this University or an equivalent Development (3) component may be permitted to repeat the qualification. Students shall be subject to the DSW206 Management and Supervision in course only once. guidelines and regulations of the Department’s the Human Services (3) Fieldwork Manual. DSW207 Culture, Change and Social Work in 3.7 Progression from Level to Level Botswana (3) 3.7.1 A student who intends to pursue a DSW Programme Structure and Content SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3) B.Psych. degree must achieve an average The Diploma in Social Work (DSW) programme NB: A student can choose to take a GEC or an of at least 60% (Grade Point 3.0) in all core has a total of 72 to 74 credits. Elective course. psychology courses at Level 100. GEC/Elective 3.7.2 A student who intends to pursue a Level 100 B.Psych. degree must achieve an average Semester 1 Assessment of at least 60% (Grade Point 3.0) in all core Assessment shall be as per General Academic DSW100 Introduction to Social Work and its psychology courses at Level 200. Literature (3) Regulations 00.8. Assessment criteria shall also 3.7.3 A student who intends to pursue a be stated in each course outline. DSW101 Social Work with Communities and B.Psych. degree may be permitted to register Groups (3) for the programme only at Level 300 but not Progression from Semester to Semester DSW102 Social Services in Botswana (2) before. Progression from one semester to the next DSW103 Social Work with Youth (3) 3.7.3.1 The intake into the B.Psych. programme shall be as per General Academic Regulations DSW104 Social Work in Health Services (3) at Level 300 shall be based on academic 00.9. GEC 111 Communication and Study Skills merit and restricted to a specifi ed number of 1 (2) students per annum. The number of students Award of the Diploma GEC121 Computing and Information Skills selected into the B.Psych. programme shall be Fundamentals 1 (2) The award of the Diploma shall be as per Gen- determined by the Department from time to eral Regulations 00.852. time. Semester 2 3.7.3.2 The criteria for selection into the B.Psych. SWF101 Orientation to Fieldwork (1) Diploma in Youth in programme shall take into consideration DSW105 Social Work with Families and Development Work (DYD) academic performance, performance in a Children (3) selection interview and the number of spaces DSW106 Psychology for Social Work (3) Entry Requirements available for practical training. DSW107 Social Work and Disabilities (3) The normal minimum requirement is a BGCSE, 3.7.3.3 A student who does not meet the DSW108 Interpersonal Communication (3) six credits with Credit in English or a Certificate requirements for the B.Psych. programme may STA111 Elementary Statistics (2) in Adult Education or Social Work from this

187 Faculty of Social Sciences

University or an equivalent qualification DYD 211 (3) Circumstances in related areas. [Preference will be given DYD 212 (3) DSW 200 Introduction to Counselling in to students who hold such qualifications]. DYD 213 (3) Social Work Applicants with Certificate in Adult Education 18 credits or Social Work from this University or an Assessment equivalent qualification in related areas may Level 200 Students will be assessed through written be exempted from certain courses. Semester 2 assignments, supervised tests, projects, and, at DYD 214 (3) the end of each semester, examinations. The Mode of Delivery DYD 215 (3) assignments to be done will be provided in the As is the case with current UB distance DYD 216 (4) Students’ Information and Assignment Booklet. education programmes, teaching will be done BNS101(2) HIV/AIDS The ratio between continuous assessment and primarily through printed course modules. DSW 200 (3) formal examination shall be 1:1, where the Other possible future additions are audio and 15 credits(TOTAL- 65) CA may constitute 50% [which may include video tapes, web-based instruction, e-mail Assignments, Supervised Tests, and Projects] interactions, etc. Additional face-to-face Course Listings and Examination, 50%. tutorial support will be provided in designated Level 100 centres, but with the University of Botswana Semester 1 Award of a Diploma serving as the initial tutorial centre. DYD101 Commonwealth Values in Youth in Subject to General regulation 00.85, to be Development Work awarded a Diploma in Youth in Development Programme Structure and Content DYD102 Young People and Society Work, a student must successfully complete a Structure DYD103 Principles and Practice of Youth minimum of 65 credits. The programme will last for a minimum of four in Development Work semesters and a maximum of eight semesters. GEC111 Communication and Study Skills 1 Bachelor of Social Work It is comprised of core courses and the Univer- GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Programme sity’s General Education Courses. Students are Fundamentals 1 expected to cover a total of 65 credits. DYD106 Learning Processes Entry Requirements Subject to the General Regulations 200 and Content Semester 2 the Special Regulations of the Faculty of Social Level 100 DYD104 Working with People in their Sciences, the following Special Regulations of Semester 1 Communities the Department of Social Work shall apply: DYD 101 (3) DYD 105 Gender and Development DYD 102 (3) DYD 107 Management Skills 1. The normal minimum requirement for entry DYD 103 (3) GEC 112 Communication and Study Skills 2 into the Bachelor of Social Work (BSW) Pro- GEC 111 (2) GEC 122 Computing and Information Skills gramme is a credit in Mathematics. GEC 121(2) Fundamentals 2 DYD 106 (3) DSW 106 Psychology for Social Work 2. Students shall be subject to the guidelines Credits: 16 and regulations of the Department’s Fieldwork Level 200 Manual. Level 100 Semester 1 3. Applicants with a Diploma in Social Work Semester 2 DYD 208 Project Planning, Implementation, from this University or an equivalent qualifica- DYD 104 (3) Monitoring and Evaluation tion with a minimum grade of a credit shall be DYD105 (3) GEC/Gender DYD 209 Policy, Planning and eligible for entry at Level 2 of the first semester DYD 107 (3) Implementation of the second year of the BSW Programme. CSS 112 (2) DYD 210 Conflict Resolution and GEC 122 (2) Management Skills BSW Programme Structure and Content DSW 106 (3) DYD 211 Promoting Enterprise and Economic The BSW programme has a total of 129-137 16 Credits Development credits. DYD 212 Youth and Health Level 200 DYD 213 Sustainable Development and Level 100 Semester 1 Environmental Issues Semester 1 DYD 208 (3) Semester 2 BSW100 Reading and Writing in Social DYD 209 (3) DYD 214 Proposal Development Work (2) DYD 210 (3) DYD 215 Statistics for Development Workers PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) BNS 101 HIV/AIDS Education, POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) Prevention and Control LAW151 Social Work and Law (3) DYD 216 Youth in Especially Difficult SOC121 Introduction to Sociological

188 Concepts and Principles (3) Semester 2 Award of the Degree GEC111 Communication Skills II (2) SWF302 Fieldwork Practice, Culture and The award of the Degree shall be as per Gen- GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Social Work (2) eral Regulations 00.852. Fundamentals I (2) BSW305 Community with Practice (3) Semester 2 BSW306 Research in Social Work (3) DEPARTMENT OF BSW102 Oral Communication (3) BSW307 Social Service Planning (3) SOCIOLOGY BSW103 Introduction to Social Welfare (3) *General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 BSW104 Introduction to Social Work (3) credits) Diploma Programme in SWF102 Helping in the Community– Criminal Justice Studies Fieldwork Experience (3) Level 400 GEC112 Communication Skills II (2) Semester 1 Entry Requirements GEC122 Computing and Information Skills SWF400 Fieldwork II (Block Placement) (3) The normal Entry Requirements shall be as Fundamentals II (3) SWF402 Linking Theory and Fieldwork (2) stipulated in General 10.2 BSW401 Supervision in Social Work (3) Level 200 Students shall take one of the following Duration Semester 1 (Regular) BSW402 Seminar (3) The normal duration for the Diploma in Crimi- BSW200 Introduction to Community BSW403 Seminar (3) nal Justice Studies programme shall be four (4) Work (3) BSW404 Seminar (3) semesters on a full-time basis. BSW201 Introduction to Working with BSW405 Seminar (3) or: Families and Individuals (3) BSW406 Research Project I (3) Programme Structure STA111 Elementary Statistics (3) General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 The Diploma in Criminal Justice Studies shall ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) credits each) consist of levels 100 and 200 core and optional LAW151 Social Work and Law (4) *GEC (2-3 credits) courses, General Education Courses (GECs) and General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 electives in other subject areas offered at com- credits) Semester 2 parable levels. A student wishing to graduate Semester 1 (Direct Entry) SWF401 Integrative Fieldwork Practice (3) with the Diploma in Criminal Justice Studies BSW201 Introduction to Working with Students shall take two of the following shall take and pass the following courses: Families and Individuals (3) BSW407 Seminar (3) POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) BSW408 Seminar (3) Level 100 LAW151 Social Work and Law (4) BSW409 Seminar (3) Semester 1 STA111 Elementary Statistics (3) BSW410 Seminar (3) Core Courses ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) or: SOC121 Introduction to Sociological *GEC (2-3 credits) BSW415 Research Project II (3, 1 seminar) Concepts and Principles (3) *GEC (2-3 credits) General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 LAW101 Introduction to the Legal System NB: Direct entry students are exempted from credits each) (3) BSW200. *GEC (2-3 credits) * NB: A student can choose to take a GEC or an Optional Courses Semester 2 Elective course. SOC130 Crime and Punishment in Modern SWF101 Orientation to Fieldwork (1) NB: Students with a minimum of a B average Society BSW202 Social Policy (3) can choose BSW406 and BSW415 in place of LAW102 Criminal Law in Botswana BSW203 Social Work and Mental Health (3) one seminar in Semester 1 and one seminar Electives (3) BSW204 Theory and Social Work Practice (3) in Semester 2. GEC (3) BSW205 Introduction to Group Work (3) NB: SWF300 and SWF400 are 9-week fieldwork STA112 Statistical Tools for Social placements in social welfare agencies that take Semester 2 Research (3) place during the long vacation between Levels Core Courses 2 and 3 and Levels 3 and 4 respectively. SOC125 Theories of Deviance and Crime (3) Level 300 Optional Courses Semester 1 Assessment Any two of the following courses: SWF300 Fieldwork I (Block Placement) (3) Assessment shall be as per General Academic SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3) SWF301 Reflective Practice on Fieldwork (2) Regulations 00.8. Assessment criteria shall also SOC123 Introduction to Social and Cultural BSW301 Administration and Change in the be stated in each course outline. Anthropology (3) Social Services (3) SOC127 Introduction to Penology (3) BSW302 Counselling (3) Progression from Semester to Semester SOC133 The History of Punishment in BSW303 Social Work Practice with AIDS (3) Progression from one semester to the next Botswana (3) *General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3) shall be as per General Academic Regulations Electives (3) 00.9. GEC (3)

189 Faculty of Social Sciences

Level 200 Duration of Programme Electives (3) Semester 1 The normal duration for the Bachelor of Arts GEC (4) Core Courses Degree in Sociology shall be eight (8) semesters SOC226 Concepts and Principles of Social on a full-time basis. Students who are Level 200 Research (3) granted exemptions under the Departmental Semester 1 LAW207 Advanced Criminal Litigation (3) regulations may be able to complete the Core Courses programme in a shorter period of time. SOC224 Introduction to Sociological Optional Courses Theory (3) Any two of the following courses: Programme Structure SOC227 Criminal Justice Internship (3) The Department offers Sociology as a subject Optional Courses SOC234 Social Problems in Southern in the following Programmes: Any one of the following courses: Africa (3) SOC234 Social Problems in Southern SOC245 Gender and the Criminal Justice 1.Single Major Programme leading to the Africa (3) Process (3) award of Bachelor of Arts Degree (Sociology) SOC236 Social Inequality (3) LAW211 Local Government Law in 2.Combined Major/Major Programme leading SOC242 Concepts of Health and Illness (3) Botswana (3) to the award of Bachelor of Arts Degree SOC245 Gender and the Criminal Justice Electives (3) 3.Combined Major/Minor (with Sociology as System (3) GEC (3) Minor) Programme leading to the award of Electives (3) Bachelor of Arts Degree. GEC (4) Semester 2 Core Courses Requirements for the Single Major Degree in Semester 2 SOC246 Communities and Crime (3) Sociology Core Courses Only students with a cumulative GPA of at SOC226 Concepts and Principles of Social Optional Courses least 3.5 (B-) for all Sociology courses taken Research (3) Any two of the following courses: during the first and second years of their SOC225 Sociology of Policing (3) studies will be invited to pursue a single major Optional Courses SOC243 Crime and Social Justice (3) degree i Sociology. A student pursuing a single Any one of the following courses: LAW235 Specific Offences in Criminal major degree in Sociology must take and pass SOC225 Sociology of Policing (3) Law (3) the following Sociology courses: SOC233 Families and Households (3) Electives (3) GEC (3) SOC241 Social Structure of S. African Level 100 Societies (3) Assessment Semester 1 SOC243 Crime and Social Justice (3) Performance in each course shall be evalu- Core Courses SOC246 Communities and Crime (3) ated by the combination of continuous as- SOC121 Introduction to Sociological STA241 Statistical Analysis (3) sessment scores (CAS) and final examination Concepts and Principles (3) Electives (3) marks; each contributing 50 percent to the STA111 Elementary Statistics (3); or GEC (5) final grade awarded. The final examination Equivalent course(s) approved in every course will normally be not less than by the Department Level 300 two hours. Seminars, internships and research Semester 1 projects will be assessed through assignments, Optional Courses Core Courses term papers and (research) reports. Any one of the following courses: SOC322 Classical Sociological Theories (3) SOC125 Theories of Deviance and Crime (3) SOC339 Quantitative Research Methods (3) Progression from one Semester to another Se- SOC130 Crime and Punishment in Modern mester Society (3) Optional Courses Progression from one Semester to the next Electives (3) Any two of the following courses: shall be as per General Regulation 00.9 GEC (4) SOC328 Comparative Social Institutions (3) SOC329 Urban Sociology (3) Award of Diploma Semester 2 SOC331 Industry and Society (3) The award of the Diploma shall be as per Gen- Optional Courses SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) eral Regulation 00.852 Any one of the following courses: SOC342 Crime and Victimization (3) SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3) Electives (3) Degree Programme in Sociology SOC123 Introduction to Social and Cultural GEC (3) Anthropology (3) Entry Requirement SOC127 Introduction to Penology (3) Semester 2 The normal Entry Requirements shall be as SOC133 The History of Punishment in Core Courses stipulated in General 20.2 Botswana (3) SOC341 Qualitative Research Methods (3)

190 Optional Courses Level 100 Societies (3) Any four of the following courses: Semester 1 SOC243 Crime and Social Justice (3) SOC324 Sociology of Gender (3) Core Courses SOC246 Communities and Crime (3) SOC326 Race and Ethnicity (3) SOC121 Introduction to Sociological STA241 Statistical Analysis (3) SOC327 Political Sociology (3) Concepts and Principles (3) Electives (3) SOC332 Traditional and Alt Medical STA111 Elementary Statistics (3); or GEC (5) Systems (3) Equivalent course(s) approved by SOC335 Rural Sociology (3) the Department Level 300 SOC343 Advanced Criminological Semester 1 Theories (3) Optional Courses Core Courses Electives (3) Any one of the following courses: SOC322 Classical Sociological Theories (3) SOC125 Theories of Deviance and Crime (3) SOC339 Quantitative Research Methods (3) Level 400 SOC130 Crime and Punishment in Modern Semester 1 Society (3) Optional Courses Core Courses Electives (3) Any one of the following courses: SOC424: African Social Thought (3) GEC (4) SOC328 Comparative Social Institutions (3) SOC436: Micro Sociological Theories (3) Semester 2 SOC329 Urban Sociology (3) SOC441: Research Proposal (3) SOC331 Industry and Society (3) Optional Courses SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) Optional Courses Any one of the following courses: SOC342 Crime and Victimization (3) Any one of the following courses: SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3) SOC428 Family and Kinship (3) SOC123 Introduction to Social and Cultural Semester 2 SOC431 Sociology of Law (3) Anthropology (3) Core Courses SOC434 Social Movements (3) SOC127 Introduction to Penology (3) SOC341 Qualitative Research Methods (3) SOC432 Work and Occupations (3) SOC133 The History of Punishment in SOC439 Special Topics in Sociology (3) Botswana (3) Optional Courses Electives (3) Electives (3) Any two of the following courses: GEC (4) SOC324 Sociology of Gender (3) Semester 2 SOC326 Race and Ethnicity (3) Core Courses Level 200 SOC327 Political Sociology (3) SOC421 Contemporary Sociological Semester 1 SOC332 Traditional and Alt Medical Theories (3) Core Courses Systems (3) SOC422 Research Project (6) SOC224 Introduction to Sociological SOC335 Rural Sociology (3) SOC442 Data Analysis and Report Writing Theory (3) SOC343 Advanced Criminological Theories (3) (3) Optional Courses Optional Courses Any one of the following courses: Level 400 Any one of the following courses: SOC234 Social Problems in Southern Semester 1 SOC438 The Medical Prof and Allied Africa (3) Core Courses Occupations (3) SOC236 Social Inequality (3) SOC441 Research Proposal (3) SOC439 Special Topics in Sociology (3) SOC242 Concepts of Health and Illness (3) SOC443 Sentencing Theory and Practice (3) SOC245 Gender and the Criminal Justice Optional Courses SOC444 Contemporary Research in System (3) Any two of the following courses: Criminology (3) Electives (3) Electives (3) GEC (4) SOC424 African Social Thought (3) SOC428 Family and Kinship (3) Requirements for a Combined Major/Major Semester 2 SOC431 Sociology of Law (3) Degree Core Courses SOC432 Work and Occupations (3) A student intending to pursue a double ma- SOC226 Concepts and Principles of Social SOC434 Social Movements (3) jor degree with Sociology as a major subject Research (3) SOC436 Micro Sociological Theories (3) must take and pass the following Sociology SOC439 Special Topics in Sociology (3) courses: Optional Courses Any one of the following courses: Semester 2 SOC225 Sociology of Policing (3) Core Courses SOC233 Families and Households (3) SOC421 Contemporary Sociological SOC241 Social Structure of S. African Theories (3)

191 Faculty of Social Sciences

SOC442 Data Analysis and Report SOC234 Social Problems in Southern Award of Degree Writing (3) Africa (3) The award of the degree shall be as per General SOC236 Social Inequality (3) Regulation 00.852 Optional Courses SOC242 Concepts of Health and Illness (3) Any one of the following courses: SOC245 Gender and the Criminal Justice Bachelor of Arts in Criminal System (3) Justice Studies (Single Major) SOC438 The Medical Prof and Allied Electives (3) Occupations (3) GEC (4) Entry Requirements SOC439 Special Topics in Sociology (3) Admission to the BA CJS will be as per the SOC443 Sentencing Theory and Practice (3) Semester 2 University of Botswana General Regulation SOC444 Contemporary Research in Core Courses 20.2 or successful completion of the Diploma Criminology (3) SOC226 Concepts and Principles of Social in Criminal Justice Studies (DCJ). Applicants Research (3) who hold the DCJ from the University of Requirements for a Combined Major/Minor Botswana will be admitted to the third year of [Sociology Minor] Optional Courses the BA CJS degree programme. These students A student intending to pursue a degree with Any one of the following courses: will be advised to take three new courses (1 at Sociology as a minor subject must take and SOC225 Sociology of Policing (3) 1st year level, and 2 at second year level) as pass the following Sociology courses: SOC233 Families and Households (3) electives in order to satisfy requirements. SOC241 Social Structure of S. African Level 100 Societies (3) Duration of Programme Semester 1 SOC243 Crime and Social Justice (3) The normal duration for the Bachelor of Arts Core Courses SOC246 Communities and Crime (3) in Criminal Justice Studies shall be eight SOC121 Introduction to Sociological STA241 Statistical Analysis (3) (8) semesters on a full-time basis. Students Concepts and Principles (3) Electives (3) who are granted exemptions under the STA111 Elementary Statistics (3); or GEC (5) Departmental regulations may be able to Equivalent course(s) approved complete the programme in a shorter period by the Department Level 300 of time. Semester 1 Optional Courses Core Courses Level 100 Any one of the following courses: SOC322 Classical Sociological Theories (3) Semester 1 SOC125 Theories of Deviance and Crime (3) SOC339 Quantitative Research Methods (3) Core Courses SOC130 Crime and Punishment in Modern CJS 121 Introduction to Criminology (3) Society (3) Level 400 CJS 125 Theoretical Criminology (3) Electives (3) Semester 1 LAW 131 Introduction to Law (3) GEC (4) Core Courses SOC441 Research Proposal (3) Optional Courses Semester 2 Any one of the following courses: Optional Courses Semester 2 CJS 130 Punishment in Contemporary Any one of the following courses: Core Courses Society (3) SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3) SOC421 Contemporary Sociological PAD 102 Institutional Process of Public SOC123 Introduction to Social and Cultural Theories (3) Administration (3) Anthropology (3) SOC442 Data Analysis and Report SOC 122 Social Structure of Society (3) SOC127 Introduction to Penology (3) Writing (3) GEC (4) SOC133 The History of Punishment in Assessment Botswana (3) Performance shall be evaluated by the Semester 2 Electives (3) combination of continuous assessment scores Core Courses GEC (4) (CAS) and final examination marks; each STA 111 Elementary Statistics (3) contributing 50 percent to the final grade Level 200 awarded. Seminars, internships and research Optional Courses Semester 1 projects will be assessed through assignments, CJS 127 Penology and the Penal System (3) Core Courses term papers and research reports. CJS 133 Punishment in Botswana (3) SOC224 Introduction to Sociological Electives (3) Theory (3) Progression from one Semester to another Se- GEC (4) mester Optional Courses Progression from one Semester to the next Any one of the following courses: shall be as per General Regulation 00.9

192 Level 200 Justice (3) DEPARTMENT OF Semester 1 CJS 323 Criminal Justice Practicum (3) STATISTICS Core Courses CJS 221 Classical and Post-Classical Crimino- Diploma in Statistics logical Theories (3) Optional Courses Programme LAW 234 Constitutional Law Any two of the following courses: CJS 324 White Collar Crime (3) Special Regulations for the Diploma in Statis- Optional Courses CJS 327 Forensic Criminology (3) tics Programme Any two of the following courses: CJS 329 Juvenile Delinquency and Subject to the General Academic Regulations CJS 227 Criminal Justice Work Youth Justice (3) 000 and 100, the following Special Depart- Experience (3) PAD 307 Human Resource Development (3) mental Regulations shall apply: CJS 223 Media, Crime and Culture (3) CJS 245 Gender, Crime and Justice (3) Level 400 1.2 Direct Entry into the Diploma SOC 234 Social Problems in Southern Semester 1 Programme Africa (3) Core Courses Students possessing an Ordinary Level pass BSW 201 Introduction to working with CJS 426 Electronic Crime (3) with grade C or better in Mathematics, or an Families and Individuals (3) CJS 445 Data Analysis in Criminal Justice additional Mathematics paper are eligible for Electives (3) Studies (3) direct entry admission to the Diploma Pro- Optional Courses gramme; those who have a credit of C or bet- Semester 2 Any Two of the following courses: ter in the extended Mathematics option for Core Courses CJS 422 Management of Criminal Justice BGCSE are also eligible for admission. CJS 221 Basic Concepts and Principles in Organisations (3) Criminological Research (3) CJS 424 Domestic and International 1.3 Duration of the Programme CJS 246 Environmental Criminology (3) Security (3) The normal duration of the Programme is 4 LAW 432 Jurisprudence semesters on a full-time basis carrying a mini- Optional Courses Soc 431 Sociology of Law mum of 65 accumulated credits for required Any two of the following courses: Electives (3) courses. CJS 225 Policing and Society (3) CJS 243 Social Inequality and Criminal Jus- Semester 2 1.4 Programme Structure tice (3) Core Courses The core Programme comprises 10 courses LAW 235 Administrative Law (3) CHS 421 Research Project (6) in Statistics, 4 courses in Mathematics and 2 Electives (3) CJS 444 Organised Crime (3) courses in Economics, totaling 49 credits. In LAW 437 Human Rights Law addition, there are 2 optional/elective courses Level 300 with 6 credits and 5 General Education Courses Semester 1 Optional Courses with 10 credits. Students can take electives Core Courses Any one of the following courses: from other related disciplines. The Statistics CJS 326 Crime Prevention, Management CJS 423 International Policing (3) component of the programme is listed below: and Control (3) CJS 425 Privatisation/Commercialisation of CJS 343 Theoretical Debates in Criminal Justice (3) 1.5 Core Courses Criminology (3) CJS 427 Criminal Offender Profiling (3) Level 100 LAW 333 Criminal Procedure (3) CJS 428 Special Topics in Criminal Justice STA113 Basic Statistics (3, Sem 1) Studies (3) MAT111 Introductory Concepts of Optional Courses CJS 443 Sentencing (3) Mathematics I (4, Sem 1) Any two of the following courses: ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3, Sem 1) CJS 342 Victimology (3) Progression from one Semester to another STA121 Elements of probability (2, Sem 2) CJS 325 Risk Management (3) Semester STA241 Statistical Data Analysis (3, Sem 2) CJS 328 Psychology of Criminal Progression from one Semester to the next MAT112 Introductory Concepts of Behaviour (3) shall be as per General Regulation 00.9 mathematics II (4, Sem 2) LAW 332 Evidence (4) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3, Sem 2) SOC 324 Sociology of Gender (3) Award of Degree The award of the degree shall be as per General Elective Courses Semester 2 Regulation 00.852 Semester 1: A 200 Level course from Core Courses Populations Studies/Environmental Science or CJS 321 Research Methods in Criminal any other related discipline (3, sem1) Justice (3) Semester 2: A 200 Levelcourse from Populations CJS 332 Policy Analysis in Criminal Studies/Environmental Science or any other

193 Faculty of Social Sciences

related discipline (3 sem2) Undergraduate Programmes based on the continuous assessment and the The Department offers Statistics as a subject in final examination in the ratio of 1:2, unless General Education Courses the combined Bachelor of Arts Degree in So- otherwise specified. Semester 1 cial Sciences and in the Single Major Bachelor 1. GEC 111 Comm. & Study Skills I (2) of Science Degree for both the Social Sciences Award of Bachelor of Arts Degree 2. GEC 121 Computing & Info. Skills I (2) and Science students. In addition Statistics is A student who has completed the entire core,. offered as a subject for the Combined Bach- optional, elective and General Education. Semester 2 elor of Science Degree in Science. For the Courses as listed above shall be eligible for. 3. GEC 112 Comm. & Study Skills II (2) Diploma Programme in Statistics see Faculty the award of the Bachelor of ArtsCombined 4. GEC 122 Computing & Inf. Skills II (2) Regulation 180. Degree in Statistics.

Level 200 Special Regulations for the Undergraduate De- Bachelor of Science in Statistics Semester 2 gree Programmes Degree STA221 Statistical Distributions I (3) Special Regulation for the Combined Bach- The Single Major Bachelor of Science STA272 Statistical Computing (3) elor of Arts Degree in Statistics Subject to Programme can be taken by students from the MAT221 Calculus I (3) the General Academic Regulations 00.00 and Faculty of Science as well as students from STA354 Survey Research Methods (3) 20.00 the following Departmental Regulations the Faculty of Social Sciences or any other STA222 Probability I (3) shall apply: faculty, provided they satisfy the requirements STA211 Statistical Methods (3) outlined below. STA351 Analysis and Design of Entrance Requirements Experiments (3) 1 Entrance requirements are subject to the Special Regulations for the Single Major STA391 Field Survey (3) Faculty General Regulations. Bachelor of Science in Statistics Degree MAT222 Calculus II (3) 2 Students who have passed the Diploma in Subject to General Regulation 20.00 and the Statistics Examination of this University or relevant Faculty of Science Special Regulations, Optional Courses (2 courses, 6 credits) who possess the equivalent qualification can the following Department of Statistics Special be admitted to Semester 5 of the Programme. Regulations shall apply: Semester 1 MAT212 Introduction to Algebra (3,) Duration of the Programme Entrance Requirements Level 200 Economics Course (3,) The normal duration for the Bachelor of 1 Students who are admitted to the Faculty Level 200 Population or Environmental Arts Degree in Statistics Programme shall be of Science and who have passed each of the Science Course (3, Sem 2) 8 semesters on a full-time basis. Students, 2required Level 100 Statistics and Mathematics who were granted exemption under the courses are eligible to join the Bachelor of General Education Courses Departmental Regulations, may be able to Science (Statistics) Single Major Degree One GEC course at 200 level (2 credits). complete the Programme in a shorter period Programme. of time. 2 Students admitted to other faculties, such as Assessment the Faculty of Social Sciences, who have passed Each course shall be assessed through Programme Structure each of the 2 required Level 100 Statistics and continuous assessment and a final examination 1 At Levels 100 and 200, the Statistics part Mathematics courses are eligible to join the at the end of the semester as per Departmental of the Programme requires 10 core courses in Bachelor of Science (Statistics) Single Major Regulations. The final written examination Statistics totaling 29 credits, normally taken Degree Programme. The decision as to what normally shall be of 2 hour duration. The during the first 4 semesters. In addition courses major is to be taken should be made as early weighting for continuous assessment to from the other major as well as electives and as possible, preferably not later than Semester examination shall be in the ratio of 1:2, unless General Education Courses are required as per 5 of the undergraduate studies. otherwise specified. Faculty Regulations. Core courses are listed in 3 Students who have passed the Diploma Sections 1.4.1, 1.4.2 and 1.4.3. in Statistics examination of this University Award of Diploma 2 At Levels 300 and 400, the Statistics part of with a credit or who possess equivalent A student shall be eligible for the award of the the Programme consists of 8 core courses in qualifications can join at level Semester 5 of Diploma in Statistics after completing a Statistics totaling 24 credits normally taken in the Programme on condition of Departmental minimum of 65 credits for courses specified in Semester 5 and upwards. In addition, students recommendation. section 7.3. are required to take 12 credits of optional 4 Students who intend to join the Single Major courses and 4 credits of General Education Programme are normally expected to complete Classification of the Diploma Courses. Core and optional courses are given the courses listed under the Department of The award of the Diploma shall be classified as in Sections 1.4.1, 1.4.2, and 1.4.3. Statistics Special Regulation 1.3.3 before Distinction, Merit, Credit or Pass, according to Semester 5 of study. the GPA as per General Regulation 10.4. Assessment Normally the assessment for any course is

194 Duration of the Programme of Statistics Special Regulations shall apply: 2 Classification of Degree The normal duration for the Bachelor of The award shall be classified according to Science Degree Programme shall be 8 semesters Entrance Requirements theGPA, as per General Regulation 20.4. on a full-time basis. Students who join under 1 The Faculty of Science students can take Departmental Special Regulation 4.6.1.3 may Statistics as a Major subject combined with any Level 100 be able to complete the Programme in a other Science subject. In order to take Statistics Undergraduate Degree Programmes shorter period. as a Major the student should have passed the At Level 100 a student majoring in the 2 relevant Level 100 courses in Statistics. The Combined Bachelor of Arts Degree in Statistics Programme Structure decision as to what major to take is to be made shall take: 1 At Levels 100 and 200, the Programme as early as possible, preferably not later than requires 11 core courses in Statistics and Semester 5. Semester 1 Mathematics totaling 37 credits, normally to 2 Students who intend to join the Bachelor STA101 Mathematics for Social Sciences I be taken during the first 4 semesters. In of Science Combined Major Programme in (3) addition students are expected to take elective Statistics are normally expected to complete STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4,) and General Educations Courses as required by the courses listed under the Department of their Faculty Regulations. Statistics Special Regulation 1.3.2 before Semester 2 2 At Levels 300 and 400, the Programme Semester 5. STA102 Mathematics for Social Sciences consists of 15 core courses in Statistics and II (3) Mathematics totaling 48 credits that are Duration of the Programme STA121 Elements of Probability (2) usually taken from Semester 5 upwards. In The normal duration for the Bachelor of addition, there are 3 optional Statistics courses Science Combined Major Degree in Statistics Elective Courses totaling 9 credits. Programme shall be 8 semesters on a full-time Semester 2 basis. One Course on the advice of HoD (3) Assessment Programme Structure At Level 100 a student intending to major Normally assessment of any course is based on 1 At Levels 100 and 200, the Statistics in Statistics in the Bachelor of Science the continuous assessment and the examina- component of the Combined Major requires Programme shall take: tion in the ratio 1:2, unless otherwise specified 8 core courses in Statistics and Mathematics in the Departmental Special Regulations. totaling 28 credits normally taken during the Semester 1 first 4 semesters. In addition courses from the MAT111 Introductory Concepts of Award of Bachelor of Science in Statistics other major as well as electives and General Mathematics I (4) Degree Education Courses are required as per General STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) A student who has completed all core, Academic Regulations. optional, elective and General Education 2 At Levels 300 and 400, the Statistics part Semester 2 Course requirements shall be eligible for the of the Programme consists of 8 core courses MAT112 Introductory Concepts of award of the Bachelor of Science (Statistics) in Statistics totaling 24 credits, normally for Mathematics II (4, Sem 2) Degree. Semester 5 and upwards. In addition, there STA122 Introductory Concepts of are 3 optional courses in Statistics totaling 9 Probability (4, Sem 2) Classification of Degree credits to be taken during the same period. The award shall be classified according to the Courses from the other major electives and General Education Courses GPA as per General Regulation 20.4. General Education Courses will supplement Two GEC courses as required for the Faculty the Programme structure. (2+2 credits) in semester one. Combined Bachelor of Science Degree Two GEC courses as required by the Faculty The Combined Major Bachelor of Science Assessment (2+2 credits) in semester two. Degree Programmes are for students who take Normally assessment of any course is based Statistics as a major with any other subject on the continuous assessment and the Level 200 major from the Faculty of Science. Special examination in the ratio 1:2, unless specified At Level 200 a student majoring in Statistics Regulations for the Combined Major Bachelor otherwise in the Department of Statistics for the Combined Bachelor of Arts Degree in of Science in Statistics Degree The Programme Special Regulations. Social Sciences shall take: will be offered under the General Regulations of the University, the Faculty of Science Special Award of the Combined Bachelor of Science Semester 1 Regulations, which allows Statistics as one of Degree STA201 Elementary Calculus (3) the subjects available to the students at Level 1 A student who has successfully completed STA221 Statistical Distributions I (3) 100, and the Department of Statistics Special the entire core, optional, elective and General Regulations. Subject to General Regulation Education Courses shall be eligible for the Semester 2 20.00 and the relevant Faculty of Science award of the Bachelor of Science Combined STA102 Matrix Algebra (2) Special Regulations,the following Department Major Degree. STA222 Probability I (3)

195 Faculty of Social Sciences

STA211 Statistical Methods (3) Semester 2 STA352 Regression and Linear Models (3) STA272 Statistical Computing (3, Sem 1&2) Core Courses STA354 Survey Research Methods (3) General Education Courses STA321 Statistical Distributions II (3) A GEC course (2 credit) STA354 Survey Research Methods (3) Semester 2 STA352 Regression and Linear Models (3) STA302 Linear Algebra for Statistics (3) At Level 200 a student majoring in Statistics STA322 Probability II (3) for the Combined Bachelor of Science Degree Semester 2 STA353 Experimental Design (3) shall take: STA322 Probability II (3,) STA391 Field Survey (3) STA353 Experimental Design I (3) Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 credits) Semester 1 STA221 Statistical Distributions I (3,) Optional Courses (4 courses, 12 credits) Semester 2 STA272 Statistical Computing (3, Sem 1&2) Semester 1 STA381 Statistical Quality Control (3) MAT212 Introduction to Algebra (3) STA301 Advanced Calculus (3) STA361 Time Series Analysis (3) STA361 Time Series Analysis (3) Semester 2 STA381 Statistical Quality Control (3) Semester 2 STA222 Probability I (3) MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) STA211 Statistical Methods (3 Semester 2 STA382 Operations Research I (3) STA302 Linear Algebra for Statistics (3) STA383 Econometric Methods (3) Optional Courses STA382 Operations Research I (3) STA384 Economic Statistics (3) One 200 level courses from Mathathematics/ STA384 Economic Statistics (3) Computer Sc/Econ/ Pop.Studies/Env. Science STA391 Field Survey (3) Level 400 (3, Sem3) At Level 400, a student majoring in Statistics One 200 level course from Math/Comp.Sc/ At Level 300, a student majoring in Statistics for the Combined Bachelor of Arts Degree Econ/Pop. Studies/ Env. Science (3, Sem 4) for the Combined Major Bachelor of Science shall take: Degree shall take: STA431 Theory of Estimation (3, Sem 1) At Level 200 a student majoring in Statistics STA453 Sampling Theory and for the Single Major Bachelor of Science Semester 1 Applications (3, Sem 1) Degree shall take: Core Courses STA432 Theory of Hypothesis Testing STA321 Statistical Distributions II (3) (3, Sem 2) Semester 1 STA352 Regression and Linear Models (3) Optional Courses (2 courses, 6 credits) ONE MAT221 Calculus I (3) STA354 Survey Research Methods (3) From Semester 1 STA221 Statistical Distributions I (3) STA421 Multivariate Distributions (3) Semester 2 STA461 Elements of Stochastic Process (3) Semester 2 STA322 Probability II (3) STA481 Operations Research II (3) MAT222 Calculus II (3) STA353 Experimental Design I (3) STA483 Health Statistics (3) STA211 Statistical Methods (3) Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 credits) STA490 Research Project (6, Sem 1 and 2) STA222 Probability I (3) (will be allowed for exceptionally STA272 Statistical Computing (3, Sem 1&2) Semester 1 motivated students). STA361 Time Series Analysis (3, Sem 1) Optional Course STA381 Statistical Quality Control One From 1. Two 200 level courses from Math/Comp Sc/ (3, Sem 1) Semester 2 Econ/ Pop.Studies/Env. Science (3+3 credit) MAT321 Real Analysis I (3, Sem 1) STA433 Introduction to Bayesian 2. A 200 level course from Math/Comp.Sc/ Semester 2 Inference (3) Econ/Pop. Studies/ Env.Science (3 credit) STA382 Operations Research I (3) STA471 Multivariate Data Analysis (3) STA383 Econometric Methods (3) STA482 Agricultural Statistics (3) Electives STA391 Field Survey (3) STA484 Design and Analysis of Clinical One 200 level course (2or 3) MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) Trials (3) STA490 Research Project (6, Sem 1 and 2) General Education Courses At Level 300 A student majoring in Statistics (will be allowed for exceptionally GEC course (2 credit) for the Single Major Bachelor of Science motivated students). Degree shall take: Levels 300 At Level 400, a student majoring in Statistics At Level 300, a student majoring in Statistics Semester 1 for the Combined Major Bachelor of Science for the Combined Bachelor of Arts Degree Core Courses Degree shall take: shall take: MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) STA321 Statistical Distributions II (3)

196 Semester 1 Semester 2 STA642 Statistical Analysis II (3) STA421 Multivariate Distributions (3) STA451 Experimental Design II (3) STA672 Multivariate Analysis (3) STA431 Theory of Estimation (3) STA452 Introduction to Generalized Linear STA681 Statistical Consultancy (3) STA432 Theory of Hypothesis Testing Model (3) STA691 Project Report (3) (3, Sem 2) STA462 Applied Stochastic Process (3) STA471 Multivariate Data Analysis (3) Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 Credits) Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 credits) STA482 Agricultural Statistics (3) One From Semester 1 STA484 Design and Analysis of Clinical Semester 1 STA453 Sampling Theory and Trials (3) STA601 Mathematical Methods for Applications (3) Statistics (3) STA461 Elements of Stochastic Process (3) Postgraduate Programmes in STA671 Advanced Statistical Computing (3) STA483 Health Statistics (3) Statistics STA685 Agricultural Statistics (3) STA490 Research Project (6 credits, STA686 Economic Statistics and National Semesters 1 and 2) (will be allowed Special Departmental Regulations Accounting (3) for exceptionally motivated The Graduate Level courses in the Department Semester 2 students). of Statistics will be guided by the following STA651 Advanced Survey Sampling (3) One From Departmental Special Regulations: STA661 Time Series Analysis and Semester 2 Forecasting (3) STA433 Introduction to Bayesian Departmental Regulations for the STA683 Medical Statistics (3) Inference (3) Postgraduate Diploma in Statistics STA684 Econometrics (3) STA451 Experimental Design II (3) Programme STA687 Education Statistics (3) STA452 Introduction to Generalized General Academic Regulations and the fol- Linear Model (3) lowing Departmental Special Regulations shall Assessments STA462 Applied Stochastic Process (3) apply: Students shall be assessed on their coursework STA471 Multivariate Data Analysis (3) Entrance Requirements in accordance with General Academic Regula- STA482 Agricultural Statistics (3) The normal entrance requirement is a Bach- tions and the Department of Statistics Special STA484 Design and Analysis of Clinical elor’s Degree with at least 40 percent of the Regulations 6.2. Trials (3) courses in Statistics, from any recognized Uni- STA490 Research Project (6 credits, versity. Other applicants may be considered Award of the Postgraduate Diploma in Semesters 1 and 2) (will be in exceptional cases on the recommendation Statistics allowed for exceptionally of the Department; however they may be re- 1 A student who has passed the core and op- motivated students). quired to take some undergraduate courses as tional courses and has received 25 hours of specified by the Department. credits shall be eligible for the award of the At Level 400 A student majoring in Statistics Postgraduate Diploma in Statistics. for the Single Major Bachelor of Science De- Duration of the Programme gree shall take: The normal duration of the Programme on a Classifications full-time basis is 2 semesters. However a maxi- The award of diploma shall be classified as per Semester 1 mum of 6 semesters is allowed for part-time General Academic Regulation 40.73.9. Core Courses students to complete the Programme. STA421 Multivariate Distributions (3) Coursework STA431 Theory of Estimation (3) Programme Structure 1 Unless otherwise stated, each course is STA453 Sampling Theory and The Postgraduate Diploma is done by course normally 3 credits. Applications(3) work that includes 7 core courses at Levels 5 2 The Project Report (STA691) is a non-taught and 6 totaling 19 credits and at least 2 option- one semester course, where the student Semester 2 al courses totaling 6 credits. One of the core does a project under a supervisor from the STA461 Elements of Stochastic Process (3) courses is the Project Report STA691. This is a Department. The topic shall be finalized at the STA432 Theory of Testing of Hypothesis (3) 2-semester Programme for full-time students. start of the semester. There will be no formal STA433 Introduction to Bayesian final examination. The course shall be assessed Inference(3) Semester 1 by 2 research exercises and a project report. The STA490 Research Project (6 credits, Core Courses 2 research exercises shall constitute 40 percent Semesters 1 and 2) STA621 Probability (2) and the project report shall constitute 60 Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 credits) STA631 Statistical Inference I (2) percent of the final marks. The project report STA641 Statistical Analysis I (3) shall be submitted before the last day of the Semester 1 semester. However, a request for a one-month STA483 Health Statistics (3) extension may be allowed by the Head of the Semester 2 Department under special circumstances, if so

197 Faculty of Social Sciences

recommended by the supervisor. This course is Examinations and Assessment open to PGD Statistics students only. The written examination for all courses, unless 3 For Advanced Statistical Computing (STA671) otherwise specified in the course template, will the final examination will be a practical exam normally be of 3 hours’ duration. The continu- of 4 hours and the final assessment grade will ous assessment and the examination shall be be based on the continuous assessment and weighted in the ratio of 1:1. The cumulative the examination in the ratio 1:1. GPA shall be computed in accordance with 4 The Statistical Consultancy (STA681) course General Academic Regulation 00.86. is centered on consultancy projects which are assigned in the first 2 weeks of the semester. Some informal lectures accompany these projects to explain specific technicalities. The final grade is based on 3 minor projects and a major project. The minor projects shall account for 50 percent of the final mark and the major project will account for 50 percent of the final mark. There will be no formal final examination. 5 In the Selected Special Topics (STA 783) course, the student undertakes up-to-date reviews of 2 or 3 statistical techniques. Assessment is based on the review reports on the techniques selected, a presentation of at least one of the reports at a Departmental seminar, and a 3-hour open-book examination on the journal articles chosen for the report. The report presentation and the examination carry equal weight for the final grade. 6 The Research Treatise (STA790) shall be taken over a period of 2 semesters totaling 6 credits; the student will work under a supervisor. The student is expected to demonstrate the ability to master and critically analyse a prescribed area of advanced statistical literature by making 2 presentations and finally presenting a Research Treatise Report. At the end of STA 791 the student should have made the first presentation and the second presentation will be at the end of STA792. The last date of submission of the Report shall be the last day of lectures of the second semester. In exceptional cases, it may be extended by not more than 2 months, if a request is made through the Head of the Department, supported by the supervisor, at least 2 weeks before the due date. The length of the report shall be around 60 typed, A4 pages (1.5 line spacing). The report will be internally evaluated and will further be externalized. The final assessment grade for the course will be based on the 2 presentations (20 percent) and the report (80 percent).

198 Act and Statutes

199 Act and Statutes

An Act to re-enact the University of Botswana Powers of University (d) University Council; Act with substantial revisions to the 5. (1)The University shall have the power to do (e) Senate; and governance structures of the University and all things necessary or expedient for exercising (f) Deputy Vice-Chancellors matters incidental thereto. and discharging its functions subject to Date of assent: 28.08.2008 this Act. Chancellor Date of Commencement: ON NOTICE (2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), the 7. (1) The Chancellor sha1l be appointed by the ENACTED by the Parliament of Botswana. University shall have the power to- President of Botswana, PART I -Preliminary (a) provide programmes and courses of study, (2) The Chancellor shall hold office for five conduct examinations and other methods of years and shall be eligible for one more term Short title and commencement assessment, and award degrees and other of five years. 1. This Act may be cited as the University of qualifications; (3) The Chancellor shall be the titular head Botswana Act, 2008, and shall come into (b) establish relationships and collaborate with of the University and shall be its ambassador, operation on such commencement other persons or bodies, or other institutions of promoting goodwill and mobilising resources operation on such date as the Minister may, by learning, higher education, training or research, for the University. Order published in the Gazette, appoint. within or outside Botswana, upon such terms (4) The Chancellor shall preside over ceremonial Interpretation as may be provided in the Statutes; assemblies of the University, confer awards of 2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise (c) establish or participate in the establishment the University and, perform and exercise requires - of trading, research or other co-operations other functions and powers as described in “Council” means the University Council as may be necessary in the discharge of its this Act and in the Statutes, established under section 9; “member” means functions; (5) In the absence of the Chancellor, the a member of the Council; “Minister” means the (d) collaborate with business, professional, Chairperson of the Council shall act as Minister of Education and Skills Development; cultural, social or other interests within and Chancellor. “Statutes” means the statutes enacted under outside Botswana as may be necessary in the section 22; “University” means the University discharge of its functions; Vice- Chancellor of Botswana established under section 3. (e) collaborate with alumni and associations of 8. (1) The Vice-Chancellor shall be appointed alumni and graduates of the University; by the Minister after consulting the University PART II -Establishment of University of (f) receive and accept donations on such terms Council and Botswana and conditions as shall not be inconsistent with the Senate. Continuance of the University this Act and the functions of the University; (2) The Vice-Chancellor shall be the chief 3. (1) The University of Botswana, established (g) maintain, manage, administer and executive officer of the - University with in terms of section 2 of the Act repealed under invest funds in a manner which shall not be overall responsibility for academic and of University section 23, shall continue to exist inconsistent with tliisAct and the functions of administrative leadership as well as chief as if established under this Act. the University; disciplinary officer of the University, subject (2) The University shall be a body corporate and to directions of policy that the University may with perpetual succession and common seal, (h) acquire and hold movable or immovable give from time to time. capable of suing and being sued in its own property, sell, lease, mortgage or otherwise (3) The Council shall, in consultation with the name and, subject to the provisions of this Act, alienate or dispose of the property, and enter Senate, appoint Deputy Vice-Chancellors in performing such acts as bodies corporate may into other transactions. accordance with the Statutes, by law perform. (3) Where the University has resolved that it is (4) When the post of Vice-Chancellor is necessary or expedient to acquire a property vacant, or when the Vice- Chancellor is Functions of University under subsection (2) (h), the property may absent, or for any reason unable to perform 4. The functions of the University shall include be treated as property required for public the functions of Vice-Chancellor, the Council the following – purposes, and the Acquisition of Property Act shall appoint, in accordance with the Statutes, (a) providing higher education and training; shall apply with necessary modifications to one of the Deputy Vice-Chancellors, or if no (b) advancing and disseminating knowledge allow for the vesting of the property acquired Deputy Vice-Chancellor is available, any other through teaching; in the University and for the cost to be suitable member of the University staff, to act (c) undertaking, promoting and facilitating defrayed by the University. as Vice- Chancellor, research and scholarly investigations; (5) The Vice-Chancellor and the Deputy Vice- (d) supporting and contributing to the PART 111- Governance of University Chancellors shall together constitute an realisation of economic and social development Principal officers executive management team to provide of the nation; 6. The Principal officers and the governance executive leadership to the University. (e) contributing to the cultural and social life bodies of the University shall be - of the community; and and governance bodies Establishment of Council (f) contributing to the advancement of the (a) Chancellor; 9.(1) There shall be established the University intellectual and human resource capacity of (b) Chairperson of the University Council; Council which shall of CouncIl consist of the the international community. (c) Vice-Chancellor; following 32 members -

200 (a) 12 people appointed by the Minister, five or practicable to convene a meeting of the subsection (3) notwithstanding the disciplinary of whom shall be appointed by the Minister Council for that purpose. powers conferred on the Vice-Chancellor by at his or her discretion and seven on the (3) The Vice-Chairperson of the Council shall section 8(2), recommendation of the Council; act as Chairperson in the absence of the (5) Without prejudice to the powers conferred (b) seven people representative of civil Chairperson. on any other person or public officer under any society and the private sector, appointed by other law, the Council shall have the power, the Chancellor on the recommendation of Functions of Council after consultation with the Minister and the Council in accordance with the procedure and 11. (1) The Council shall be the governing body Senate, to declare the University closed for criteria specified in the Statutes; with ultimate responsibility for ensuring the purposes of offering some or all academic (c) two people who are not resident in Botswana performance of the University in accordance programmes and courses and, whenever appointed by the University Council by reason with the powers conferred by this Act. possible, indicate the period during which the of their special knowledge and competence in (2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), the University shall remain closed, tertiary education; Council shall- (6) Notwithstanding subsection (5), where (d) one graduate of the University and its (a) set the strategic directions of the University there is an emergency, the Chairperson shall antecedents who is not a member of staff by overseeing the development and adoption have the power to act on behalf of the Council of the University elected by the Alumni of the mission and strategic plans of the and order the University closed. Association of the University; University; (e) the Vice-Chancellor and Deputy Vice- (b) approve major policies, capital plans, and Accounts and annual reports Chancellors; the annual planning and budget report; 13, (1) The Council shall cause the accounts of (f) two members of Senate elected by Senate, (c) monitor and review the overall performance the University to be annual report drawn up, one of whom shall be a professor and the of the University in relation to plans, policies, audited and published annually and at such other a Dean of Faculty; values, academic standards, financial times and in such manner as the Minister may (g) one member of the academic staff who management and buildings and estates direct, is not on Senate, elected by members of management; (2) The Council shall cause, within six months academic staff; (h) two members of the (d) approve the annual report and annual after the end of each academic year, a report support staff elected by the support staff, one statement of accounts of the University; of the activities of the University to be drawn of whom shall be a senior member of staff; (e) ensure the strategic leadership of the up and made available to the public. (i) one student elected by the student body of University; (3) The Council shall, within 30 days of the University. (f) enhance the engagement between the receiving a copy of the audited accounts and (2) The procedure for election of members University and the community; (g) approve the the report give such copy and report to the under paragraphs (d), (f), (g), {h) and (i) of institutional plan of the University; and Minister. subsection (1) shall be prescribed in the (h) maintain, through Senate, high levels of (4) The Minister shall, within 90 days of Statutes. academic standards. receiving the report and a copy (3) A member shall be responsible to the of the audited accounts, lay such report and Council and not to the entity that appointed Powers of Council accounts before the National Assembly. or elected the member and shall have a duty 12. (1) The Council shall have the power to act in good faith, avoid conflict of interest to do or provide for any act or thing which Tenure of office and, to exercise skill and judgment in the it considers necessary or expedient for the 14. (1) The Chairperson and Vice-Chairperson interest of the University. performance or exercise of its powers and of Council shall hold office for a period of (4) A member shall have collective responsibility functions under this Act, three years and shall be eligible for re-election for the decisions of the Council. (2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), the for one more term. Council shall- (2) All appointed or elected members, other Chairperson of theCouncil (a) determine persons who are authorised to than the member elected by the student body 10. (1) The Minister shall appoint the sign contracts, cheques and other documents of the University, shall hold office for a period Chairperson of Council and members shall on behalf of the University, and otherwise not exceeding three years and shall be eligible elect the Vice-Chairperson from amongst regulate procedure in relation to transactions for reappointment or re election for one more those members that are not employees or entered into by the University; term at the end of the first period. students of the University. (b) provide for the safe custody and proper (3) The member elected by the student body 2) The Chairperson of the Council shall- use of the seal of the University; shall hold office for a period not exceeding (a) provide leadership to the Council; and one year and shall be eligible for re-election (b) conduct meetings of Council; (c) approve terms and conditions of service for for one more term. (c) act as the representative and employees of the University, Disqualification, removal and resignation of spokesperson of Council; and (3) The Council may, where it deems it necessary member (d) subject to restrictions and directions or desirable, prohibit the admission of a person 15, (1) A person shall not be appointed, or of the Council, act for and make decisions on as a student of the University. elected a member or be qualified to continue behalf of the Council where it is not feasible (4) The Council shall exercise the powers under to hold office,who

201 Act and Statutes

(a)in terms of a law In force in any country- referred to in subsection (2) (d), her interest in accordance with subsection (i) been adjudged or otherwise declared (5) Where the office of a member becomes (1) and a decision by the committee is made bankrupt and has not been discharged; or vacant before the expiry of the member’s which benefits ‘-. such member directly, such (ii) made an assignment, arrangement or term of office, the Secretary shall initiate decision shall be null and void, composition with his or her creditors, which the process of appointing or ,electing a (4) A member who contravenes the provisions has not been rescinded or set aside; replacement who shall hold office for a full of subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence (b) within a period of 10 years immediately term, and liable to a fine not exceeding P6 000, or preceding the date of his or her appointment, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 12 been convicted - (i) of a criminal offence Meetings of Council months, or to both. in any country; or 16. (1) Subject to this Act and the Statutes, the (ii) of a criminal offence for which he Council shall regulate, its own proceedings. Confidentiality or she has not received a free pardon and (2) The Council shall meet at least three times 18.(1) Every member and any person co-opted notwithstanding that the sentence has been in an academic year, to a committee shall observe and preserve the suspended, which, if committed in Botswana, (3) The Chairperson may, upon giving a confidentiality of all matters coming before would have been committed, the penalty written notice of not less than 14 days, and a committee, and such confidentiality shall for which would be at least six months upon a written request of not less than one subsist even after the tennination of his or her imprisonment without the option of a fine, half of the members, call a meeting, tenn of office or his or her co-option (2) The Council may remove a member from (4) The Chairperson may, where the urgency (2) A person to whom confidential information office after consultation with the appointing of the matter does not pennit giving notice as is revealed through working with a committee authority if the member- required in paragraph (a), call a special meeting shall not disclose that information to any (a) is absent without reasonable cause from of the Council, giving a shorter notice, other person unless he or she is required to do three consecutive meetings of the Council of (5) The Chairperson shall preside at any so in terms of any written law or for purposes which the member has had notice; meeting of Council, but in the absence of the of any judicial proceedings. (b) is inefficient; Chairperson the Vice-Chairperson shall preside, (3) A member or an expert engaged to render ( c) has been found to be physically or mentally and in the absence of both the Chairperson services that may include access to confidential incapable of performing his or her duties and Vice-Chairperson, the members present information shall not, for a period of two efficiently; or shall elect one of them, not being an employee years after leaving office or rendering such (d) contravenes this Act, Statutes, or other or student of the University, to preside at that expert service, use to their personal advantage instruments stipulating the duties and meeting. information acquired by him or her by virtue responsibilities of members, or otherwise (6) The quorum at any meeting of Council of being associated with a committee. misconducts himself or herself to the detriment shall be one half of the members. (4) Any person who contravenes the provisions of the objectives of the Council. (7) A decision of the Council on any question of this section shall be guilty of an offence (3) A member may resign from office by shall be taken by the majority of the members and liable to a fine not exceeding P6 000, or giving 30 days notice in writing to the person present and voting at that meeting, and in to imprisonment for a term not exceeding or officer designated in the Statutes as the the event of an equality of votes, the person 12 months, or to both, and for a second or Secretary to the Council, presiding shall have a casting vote in addition subsequent offence to a fine not exceeding (4) The office of a member shall become to that person’s deliberative vote, P10 000, or to imprisonment for a term not vacant after- (8) The Council may invite any person whose exceeding two years, or to both. (a) a period of 30 days from the date the presence it considers necessary, to attend and member is convicted of an offence referred to participate in the deliberations of the Committees of Council to under subsection (1) (b), where the member Council, but ‘such person shall have no vote. 19. (1) The Council shall have the following does not appeal; committees whose terms Comm}ttees of (b) a period of 30 days from the date a ruling Disclosure of interest of reference and membership shall be as against the member is made on an appeal 17. (1) A member who has a direct or an specified in the Statutes – made in respect of a conviction against the indirect interest in a private capacity in any (a) the Executive Committee of Council; member under subsection (1) (b), where the matter to be considered by the Council or (b) the Joint Committee of the Council and member appeals; a committee of Council shall, as soon as the Senate; (c) a period of 30 days has elapsed from the practicable after the commencement of the (c) the Audit Committee; date the member gave notice in writing of his meeting, disclose the interest and shall not, (d) the Finance Committee; or her intention to resign in accordance with unless the Council otherwise directs, take part (e) the Human Resources Committee; subsection (3); in any consideration or discussion of, or vote (f) the Staff Appeals Committee; and (g) the (d) a period of 30 days has elapsed from the on, any question relating to the matter. Physical Resources Committee. date the member is given notice in writing by (2) A disclosure of interest made under this (2) The Council may from time to time the Council to vacate office; or section shall be recorded in the minutes of the establish other Committees of a special or (e) a member is summarily required by the meeting at which it is made, general nature, consisting of its members Council to vacate office on the grounds (3) Where a member fails to disclose his or or other suitably qualified persons, as it may

202 deem fit. the Senate may, from time to time, enact from time to time. (3) The Council may delegate any of its Statutes for the better carrying into effect 2. In these Statutes, unless the context functions under this Act to a committee of this Act. otherwise requires: established in terms of subsection (2). “Academic staff ” means an employee of the (4) The provisions of sections 16 and 17 shall, Repeal of Cap.57:01 University whose terms and conditions of with necessary modifications , apply to a 24. The University of Botswana Act, service include the obligation to undertake member of a committee. (hereinafter referred to as the repealed Act, is teaching, research and service and/or holders hereby repealed. of posts declared by Council on the advice of Remuneration and Allowances Senate to be academic; 20. A member may be paid remuneration and “Act” means the University of Botswana Act allowances, if any, as Government may from Savings (Cap.57:01); time to time determine. 25. (1) All Statutes, rules, ordinances and “Chancellor” means the person holding the regulations made under. the repealed Act office of Chancellor in accordance with Senate shall, to the extent consistent with this Act, Section 5 of the Act; 21. (1) There shall be a Senate which shall have and until otherwise provided for in terms of “Council” means the University Council overall responsibility Senate for the - this Act, continue to apply and have effect. established under Section 8 of the Act; (i) academic policies and academic plans, (2) All principal officers, the Council and the “Department” means either an academic (ii) academic development strategy, and Senate appointed under the repealed Act department of the University established under (iii) research and community service functions shall continue to hold and perform the duties Statute 45 in which one or more programmes of the University. and exercise the powers conferred under the of study are offered, or an administrative (2) The Senate shall consist of the Vice- repealed Act until they are replaced by officers department; Chancellor and such other members as shall be and governance structures provided for in this “Deputy Vice Chancellor” means a Deputy Vice specified in the Statutes. Act. Chancellor appointed under Part VI hereof; (3) The Senate shall - “Director” means the head of an institute, (a) have control and direction of teaching, Transitional Provisions an academic centre or an administrative research, assessment, conferment of 26. (1) Upon commencement of this Act, department; degrees and granting of other awards of the there shall be transferred to and vested in the “Graduate” means a graduate of the University University; University, by virtue of this Act and without or a graduate of the former universities, in (b) be responsible for the integration of further assurance, all property, rights, liabilities accordance with the Act; academic, financial and physical plans through and obligations that, immediately before the “Quorum” means the minimum number of the annual planning and budget report; commencement of this Act, were the property, members that must be present to constitute (c) be responsible for articulating the rights, liabilities and obligations of the former a valid meeting. Except where otherwise objectives, goals, mission and strategic University. specified by the Statutes, the quorum of every direction of the University for approval by the (2) The Minister may, by notice published in the committee shall be 50% (fifty percent) of the Council; Gazette, make such transitional arrangements membership thereof; (d) be responsive to requests of Council and not otherwise provided for in this Act as shall “Senate” means the Senate established under regularly monitor its own performance; and be necessary. Section 9 of the Act; (e) establish committees of the Senate and PASSED by the National Assembly this 14th “Staff Development Fellow” means an regulate their membership as it sees fit. day of August, 2008. employee of the University who is required to (4) The Senate shall have such other functions E.S. MPOFU, undertake programmes of study or training in and powers as shall from time to time be Clerk of the National Assembly. order to become a member of the academic specified in the Statutes. staff; “Student” means any person currently PART IV - General THE UNIVERSITY OF registered for the receipt of instruction in the Indemnity BOTSWANA STATUTES University; 22. No matter or thing done or omitted “Support Staff” means an employee of the to be done by a member or a member of a In Exercise of the powers conferred by University whose terms and conditions of committee shall, if the matter or thing is done Section 14 of the University of Botswana service do not include the primary obligation or omitted to be done bona fide in the course Act (Cap.57:01), the Council of the University to undertake teaching and research; of operations of the Councilor a committee, of Botswana hereby makes the following “University” means the University of Botswana render a member or a member of a committee Statutes: established under Section 2 of the Act; personally liable for an action, claim or “Vice Chancellor” means the Vice Chancellor demand. Part I Preliminary appointed pursuant to Section 7 (1) of the 1. These Statutes shall be cited as the University Act. Statutes of Botswana Statutes, 1982, which came into 3. Nothing in these Statutes shall be 23. The Council, acting in consultation with operation on 7th October 1983; as revised interpreted in such a manner as to conflict

203 Act and Statutes

with the provisions of the Act and where such regulate its own procedure. Part IV Appointment of the Vice conflict occurs the provisions of the Act shall 9. The University’s duly appointed Director of Chancellor take precedence. Legal Services shall act as Secretary to Council 13.(i) There shall be a Joint Committee of 4. The members of the University shall be: and shall be responsible for the management the Council and the Senate to recommend to (a) The members of the Council; of the Council Committee structure. the Council what advice it should give to the (b) The members of the Senate; 10 (i) When a vacancy occurs in the membership Chancellor, in terms of Section 7(1) of the Act, (c) The employees of the University; of the Council the Secretary shall notify the on the appointment of a Vice Chancellor. (d) The professors emeritus; appointing or electing person or body, as (ii) The Joint Committee shall consist of the (e) The graduates; appropriate, requesting the appointment or following members: (f ) The students; election of a successor to the vacant office, in (a) A chairperson, who is not the chairperson (g) Such other persons as the Council may accordance with Section 8 of the Act and the of Council, appointed by Council from among declare to be members. schedule thereto. those of its members who are not employees 5. The membership of students on Council, (ii) The Secretary shall arrange the conduct of of the University; Senate, the Committees of Council and Senate, all elections to other bodies and offices by the (b) Three persons appointed by the Council and any other Committees or Boards defined Council, its committees, and such other groups from among those of its members who are not in these Statutes shall cease if they cease of University staff as shall be determined from members of the Senate; and to be registered students of the University time to time by the Vice Chancellor. (c) Three persons appointed by the Senate. or when they are suspended, provided that (iii) Elections conducted under Statute 10 (ii) during such period of suspension the Student to membership of Council shall be conducted Part V Appointment of Deputy Vice Representative Council may nominate by secret ballot. Chancellors replacement members from its membership. 11. The Secretary shall be responsible for 14. (i) There shall be a Joint Committee of 6. Unless otherwise specified in these Statutes, the signing and custody of notices and legal the Council and the Senate which shall make the Secretary of every Committee or Board documents on behalf of the University and recommendations to the Council in respect of shall be appointed by the Chairperson of the Council shall pass a resolution to such effect the appointment of Deputy Vice Chancellors. Committee or Board. for the purpose of legal process. (ii) The Joint Committee prescribed by the 7. The Secretary to Council, Senate, and any Statute shall be constituted as in Statute 13 other Committee or Board defined in these Part III The University Seal (ii) except that the Vice Chancellor shall also Statutes shall also be the Secretary to the 12. (i) The Secretary to Council shall be be a member. respective Executive Committee. responsible to the Council for the safe custody (iii) The Council shall appoint Deputy Vice of the University Seal. Chancellors after considering recommendations Part II Meetings of Council (ii) The University Seal shall be affixed to from the Joint Committee of Council and 8. (i) The Council shall hold an annual meeting leases, contracts and agreements to which Senate, and for such period and under such in each calendar year within six months after the University is a party, and to parchments conditions as the Council shall the end of each academic year, as shall be issued in respect of any degree, diploma or determine. appointed by the Chairperson of Council. certificate conferred by the authority of the (ii) At each annual meeting the Council will Senate; provided however, that it is specifically Part VI Auditor receive an annual report of the activities recorded that any failure by the University 15. Unless otherwise directed under the of the University, together with an audited to affix the University Seal shall not affect provisions of Section 13 of the Act, the Council Statement of Accounts, and the Council shall the enforceability of such lease, contract or shall appoint an Auditor provided that: take such action as may be necessary and make agreement in any manner whatsoever. (a) The person so appointed shall be, in the such appointments as required to be made at (iii) Except as provided in Statute 12 (ii), the opinion of the Council, a qualified accountant an annual meeting. University Seal shall be used only on the actively practising his/her profession; and (iii) Notice of the annual meeting shall be specific authority of the Council. (b) No person shall be so appointed who, or circulated by the Secretary of Council at least (iv) The affixing of the University Seal to any any of whose partners, is a member of the twenty-one days before the date thereof and certificates, diplomas, degrees or any awards Council or staff of the University. a copy of the annual report and the audited shall be attested to by the Secretary to Council 16. The Auditor appointed in accordance with Statement of Accounts shall be sent to every and witnessed by a Dean of Faculty or School. Statute 15 may require: member of the Council at least fourteen days (v) The affixing of the University Seal to any (i) Any member, servant or agent of the before the date of the annual meeting. document, other than certificates, diplomas, University to produce such material (iv) An agenda shall be circulated by the degrees or awards, as authorised by Council information in regard to any transaction of Secretary to Council at least fourteen days shall be attested to by the Secretary to Council the University or the management of its affairs before any meeting of the Council. and by a witness who shall be a member of as such member, servant or agent is reasonably (v) The Council shall exclude from its meetings the Council. able to provide; and the student members when it is considering (ii) The production for inspection by the Auditor the restricted agenda of Council. of any book or document relating to the affairs (vi) Subject to these Statutes, Council shall of or any cash or securities belonging to the

204 University by the member, servant or agent the University; but the Committee shall not for the purposes specified under Statute 20 (iii) of the University in possession of such book, approve, without further reference to the or for such other purposes as the Committee document, cash or securities. Council, the annual estimates of expenditure. may determine. 17. The Auditor appointed in accordance with Without prejudice to the generality of the 21. (i) The Committee shall cause to be kept all Statute 15 shall report directly to the Council foregoing, the Committee may: proper books and records of account of the on whether proper books of account have been income, expenditure, assets and liabilities of kept and whether the financial statements of (a) Recommend policies regarding the the University. the University: management and administration of the (ii) Within three months of the end of each (a) Were prepared on a basis consistent with finances of the University; financial year, the Committee shall cause to be the requirements of the Council and/or in (b) Receive the annual estimates of revenue submitted to the Auditor the account of the agreement with the books of account; and expenditure and act as an advisory University together with- (b) In the case of the income and expenditure committee to Council on such estimates; (a) a statement of income and expenditure statement gives a true and fair view of the (c) Recommend to Council the form in during such year; and income and expenditure of the University for which the annual estimates of revenue and (b) a statement of the assets and liabilities of the financial year; and expenditure and financial statements shall be the University on the last day of such year. (c) In the case of the balance sheet gives a true prepared; 22. The financial year of the University shall be and fair view of the University’s state of affairs (d) Make rules and prescribe procedures for the period from 1st April in one year to 31st as at the end of the financial year. the control of expenditure and generally for March in the following year. the administration of financial affairs; and 23. (i) Subject to the approval of the Council, Part VII Finance and Audit Committee (e) Determine the persons who shall be the Committee shall by regulation prescribe 18.(i) There shall be a Finance and Audit authorised to sign cheques, contracts and the level of fees payable, and the dates by Committee of the Council (in this Part referred other financial orders and documents on which such fees shall be paid, in respect of to as “the Committee”) which shall consist of behalf of the University, provided such persons tuition, maintenance and such other facilities the following members: shall include the Deputy Vice Chancellor and services of the University as the Council (a) Vice Chancellor; (Finance and Administration). may from time to time determine. (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; 20. (i) The Committee shall cause to be (ii) No student shall be awarded a degree or (c) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of established a fund (in this Statute referred to other qualification of the University unless Education or representative; as “the Fund”). he/she shall have paid, or have had paid on (d) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry (ii) There shall be paid into the Fund: his/her behalf, all fees including fines due to of Finance and Development Planning or (a) Monies representing any gift, donation, the University. representative; legacy or endowment received by the 24. The Committee may exercise or perform any (e) Director of Financial Services; University without direction as to the purpose duty conferred or imposed on it with financial (f ) One person appointed by the Senate; to which the same shall be applied; implications, subject to such limitations as the (g) One member of Council from among those (b) Monies appropriated in terms of Statute 20 Council may specify. appointed to Council from Senate; (iii); and/or (h) One student appointed annually by the (c) Monies accruing or realised from any Part VIII Human Resources Committee Students Representative Council of the investment or deposit made under Statutes 20 25. (i) There shall be a Human Resources University; (iv) or (v). Committee of the Council (in this Part referred (i) Member of Council appointed to Council (iii) The annual estimates of the University to as “the Committee”) which shall consist of from among the academic staff; shall make provision for the expenditure of any the following members: (j) Member of Council appointed to Council monies to be appropriated by the Committee (a) Vice Chancellor; from among the support staff; for payment into the Fund, and shall specify (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; (k) Member of Council elected by the Botswana the purposes for which those monies may be (c) Director of Human Resources; graduates of the University of Botswana and paid from the Fund. (d) A person appointed by Senate; its antecedents. (iv) Pending payment from the Fund, monies (e) One Dean of Faculty elected by the Deans; (ii) The Council shall appoint, on an annual of the Fund (including monies appropriated (f ) One external member of Council appointed basis, a chairperson from amongst the members for payment into the Fund) shall, as far as is by Council; of the Committee. practicable, be invested. (g) One member of the academic staff elected (iii) Subject to any directions which may be (v) Monies of the Fund which are not invested by the academic staff; given by the Council, the Committee shall in accordance with Statute 20(iv) shall be (h) One member of the support staff elected by regulate its own procedure. deposited in a University bank account the support staff; 19. Subject to such limitations as the Council specifically opened for that purpose. (i) At the discretion of the chairperson, not may impose, the Committee may govern, (vi) Subject to the supervision of the more than two additional members with manage, regulate and advise the Council on Committee, investments of the monies of the special competence from within or outside the the finances, accounts, investments, property Fund may be released at any time. University. business and generally, the financial affairs of (vii) Monies may be paid from the Fund either (ii) The Council shall appoint, on an annual

205 Act and Statutes

basis, a chairperson from amongst the members (d) Two external members of Council appointed Committee in accordance with Part XXXIII. of the Committee. by Council; 32. The Vice Chancellor may refer decisions 26. The Committee shall inter alia recommend (e) One Dean of Faculty elected by the Deans; in respect of University staff appointments to Council, for approval, policies regarding the (f ) Director of Human Resources; or promotions to Council and defer their human resource development and training (g) Three professors from within the University, implementation until Council has taken a needs, the terms and conditions of service, and coming from different faculties, elected by decision on them. benefits of the employees of the University. Senate for a term of three years after which they shall be eligible for re-election for a Part XI Staff Appeals Committee Part IX Physical Resources Committee second term only. 33. (i) There shall be a Staff Appeals 27. (i) There shall be a Physical Resources (ii) The Council shall appoint, on an annual Committee of Council (in this Part referred to Committee (in this Part referred to as “the basis, a chairperson from amongst the members as “the Committee”) which shall consist of the Committee”) which shall consist of the of the Committee. following members following members: (iii) Deans of Faculties and Schools, Directors a) two external members of Council appointed (a) Vice Chancellor; of Institutes and Centres, and Directors of by Council; (b) Deputy Vice Chancellor; Administrative Departments to or within b) one member of Council elected to Council (c) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of which an appointment or promotion is to by Senate. Education or representative; be made may be invited but only when the ii) council shall appoint, on an annual basis, (d) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry business of their Faculty, School, Institute, a Chairperson from amongst the members of of Finance and Development Planning or Centre, or Department is under consideration. the Committee. representative; (iv) Subject to any directions which may be iii) subject to any directions which may be (e) One member of Senate appointed by given by the Council, the Committee shall given by Council, the Committee shall regulate Senate; regulate its own procedure. its own procedures. (f ) Director of Institutional Planning; 30. (i) Subject to such directions as may be 34. subject to such directions as may be given by (g) Director of Campus Services; given by the Council, the Committee shall the Council, the Committee shall hear appeals (h) Director of Financial Services; make every appointment and every promotion by staff against decisions of Management (i) Director of the Department of Architecture of the academic staff of the University of the and make appropriate recommendations to and Building Services in the Ministry of rank of associate professor and above, the Council. Works, Transport, and Communications or appointment of Deans and Deputy Deans of representative; Faculties, Directors of Institutes and Centres, Part XII Vice Chancellor (j) A representative of a local authority as a and the appointment of support staff of 35. Subject to the Act, the Vice Chancellor co-opted member; the University of the rank of Director or shall be the chief executive officer of the (k) The member of Council appointed to equivalent. University and shall have overall responsibility Council from Senate; (ii) No appointment or promotion of such for academic and administrative leadership (l) One external member of Council appointed members of the academic and the support staff by directing policy formulation and by Council. of the University as are specified in Statute 30 institutional planning and development; for (ii) The Council shall appoint, on an annual (i) shall be made by the Committee unless it the management and development of the basis, a chairperson from amongst the has considered every recommendation made to University by ensuring implementation of members of the Committee. it by an Appointments, Promotions and Review University policy; and for the achievement of 28. (i) The Committee shall, inter alia Committee in accordance with Part XXXIII. its mission through monitoring and evaluation recommend to the Council policies on the 31. (i) Subject to such directions as may be of the performance of the University in physical development of the University and given by the Council, every appointment realizing its goals and objectives. the overall management of construction, and every promotion of the academic staff 36. The Vice Chancellor shall be responsible maintenance and security of buildings, of the University below the rank of associate to the Council for maintaining and promoting grounds, campus properties, equipment and professor, and of the support staff of the the reputation and good order, efficient and vehicles of the University. University below the rank of director, shall be effective processes and procedures of the made by the Vice Chancellor or such persons as University, and shall have all such powers as Part X Staff Appointments and to whom such powers may be delegated by the are necessary or expedient for the performance Promotions Committee Vice Chancellor. of these duties, and may establish such 29. (i) There shall be a Staff Appointments and (ii) No appointment or promotion of such committees as the Vice Chancellor may deem Promotions Committee of the Council (in this members of the academic and the support staff necessary for the better carrying into effect of Part referred to as “the Committee”) which of the University as are specified in Statute 31 these functions. shall consist of the following members: (i) shall be made by the Vice Chancellor or 37. The Vice Chancellor shall have overall (a) Vice Chancellor; such persons as to whom such powers may direction and responsibility over the academic (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; be delegated until the Vice Chancellor has and administrative work of the University and (c) Principal of the Botswana College of considered every recommendation made by the staff thereof, and the officers and servants Agriculture; the Appointments, Promotions and Review employed in, or in connection with, such work,

206 including (but without limitation by reason of their respective areas (b) Authorise any committee appointed under such particularity) the Deputy Vice Chancellors, of responsibilities as may be defined in the this Statute to act jointly with any committee and has such other powers and shall perform Ordinances/Regulations provided for by Part appointed by the Council; and such other duties as may be conferred upon XXXVII, if any. (c) Delegate any of its powers and functions to or assigned to the Vice Chancellor by the (ii) By virtue of office, a Deputy Vice Chancellor any committee appointed under this Statute. Council; it being specifically recorded that any shall be a member of such other committees of 43. Senate shall be the academic authority derogation of responsibility to such officers, Council and Senate as may from time to time of the University and shall have overall servants and Deputy Vice Chancellors made be prescribed in these Statutes. responsibility for the academic policies, in accordance with these Statutes shall be plans, and programmes of the University strictly without derogation to the authority of Part XIV Senate and shall have general control and direction the Vice Chancellor as provided for by Section 42. (i) The membership of the Senate shall under the Council of the teaching, research, 7 (1) of the Act. consist of: examinations, conferment of degrees and the 38. (i) Subject to such regulation as the Council (a) Vice Chancellor; granting of other awards of the University. may approve, the Vice- Chancellor may, in the (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; In addition, Senate shall be responsible for performance of his/her duties under Statute (c) Three representatives from each faculty articulating the mission statement, goals and 34, by order: elected by the Faculty Board , two of whom objectives of the University for approval by (a) Prohibit the admission as a student of any shall be professors or Associate professors and Council. person to the University; the other a senior lecturer or lecturer.; 44. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the (b) Prohibit, for such period as shall be (d) Deans of the Faculties, Schools of the Senate shall have power to: specified, any student from attending classes University and the Deans of the Botswana (a) Make regulations relating to teaching and or a particular class; College of Agriculture; instruction within the University including (c) Prohibit any student from entering or (e) Three students one of whom should be a programmes of study and contents of courses, remaining on such part or parts of the graduate student appointed annually by the provided that the introduction of new University precinct as shall be specified; Students Representative Council; programmes of study shall be subject to the (d) Dismiss or suspend for such period as shall (f ) Director of Academic Development; approval of the Council; be specified any student or group of students; (g) Two representatives of each Faculty, elected (b) Make regulations governing the admission (e) Take any other action against any student as by the Faculty Board one of whom shall be a of persons to programmes of study in the the Vice Chancellor may in the circumstances Professor or an Associate Professor; University; deem appropriate. (h) Director of Library Services; (c) Make regulations governing methods (ii) The Vice Chancellor may appoint a (i) Director of Research and Development; of assessing and examining the academic disciplinary committee, with such membership (j) Deputy Director of Affilliated Institutions; performance of students, and regulations for as is deemed appropriate, to assist the Vice (k) Director of Academic Services; the conduct of examinations; Chancellor in the performance of the Vice (l) Director of Continuing Education. (d) Make regulations governing the award of Chancellor’s duties under this Statute. (ii) The Vice Chancellor shall be Chairperson such fellowships, scholarships, studentship, 39. Subject to the Act and to Statute 37, the of the Senate and in the Vice Chancellor’s exhibitions and other prizes as the Council may Vice Chancellor may delegate such powers, absence the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic establish, subject to any conditions made by duties or functions as is deemed fit and Affairs) shall act as Chairperson of Senate. the founders or donors thereof and accepted prescribe conditions governing the exercise (iii) Where Senate is considering any matter by the Council; of any delegated power, duty or function, where conflict of interest might arise when (e) Authorise the conferment of degrees, provided that, in the absence of express discussed in the presence of any member, diplomas, certificates and other awards provision made by him/her power delegated such a member shall be required by the and shall be determined their titles and shall not include power to sub delegate. Senate to recuse themselves from any further abbreviations; 40. The Vice Chancellor shall by virtue of consideration of the matter. (f ) By regulation, define academic dress and office be a member of every Faculty and of (iv) The Senate shall exclude from its meetings prescribe the use thereof; every other entity of the University established the student members when it is considering (g) Recommend to Council the conferment of by or under the Statutes and of every board the academic performance in examinations the title and status of Emeritus Professor on or committee appointed by the Council, by or otherwise, of individual students, or any Professor at or after his/her retirement in the Senate, by any Faculty or by any other matters relating to a member or members of recognition of long and distinguished service authority of the University established by or staff which the Senate in its discretion shall to the University or to the former University under these Statutes. consider confidential. of Botswana and Swaziland and their (v) Senate shall regulate its own procedures by antecedents; Part XIII Deputy Vice Chancellors the standing orders formulated by itself. (h) Initiate proposals relating to the conduct of 41. (i) The Deputy Vice Chancellors shall be (vi) The Senate may: the University generally, discuss matters relating responsible to the Vice Chancellor for providing (a) Appoint any committee consisting of to the University and make representations leadership through policy formulation and members of the Senate and such other persons thereon to the Council; exercise all such other planning, management and administration in as it deems appropriate; powers as are or may be conferred upon the

207 Act and Statutes

Senate by the Act, by the Statutes, or by the (ii) All members of the University, as defined in given by the Council and the Senate, the Council, and make such regulations or rules as Statute 2, shall be members of the congregation Committee shall regulate its own procedure. are necessary in the exercise of those powers. and it shall be open to the Senate to invite 45. The Senate shall recommend to the Council other persons to a Congregation. Part XIX Planning and Resources the establishment of academic Departments (iii) A Congregation shall be presided over by Committee and determine which Departments and the Chancellor or in the Chancellor’s absence 52. There shall be a Planning and Resources academic subjects shall form part of or be by the Vice Chancellor. Committee of Senate (in this part referred to the responsibility of each Faculty or school (iv) A Congregation shall be held at least once as “the Committee”) which shall consist of the and may determine that a Department or in each academic year and shall be called by following members: academic subject shall form part of or be the the authority of the Senate. (a) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Finance and responsibility of more than one Faculty or Administration) who shall be the chairperson; School. Part XVII Honorary Degrees (b) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs); 46. The Senate shall meet at least twice each 50. (i) Any degree may be awarded honoris (c) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Student Affairs); semester. causa. (d) The Deans of the Faculties and Schools; (ii) Honorary degrees may from time to (e) Two members of the academic staff Part XV Executive Committee of Senate time be conferred upon any person who is appointed by Senate; 47. (i) There shall be an Executive Committee not an employee of the University and who (f ) Director of Academic Services; of the Senate (in this part referred to as has rendered distinguished service in the (g) Director of Financial Services; “the Committee”) which shall consist of the advancement of any branch of learning or (h) Director of Campus Services; following members: who has otherwise rendered himself/ herself (i) Director of Human Resources; (a) Vice Chancellor; worthy of such degree. (j) The Directors of Institutes and Centres; (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; (iii) At the invitation of the Vice Chancellor, (k) Director of Library Services; and (c) the Deans of the Faculties and Schools of members of the University may submit (l) Director of Institutional Planning. the University and the Deans of the Faculties written nominations for the conferment of 53. The Committee shall inter alia: of the Botswana College of Agriculture; honorary degrees upon deserving persons. (a) Review the mission statement, goals, and (d) Two persons who are members of the (iv) Each such nomination shall be objectives of the University and recommend Senate, elected by the Senate, one of whom accompanied by a statement of the degree to Senate accordingly; shall be a Professor or an Associate Professor; recommended and the grounds for making (b) Co-ordinate the University’s planning and (e) Director of Academic Services; the recommendation. development strategy; (f ) Director of Continuing Education; and (v) The Vice Chancellor shall be the sole (c) Co-ordinate the methodology of allocation (g) The Director of Research and Development. authority to ask persons upon whom it is and distribution of internal resources in (ii) The Committee may make rules and proposed to confer honorary degrees whether support of the institutional planning and regulations to govern its proceedings provided or not they wish to accept such award. development strategy; that the Vice Chancellor may summon (vi) Notwithstanding Statute 50 (i), an (d) Review sectional planning submissions meetings whenever the Vice Chancellor may honorary degree shall be conferred only on in order to ensure their appropriateness and deem it necessary to do so. the authority or a r resolution of the Senate consistency with the mission, strategy and (iii) The Vice Chancellor shall be Chairperson and the Council passed by not less than two objectives of the University, and advise Senate of the Executive Committee and in the thirds of the members of the Senate and the accordingly; Vice Chancellor’s absence the Deputy Vice Council present, on the recommendation of (e) Evaluate sectional planning submissions Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall act as an Academic Honours Committee. and recommend funding priorities to Senate; Chairperson. and 48. The Executive Committee may: Part XVIII Academic Honours (f) Advise Senate on the integration of (a) Act on behalf of the Senate between Senate Committee academic, financial and physical plans into meetings and deal with such matters as may 51. (i) There shall be an Academic Honours the University’s institutional plan. be referred to it by Senate; Committee of Senate (in this part referred to (b) At the request of the Vice Chancellor, act as as “the Committee”) which shall consist of the Part XX Academic Policy Review and an advisory body to the Vice Chancellor; following members: Planning Committee (c) Deal with such other matters as may from (a) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) 54. There shall be an Academic Policy Review time to time be referred to it by Senate. who shall be chairperson; and Planning Committee of Senate (in this (b) Three persons appointed by the Council; part referred to as the “Committee”) which Part XVI Congregation from among those of its members who are not shall consist of the following members: 49. (i) There shall be a Congregation of the members of the Senate; and (a) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) University for the purpose of conferring (c) Three professors appointed by the Senate. who shall be the chairperson; degrees and honorary degrees and for granting (ii) The Committee shall recommend to Senate (b) Principal of the Botswana College of diplomas, certificates and other awards of the the conferment of honorary degrees. Agriculture or representative; University. (iii) Subject to any directions which may be (c) Deans of the Faculties and Schools of the

208 University and the Deans of the Faculties of including the Faculties of Botswana College and Faculty representatives on University the Botswana College of Agriculture; of Agriculture; committees and boards; (d) Director of Library Services; (f ) Director of Library Services or (viii) Appoint committees consisting of (e) Director of Academic Services; representative; members of the Faculty and such other (f) Director of Academic Development; (g) One representative of each of the persons as it thinks fit and delegate any of its (g) Two persons appointed by Senate, one of Institutes and Centres of the University; functions to the committees so appointed. whom should be a Professor or an Associate (h) Such number of students as the Board 59. (i) There shall be a School of Graduate Professor; may determine; Studies, the Board of which (“the School (h) Director of Institutional Planning; (i) Such number of staff development fellows Board”) shall consist of the following (i) Director of Research and Development; of the Departments of the Faculty as the members: (j) Director of Continuing Education. Board may determine; (a) Dean of the School, who shall be 55. The Committee shall: (j) Such other persons as the Senate may Chairperson; (i) Review the University’s academic policies determine. b) One person appointed by Senate; and advise Senate accordingly; (ii) The members of a Faculty Board referred (c) One representative from each Faculty, (ii) Review proposals from the Faculties, to in Statute 57 (i) (e), (g) and (h) shall vacate School, Institute or Centre who shall be of the Schools, Institutes and Centres and from the their seats at the end of each academic year rank of at least senior lecturer or equivalent; academic support service units for changes in but shall be eligible for reappointment. (d) One representative of each of the academic policy, ensure their compliance with (iii) The quorum of a Faculty Board shall be one Departments offering postgraduate the academic policies of the University, and third of the membership thereof. programmes; advise Senate accordingly; (iv) Part-time members of academic staff may (e) Director of Library Services or (iii) Review and advise Senate on the attend meetings of the Faculty Board at the representative; submissions from the Faculties, Schools, discretion of the Dean but shall have no vote. (f) Two post graduate students elected for a Institutes and Centres and from the academic (v) A Faculty Board shall exclude from its period of one academic year by and from support service units in which are outlined the meeting the student members when it is among the postgraduate students; and academic plans for the accomplishment of the considering the academic performance of (g) Such other persons as the Senate may University’s mission, objectives, and strategies individual students, or when it is discussing determine. with a statement of the attendant human, any other matter relating to a member or (ii) The members of the School Board referred financial, and physical resource requirements; members of staff which a Faculty Board in its to in Statute 59 (i) (b) and (c) shall vacate their (iv) Integrate and consolidate the academic discretion shall consider confidential. seats at the end of each academic year but planning submissions into the University’s 58. Subject to the Statutes and to such shall be eligible for reappointment. academic plan, setting out the resource limitations as the Senate may impose, a (iii) The quorum of the School Board shall be implications of implementation, and advise Faculty Board or School may: one third of the membership thereof. Senate accordingly; (i) Direct and regulate, within the general (iv) The School Board shall exclude from (v) Review continually the needs which underpin academic policy formulated by the Senate, its meeting the student members when it the elements of the University’s academic plan all matters relating to teaching, instruction is considering the academic performance and, where necessary and appropriate, suggest and research within each Faculty or School, in examination or otherwise, of individual changes and improvements to Senate. including curricula and examinations, and students, or when it is discussing any matters advise the Senate on such matters; relating to a member or members of staff Part XXI Boards of Faculties, Schools, (ii) Appoint internal and external examiners which the Board in its discretion shall consider Institutes and Centres and recommend to the Finance Committee confidential. 56. Each Faculty, School, Institute or Centre the fees payable to the examiners; 60. Subject to the Statutes to such limitations shall have a Board which shall meet at least (iii) Make recommendations to the Senate in as the Senate may impose, the School Board twice each semester but otherwise shall respect of the award of degrees, diplomas, shall: (i) Promote the development of quality regulate its own procedure by the standing certificates and other awards, academic titles and relevance in the provision of graduate orders formulated by it. and distinctions within the Faculty; studies; 57. (i) There shall be a Faculty Board of each (iv) Discuss any matters relating to the work (ii) Approve admissions and progression for all Faculty which shall consist of the following of the Faculty and submit recommendations graduate students; members: thereon to the Senate; (iii) Provide leadership in the co-ordination a) The Dean of the Faculty, who shall be (v) From time to time, consider the progress and development of graduate studies; Chairperson; and conduct of the students of the Faculty (iv) Maintain quality across all graduate (b) The Deputy Dean of the Faculty; and make regular reports to the Senate; programmes; (c) Heads of Departments; (vi) Consider all matters referred to it for its (v) Assist with fund-raising and marketing of (d) Such members of the academic staff of consideration by the Senate and report to the graduate programmes; the Departments of the Faculty as the Board Senate; (vi) Establish guidelines for supervision of may determine; (vii) Receive at each meeting oral and/or graduate students (approval of supervisors (e) One representative of each of the Faculties written reports from Heads of Departments and monitor the progress of graduate

209 Act and Statutes

students); (ii)The Executive Committee shall: (d) One person who is a member of the Board (vii) Maintain clear lines of communication (a) Act on behalf of the Board between Board of the Institute, elected by the Board of the with each faculty and department offering meetings and deal with such matters as may Institute. graduate studies; be referred to it by the Board; Part XXVI Deans of Faculties and Schools, and (viii) Work to enhance the facilities available (b) Act at the request of the Dean of a Faculty Directors of Institutes and Centres to graduate students. or School, or the Director of an Institute or 66.(i) The Dean or Director shall be the chief 61. (i) There shall be a Board of each Institute Centre as an advisory body to the Dean or executive officer of the Faculty, School, or Centre which shall consist of the following Director. Institute or Centre to which he/she is appointed members: (iii) The Committee may make rules and and in the Faculty, School, Institute or Centre (a) The Director of the Institute or Centre who regulations to govern its proceedings, provided shall, subject to the Act and to these Statutes, shall be the chairperson; that the Dean or the Director may summon be responsible for its general administration, (b) Such members of the academic staff as the meetings whenever the Dean or Director may the supervision of the academic and the Board may from time to time determine; deem it necessary to do so. support staff, the teaching and study of the (c) One member from each Faculty elected by subjects assigned to the Faculty, School, the Faculty Board; Part XXIII Executive Committees of Institute, or Centre, (d) One member of Senate elected by Senate; Faculty Boards the welfare and academic progress of the (e) Such other persons as the Senate may 63. (i) The Executive Committee of each students, and shall have such other powers determine; and Faculty Board (in this part referred to as “the and duties as may be assigned to him/her by (f ) Such number of staff development fellows Committee”) shall consist of the following the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) of the Institute or Centre as the Board may members: on behalf of, and as directed by, the Vice determine. (a) The Dean of the Faculty; Chancellor. (ii) The members of the Board referred to in (b) The Deputy Dean of the Faculty; ii) The Dean or Director shall participate in the Statute 61 (i) (c) and (d) shall vacate their seats (c) The Heads of Department of the Faculty; formulation, implementation and evaluation at the end of each academic year but shall be (d) Two persons elected by the Faculty Board of the academic policies of the University eligible for reappointment. one of whom shall be a professor or an and shall promote academic excellence in the (iii) Subject to the direction of Senate, the associate professor. teaching, research and service programmes of Board of an Institute or Centre may: (ii) The Dean of the Faculty shall be the the University. He/she shall provide academic (a) Decide on matters of general policy Chairperson of the Executive Committee and leadership to the Faculty, School, Institute, regarding the work of the Institute or Centre, in his/her absence the Deputy Dean shall act or Centre by planning, directing, and co- after consultation with the staff of the as Chairperson. ordinating the formulation and implementation Institute or Centre; of the academic plans and programmes of the (b) Establish advisory groups to give the Board Part XXIV Executive Committee of the departments of the Faculty, School, Institute, and the Director advice on any academic work, School of Graduate Studies or Centre. research project, or consultancy being, or to 64. The Executive Committee of the Board of (iii) The Dean or Director, subject to the be, undertaken by the Institute or Centre; the School of Graduate Studies (in this part approval of the Vice Chancellor may delegate (c) Notwithstanding the generality of Statute referred to as “the Committee”) shall consist any powers or duties under this Statute subject 61 (i), advise the Director of the Institute or of the following members: to such restrictions and conditions as may be Centre on the priorities and emphasis of (a) The Dean of the School, who shall be imposed, provided that a power delegated scholarship required for the benefit of the Chairperson; shall not include power to sub delegate. nation or of particular sectors of the nation; (b) The Faculty representatives on the Board; (iv) By virtue of office, the Dean or Director (d) Approve the affiliation or attachment to an (c) One person appointed by the Senate; shall be a member of all the boards and Institute or Centre of individual academics; (d) One person who is a member of the School committees in the Faculty, School, Institute or (e) Generally direct and approve proposals Board, elected by the School Board. Centre. In addition, he/she shall be a member for activities of the Institute or Centre in of such committees of the Council and Senate pursuance of its objectives; Part XXV Executive Committees of as may from time to time be prescribed in (f) Consider all matters referred to it by Senate Institutes or Centres these Statutes. and report thereon to the Senate. 65. The Executive Committee of the Board of 67. Where the Dean of a Faculty is unable, (iv) The quorum of the Board of an Institute or an Institute or Centre (in this part referred whether by reason of his/her absence from the Centre shall be one third of the membership to as “the Committee”) shall consist of the University, or for any other reason, to carry out thereof. following members: his/her functions as such, the Deputy Dean of (a) The Director of the Institute or Centre, who the Faculty shall act as Dean of the Faculty. If Part XXII Executive Committees of shall be the Chairperson; the Deputy Dean is unable to act as Dean, the Boards, Schools, Institutes or Centres (b) The Deputy Director of the Institute or Deputy Vice Chancellor may, after consulting 62. (i) There shall be an Executive Committee Centre; the Dean, if that is reasonably practicable, and of the Board of each Faculty, School, Institute (c) The Heads of Departments or Units of the the members of the Executive Committee of or Centre. Institute or Centre; and the Faculty Board appoint a person of or above

210 the rank of senior lecturer from among those Dean, or Director shall make their candidacy writing at least 60 days prior to the completion members of the Faculty Board referred to in known either through an application or of the said initial three year term. Statute 57 (i) (c) to act as Dean of the Faculty. through a nomination or by invitation of the (xi) If the Dean, Deputy Dean or Director does 68. Where the Dean of the School of Graduate University of Botswana. not intend to renew his/her term of office, Studies is unable, whether by reason of (iv) In the event of the establishment of a the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) absence from the University, or for any other new Faculty, or where a vacancy of Dean of shall initiate the process of appointment of a reason, to carry out functions as such, the Faculty has been advertised in accordance new Dean, Deputy Dean or Director. Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) with Statute 71 (ii) and it has been determined (xii) If the Dean or Director intends to renew shall, after consulting the Dean, if that is that there are no suitable internal candidates, the term of office, the Deputy Vice Chancellor reasonably practicable, and the members of the University shall, after consultation with (Academic Affairs) shall submit an assessment the Executive Committee of the Board of the the Faculty Appointments, Promotions and of the performance of the incumbent to School of Graduate Studies, appoint a person Review Committee, extend the search for the appropriate Appointments, Promotions of the rank of at least an associate professor a Dean internationally. In this event, the and Review Committee which shall make a from among members of the Faculty Boards to requirements shall be for a person holding the recommendation to the Staff Appointments act as Dean of the School. rank of associate professor or above. and Promotions Committee on re-appointment 69. Where the Director of an Institute or a (v) A Dean appointed in accordance with of the Dean or Director. In the case of a Deputy Centre is unable, whether by reason of absence Statute 71 (iv) above shall, upon successful Dean or Deputy Director, the assessment shall from the University, or for any other reason, completion of two three-year terms, have the be done by the Dean or Director, as the case to carry out functions as such, the Deputy option to apply to take up appointment at the may be. (xiii) On completion of two consecutive Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall appropriate rank in the relevant Department terms of office, a Dean, Deputy Dean or Director appoint from among the academic staff of the by filling a vacant position. Alternatively, shall not be eligible for further apointment to Institute or Centre a person of or above the the University may offer appointment on the position of Dean, Deputy Dean or Director rank of senior lecturer to act as Director of the supernumerary basis for a period not exceeding until a three year period has elapsed. Institute or Centre. three years. (vi) The file of candidates shall be reviewed Part XXIX Appointment of the Dean of Part XXVII Deputy Deans of Faculties by the appropriate Appointments, Promotions the School of Graduate Studies 70. (i) The Deputy Dean of a Faculty shall and Review Committee which shall recommend 72. (i) The Dean of the School of Graduate assist the Dean in the formulation, planning a short list of candidates to the Staff Studies shall be appointed by the Staff and implementation of academic policy of Appointments and Promotions Committee Appointments and Promotions Committee the Faculty and shall have responsibility for of persons for appointment as Deans and taking into consideration the recommendation ensuring the academic welfare of the students Deputy Deans of the Faculties and Directors of of a Special Selection Committee which shall registered in the Faculty. Institutes and Centres. consist of the following members: (ii) By virtue of office, the Deputy Dean shall (vii) No person shall be eligible for appointment (a) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) be a member of all the boards and committees as Dean, Deputy Dean, or Director unless he/ who shall be chairperson; in their Faculty. In addition, the Deputy Dean she has been, for the twelve months preceding (b) The Deans of the Faculties and the Schools shall be a member of such committees of the appointment, of or above the rank of senior of the University and the Deans of the Faculties Council and Senate as may from time to time lecturer or equivalent. of the Botswana College of Agriculture; be prescribed in these Statutes. (viii) The Dean, Deputy Dean or Director shall (c) Two Professors appointed by the Senate; be subject to an annual performance appraisal (d) Director of Human Resources or Part XXVIII Appointments of Deans, and review undertaken by the Deputy Vice representative. Deputy Deans and Directors of Institutes Chancellor (Academic Affairs) who shall provide (ii) Where there is a vacancy in the office of or Centres a report to the appropriate Appointments, the Dean of the School of Graduate Studies, 71. (i) Each Faculty shall have a Dean and a Promotions and Review Committee which the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) Deputy Dean and each Institute or Centre shall recommend to the Staff Appointments shall cause the position to be advertised shall have a Director who shall be appointed and Promotions Committee. within the University inviting applications by the Academic and Administrative Staff (ix) Subject to these Statutes, the Dean, Deputy from suitably qualified members of the Appointments and Promotions Committee Dean, or Director shall hold the appointment University staff. No person shall be eligible taking into consideration the recommendation as such for three years, and shall be eligible for appointment as Dean unless he/she has of the appropriate Appointments, Promotions for re-appointment for a further term of three been, for the twelve (120 months immediately and Review Committee. years provided that he/she shall not hold office preceding the appointment, of or above the (ii) Where there is a vacancy in any of the for a continuous period exceeding six years. rank of associate professor. offices referred to under Statute 71 (i), the (x) Before the completion of the initial three (iii) Candidates for the position of Dean shall Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) year term, the Dean, Deputy Dean, or Director make their candidacy known either through shall cause the position to be advertised within shall inform the Deputy Vice Chancellor of his/ an application or through a nomination. the Faculty, Institute, or Centre. her intentions regarding renewal of the term (iv) The file of candidates shall be reviewed (iii) Candidates for the position of Dean, Deputy of office; which intention shall be recorded in by the Special Selection Committee which

211 Act and Statutes

shall recommend a short list to the Staff Board at the discretion of the Head of appointed by the Vice Chancellor after Appointments and Promotions Committee Department but shall have no vote. receiving a recommendation from the Dean of of persons for appointment as Dean of the (iii) A Departmental Board may co-opt the Faculty concerned, who shall make such School. representatives of Departments with related recommendation after consulting the full- (v) No person shall be eligible for appointment interests. time members of the academic staff of the as Dean unless he/she has been, for the twelve 74.(i) The functions of a Departmental Board Department and the Deputy Vice Chancellor months preceding the appointment, of or shall be to: (Academic Affairs). above the rank of associate professor. (a) Make recommendations for programmes (iii) No person shall be eligible for appointment (vi) The Dean shall be subject to an annual and courses in the Department; as Head of Department unless he/she has performance appraisal and review undertaken (b) Consider the general organisation of been, for the twelve months preceding his/her by the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic programmes and courses of study and appointment, of or above the rank of senior Affairs) who shall provide a report to the Staff research within the Department and make lecturer. Appointments and Promotions Committee. recommendations to the Faculty Board and (iv) The Head of Department shall be subject to (vii) Subject to these Statutes, the Dean of the Board of the School of Graduate Studies; an annual performance appraisal and review the School shall hold the initial appointment (c) Make arrangements for the examination of undertaken by the Dean of the Faculty who as such for three years, and shall be eligible each course in the Department and selection shall provide a report to the Deputy Vice for re-appointment for a further term of three of external examiners for their academic Chancellor (Academic Affairs). years provided that he/she shall not hold office programmes; (v) Subject to these Statutes, the Head of a for a continuous period exceeding six years. (d) Initiate recruitment and recommend Department shall hold the appointment as (viii) If the Dean intends to extend the candidates for appointment to posts within such for three years, and shall be eligible for term of office, the Deputy Vice Chancellor the Department; reappointment for a further term of three (Academic Affairs) shall submit an assessment (e) From time to time consider the progress and years provided that he/she shall not hold office of the performance of the incumbent to conduct of the students of the Department for a continuous period exceeding six years. the Special Selection Committee which and make regular reports to the Faculty Board (vi) On completion of the second term of shall make a recommendation to the Staff and to the Board of the School of Graduate office, a Head of a Department shall not Appointments and Promotions Committee on Studies; be eligible for further appointment to the the reappointment of the Dean. (f ) Consider other academic matters as position of Head of a Department until a three (ix) Before the completion of the initial three determined by the Department. year period has elapsed. year term, the Dean shall inform the Deputy (ii) A Departmental Board shall exclude from (vii) If the Head of a Department intends to Vice Chancellor of his/her intentions regarding its meetings the student members when it renew the term of office (which intention shall renewal of the term of office; which intention is considering the academic performance be recorded in writing at least 60 days prior to shall be recorded in writing at least 60 days in examinations or otherwise, of individual the completion of the said initial three year prior to the completion of the said initial three students, or when it is discussing the term), the Dean shall, after consultation with year term. appointment or promotion of a member of staff the full-time members of the academic staff (x) If the Dean does not intend to renew the or any other matter relating to a member or and the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic term of office, the Deputy Vice Chancellor members of staff which a Departmental Board Affairs), make a recommendation to the Vice (Academic Affairs) shall initiate the process of in its discretion shall consider confidential. Chancellor on re-appointment of the Head of appointment of a new Dean. 75. Every Departmental Board shall meet Department. at least twice each semester, but otherwise (viii) If the Head of a Department does not Part XXX Departmental Boards shall regulate its own procedure including the intend to renew his/her term of office, the 73. (i) Every Academic Department shall have creation and establishment of committees. Dean shall initiate the process of appointment a Departmental Board which shall consist of of a new Head of Department. the following members: Part XXXI Heads of Academic (a) The Head of the Department, who shall be Departments Part XXXII Affi liated and Associate Chairperson; 76. (i) The Head of a Department shall Institutions (b) All the full-time members of the academic participate in the formulation, implementation 77. Affiliated Institutions staff of the Department; and evaluation of the academic policies of (i) The Council may, on the recommendation (c) Not more than three students elected the University and shall promote academic of the Senate, approve the affiliation with annually by the students of the Department excellence in the teaching, research and service the University of any other institution of from among themselves; programmes of the University. In addition, the teaching or research situated within or outside (d) Staff Development Fellows of the Head of a Department shall provide academic Botswana and may designate it an Affiliated Department; leadership to the Department by planning, Institution of the University. (e) Such other persons as the Department may directing, and co-coordinating the formulation (ii) In respect of any Affiliated Institution the determine from time to time. and implementation of the academic plans Senate shall: (ii) Part-time members of the academic staff and programmes of the Department. (a) Advise on and assist in the preparation of may attend the meeting of the Departmental (ii) The Head of a Department shall be programmes of instruction;

212 (b) Validate programmes of instruction, Institution shall obtain the approval of the by the Staff Appointments and Promotions examinations and the granting of certificates University in respect of: Committee, the Committee shall recommend and other awards of the Affiliated Institutions; (a) The appointment, promotion and review the appointment, the promotion and review of and of academic staff and of Deans and Heads the academic staff of the Faculty. (c) Have the right of visitation and inspection of of Departments who teach courses, or are each institution affiliated to the University to responsible for programmes leading to the 81. Appointment, Promotion and ensure observance of affiliation regulations. awards by the University of Botswana; and Review of Academic Staff in Institutes (iii) The Senate shall establish a Board of (b) The establishment of Boards for each or Centres Affiliation with the following functions: Faculty or Department which is responsible (i) The appointment, promotion, or review of (a)To consider recommendations concerning for programmes leading to the awards of the academic staff who are members of a Centre the growth and development of the Affiliated University of Botswana. or Institute which is not part of a Faculty shall Institutions; be considered by the Faculty Appointments, (b) To consider matters concerning regulations, Part XXXIII Appointments, Promotions Promotions, and Review Committee of that syllabi, assessment procedures, and teaching and Review Committees Faculty which contains the discipline or methods and to make recommendations to 79. (i)The appointment, promotion, and academic subject area of the staff member Senate accordingly; annual appraisal and performance review of under consideration. (c) To oversee assessment procedures and to every academic member of staff and of every (ii) In such circumstances, the membership of appoint external examiners; member of the support staff of the University the Faculty Appointments, Promotions and (d) To deal with any matter of affiliation that shall be made by an Appointments, Promotions, Review committee specified under Statute 80 may be delegated by Senate from time to and Review Committee. (i) shall be extended to include the Director of time; (ii) Appointments, Promotions, and Review the Institute or Centre concerned. (e) To receive reports on other matters Committees shall make recommendations for (iii) When considering the appointment, concerning Affiliated Institutions; the appointment or the promotion of staff in promotion or review of professors of the (f ) To encourage research initiatives in the accordance with the provisions of Statutes 30 University who are members of an Institute areas of educational expertise of the Affiliated and 31. or Centre which is not part of a Faculty, the Institutions; membership of the Committee specified under (g) To present periodic reports to Senate; 80. Faculty Appointments, Promotions Statute 80 (i) shall be extended to include a (h)To consider and recommend examination and Review Committees professor or an associate professor of the results and awards to Senate. (i) There shall be a Faculty Appointments, Institute or Centre concerned provided where (iv) The membership of the Board of Promotions and Review Committee of each the Department does not have positions of Affiliation shall be determined by Senate after Faculty (in this part referred to as “the associate professor and professor, or the consultation with the governing bodies of the Committee”) which shall consist of the positions are vacant, the Department shall Affiliated Institutions. following members: be represented by a senior member of the (v) The Director of Academic Development (a) The Dean of the Faculty who shall be Academic Staff elected by members of the shall be chairperson of the Board. Chairperson; and where the Dean is under Departmental Board. review, the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic (iv) An Institute or a Centre which is not part 78. Associate Institutions Affairs) shall be the Chairperson; of a Faculty shall have an Appointments, (i) The Council may, on the recommendation (b) The Deputy Dean; Promotions, and Review Selection Committee of the Senate, designate any academic or (c) Heads of Departments; which shall consist of the following members: research institution situated within Botswana (d) Two members elected by the Faculty (a) The Director of the Institute or Centre who and seeking to offer programmes leading to Board; shall be the Chairperson; the award of degrees, diplomas and other (e) One professor or associate professor from (b) Three members of the academic staff of the awards of the University of Botswana, an each Department, elected by the members Institute or Centre elected by the academic Associate Institution of the University. of the Departmental Board; provided where staff of the Institute or Centre; (ii) The award of degrees, diplomas and other the Department does not have positions of (c) Two co-opted members with special awards of an Associate Institution shall be the associate professor and professor, or the competence, from outside the Institute or responsibility of, and shall be made by, the positions are vacant, the Department shall be Centre. University of Botswana. represented by a senior member of the (v) No recommendation on the appointment, (iii) In respect of degrees, diplomas or other academic staff elected by members of the promotion or review of academic staff of the awards to be granted by the University, the Departmental Board; University who are members of an Institute University Senate shall be entirely responsible (f ) At the discretion of the chairperson, or a Centre which is not part of a Faculty for approving programmes and courses of not more than two Professors with special shall be made by a Faculty Appointments, study, regulating the conduct of examinations, competence from outside the Faculty; and Promotions, and Review Committee unless it the marking of examinations, and the granting (g) The Director of Human Resources or has considered every recommendation made of such degrees, diplomas, or awards. representative. to it by an Appointments, Promotions, and (iv) The governing body of an Associate (ii) Subject to such directions as may be given Review Selection Committee in accordance

213 Act and Statutes

with Statute 81 (iv). shall be reported periodically to the Staff Part XXXV Students Representative Appointments and Promotions Committee. Council 82. Support Staff Appointments, 84. Miscellaneous 88. (i) The affairs of the students of the Promotions and Review Committees (i) Where a spouse or relation of a member of University shall be governed by a Students (i) For the purposes of this Statute, the Library Appointments, Promotions Review Committee, Representative Council. and any other group of staff which Council constituted under these Statutes is a candidate (ii) The constitution of the Students shall specify, shall be regarded as Departments for appointment or promotion under Representative Council shall be subject to and the term Head of Department shall be consideration by the Committee, the member review and/or amendment in such manner as correspondingly interpreted. concerned shall recuse himself/ herself from the Constitution provides and/or as directed (ii) Where support staff consists of a cadre any further consideration of the matter. Where by Council should Council find it necessary confined to a single Department, there shall the Chairperson is recused in accordance with orexpedient in the interests of the student be Departmental Appointments, Promotions, the provisions hereof, another member shall body. and Review Committees which shall consist of be elected to preside. Heads of Departments, (iii) The function of the Students Representative the following members: where recused, must be represented by a senior Council shall be: (a) The Head of Department, who shall be member of staff of the Department. (a) To represent the students in their relations chairperson; i) Subject to Statute 83, no appointment with the authorities of the University and (b) Director of Human Resources or shall be made to any vacant post within the other relevant bodies; representative; approved establishment of any Department of (b) To develop the intellectual, cultural, social (c) Three members of the staff of the the University unless the vacancy which exists and sporting life of the students; and Department; and has been advertised publicly for a reasonable (c) To foster the corporate spirit of the (d) At the discretion of the chairperson, not period in such a manner as the Council shall students. more than four additional members with determine. 89. Subject to the observance by them of the special competence from within or outside the Statutes and of regulations prescribed under University. Part XXXIV Terms and Conditions of these Statutes, the students shall enjoy all the (iii) Where support staff consist of a common Service of Members of University Staff privileges and facilities available to them in cadre which is not confined to a single 85. (i) Subject to these Statutes, an employee of the University. Department, there shall be for each such cadre the University shall hold his/ her appointment a Common Cadre Appointments, Promotions, upon such terms and conditions of service as Part XXXVI Security and Review Committee which shall consist of the Council shall in each case determine. 90. The University reserves the right, through the following members: (ii) The terms and conditions of service of every Ordinances and/or Regulations, to implement (a) The Director, Human Resources, who shall employee of the University shall be sent out in measures to control and to regulate access be the Chairperson; a written contract of service. to, and movement within, its buildings and (b) The Deputy Director (Appointments and (iii) Without prejudice to the foregoing, every premises, and to promulgate such other Administration); member of staff of the University shall be regulations as may be required to establish and (c) Two members of the staff belonging to the subject to the general authority of the Council maintain good order, and to protect persons common cadre; and of the Vice Chancellor. and property provided that such measures shall (d) At the discretion of the chairperson, not 86. Every contract of service between the at all times be consistent with the preservation more than four additional members with University and an employee of the University of individual rights of movement, association special competence from within or outside the shall contain or be deemed to contain a and privacy. University. provision that the contract is subject to the (iv) Heads of Departments to, or within which, Employment Act, University Act and Statutes, Part XXXVII Ordinances/Regulations an appointment or a promotion of common and to all regulations made hereunder. 91. (i) Subject to the Act and the Statutes, the cadre staff is to be made shall be invited but 87. Where an employee of the University Council may make Ordinances/ Regulations only when the business of their Department is is convicted by a court within or outside prescribing any matter which, in the opinion of under consideration. Botswana, of an offence which is a criminal Council, is appropriate to be prescribed for the offence under the laws of Botswana and better carrying out of the University’s functions 83. Special Appointments in consequence thereof is sentenced to and in furtherance of these Statutes. (i) Notwithstanding the provisions of Statutes imprisonment, whether in respect of the (ii) Ordinances/Regulations may provide such 80, 81, and 82, the Vice Chancellor may, in the nonpayment of a fine imposed for the offence information, activities or acts as, in the opinion event that he/she is satisfied that exceptional or otherwise, such employee shall receive of the Council, may be appropriate. circumstances so require, and on the no emoluments in respect of the period of (iii) The Council may at any time amend or recommendation of any academic, support or detention in prison in execution of that repeal any Ordinance/ Regulation. other unit of the University, appoint any person sentence unless the Council otherwise directs. (iv) Ordinances/Regulations need not be as a member of staff of the University for a In addition to the aforegoing such conviction published in the Calendar, but the Council period not exceeding twelve (12) months. shall render the employee liable for immediate shall publish them in such a manner as the (ii) Appointments made under this provision termination in respect thereof. Council considers will best make them known

214 to the persons to whom they apply. be represented by a legal practitioner in any part of the preliminary investigation. Part XXXVIII Amendments to Statutes 92. Without prejudice to the provisions of 3.0 Report Section 15 (2) of the Act, the Council shall Upon completion of the preliminary not amend, or revoke any Statute which, in investigation: the opinion of the Council, affects academic 3.1 An investigator or investigators, as the matters without first consulting the Senate case may be, shall, having completed the and considering any representations the Senate investigation forthwith, submit a report may make upon such Statute, amendment, or thereon to the Vice Chancellor which revocation as the case may be. report may contain any proposals and such recommendations as he/she or they may think Preliminary Investigation Procedure fit to make. under Statute 73 (III) (a) 3.2 Neither the Vice Chancellor, nor any 1.0 Appointment of Committee of investigator shall disclose to any person any Investigation information obtained or disclosed during any 1.1 The Vice Chancellor shall, upon reasonable investigation, save as required by the Statutes belief that any allegations of misconduct of the University. against a member of the academic or senior *Please note that the University of Botswana administrative staff of the University may Statutes are currently under review and/or necessitate disciplinary proceedings, hold a consolidation. preliminary investigation into the allegations. 1.2 In holding a preliminary investigation as aforesaid the Vice Chancellor may appoint an investigator or investigators from among the academic and senior administrative staff to assist him/her in such preliminary investigation and to report to him/her, provided that the supervisor of the member of staff whose conduct is being investigated, or any member of staff of the department to which the member of staff whose conduct is being investigated belongs, shall not be appointed an investigator as afore described, and, further, provided that the investigator or investigators as afore described shall not be of a rank less senior than the member of staff whose conduct is being investigated.

2.0 Conduct of Investigation 2.1 In investigating any matter referred to be investigated, the Vice Chancellor or his/her investigator or investigators may require any person (excluding the member of staff whose conduct is being investigated): (a) To furnish in writing or otherwise, such particulars in relation to the matter as may be specified; (b) To attend before or then; (c) To give a verbal or written statement on oath or otherwise; (d) To produce any document relevant to the investigation. 2.2 The Vice Chancellor, or an investigator or investigators shall not be bound by any rules of evidence or procedure and no person shall

215 University of Botswana Gaborone Botswana Tel: (+267) 355 0000 (Switchboard) (+267) 355+ extention Fax: (+267) 395 6591